As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2013
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
¨ | REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) or 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Or
þ | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
Or
¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Or
¨ | SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Commission file number: 1-3334 |
Commission file number: 1-13688 |
REED ELSEVIER PLC | REED ELSEVIER NV | |
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) | (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) | |
England | The Netherlands | |
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation) | (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation) | |
1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5JR, England | Radarweg 29, 1043 NX, Amsterdam, The Netherlands | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Address of principal executive offices) | |
Henry Udow | Jans van der Woude | |
Company Secretary | Company Secretary | |
Reed Elsevier PLC | Reed Elsevier NV | |
1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5JR, England | Radarweg 29, 1043 NX, Amsterdam, The Netherlands | |
011 44 20 7166 5500 | 011 31 20 485 2222 | |
henry.udow@reedelsevier.com | j.vanderwoude@reedelsevier.com | |
(Name, telephone, e-mail and/or facsimile number and address of
Company Contact Person) |
(Name, telephone, e-mail and/or facsimile number and address of
Company Contact Person) |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
Name of exchange on which
|
|
Reed Elsevier PLC: |
||
American Depositary Shares
|
New York Stock Exchange | |
Ordinary shares of 14 51/116p each
|
New York Stock Exchange* | |
Reed Elsevier NV: |
||
American Depositary Shares
|
New York Stock Exchange | |
Ordinary shares of 0.07 each
|
New York Stock Exchange* |
* | Listed, not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of the applicable Registrants American Depositary Shares issued in respect thereof. |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuers classes of capital or common stock as of December 31, 2012:
Reed Elsevier PLC: |
Number of outstanding shares | |||||
Ordinary shares of 14 51/116p each |
1,257,597,977 | |||||
Reed Elsevier NV: |
||||||
Ordinary shares of 0.07 each |
725,984,225 | |||||
R shares of 0.70 each (held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC) |
4,303,179 |
Indicate by check mark if the registrants are well-known seasoned issuers, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes þ No ¨
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrants are not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes ¨ No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) have been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:
Yes þ No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes ¨ No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants are large accelerated filers, accelerated filers, or non-accelerated filers. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrants have used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing.
¨ US GAAP þ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ¨ Other
If Other has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrants have elected to follow:
Item 17 ¨ Item 18 ¨
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrants are shell companies (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):
Yes ¨ No þ
Page | ||||||
1 | ||||||
2 | ||||||
PART I |
||||||
ITEM 1: |
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS | N/A | ||||
ITEM 2: |
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE | N/A | ||||
ITEM 3: |
KEY INFORMATION | 3 | ||||
3 | ||||||
7 | ||||||
ITEM 4: |
INFORMATION ON REED ELSEVIER | 11 | ||||
11 | ||||||
13 | ||||||
24 | ||||||
24 | ||||||
24 | ||||||
ITEM 4A: |
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS | N/A | ||||
ITEM 5: |
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS | 25 | ||||
25 | ||||||
34 | ||||||
35 | ||||||
35 | ||||||
37 | ||||||
38 | ||||||
39 | ||||||
ITEM 6: |
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES | 40 | ||||
40 | ||||||
42 | ||||||
42 | ||||||
56 | ||||||
58 | ||||||
59 | ||||||
ITEM 7: |
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS | 66 | ||||
66 | ||||||
67 | ||||||
ITEM 8: |
FINANCIAL INFORMATION | 68 | ||||
ITEM 9: |
THE OFFER AND LISTING | 69 | ||||
69 | ||||||
ITEM 10: |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | 71 | ||||
71 | ||||||
76 | ||||||
76 | ||||||
76 | ||||||
79 | ||||||
ITEM 11: |
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK | 80 | ||||
ITEM 12: |
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES | 82 |
Page | ||||||
PART II |
||||||
ITEM 13: |
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES | N/A | ||||
ITEM 14: |
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS | N/A | ||||
ITEM 15: |
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES | 83 | ||||
ITEM 16A: |
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT | 89 | ||||
ITEM 16B: |
CODES OF ETHICS | 89 | ||||
ITEM 16C: |
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES | 89 | ||||
ITEM 16D: |
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES | 90 | ||||
ITEM 16E: |
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS | 90 | ||||
ITEM 16F: |
CHANGE IN REGISTRANTS CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT | 90 | ||||
ITEM 16G: |
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | 90 | ||||
PART III |
||||||
ITEM 17: |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS* | 91 | ||||
ITEM 18: |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | F-1 | ||||
ITEM 19: |
EXHIBITS | S-3 |
* | The registrants have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item. |
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV conduct their business through two jointly owned companies, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV. Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have retained their separate legal and national identities. Reed Elsevier is not a legal entity but a collective reference to the separate legal entities of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV and their respective subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures. The businesses of all of the entities comprising Reed Elsevier are collectively referred to in this annual report as Reed Elsevier, and the financial statements of the combined businesses are referred to as the combined financial statements. In this annual report, references to we, our, or us are to all of the entities comprising Reed Elsevier.
In this annual report, references to US dollars, $ and ¢ are to US currency; references to sterling, £, pence or p are to UK currency; references to euro and are to the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union.
1
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains or incorporates by reference a number of forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the United States Securities Exchange Act 1934, as amended, with respect to:
|
financial condition; |
|
results of operations; |
|
competitive positions; |
|
the features and functions of and markets for the products and services we offer; and |
|
our business plans and strategies. |
We consider any statements that are not historical facts to be forward looking statements. These statements are based on the current expectations of the management of our businesses and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ from those expressed in any forward looking statement. These differences could be material; therefore, you should evaluate forward looking statements in light of various important factors, including those set forth or incorporated by reference in this document.
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or forecasts contained in the forward looking statements include, among others:
|
competitive factors in the industries in which we operate; |
|
demand for our products and services; |
|
exchange rate fluctuations; |
|
general economic, political and business conditions; |
|
legislative, fiscal, tax and regulatory developments and political risks; |
|
the availability of third party content and data; |
|
breaches of our data security systems or other unauthorised access to our databases; |
|
our ability to maintain high quality management; |
|
changes in law and legal interpretation affecting our intellectual property rights and internet communications; |
|
uncertainties as to whether our strategies, business plans and acquisitions will produce the expected returns; |
|
significant failures or interruptions of our electronic platforms; |
|
failure of third parties to whom we have outsourced business activities; |
|
changes in the market values of defined benefit pension scheme assets and in the market related assumptions used to value scheme liabilities; |
|
downgrades to the credit ratings of our debt; |
|
breaches of generally accepted ethical business standards or applicable statutes; |
|
our ability to manage our environmental impact; and |
|
other risks referenced from time to time in the filings of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). |
The terms estimate, project, plan, intend, expect, should be, will be, believe and similar expressions identify forward looking statements. These forward looking statements are found at various places throughout this annual report and the other documents incorporated by reference in this annual report (see Item 19: Exhibits on pages S-3 and S-4 of this annual report).
You should not place undue reliance on these forward looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this annual report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or release any revisions to these forward looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
2
PART I
REED ELSEVIER
The selected combined financial data for Reed Elsevier should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by, the combined financial statements included in this annual report. In addition, as separate legal entities, Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV prepare separate consolidated financial statements which reflect their respective shareholders economic interests in Reed Elsevier accounted for on an equity basis.
All of the selected financial data for Reed Elsevier set out below has been extracted or derived from the audited combined financial statements.
Combined Income Statement Data (1)
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 (2) | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts in accordance with IFRS: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 9,908 | £ | 6,116 | £ | 6,002 | £ | 6,055 | £ | 6,071 | £ | 5,334 | ||||||||||||
Operating profit (3) |
2,200 | 1,358 | 1,205 | 1,090 | 787 | 901 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net finance costs |
(350 | ) | (216 | ) | (235 | ) | (276 | ) | (291 | ) | (192 | ) | ||||||||||||
Disposals and other non operating items (4) |
73 | 45 | (22 | ) | (46 | ) | (61 | ) | (92 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
1,923 | 1,187 | 948 | 768 | 435 | 617 | ||||||||||||||||||
Taxation (5) |
(183 | ) | (113 | ) | (181 | ) | (120 | ) | (40 | ) | (155 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net profit |
1,740 | 1,074 | 767 | 648 | 395 | 462 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net profit from discontinued operations (6) |
| | | | | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
(8 | ) | (5 | ) | (7 | ) | (6 | ) | (4 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||
Profit attributable to parent companies shareholders |
1,732 | 1,069 | 760 | 642 | 391 | 476 |
Combined Statement of Financial Position Data (1)
As at December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 (2) | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts in accordance with IFRS: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 17,843 | £ | 11,014 | £ | 11,503 | £ | 11,158 | £ | 11,334 | £ | 12,866 | ||||||||||||
Long term borrowings |
(5,122 | ) | (3,162 | ) | (3,300 | ) | (3,786 | ) | (4,028 | ) | (5,694 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net assets |
3,749 | 2,314 | 2,197 | 1,970 | 1,759 | 981 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
(55 | ) | (34 | ) | (25 | ) | (27 | ) | (27 | ) | (28 | ) | ||||||||||||
Combined shareholders equity |
3,694 | 2,280 | 2,172 | 1,943 | 1,732 | 953 |
(1) | The combined financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting policies that are in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and as adopted by the European Union (EU). The figures for 2009 and 2008 have been extracted or derived from the combined financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, not included herein. |
(2) | Noon buying rates as at December 31, 2012 have been used to provide a convenience translation into US dollars, see Exchange Rates on page 6. At December 31, 2012 the noon buying rate was $1.62 per £1.00. This compares to the average exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $1.59 to £1.00 applied in the translation of the combined income statement for the year. |
(3) | Operating profit is stated after charging £329 million in respect of amortisation of acquired intangible assets (2011: £359 million; 2010: £349 million; 2009: £368 million; 2008: £281 million); nil in respect of impairment of acquired intangible assets and goodwill (2011: nil; 2010: nil; 2009: £177 million; 2008: £9 million); nil in respect of exceptional restructuring costs (2011: nil; 2010: £57 million; 2009: £182 million; 2008: £152 million); £21 million in respect of acquisition related costs (2011: £52 million; 2010: £50 million; 2009: £48 million; 2008: £27 million); nil in respect of the share of joint ventures profit on disposals (2011: £1 million credit; 2010: nil; 2009: nil; 2008: nil) and £5 million in respect of taxation in joint ventures (2011: £11 million; 2010: £9 million; 2009: £8 million; 2008: £9 million). Impairment charges in 2009 relate principally to Business Information. Exceptional restructuring costs in 2010 relate only to the restructuring of the Business Information business and in 2009 and 2008 relate to the exceptional restructuring programmes across Reed Elsevier. |
3
(4) | Disposals and other non operating items comprise an £86 million profit on disposal of businesses (2011: £12 million loss; 2010: £32 million loss; 2009: £49 million loss; 2008: £86 million loss), a £60 million charge to property provisions on disposed businesses (2011: £16 million; 2010: £22 million; 2009: £20 million; 2008: nil), and a £19 million gain relating to the revaluation of held for trading investments (2011: £6 million gain; 2010: £8 million gain; 2009: £8 million gain; 2008: £6 million loss). |
(5) | Taxation in 2012 includes an exceptional prior year tax credit of £96 million (2011: nil; 2010: nil; 2009: nil; 2008: nil) relating to the resolution of a number of significant prior year tax matters. |
(6) | Net profit from discontinued operations in 2008 includes the gain of £67 million on disposal of the educational assessment business. Taxes on the completed disposals in 2008 were £49 million. |
REED ELSEVIER PLC
The selected financial data for Reed Elsevier PLC should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by, the consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier PLC included in this annual report. The results and financial position of Reed Elsevier PLC reflect the 52.9% economic interest of Reed Elsevier PLCs shareholders in Reed Elsevier, after taking account of results arising in Reed Elsevier PLC and its subsidiaries. These interests have been accounted for on an equity basis.
All of the selected consolidated financial data for Reed Elsevier PLC set out below has been extracted or derived from the audited financial statements of Reed Elsevier PLC.
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 (3) | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts in accordance with IFRS: (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax (2) |
$ | 884 | £ | 546 | £ | 390 | £ | 328 | £ | 201 | £ | 247 | ||||||||||||
Taxation |
10 | 6 | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders |
894 | 552 | 389 | 327 | 195 | 241 | ||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share from total operations of the combined businesses |
74.5 | ¢ | 46.0 | p | 32.4 | p | 27.3 | p | 17.2 | p | 22.1 | p | ||||||||||||
Earnings per Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share from continuing operations of the combined businesses |
74.5 | ¢ | 46.0 | p | 32.4 | p | 27.3 | p | 17.2 | p | 21.2 | p | ||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share from total operations of the combined businesses |
73.5 | ¢ | 45.4 | p | 32.1 | p | 27.1 | p | 17.1 | p | 21.9 | p | ||||||||||||
Dividends per Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share (4) |
35.5 | ¢ | 21.9 | p | 20.65 | p | 20.4 | p | 20.4 | p | 100.9 | p | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 1,955 | £ | 1,207 | £ | 1,158 | £ | 1,037 | £ | 927 | £ | 515 | ||||||||||||
Total equity/Net assets |
1,954 | 1,206 | 1,149 | 1,028 | 916 | 504 | ||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average number of shares (5) |
1,200.6 | 1,200.6 | 1,202.0 | 1,199.1 | 1,131.4 | 1,089.5 |
(1) | The consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier PLC are prepared in accordance with accounting policies that are in conformity with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU. The figures for 2009 and 2008 have been extracted or derived from the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, not included herein. |
(2) | Profit before tax includes Reed Elsevier PLCs share of the post-tax earnings of joint ventures, being both the continuing and discontinued operations of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses. Profit before tax in 2008 includes Reed Elsevier PLCs £10 million share of joint ventures post-tax gain on disposal of the educational assessment business. |
(3) | Noon buying rates as at December 31, 2012 have been used to provide a convenience translation into US dollars, see Exchange Rates on page 6. At December 31, 2012 the noon buying rate was $1.62 per £1.00. This compares to the average exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $1.59 to £1.00 applied in the translation of the combined income statement for the year. |
(4) | The amount of dividends per Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share shown excludes the UK tax credit available to certain Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders; see Item 10: Additional Information Taxation. |
Dividends declared in the year, in amounts per ordinary share, comprise a 2011 final dividend of 15.9p and 2012 interim dividend of 6.00p giving a total of 21.9p. The directors of Reed Elsevier PLC have proposed a 2012 final dividend of 17.0p (2011: 15.9p; 2010: 15.0p; 2009: 15.0p; 2008: 15.0p), giving a total ordinary dividend in respect of the financial year of 23.0p (2011: 21.55p; 2010: 20.4p; 2009: 20.4p; 2008: 20.3p). Dividends in 2008 included a special distribution of 82.0p per ordinary share paid from the net proceeds of the sale of the Education division. |
Dividends per Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share in respect of the financial year ended December 31, 2012 translated into cents at the noon buying rate on December 31, 2012 were 37.3 cents. See Exchange Rates on page 6. |
4
(5) | Weighted average number of shares excludes shares held in treasury and shares held by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust. On January 7, 2008 the existing ordinary shares were consolidated into new ordinary shares on the basis of 58 new ordinary shares for every 67 existing ordinary shares. For the purposes of calculating earnings per share, the effective date of the share consolidation is deemed to be January 18, 2008, being the date on which the accompanying special distribution was paid. On July 30, 2009 Reed Elsevier PLC announced a share placing for 109,198,190 new ordinary shares, representing approximately 9.9% of the companys share capital prior to the placing. The shares were fully subscribed at a price of 405p per share, raising £435 million, net of issue costs. This share placing was announced in conjunction with a similar share placing by Reed Elsevier NV. |
During 2012, Reed Elsevier PLC repurchased 23,288,616 Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares. |
REED ELSEVIER NV
The selected financial data for Reed Elsevier NV should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by, the consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier NV included in this annual report. The results and financial position of Reed Elsevier NV reflect the 50% economic interest of Reed Elsevier NVs shareholders in Reed Elsevier. These interests are accounted for on an equity basis.
All of the selected financial data for Reed Elsevier NV set out below has been extracted or derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier NV.
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 (3) | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts in accordance with IFRS: (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax (2) |
$ | 871 | | 660 | | 438 | | 379 | | 217 | | 313 | ||||||||||||
Taxation |
(3 | ) | (2 | ) | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | 2 | (19 | ) | |||||||||||||
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders |
868 | 658 | 437 | 376 | 219 | 294 | ||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per Reed Elsevier NV share from total operations of the combined businesses |
$ | 1.19 | | 0.90 | | 0.59 | | 0.51 | | 0.32 | | 0.44 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per Reed Elsevier NV share from continuing operations of the combined businesses |
$ | 1.19 | | 0.90 | | 0.59 | | 0.51 | | 0.32 | | 0.43 | ||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per Reed Elsevier NV share from total operations of the combined businesses |
$ | 1.17 | | 0.89 | | 0.59 | | 0.51 | | 0.31 | | 0.44 | ||||||||||||
Dividends per Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share (4) |
$ | 0.60 | | 0.456 | | 0.413 | | 0.402 | | 0.397 | | 2.192 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 1,927 | | 1,460 | | 1,364 | | 1,203 | | 1,036 | | 567 | ||||||||||||
Total equity/Net assets |
1,851 | 1,402 | 1,303 | 1,137 | 970 | 491 | ||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average number of shares (5) |
734.0 | 734.0 | 735.3 | 734.5 | 693.9 | 669.0 |
(1) | The consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier NV are prepared in accordance with accounting policies that are in conformity with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU. The figures for 2009 and 2008 have been extracted or derived from the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, not included herein. |
(2) | Profit before tax includes Reed Elsevier NVs share of post-tax earnings of joint ventures, being both the continuing and discontinued operations of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses. Profit before tax in 2008 includes Reed Elsevier NVs 11 million share of joint ventures post-tax gain on disposal of the educational assessment business. |
(3) | Noon buying rates as at December 31, 2012 have been used to provide a convenience translation into US dollars, see Exchange Rates on page 6. At December 31, 2012 the Noon Buying Rate was $1.32 per 1.00. This compares to the average exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $1.29 to 1.00 applied in the translation of the combined income statement for the year. |
(4) | Dividends declared in the year, in amounts per ordinary share, comprise a 2011 final dividend of 0.326 and 2012 interim dividend of 0.130 giving a total of 0.456. The directors of Reed Elsevier NV have proposed a 2012 final dividend of 0.337 (2011: 0.326; 2010: 0.303; 2009: 0.293; 2008: 0.290), giving a total ordinary dividend in respect of the financial year of 0.467 (2011: 0.436; 2010: 0.412; 2009: 0.400; 2008: 0.404). Dividends in 2008 included a special distribution of 1.767 per ordinary share paid from the net proceeds of the sale of the Education division. |
Dividends per Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share in respect of the financial year ended December 31, 2012 translated into dollars at the noon buying rate on December 31, 2012 were $0.62. See Exchange Rates on page 6. |
(5) | Weighted average number of shares excludes shares held in treasury and shares held by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust and takes into account the R shares in the company held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC, which represent a 5.8% interest in Reed Elsevier NV. On January 7, 2008 the existing ordinary shares were consolidated into new ordinary shares on the basis of 58 new ordinary shares for every 67 existing ordinary shares. For the purposes of calculating earnings per share, the effective date of the share consolidation is deemed to be January 18, 2008, being the date on which the accompanying special distribution was paid. On July 30, 2009 Reed Elsevier NV announced a share placing for 63,030,989 ordinary shares, representing approximately 9.9% of the companys share capital prior to the placing. The shares were fully subscribed at a price of 7.08 per share, raising 441 million, net of issue costs. Correspondingly Reed Elsevier NV also issued 252,459 new R shares and transferred 135,179 existing R shares held in treasury to a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC at a price of 73.00 per share for total proceeds of 29 million. This share placing was announced in conjunction with a similar share placing by Reed Elsevier PLC. |
During 2012 Reed Elsevier NV repurchased 12,660,296 Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares and 62,341 R shares. |
5
EXCHANGE RATES
For a discussion of the impact of currency fluctuations on Reed Elseviers combined results of operations and combined financial position, see Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.
The following tables illustrate, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the Noon Buying Rate for pounds sterling expressed in US dollars per £1.00 and for the euro expressed in US dollars per 1.00. The exchange rate on February 27, 2012 was £1.00 = $1.51 and 1.00 = $1.31.
US dollars per £1.00 Noon Buying Rates
Period | ||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, |
End | Average (1) | High | Low | ||||||||||||
2012 |
1.62 | 1.59 | 1.63 | 1.53 | ||||||||||||
2011 |
1.55 | 1.60 | 1.67 | 1.54 | ||||||||||||
2010 |
1.56 | 1.55 | 1.64 | 1.43 | ||||||||||||
2009 |
1.62 | 1.57 | 1.70 | 1.37 | ||||||||||||
2008 |
1.45 | 1.85 | 2.03 | 1.44 | ||||||||||||
Month |
High | Low | ||||||||||||||
February 2013 (through February 27, 2013) |
|
1.58 | 1.51 | |||||||||||||
January 2013 |
|
1.63 | 1.57 | |||||||||||||
December 2012 |
|
1.63 | 1.60 | |||||||||||||
November 2012 |
|
1.61 | 1.58 | |||||||||||||
October 2012 |
|
1.62 | 1.59 | |||||||||||||
September 2012 |
|
1.63 | 1.59 | |||||||||||||
August 2012 |
|
1.59 | 1.55 |
US dollars per 1.00 Noon Buying Rates
Period | ||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, |
End | Average (1) | High | Low | ||||||||||||
2012 |
1.32 | 1.29 | 1.35 | 1.21 | ||||||||||||
2011 |
1.29 | 1.39 | 1.49 | 1.29 | ||||||||||||
2010 |
1.33 | 1.32 | 1.45 | 1.20 | ||||||||||||
2009 |
1.44 | 1.40 | 1.51 | 1.25 | ||||||||||||
2008 |
1.41 | 1.47 | 1.60 | 1.24 | ||||||||||||
Month |
High | Low | ||||||||||||||
February 2013 (through February 27, 2013) |
|
1.37 | 1.31 | |||||||||||||
January 2013 |
|
1.36 | 1.30 | |||||||||||||
December 2012 |
|
1.33 | 1.29 | |||||||||||||
November 2012 |
|
1.30 | 1.27 | |||||||||||||
October 2012 |
|
1.31 | 1.29 | |||||||||||||
September 2012 |
|
1.31 | 1.26 | |||||||||||||
August 2012 |
|
1.26 | 1.21 |
(1) | The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last day of each month during the relevant period. |
Noon Buying Rates have not been used in the preparation of the Reed Elsevier combined financial statements, the Reed Elsevier PLC consolidated financial statements or the Reed Elsevier NV consolidated financial statements but have been used for certain convenience translations where indicated.
6
The key material risks to our business are included below. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business.
We operate in a highly competitive environment that is subject to rapid change.
Our businesses operate in highly competitive markets. These markets continue to change in response to technological innovations, changing legislation, regulatory changes, the entrance of new competitors, and other factors. We cannot predict with certainty the changes that may occur and the effect of those changes on the competitiveness of our businesses. In particular, the means of delivering our products and services, and the products and services themselves, may be subject to rapid technological and other changes. We cannot predict whether technological innovations, changing legislation or other factors will, in the future, make some of our products wholly or partially obsolete or less profitable. Failure to anticipate market trends could impact the competitiveness of our products and services and consequently adversely affect our revenue and profit.
We cannot assure you that there will be continued demand for our products and services.
Our businesses are dependent on the continued acceptance by our customers of our products and services and the value placed on them. We cannot predict whether there will be changes in the future, either in the market demand or from the actions of competitors, which will affect the acceptability of products, services and prices to our customers.
Fluctuations in exchange rates may affect our reported results.
Our financial statements are expressed in pounds sterling and euros and are, therefore, subject to movements in exchange rates on the translation of the financial information of businesses whose operational currencies are other than our reporting currencies. The United States is our most important market and, accordingly, significant fluctuations in US dollar exchange rates can significantly affect our reported results and financial position from year to year. In addition, in some of our businesses we incur costs in currencies other than those in which revenues are earned. The relative movements between the exchange rates in the currencies in which costs are incurred and the currencies in which revenues are earned can significantly affect the results of those businesses.
Current and future economic, political and market forces, and dislocations beyond our control may adversely affect demand for our products and services.
The demand for our products and services may be impacted by factors that are beyond our control, including macro economic, political and market conditions, the availability of short term and long term funding and capital and the level of volatility of interest rates, currency exchange rates and inflation. The United States, Europe and other major economies have recently undergone a period of severe economic turbulence, and the global economic environment has recently been less favourable than in prior years and this may continue into the future. Any one or more of these factors may contribute to reduced activity by our customers, may result in a reduction of demand for our products and services, and may adversely affect suppliers and third parties to whom we have outsourced business activities. Further disruption to global credit markets, which has significantly contributed to the recent economic turbulence described above, could have further disruptive consequences for global economic growth and customer demand.
Changes in tax laws or uncertainty over their application and interpretation may adversely affect our reported results.
Our businesses operate worldwide and our earnings are subject to taxation in many differing jurisdictions and at differing rates. We seek to organise our affairs in a tax efficient manner, taking account of the jurisdictions in which we operate. However, tax laws that apply to our businesses may be amended or interpreted differently by the relevant authorities, which could adversely affect our reported results.
Changes in regulation of information collection and use could adversely affect our revenues and our costs.
Legal regulation relating to internet communications, data protection, e-commerce, direct marketing, credit scoring and digital advertising, privacy, information governance and use of public records is becoming more prevalent. Existing and proposed legislation and regulations, including changes in the manner in which such legislation and regulations are interpreted by courts, in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information about individuals and our ability to communicate such information effectively with our customers. For example, many of the products offered by Risk Solutions are governed by the US Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA), Graham Leach Bliley Act (GLBA), Drivers Privacy Protection Act (DPPA) and related state laws. Certain of these laws further provide for statutory penalties and attorneys fees for non-compliance. We are unable to predict in what form laws and regulations will be adopted or modified or how they will be construed by the courts, or the extent to which any such laws or interpretation changes might adversely affect our business.
7
Changes in provision of third party information to us could adversely affect our businesses.
A number of our businesses rely extensively upon content and data from external sources to maintain our databases. Data is obtained from public records, governmental authorities, customers and other information companies, including competitors. In the case of public records, including social security number data which are obtained from public authorities, our access is governed by law. We also obtain the credit header data in our databases from consumer credit reporting agencies. The disruption or loss of data sources in the future, because of changes in the law or because data suppliers decide not to supply them, could adversely affect our businesses if we were unable to arrange for substitute sources in a timely manner or at all.
Our business, operations and reputation could be adversely affected by a failure to comply with FTC Settlement Orders.
Through our Risk Solutions business, we are party to two consent orders and two subsequent related supplemental orders (the FTC Settlement Orders) embodying settlements with the US Federal Trade Commission (FTC) that resolved FTC investigations into our compliance with federal laws governing consumer information security and related issues, including certain fraudulent data access incidents. We also entered into an Assurance of Voluntary Compliance and Discontinuance (AVC) with the Attorneys General of 43 states and the District of Columbia in connection with one such FTC investigation. The FTC Settlement Orders and the AVC require us to institute and maintain information security, verification, credentialing, audit and compliance, and reporting and record retention programmes and to obtain an assessment from a qualified, independent third party every two years for twenty years (with the FTC having the right to extend such twenty-year period by up to two additional biennial assessment periods) to ensure that our performance under these information security programmes complies with the FTC Settlement Orders. Failure to comply with the FTC Settlement Orders and the AVC could result in civil penalties and adversely affect our business, operations and reputation.
Breaches of our data security systems or other unauthorised access to our databases could adversely affect our business and operations.
Our businesses provide customers with access to database information such as case law, treatises, journals, and publications as well as other data. Our Risk Solutions business also provides authorised customers with access to public records and other information on US individuals made available in accordance with applicable privacy laws and regulations. There are persons who try to breach our data security systems or gain other unauthorised access to our databases in order to misappropriate such information for potentially fraudulent purposes and we have previously disclosed incidents of such unauthorised access. Because the techniques used by such persons change frequently, we may be unable to anticipate or protect against the threat of breaches of data security or other unauthorised access. Breaches of our data security systems or other unauthorised access to our databases could damage our reputation and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability, as well as increase the likelihood of more extensive governmental regulation of these activities in a way that could adversely affect this aspect of our business.
Changes in government funding of, or spending by, academic institutions may adversely affect demand for the products and services of our science and medical businesses.
The principal customers for the information products and services offered by our science and medical publishing businesses are academic institutions, which fund purchases of these products and services from limited budgets that may be sensitive to changes in private and governmental sources of funding. Accordingly, any decreases in budgets of academic institutions or changes in the spending patterns of academic institutions could negatively impact our businesses.
Our intellectual property rights may not be adequately protected under current laws in some jurisdictions, which may adversely affect our results and our ability to grow.
Our products and services are largely comprised of intellectual property content delivered through a variety of media, including journals, books, compact discs, and online, including the internet. We rely on trademark, copyright, patent, trade secret and other intellectual property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights in these products and services. However, we cannot assure you that our proprietary rights will not be challenged, limited, invalidated or circumvented. Despite trademark and copyright protection and similar intellectual property protection laws, third parties may be able to copy, infringe or otherwise profit from our proprietary rights without our authorisation. These unauthorised activities may be facilitated by the internet.
In addition, whilst there is now certain internet-specific copyright legislation in the United States and in the European Union, there remains significant uncertainty as to the date from which such legislation will be enforced and the form copyright law regulating digital content may ultimately take. In several jurisdictions, including the United States, Australia and the European Union, copyright laws are increasingly coming under legal review. These factors create additional challenges for us in protecting our proprietary rights in content delivered through the internet and electronic platforms. Moreover, whilst non-copyrightable databases are protected in many circumstances by law in the European Union, there is no equivalent legal protection in the United States.
8
We may be unable to implement and execute our strategic and business plans if we cannot maintain high quality management.
The implementation and execution of our strategic and business plans depend on our ability to recruit, motivate and retain high quality people. We compete globally and across business sectors for talented management and skilled individuals, particularly those with technology and data analytics capabilities, inability to recruit, motivate or retain such people could adversely affect our business performance.
We may not realize all of the future anticipated benefits of acquisitions.
From time to time, we acquire businesses to strengthen our portfolio. Whilst our acquisitions are made within the framework of our overall strategy, which emphasizes organic development, we cannot assure you we will be able to generate the anticipated benefits such as revenue growth, synergies and/or cost savings associated with these acquisitions. Failure to realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions could adversely affect our return on invested capital and financial condition.
We cannot assure you whether our substantial investment in electronic product and platform initiatives will produce satisfactory, long term returns.
We are investing significant amounts to develop and promote electronic products and platforms. The provision of electronic products and services is very competitive and we may experience difficulties developing this aspect of our business due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors may include competition from comparable and new technologies and changes in regulation.
Our businesses may be adversely affected if their electronic delivery platforms, networks or distribution systems experience a significant failure or interruption.
Our businesses are dependent on electronic platforms and distribution systems, primarily the internet, for delivery of their products and services. From time to time we have experienced verifiable attacks on our platforms and systems by unauthorised parties. To date such attacks have not resulted in any material damage to us, however, our businesses could be adversely affected if their electronic delivery platforms and networks experience a significant failure, interruption or security breach.
Our businesses may be adversely affected by the failure of third parties to whom we have outsourced business activities.
Our organisational and operational structures have increased dependency on outsourced and offshored functions. Poor performance or the failure of third parties to whom we have outsourced business functions could adversely affect our business performance, reputation and financial condition.
Our scientific, technical and medical primary publications could be adversely affected by changes in the market.
Our scientific, technical and medical (STM) primary publications, like those of most of our competitors, are published on a paid subscription basis. There is debate in government, academic and library communities, which are the principal customers for our STM publications, regarding whether such publications should be free and funded instead through fees charged to authors and from governmental and other subsidies or made freely available after a period following publication. If these methods of STM publishing are widely adopted or mandated, it could adversely affect our revenue from our paid subscription publications.
Spending by companies on advertising and other marketing activities, which comprises a significant portion of our revenue, has historically been cyclical.
In 2012 6% of our revenue was derived from advertising and 14% from exhibitions. In Business Information, 30% of revenue was derived from advertising in 2012 compared with 37% in 2011. Total advertising revenues for our businesses in 2012 were £350 million compared with £437 million in 2011.
Traditionally, spending by companies on advertising and other marketing activities has been cyclical, with companies spending significantly less on advertising in times of economic slowdown or turbulence. In addition, there has been a structural shift of advertising and lead generation to Google and other search engines.
The exhibitions business is similarly affected by cyclical pressures on spending by companies. Additionally, participation and attendance at exhibitions is affected by the availability of exhibition venues and the propensity of exhibitors and attendees to travel. Our results could be adversely affected if the availability of venues or the demand from exhibitors and attendees were reduced, for example due to international security or public health concerns or acts of terrorism or war.
9
Changes in the market values of defined benefit pension scheme assets and in the assumptions used to value defined benefit pension scheme obligations may adversely affect our businesses.
We operate a number of pension schemes around the world. Historically, the largest schemes have been of the defined benefit type in the United Kingdom, the United States and the Netherlands. The assets and obligations associated with defined benefit pension schemes are particularly sensitive to changes in the market values of assets and the market related assumptions used to value scheme liabilities. In particular, adverse changes to asset values, discount rates or inflation could increase future pension costs and funding requirements.
Our impairment analysis of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets incorporates various assumptions which are highly judgemental. If these assumptions are not realised, we may be required to recognise a charge in the future for impairment.
As at December 31, 2012, goodwill on the combined statement of financial position amounted to £4,545 million and intangible assets with an indefinite life amounted to £354 million. We conduct an impairment test at least annually, which involves a comparison of the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets by cash generating unit with estimated values in use based on latest management cash flow projections. The assumptions used in the estimation of value in use are, by their very nature, highly judgemental, and include profit growth of the business over a five year forecast period, the long term growth rate of the business thereafter, and related discount rates. There is no guarantee that our businesses will be able to achieve the forecasted results which have been included in the impairment tests and impairment charges may be required in future periods if we are unable to meet these assumptions.
Our borrowing costs and access to capital may be adversely affected if the credit ratings assigned to our debt are downgraded.
Our outstanding debt instruments are, and any of our future debt instruments may be, publicly rated by independent rating agencies such as Moodys Investors Service Inc., Standard & Poors Rating Services and Fitch Ratings. A rating is based upon information furnished by us or obtained by the relevant rating agency from its own sources and is subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal by the rating agency at any time. Rating agencies may review the assigned ratings due to developments that are beyond our control. Factors cited as a basis for a ratings downgrade or an assignment of a negative outlook could include the macro economic environment and the level of our indebtedness as a consequence of an acquisition. If the ratings of our debt are downgraded in the future, our borrowing costs and access to capital may be adversely affected.
Breaches of generally accepted ethical business standards or applicable statutes concerning bribery could adversely affect our reputation and financial condition.
As a leading global provider of professional information solutions to the science, medical, risk, legal and business sectors, we are expected to adhere to high standards of independence and ethical conduct. Whilst our employees are expected to abide by the Reed Elsevier Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, employees may still fail to abide by its guidelines relating to anti-bribery and principled business conduct. Similarly, whilst our major suppliers are expected to abide by our Supplier Code of Conduct, suppliers may still fail to abide by its guideline relating to anti-bribery and principled business conduct. A breach of generally accepted principled business standards or applicable statues concerning bribery by our employees or our suppliers could adversely affect our business performance, reputation and financial condition.
Failure to manage our environmental impact could adversely affect our businesses.
Our businesses have an impact on the environment, principally through the use of energy and water, waste generation and, in our supply chain, through our paper use and print and production technologies. Whilst we are committed to reducing these impacts by limiting resource use and by efficiently employing sustainable materials and technologies, we cannot assure you that these efforts and expenditures incurred by us in order to comply with either new environmental legislation and regulations, new interpretations or existing laws and regulations or more rigorous enforcement of such laws and regulations will not adversely impact on our businesses or reputation.
10
ITEM 4: INFORMATION ON REED ELSEVIER
Corporate structure
Reed Elsevier came into existence in January 1993, when Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV contributed their respective businesses to two jointly-owned companies, Reed Elsevier Group plc, a UK registered company which owns the publishing and information businesses, and Elsevier Reed Finance BV, a Dutch registered company which owns the financing activities. Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have retained their separate legal and national identities and are publicly held companies. Reed Elsevier PLCs securities are listed in London and New York, and Reed Elsevier NVs securities are listed in Amsterdam and New York.
Equalisation arrangements
Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV each hold a 50% interest in Reed Elsevier Group plc. Reed Elsevier PLC holds a 39% interest in Elsevier Reed Finance BV, with Reed Elsevier NV holding a 61% interest. Reed Elsevier PLC additionally holds a 5.8% indirect equity interest in Reed Elsevier NV, reflecting the arrangements entered into between the two companies at the time of the merger, which determined the equalisation ratio whereby one Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share is, in broad terms, intended to confer equivalent economic interests to 1.538 Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares. The equalisation ratio is subject to change to reflect share splits and similar events that affect the number of outstanding ordinary shares of either Reed Elsevier PLC or Reed Elsevier NV.
Under the equalisation arrangements, Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders have a 52.9% economic interest in Reed Elsevier, and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders (other than Reed Elsevier PLC) have a 47.1% economic interest in Reed Elsevier. Holders of ordinary shares in Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV enjoy substantially equivalent dividend and capital rights with respect to their ordinary shares.
The Boards of both Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have agreed, other than in special circumstances, to recommend equivalent gross dividends (including, with respect to the dividend on Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares, the associated UK tax credit), based on the equalisation ratio. A Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share pays dividends in sterling and is subject to UK tax law with respect to dividend and capital rights. A Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share pays dividends in euros and is subject to Dutch tax law with respect to dividend and capital rights.
The principal assets of Reed Elsevier PLC comprise its 50% interest in Reed Elsevier Group plc, its 39% interest in Elsevier Reed Finance BV, its indirect equity interest in Reed Elsevier NV and certain amounts receivable from subsidiaries of Reed Elsevier Group plc. The principal assets of Reed Elsevier NV comprise its 50% interest in Reed Elsevier Group plc, its 61% interest in Elsevier Reed Finance BV and certain amounts receivable from subsidiaries of Reed Elsevier Group plc. Reed Elsevier NV also owns shares, carrying special dividend rights, in Reed Elsevier Overseas BV, a Dutch registered subsidiary of Reed Elsevier Group plc.
Material acquisitions and disposals
Total acquisition expenditure in the three years ended December 31, 2012, including the buy out of non-controlling interests, was £924 million, net of cash acquired. During 2012, a number of acquisitions were made for total consideration of £341 million, net of cash acquired of £12 million. During 2011, a number of acquisitions, including the buy out of non-controlling interests, were made for a total consideration of £540 million, net of cash acquired. During 2010, a number of small acquisitions were made for a total consideration of £43 million.
Gross cash proceeds from disposals amounted to £242 million (2011: £101 million; 2010: £66 million), including £7 million from the sale of non-controlling interests. Net cash proceeds, before tax, amounted to £160 million (2011: £80 million; 2010: £6 million), after related separation and transaction costs, additional pension scheme contributions, and working capital and other adjustments in respect of prior year transactions.
Capital expenditure
Capital expenditure on property, plant, equipment and internally developed intangible assets principally relates to investment in systems infrastructure to support electronic publishing activities, computer equipment and office facilities. Total such capital expenditure, which was financed from operating cash flows, amounted to £333 million in 2012 (2011: £350 million; 2010: £311 million). In 2012, there was continued investment in new product and related infrastructure, particularly in Legal. Further information on capital expenditure is given in notes 16 and 18 to the combined financial statements.
11
Principal Executive Offices
The principal executive offices of Reed Elsevier PLC are located at 1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5JR, England. Tel: +44 20 7166 5500. The principal executive offices of Reed Elsevier NV are located at Radarweg 29, 1043 NX Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Tel: +31 20 485 2222. The principal executive office located in the United States is at 125 Park Avenue, 23rd Floor, New York, New York, 10017. Tel: +1 212 309 5498. Our internet address is www.reedelsevier.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
12
Reed Elsevier is a world leading provider of professional information solutions operating across several market segments: Scientific, Technical & Medical, providing information and tools to help its customers improve scientific and healthcare outcomes; Risk Solutions, providing tools that combine proprietary, public and third-party information, with advanced technology and analytics; Business Information, providing data services, information and marketing solutions to business professionals; Legal, providing legal, tax, regulatory news and business information to legal, corporate, government, and academic markets; and Exhibitions, organising exhibitions and conferences.
Our principal operations are in North America and Europe. For the year ended December 31, 2012 we had total revenue of approximately £6.1 billion and an average of approximately 30,500 employees. As at December 31, 2012 we had approximately 30,400 employees. In 2012, North America represented our largest single geographic market, contributing 52% of our total revenue.
Revenue is derived principally from subscriptions, circulation and transactional sales, exhibition fees and advertising sales. In 2012, 49% of Reed Elseviers revenue was derived from subscriptions; 26% from circulation and transactional sales; 14% from exhibition fees; 6% from advertising sales; and 5% from other sources. An increasing proportion of revenue is derived from electronic information products, principally internet based. In 2012, 64% of our revenue was derived from such sources, including 96% of Risk Solutions revenue, 76% of Legal revenue, 68% of Scientific, Technical & Medical revenue, 54% of Business Information revenue, and 2% of Exhibitions revenue.
Subscription sales are defined as revenue derived from the periodic distribution or update of a product or from the provision of access to online services, which is often prepaid. Circulation and transactional sales include all other revenue from the distribution of a product and transactional sales of online services, usually on cash or credit terms. The level of publishing related advertising sales and exhibition fees has historically been tied closely to the economic and business investment cycle with changes in the profit performance of advertisers, business confidence and other economic factors having a high correlation with changes in the size of the market. Subscription sales and circulation and transactional sales have tended to be more stable than advertising sales through economic cycles.
Revenue is recognised for the various categories as follows: subscriptions on periodic despatch of subscribed product or rateably over the period of the subscription where performance is not measurable by despatch; circulation and transactional on despatch or occurrence of the transaction; exhibitions on occurrence of the exhibition and advertising on publication or period of online display. Where sales consist of two or more independent components whose value can be reliably measured, revenue is recognised on each component as it is completed by performance, based on the attribution of relative value.
Our businesses compete for subscription, circulation and transaction, and marketing expenditures in scientific and medical, risk, legal and business sectors. The bases of competition include, for readers and users of the information, the quality and variety of the editorial content and data, the quality of the software to derive added value from the information, the timeliness and the price of the products and, for advertisers, the quality and the size of the audiences targeted.
Revenue
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
£ | 2,063 | 34 | % | £ | 2,058 | 34 | % | £ | 2,026 | 34 | % | ||||||||||||
Risk Solutions |
926 | 15 | 908 | 15 | 927 | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||
Business Information |
663 | 11 | 695 | 12 | 718 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||
Legal |
1,610 | 26 | 1,634 | 27 | 1,691 | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exhibitions |
854 | 14 | 707 | 12 | 693 | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
£ | 6,116 | 100 | % | £ | 6,002 | 100 | % | £ | 6,055 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
SCIENTIFIC, TECHNICAL & MEDICAL
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||
Revenue |
£ | 2,063 | £ | 2,058 | £ | 2,026 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Scientific, Technical & Medical markets, we provide information and tools to help customers improve scientific and healthcare outcomes.
Elsevier is a leading provider of scientific, technical and medical information and serves scientists, health professionals and students worldwide. Its objective is to help its customers advance science and improve healthcare by providing world class information and innovative information solutions that enable them to make critical decisions, enhance productivity and improve outcomes.
Elsevier is a global business with principal operations in Amsterdam, Beijing, Boston, Chennai, Delhi, London, Madrid, Munich, New York, Oxford, Paris, Philadelphia, Rio de Janeiro, St. Louis, San Diego, Singapore and Tokyo. It has 7,000 employees.
Elsevier serves the needs of the science, technology and health markets by publishing primary research, reference, and education content, as well as by providing a range of database and workflow solutions. Elseviers customers are scientists, academic institutions, research leaders and administrators, medical researchers, doctors, nurses, allied health professionals and students, as well as hospitals, research institutions, health insurers, managed healthcare organisations, research-intensive corporations, and governments. All of these customers rely on Elsevier to provide high quality content and critical information for making scientific and medical decisions; to review, publish, disseminate and preserve research findings; to create innovative tools to help focus research strategies, increase research effectiveness, improve medical outcomes, and enhance the efficiency of healthcare and healthcare education.
In 2012, approximately 65% of revenue came from subscription sales, 27% from circulation and transactional sales, 3% from advertising, and the remaining 5% from other sources. Approximately 40% of revenue by destination in 2012 was derived from North America, 31% from Europe and the remaining 29% from the rest of the world. 68% of revenues were delivered electronically.
In the primary research market during 2012, over 1 million research papers were submitted to Elsevier, a double digit increase on the prior year. Over 10,000 editors managed the peer review and selection of these papers, resulting in the publication of more than 330,000 articles in almost 2000 journals, many of which are the foremost publications in their field and a primary point of reference for new research. This content was accessed by around 11 million people, with nearly 700 million full text article downloads last year. Content is provided free or at very low cost in most of the worlds poorest countries. Elseviers journals are primarily published and delivered through the ScienceDirect platform, the worlds largest database of scientific and medical research, hosting over 11 million articles, and over 11,000 full-text e-books. Flagship journals include Cell and The Lancet families of titles. Elsevier continuously innovates to improve the utility and effectiveness of its journals. For example, its Article of the Future enhances the traditional scientific paper with new and broader types of content, such as links to experimental data, related content, and enhanced media to supplement the articles text.
Elsevier is also a global leader in the scientific, technical and medical reference market, providing authoritative and current professional reference content. While reference has traditionally been a print industry, Elsevier has been a leader in driving the shift from print to electronic. Elsevier publishes over 20,000 reference titles, with 1,400 new titles published annually along with supporting bibliographic data, indices and abstracts. Approximately 85% of these titles are available electronically. Flagship titles include works such as Grays Anatomy , Nelsons Pediatrics and Netters Atlas of Human Anatomy .
Elsevier launched ClinicalKey in 2012, a product that allows physicians to access the leading reference and evidence-based medicine content in a single, fully-integrated site. ClinicalKey includes a full taxonomy and improved smart content search to help clinicians look up detailed information on highly specific topics as they seek to answer clinical questions. The platform covers Elseviers as well as relevant third-party health content. ClinicalKey has already been deployed at leading teaching hospitals, such as Oxford Universitys John Radcliffe, the Cleveland Clinic, and the US Department of Veterans Affairs.
In medical education, Elsevier serves students of medicine, nursing and allied health professions through print and electronic books, as well as electronic solutions. For example, its Evolve portal provides a rich resource to support faculty and students and now has over 3.5 million registered users; Evolve Reach provides online review and testing tools for nursing and the allied health professions; Evolve Teach provides online resources and solutions to support faculty.
14
Elseviers database and workflow products provide a range of tools and solutions for professionals in the science, technical, and medical fields. Customers include academic and corporate researchers, research administrators and healthcare professionals.
For academic and corporate researchers, significant products include Scopus , Geofacets , and Reaxys . Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of research literature in the world, with abstracts and bibliographic information on almost 50 million scientific research articles from 19,500 peer reviewed journals and 5,000 international publishers. Geofacets is an oil and gas exploration tool which packages research-relevant Elsevier and third-party geological content and tags that content to enable rich search functionality. Reaxys is a leading solution for synthetic chemists, integrating chemical reaction and compound data searching with synthesis planning.
In December 2012, Elsevier acquired Knovel , a web-based provider of productivity tools for the engineering community, integrating technical information with analytics and search to deliver trusted answers and drive innovation.
Elsevier serves academic and government research administrators through its SciVal suite of products that help them evaluate their institutions research performance, determine research strategies and increase institutional efficiencies. Leveraging bibliometric data, such as citations from Scopus , SciVal Spotlight helps institutions and governments to identify their distinctive research strengths, evaluate performance and increase the focus of their research and development investments. SciVal Funding assists researchers and institutions in identifying grants that are most relevant in their research areas.
In August 2012, Elsevier bolstered its research management portfolio by acquiring Atira , a provider of software and tools that complement the SciVal platform and help academic institutions and researchers improve their research outcomes.
For healthcare professionals, Elsevier develops products to deliver patient-specific solutions at the point of care to improve patient outcomes. Its clinical solutions include Gold Standard , which provides critical information on drug interactions to assist effective treatment, and CPM Resource Center , which provides a data-driven framework to support nurses in undertaking procedures.
Elsevier further bolstered its clinical solutions portfolio with the acquisition in September 2012 of ExitCare , a provider of patient education and discharge instructions. ExitCares products, incorporated into Elseviers clinical decision support content and tools, will help healthcare providers improve the delivery of healthcare information and services across all care environments.
Market Opportunities
Scientific, Technical & Medical information markets have good long-term demand growth characteristics. The importance of research and development to economic performance and competitive positioning is well understood by governments, academic institutions and corporations. This is reflected in the long-term growth in research and development spend and in the number of researchers worldwide.
Growth in health markets is driven by ageing populations in developed markets, rising prosperity in developing markets and the increasing focus on improving medical outcomes and efficiency. Given that a significant proportion of scientific research and healthcare is funded directly or indirectly by governments, spending is influenced by governmental budgetary considerations. The commitment to research and health provision does, however, remain high, even in more difficult budgetary environments.
Strategic Priorities
Elseviers strategic goal is to provide information solutions that advance science and improve health. To achieve this, Elsevier creates solutions that reflect deep insight into the way its users work and the outcomes they are seeking to achieve; drives for excellence in content, service and technology; constantly adapts and revitalises its products, solutions and business models; and leverages its shared resources and knowledge to promote innovation, efficiency and excellence in execution.
For academic and corporate researchers, priorities are to continue to strengthen journal brands and the quality of published articles, and to further improve scientific communication and user experience with our journal content. Elsevier is focused on delivering journal content quickly, making it available through different access channels, and exploring a range of innovative new business models. Elsevier will also build new services, and add greater functionality and utility to existing solutions to improve researcher productivity.
For science and health professionals, priorities are to continue enhancing the quality and relevance of our content and our workflow tools, while actively managing the ongoing format shift from print to electronic information.
For students, priorities are to continue to provide the highest quality educational content and tools and to develop an even better customer experience. In addition, Elsevier will develop tools to track student performance, train new faculty members, and improve the effectiveness of existing faculty staff.
15
Business Model, Distribution Channels and Competition
Science and medical research is principally disseminated on a paid subscription basis to the research facilities of academic institutions, government and corporations, and, in the case of medical and healthcare journals, also to individual practitioners and medical society members. For a number of journals, advertising and promotional income represents a small proportion of revenues predominantly from pharmaceutical companies in healthcare titles.
Over the past 15 years alternative payment models for the dissemination of research such as so-called author-pays open access or authors-funder-pays have emerged. While it is expected that paid subscription will remain the primary distribution model, Elsevier has long invested in alternate business models to address the needs of customers and researchers. Over 1,500 of Elseviers journals now offer the option of funding research publishing and distribution via a sponsored article fee. In addition, Elsevier now publishes around 30 author-pays journals.
Electronic products, such as ScienceDirect , Scopus and ClinicalKey , are generally sold direct to customers through a dedicated sales force that has offices around the world. Subscription agents facilitate the sales and administrative process for print journals. Books are sold through traditional and online book stores, wholesalers and, particularly in medical and healthcare markets, directly to end users.
Competition within science and medical publishing is generally on a title-by-title and product-by-product basis. Competing journals, books and databases are typically published by learned societies and other professional publishers. Workflow tools face similar competition as well as from software companies and internal solutions developed by customers.
Major Brands
Elsevier is the master brand used for the business.
Elseviers major brands include: Cell , a life sciences journal in biochemistry and molecular biology; and The Lancet , one of the leading medical journals since 1823. Many other products and journals are major brands in their fields, including: Scopus , a scientific abstract and citation database; SciVal , research performance tools for academic institutions and funding intelligence; pharmapendium , an online drugs safety database that supports drug development researchers; ClinicalKey, combines reference and evidence-based medical content into its fully-integrated clinical insight engine; Geofacets, an extensive database of georeferenced geological maps; ScienceDirect, the worlds largest database of scientific and medical research articles; and CPM CarePoints, a comprehensive care planning and clinical documentation system.
RISK SOLUTIONS & BUSINESS INFORMATION
In Risk Solutions & Business Information, we provide data, analytics and insight that enable customers to evaluate and manage risks, and develop market intelligence, supporting more confident decisions, improved economic outcomes, and enhanced operational efficiency.
RISK SOLUTIONS
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||
Revenue |
£ | 926 | £ | 908 | £ | 927 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
LexisNexis Risk Solutions is a provider of solutions that combine proprietary, public and third-party information, with advanced technology and analytics. These solutions assist customers in evaluating, predicting and managing risk and improving operational effectiveness, predominantly in the US.
LexisNexis Risk Solutions is headquartered in Alpharetta, Georgia, has principal operations in Georgia, Florida, and Ohio, and has 4,100 employees.
In 2012, approximately 86% of Risk Solutions revenue came from circulation and transactional sales, 11% from subscription sales, and the remaining 3% from other sources. 96% of Risk Solutions revenue is delivered electronically.
LexisNexis Risk Solutions is organised around market facing industry/sector groups: insurance, business services (including the financial services, receivables management and corporate groups), and government. The most significant of these is insurance. These groups are supported by a shared infrastructure for technology operations, data management, and other support functions including compliance and marketing. A number of transactional support activities, including some financial processes, are provided from a shared services organisation managed by the LexisNexis Legal & Professional business. The Legal & Professional business also distributes Risk Solutions products into legal markets in the US and internationally.
16
Insurance Solutions provides a comprehensive combination of data and analytics to property and casualty (P&C) personal and commercial insurance and life insurance carriers in the US to improve critical aspects of their business, from customer acquisition and underwriting to claims handling. Information solutions, including the USs most comprehensive personal loss history database, C.L.U.E. , help insurers assess risks and provide important inputs to pricing and underwriting insurance policies. Additional key products include Data Prefill , which provides critical information on customers, potential customers and their auto ownership directly into the insurance workflow, and Current Carrier , which identifies current or previous insurance as well as any lapses in coverage.
Business Services provides financial institutions with risk management, identity management, fraud detection, credit risk management, and compliance solutions. These include know your customer and anti-money laundering products. The business also provides risk and identity management solutions for corporate customers in retail, telecommunications and utilities sectors. Receivables management solutions help debt recovery professionals in the segmentation, management and collection of consumer and business debt.
Government Solutions provides data and analytics to US federal, state and local law enforcement and government agencies to help solve criminal and intelligence cases and to identify fraud, waste and abuse in government programmes.
The Risk Solutions business also provides risk-related information to the legal industry through LexisNexis Legal & Professional.
Risk Solutions continues to focus on developing a pipeline of new solutions to drive growth in selected adjacent markets and geographies. For example, in the UK, Risk Solutions has launched a new product that uses public information to help insurers assess and segment risk more effectively among motor insurance customers and is planning to launch additional innovative products to facilitate sharing of data across motor insurers, improving insurers ability to understand underwriting risks. In the government segment, customers are adopting fraud detection, waste, and abuse solutions, which enable government agencies to identify incidences of tax and benefits fraud, and boost revenue collections. Risk Solutions has also continued to broaden its portfolio of identity management solutions, including one-time-password and biometric solutions, and has made existing identity products more configurable to address the specific needs of customers across our market segments.
The identity verification and risk evaluation solutions provided by Risk Solutions utilise a comprehensive database of public records and proprietary information with more than 2,000 terabytes of unique data, which makes it the largest database of its kind in the US market today. LexisNexis Accurint is a flagship product, powered by the High Performance Cluster Computing (HPCC) technology. This market-leading technology enables Risk Solutions to provide its customers with highly relevant search results swiftly and to create new, low-cost solutions quickly and efficiently. It is also increasingly used across other Reed Elsevier markets such as Legal and Scientific, Technical & Medical.
In January 2013, Risk Solutions announced the sale of its Screening business. This will allow it to increase its focus on higher-growth segments leveraging its core data, technology and analytical capabilities. The Screening business presented limited opportunities to apply these capabilities to generate unique customer value, sustained growth, and superior margins.
Market Opportunities
Risk Solutions operates in markets with strong long-term underlying growth drivers including: insurance underwriting transactions; insurance, healthcare, tax and entitlement fraud; credit defaults and financial fraud; regulatory compliance and due diligence requirements surrounding customer enrolment; and security considerations.
In the insurance segment, growth is supported by increasing transactional activity in the auto, property and life insurance markets and the increasing adoption by insurance carriers of more sophisticated data and analytics in the prospecting, underwriting and claims evaluation processes, to assess underwriting risk, increase competitiveness and improve operating cost efficiency. Transactional activity is driven by product extensions across insurance carriers workflow and growth in insurance quoting, as consumers seek better policy terms. This activity is stimulated by increasing competition between insurance companies, high levels of carrier advertising, and rising levels of internet quoting and policy binding.
A number of factors support growth for risk solutions in the financial services market, including new credit originations, continued high fraud losses, stringent regulatory compliance requirements and increasing anti-money laundering fines. In receivables management, demand is driven mainly by levels of consumer debt and the prospect of recovering that debt, which is impacted by employment conditions in the US. In corporate markets, demand is supported by growth in online retail sales and continued high levels of credit card fraud. Growth in government markets is driven by the increasing use of data and analytics to combat criminal activity, fraud, and tax evasion and to address security issues. The level and timing of demand in this market is influenced by government funding and revenue considerations.
17
Strategic Priorities
Risk Solutions strategic goal is to make businesses and government more effective, through a better understanding of the risks associated with individuals, other businesses and transactions and by providing the tools to help manage those risks efficiently and cost effectively. To achieve this, Risk Solutions is focused on: delivering innovative new products across customer workflows; expanding the range of risk management solutions across adjacent markets; addressing international opportunities in selected markets to meet local risk management needs; and continuing to strengthen its content, technology and analytical capabilities.
Business Model, Distribution Channels and Competition
Risk Solutions products are predominantly sold directly, with pricing mostly on a transactional basis for insurance carriers and corporations, and primarily on a subscription basis for government entities.
Risk Solutions and Verisk, a competitor, each sell data and analytics solutions to insurance carriers but largely address different activities. Risk Solutions principal competitors in commercial and government sectors include Thomson Reuters and major credit bureaus, in many cases addressing different activities in these sectors as well.
Major Brands
LexisNexis is the master brand used by LexisNexis Risk Solutions.
LexisNexis Risk Solutions major brands include: C.L.U.E . ® , a comprehensive US personal insurance claims database; LexisNexis ® Data Prefill , tools to automate the insurance application process providing critical information insurers need to quote and underwrite a policy; Accurint ® for Collections , a US solution to help locate debtors quickly and accurately ; LexisNexis ® Identity Management , a range of solutions to help clients verify that an identity exists and authenticate individuals; LexisNexis ® Anti-Money Laundering Solutions , content and information for anti-money laundering compliance, risk mitigation and enhanced due diligence; LexisNexis ® Current Carrier, database that identifies the existence of current or previous insurance, and whether or not the applicant has had a possible lapse in coverage; LexisNexis ® RiskView, comprehensive suite of credit risk management tools to help assess consumer creditworthiness and risk potential; and LexisNexis ® Revenue Recovery and Discovery, a suite of tools to enable governments to leverage public records and analytics to identify instances of fraud and to more efficiently collect on outstanding debts.
BUSINESS INFORMATION
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||
Revenue |
£ | 663 | £ | 695 | £ | 718 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reed Business Information (RBI) provides data services, information and marketing solutions to business professionals across industries globally. It produces industry critical data services and lead generation tools, online community sites as well as business magazines with market leading positions in many sectors.
Approximately 27% of Business Information revenue in 2012 came from North America, 19% from the United Kingdom, 39% from Continental Europe and 15% from the rest of the world.
RBI is a global business headquartered in Sutton in the UK and in addition has principal operations in London, Amsterdam, Skokie (Illinois), Norcross (Georgia) and Boston (Massachusetts) in the US, as well as Paris, Milan and Shanghai. RBI has 4,800 employees worldwide.
RBIs customers use its data services to help make key strategic decisions and reduce risk, to improve productivity and performance and identify new business opportunities. RBIs magazines and websites deliver high value news, information and opinion to business professionals across many industry sectors while also providing an effective marketing channel for customers. RBIs online marketing solutions bring buyers and sellers together through a range of innovative digital channels.
RBIs market leading data services include: ICIS , an information and pricing service in chemicals, fertilisers and energy; BankersAccuity , a provider of payment routing data, anti-money laundering (AML) services and compliance information to the banking and corporate sectors; XpertHR , an online service providing regulatory guidance, best practices and tools for HR professionals; and Reed Construction Data , a provider of online construction data and information to the construction industry.
RBIs leading brands include New Scientist , Farmers Weekly , Estates Gazette , Elsevier magazine and Boerderij . Online marketing solutions include emedia , an email bulletin based lead generation service and BuyerZone , a web-based request for quotation (RFQ) service.
18
In 2012, RBI continued to reshape its portfolio significantly, addressing continued growth opportunities in data services while exiting areas not core to its paid content strategy. In addition, the business continued to focus on cost efficiency across the traditional publishing businesses.
As part of this strategy RBI sold Totaljobs Group, comprising seven recruitment job boards, created organically by RBI. RBI continued to create value from its existing magazine brands, while exiting a number of titles including Variety , the entertainment market title in the US, and those in the electronics and catering markets in the UK. In January 2013, RBI announced that it had completed the sale of RBI Australia. RBI is in a process to exit its operations in Spain.
Market Opportunities
The growing need for high quality industry data and information is driving demand for online subscription data services and providing new opportunities. Business-to-business marketing spend has historically been driven by levels of corporate profitability, which itself has followed GDP growth, and business investment.
Strategic Priorities
RBIs strategic goal is to help business professionals achieve better outcomes with information and decision support in its individual markets. Its areas of strategic focus are: further growing the data services businesses; restructuring the business magazines and advertising-driven portfolio; developing paid content services in key markets and supporting print franchises through brand extensions and redesign; and driving further organisational effectiveness.
Business Model, Distribution Channels and Competition
Across the RBI portfolio, user and subscription revenues now account for 69% of the total business with the remaining 31% derived from print and online advertising and lead generation. RBI electronic revenue streams now account for 54% of total revenue.
Data services are typically sold directly on a subscription or transactional basis. Business magazines are mainly distributed on a paid basis. Advertising and lead generation revenues are sold directly or through agents.
RBIs data services and titles compete with a number of publishers on a service and title-by-title basis including: UBM, McGraw Hill and Wolters Kluwer as well as many niche and privately-owned competitors. RBI competes for online advertising with other business-to-business websites as well as Google and other search engines.
Major Brands
RBIs major brands include: ICIS, a global provider of news, price benchmarks, data, analytics and research to the energy, chemical and fertiliser industries; Reed Construction Data, a provider of actionable insight for the construction industry through cost data, project leads, market intelligence and marketing solutions; NewScientist, a science and technology media brand; Flightglobal, data, news and advisory services for professionals working in the global aviation industry; XpertHR, online services with reference data, compliance information and good practice guides for HR professionals; Elsevier, news and opinion service in the Netherlands; BankersAccuity, payment routing data, AML services and compliance tools for the banking and corporate sectors worldwide; estatesgazette, news, data and research services for the UK commercial property industry; and emedia, digital lead generation services in the US, UK and Europe.
LEGAL
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||
Revenue |
£ | 1,610 | £ | 1,634 | £ | 1,691 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Legal markets, we are a provider of legal, regulatory and news & business information and analysis to legal, corporate, government, and academic customers.
Serving customers in more than 175 countries, LexisNexis Legal & Professional provides resources and services that inform decisions, increase productivity and drive new business.
LexisNexis Legal & Professional is headquartered in New York and has principal operations in the New York area, Ohio and North Carolina in the United States, Toronto in Canada, London and Paris in Europe, and cities in several other countries in Africa and Asia Pacific. It has 10,400 employees worldwide.
19
In 2012, approximately 74% of Legals revenue came from subscription sales, 13% from circulation and transactional sales, 5% from advertising, including directory listings, and the remaining 8% from other sources. Approximately 68% of Legals revenue by destination in 2012 was derived from North America, 21% from Europe and the remaining 11% from the rest of the world. 76% of Legals revenues were delivered electronically.
LexisNexis Legal & Professional is organised in market facing groups. The most significant are Research & Litigation Solutions and Business of Law Software Solutions in the US and LexisNexis International and LexisNexis Asia outside the US. These are supported by global shared services organisations providing platform and product development, operational and distribution services, and other support functions.
In Research & Litigation Solutions, electronic information solutions and innovative workflow tools, developed through close collaboration with customers, help legal and business professionals make better informed decisions in the practice of law and in managing their businesses. Flagship products for legal research are Lexis.com and Lexis Advance , which provide federal and state statutes and case law, together with analysis and expert commentaries from sources such as Matthew Bender and Michie and the leading citation service Shepards , which advises on the continuing relevance of case law precedents. Research solutions also include news and business information, ranging from daily news to company filings, as well as public records information and analytics. Through its litigation solutions, LexisNexis provides lawyers with a suite of tools covering case preparation to processing and review to trial preparation. LexisNexis partners with law schools to provide services to students as part of their training.
In 2012, LexisNexis introduced in the US two new releases of Lexis Advance , an innovative web application designed to transform how legal professionals conduct research. Built on an advanced technology platform, Lexis Advance allows primary researchers within legal and professional organisations to find highly relevant information more easily and efficiently, helping them to drive better outcomes. Future releases will continue to expand content and add new innovative tools. LexisNexis employs lawyers and trained editors with professional legal backgrounds who review, annotate and update the legal content to help ensure each document in the collection is current and comprehensive. This domain expertise combined with the application of Reed Elseviers big data HPCC technology means LexisNexis is able to update its entire legal collection faster and more efficiently, while also identifying and linking content, enabling customers to uncover previously undiscovered relationships between documents.
LexisNexis launched Lexis Practice Advisor in the US in 2012, a web-based practical guidance product tailored for attorneys who handle transactional matters. Additionally, LexisNexis introduced a legal news solution through the acquisition of Law360 providing attorneys with breaking news and analysis by practice area to supplement the legal research process.
In litigation solutions, LexisNexis released Hosted Concordance Evolution which is a fully hosted service that delivers electronic discovery review capabilities on an on-demand basis. Sanction Solutions was also acquired, adding trial presentation software to the LexisNexis suite of litigation offerings.
The web-based marketing services group assists law firms in their client development through lawyers.com and providing them with website development, search engine optimisation and other web marketing services.
LexisNexis Business of Law Software Solutions provides law firms with practice management solutions, including time and billing systems, case management, cost recovery and document management services.
In International markets outside the United States, LexisNexis serves legal, corporate, government, accounting and academic markets in Europe, Canada, Africa and Asia Pacific with local and international legal, regulatory and business information. The most significant businesses are in the UK, France, Australia, Canada, and South Africa.
LexisNexis focuses on providing customers with leading collections of content and innovative online solutions to help legal and business professionals make better decisions more efficiently. Penetration of online information services has grown strongly and electronic solutions now account for 58% of revenue outside the US.
In the UK, LexisNexis is a leading legal information provider offering an unrivalled collection of primary and secondary legislation, case law, expert commentary, and forms and precedents. Its extensive portfolio includes a number of heritage brands: Halsburys , Tolleys , Butterworths . The content is delivered through multiple formats from print to online, to mobile apps and embedded in customers workflow.
In 2012, LexisNexis launched additional modules of the LexisPSL product suite which provides lawyers a single destination for their practical legal information needs with direct links to the relevant cases, legislation, precedents, forms, practical guidance and expert commentary. The ability to drive measurable customer value was recognised by the British Legal Awards which has named LexisNexis UK 2012 Supplier of the Year for its innovation, authority and understanding of law firms needs. A similar service is being launched across other markets Australia already has 13 practice area modules and by the end of next year it will have more.
20
In France, LexisNexis is a leading online provider of information to lawyers, notaries and courts. A heritage brand JurisClasseur and leading authoritative content is provided through multiple formats lexisnexis.fr, mobile and in print. These content sources are, as in the UK, being combined with new content and innovative workflow tools to develop practical guidance and practice management solutions. In 2012, LexisNexis France launched Lexis 360 , the first semantic search online tool combining legal information, practical content and results from the web.
Following the success of Lexis for Microsoft Office (LMO) in US markets, a Canadian version was launched in 2012. LMO enables customers to access LexisNexis content and services via add-ins/toolbars within Microsoft Word and Outlook.
In 2012, LexisNexis Legal & Professional strengthened its positions in Asia through enhanced products created specifically for legal professionals and practitioners, corporate counsels, legal researchers and government institutions in markets including India, China and Japan. In Japan, LexisNexis launched Lexis AS ONE , a product created specifically for corporate compliance and legal professionals to help navigate the complex regulatory environment.
Market Opportunities
Longer term growth in legal and regulatory markets worldwide is driven by increasing levels of legislation, regulation, regulatory complexity and litigation, and an increasing number of lawyers. Additional market opportunities are presented by the increasing demand for online information solutions and practice management tools that improve the quality and productivity of research, deliver better legal outcomes, and improve business performance. Notwithstanding this, legal activity and legal information markets are also influenced by economic conditions and corporate activity, as has been seen with the dampening impact on demand of the recent global recession and the somewhat subdued environment that followed in North America and in Europe.
Strategic Priorities
LexisNexis Legal & Professionals strategic goal is to enable better legal outcomes and be the leading provider of productivity enhancing information and information-based workflow solutions in its markets. To achieve this LexisNexis is focused on introducing next generation products and solutions on the global New Lexis platform and infrastructure; leveraging New Lexis globally to continue to drive print to electronic migration and long-term international growth; and upgrading operational infrastructure, improving process efficiency and gradually improving margins.
In the US, LexisNexis focus is on the continuing development of next generation legal research and practice solutions. It is also conducting a major upgrade in operations infrastructure and customer service and support platforms. This will provide customers with an integrated and superior experience across US legal research, litigation services, practice management and client development. Over the next few years progressive product introductions, often based on the New Lexis platform, leveraging big data HPCC technology, will combine advanced technology with enriched content, sophisticated analytics and applications to enable LexisNexis customers to make better legal decisions and drive better outcomes for their organisations and clients.
Outside the US, LexisNexis is focused on growing online services and developing further high quality actionable content and workflow tools, including the development of practical guidance and practice management applications. In 2013, LexisNexis will begin to introduce New Lexis globally. Additionally, LexisNexis is focusing on the expansion of its activities in emerging markets.
Business Model, Distribution Channels and Competition
LexisNexis Legal & Professional products and services are generally sold directly to law firms and to corporate, government, accounting and academic customers on a paid subscription basis, with subscriptions with law firms often under multi-year contracts.
Principal competitors for LexisNexis in US legal markets are West (Thomson Reuters), CCH (Wolters Kluwer), and Bloomberg and Factiva (News Corporation) in news and business information. Competitors in litigation solutions also include software companies. Significant international competitors include Thomson Reuters, Wolters Kluwer and Factiva.
Major Brands
LexisNexis is the master brand used by LexisNexis Legal & Professional.
LexisNexis Legal & Professionals major brands include: Lexis ® , legal, news and public records content for legal professionals; Matthew Bender ® , critical analysis, checklists, forms, and practice guides authored by industry experts covering 50 major practice areas; Lexis ® for Microsoft ® Office , an integration of LexisNexis content, open Web search and Microsoft Office; Lexis ® Library , LexisNexis UK flagship legal online product; Lexis ® PSL , LexisNexis UK legal practical guidance
21
service; JurisClasseur , an authoritative online legal resource in France; Shepards ® , a citation service; Lexis Advance , a new online legal research tool that transforms the way legal professionals conduct research; and Lexis ® Practice Advisor , a new resource that offers guidance to help attorneys handle transactional matters more efficiently and effectively.
EXHIBITIONS
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||
Revenue |
£ | 854 | £ | 707 | £ | 693 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Exhibitions we are a leading events business, with almost 500 events in over 30 countries.
Reed Exhibitions portfolio of exhibitions and conferences serves 44 industry sectors across the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia Pacific. In 2012, Reed Exhibitions brought together over 6 million event participants from around the world, generating billions of dollars in business for its customers, and boosting the local economies where the events are hosted.
Reed Exhibitions is a global business headquartered in London and has principal offices in Paris, Vienna, Norwalk (Connecticut), São Paulo, Abu Dhabi, Beijing, Tokyo and Sydney. Reed Exhibitions has 3,200 employees worldwide.
Over 70% of Exhibitions revenue is derived from exhibitor participation fees, with the balance primarily comprising of conference fees, online and offline advertising, sponsorship fees and admission charges. In 2012, approximately 15% of Exhibitions revenue came from North America, 50% from Europe and the remaining 35% from the rest of the world on an event location basis.
Reed Exhibitions organises events which are relevant to industry needs, where participants from around the world meet face to face to do business, to network and to learn. Its exhibitions and conferences encompass a wide range of sectors. They include construction, electronics, energy and alternative energy, engineering, entertainment, gifts and jewellery, healthcare, hospitality, interior design, logistics, manufacturing, pharmaceuticals, real estate, recreation, security and safety, transport and travel.
Market Opportunities
Growth in the exhibitions market is influenced by both business-to-business marketing spend and business investment. Historically, these have been driven by levels of corporate profitability, which in turn has followed overall growth in GDP. Emerging markets and growth industries provide additional opportunities. As some events are held other than annually, growth in any one year is affected by the cycle of non-annual exhibitions.
Strategic Priorities
Reed Exhibitions strategic goal is to provide market-leading events in growth sectors, especially in higher growth geographies, enabling exhibitors to target and reach new customers quickly and cost-effectively and providing a platform for industry participants to do business, to network and to learn. To achieve this, Reed Exhibitions is focused on driving organic growth by leveraging its global sector expertise, by developing new events and by building out its technology platforms. It is also shaping the portfolio through a combination of strategic partnerships and selective acquisitions in high growth sectors and geographies as well as withdrawal from markets and industries with lower growth prospects.
Reed Exhibitions is committed to continually improving customer solutions and experience by implementing best practice initiatives across geographies and sectors. Its integrated web event platform is used by more than 70 per cent of events and is driving both customer satisfaction and insight. Using customer insights, Reed Exhibitions has developed an innovative product offering which enhances the value proposition for exhibitors by broadening their options in terms of the type and location of stand they take and the timing of their commitment to the event.
In 2012 Reed Exhibitions launched 30 new events. These included events which extended the geographical footprint of the luxury travel brand, ILTM, to Mexico and the high end Privé jewellery brand to Panama. Reed Exhibitions Japan responded to customer demand by introducing several new events, some of which were in the fast moving sectors of cosmetics and high-technology plastics. In China, the Nepcon brand was used to launch an electronics manufacturing event in the western city of Chengdu. A key element of building business in China and Brazil is a regional strategy, taking more events to Chinas second tier cities and cloning events from São Paulo to Recife in Brazils fast developing north east. Reed Exhibitions now organises over 150 events in emerging markets.
22
A number of targeted acquisitions were completed during 2012. In Brazil, Reed Exhibitions took full ownership of its joint venture, Reed Exhibitions Alcantara Machado, and expanded into hospitality (Equipotel) and logistics (Movimat), cementing Reed Exhibitions position as the leading exhibition organizer in Brazil. Elsewhere, acquisitions were made to extend Reed Exhibitions reach in China and its global position in the alternative energy sector. During the year, Reed Exhibitions also established positions in new markets with attractive growth prospects, including Indonesia, Saudi Arabia and Turkey, where a joint venture has been created with Tüyap, the countrys leading event organiser.
Business Model, Distribution Channels and Competition
The substantial majority of Reed Exhibitions revenues are from sales of exhibition space. The balance includes conference fees, online and offline advertising, sponsorship fees and, for some shows, admission charges. Exhibition space is sold directly or through local agents where applicable. Reed Exhibitions often works in collaboration with trade associations, which use the events to promote access for members to domestic and export markets, and with governments, for whom events can provide important support to stimulate foreign investment and promote regional and national enterprise.
Reed Exhibitions is the global market leader in a fragmented industry, holding less than a 10 per cent global market share. Other international exhibition organisers include UBM, Informa IIR and some of the larger German Messe, including Messe Frankfurt, Messe Düsseldorf and Messe Munich. Competition also comes from industry trade associations and convention centre and exhibition hall owners.
Major Brands
Reed Exhibitions major brands include: Mipcom ® , a leading entertainment content market; World Travel Market ® , a global event for the travel industry; Mipim ® , a global event for the property industry; Automec, an international trade fair for autoparts, equipment and services; Batimat ® , the international building exhibition; New York ComicCon , an East Coast popular-culture convention; Sino Corrugated, a corrugated manufacturing show; ISC West, an international security conference; and Aluminum China, bringing aluminium to life.
ELSEVIER REED FINANCE BV
Elsevier Reed Finance BV, the Dutch parent company of the Elsevier Reed Finance BV group (ERF), is directly owned by Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. ERF provides treasury, finance, intellectual property and reinsurance services to the Reed Elsevier Group plc businesses through its subsidiaries in Switzerland: Elsevier Finance SA (EFSA), Reed Elsevier Properties SA (REPSA) and Elsevier Risks SA (ERSA). These three Swiss companies are organised under one Swiss holding company, which is in turn owned by Elsevier Reed Finance BV.
EFSA is the principal treasury centre for the Reed Elsevier combined businesses. It is responsible for all aspects of treasury advice and support for Reed Elsevier Group plcs businesses operating in Continental Europe, Latin America, the Pacific Rim, India, China and certain other territories, and undertakes foreign exchange and derivatives dealing services for the whole of Reed Elsevier. EFSA also arranges or directly provides Reed Elsevier Group plc businesses with financing for acquisitions, product development and other general requirements and manages cash pools, investments and debt programmes on their behalf.
REPSA owns and actively manages intellectual property assets including trademarks such as The Lancet and databases such as Reaxys and PharmaPendium . In 2012 it continued to strengthen its position as a centre of excellence in the management, development and branding of intellectual property assets. ERSA is responsible for reinsurance activities for Reed Elsevier.
In 2012, EFSA was active in arranging the financing and foreign currency contracts for Reed Elsevier Group plc companies related to cross border dividends and acquisitions. EFSA issued 550 million of term debt in September 2012, the proceeds of which pre-financed EFSAs 600 million term debt maturing in April 2013. It negotiated and advised Reed Elsevier Group plc companies on a number of banking and cash management arrangements in Continental Europe and Asia and continued to advise on treasury matters, including interest rate, foreign currency and certain other financial exposures.
The average balance of cash under management by EFSA in 2012, on behalf of Reed Elsevier Group plc and its parent companies, was approximately $0.5 billion (2011: $0.8 billion).
At December 31, 2012, 82% (2011: 91%) of ERFs gross assets were held in US dollars and 17% (2011: 9%) in euros, including $8.4 billion (2011: $8.6 billion) and 0.6 billion (2011: 0.6 billion) in loans to Reed Elsevier Group plc subsidiaries. Loans made to Reed Elsevier Group plc businesses are funded from equity, long term debt of $2.6 billion and short term debt of $0.2 billion backed by committed bank facilities. Sources of long term debt include Swiss domestic public bonds, bilateral term loans, private placements and syndicated bank facilities. Short term debt is primarily derived from euro and US commercial paper programmes.
23
Certain of our businesses provide authorised customers with products and services such as access to public records and other information on US individuals. Our businesses that provide such products and services are subject to applicable privacy and consumer information laws and US federal and state and EU and member state regulation. Our compliance obligations vary from regulator to regulator, and include, among other things, strict data security programs, submissions of regulatory reports, providing consumers with certain notices and correcting inaccuracies in applicable reports. We are also subject to the terms of consent decrees and other settlements with certain regulators in the U.S. See Item 8: Financial Information Legal Proceedings on page 68.
Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syrian Human Rights Act of 2012 (the ITRA), which added Section 13(r) to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), requires disclosures regarding certain activities relating to Iran or with persons designated pursuant to various U.S. Presidential Executive Orders. These disclosures are required even where the activities, transactions or dealings were conducted in compliance with applicable law. During 2012, Sepahan Oil Company, Zagros Petrochemical Company and Petroleum Marketing Department (Sytrol) subscribed to our ICIS price reports relating to the global petrochemical, energy and fertilizer markets. Our gross revenues invoiced in 2012 from these subscriptions were approximately £33,000 (thirty-three thousand pounds sterling). We do not normally allocate net profit on a country-by-country or publication-by-publication basis. However, we estimate that our net profit from such sales, after internal cost allocation, amounted to less than 0.004% of our net profit reported in our combined income statement for the year ended December 31, 2012. In addition, during 2012 we processed subscription refunds relating to ICIS and BankersAlmanac products of approximately £41,000 (forty-one thousand pounds sterling) to Pars Oil Company, Parsian Bank, Real Estate Bank and Syria International Islamic Bank. We believe these transactions and dealings were lawful under applicable laws and regulations, and anticipate that similar transactions or dealings may occur in the future.
A description of the corporate structure is included under History and Development on page 11. A list of significant subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and business units is included as an exhibit, see Item 19: Exhibits on pages S-3 and S-4.
We own or lease approximately 280 properties around the world, the majority of leased space being in the United States. The table below identifies the principal owned and leased properties which we use in our business.
Location |
Business segment(s) |
Principal use(s) |
Floor space
(square feet) |
|||||
Owned properties |
||||||||
Alpharetta, Georgia |
Risk Solutions and Legal | Office and data centre | 406,000 | |||||
Miamisburg, Ohio |
Risk Solutions and Legal | Office | 403,638 | |||||
Linn, Missouri |
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
Warehouse | 236,105 | |||||
Albany, New York |
Risk Solutions and Legal | Office | 194,780 | |||||
Binghamton, New York |
Risk Solutions and Legal | Office and warehouse | 162,000 | |||||
Leased properties |
||||||||
New York, New York |
Business Information and Scientific, Technical & Medical | Office | 451,800 | |||||
Amsterdam, Netherlands |
Business Information and Scientific, Technical & Medical | Office | 426,036 | |||||
Miamisburg, Ohio |
Risk Solutions, Legal and Scientific, Technical & Medical | Office and data centre | 213,802 | |||||
Sutton, England |
Business Information and Legal | Office | 191,960 |
All of the above properties are substantially occupied by Reed Elsevier businesses with the exception of the New York property, where Reed Elsevier occupies less than half of the floor space.
No property owned or leased by Reed Elsevier which is considered material to Reed Elsevier taken as a whole is presently subject to liabilities relating to environmental regulations and none has major encumbrances.
24
ITEM 5: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
OPERATING RESULTS REED ELSEVIER
The following discussion is based on the combined financial statements of Reed Elsevier for the three years ended December 31, 2012 which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and as adopted by the European Union.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, the combined financial statements.
Reed Elsevier derives its revenue principally from subscriptions, circulation and transactional sales, advertising sales and exhibition fees.
Revenue by type
Year ended December 31,
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subscriptions |
£ | 2,978 | 49 | % | £ | 2,819 | 47 | % | £ | 2,709 | 45 | % | ||||||||||||
Circulation/transactions |
1,602 | 26 | 1,649 | 27 | 1,760 | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exhibitions |
846 | 14 | 700 | 12 | 675 | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||
Advertising |
350 | 6 | 437 | 7 | 491 | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other |
340 | 5 | 397 | 7 | 420 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
£ | 6,116 | 100 | % | £ | 6,002 | 100 | % | £ | 6,055 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue by geographic market
Year ended December 31,
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
North America |
£ | 3,154 | 52 | % | £ | 3,219 | 54 | % | £ | 3,303 | 55 | % | ||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
442 | 7 | 485 | 8 | 490 | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||
The Netherlands |
165 | 3 | 189 | 3 | 204 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Rest of Europe |
1,176 | 19 | 1,095 | 18 | 1,131 | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||
Rest of world |
1,179 | 19 | 1,014 | 17 | 927 | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
£ | 6,116 | 100 | % | £ | 6,002 | 100 | % | £ | 6,055 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The cost profile of individual businesses within Reed Elsevier varies widely and costs are controlled on an individual business unit basis. The most significant cost item for Reed Elsevier as a whole is staff costs of £1,820 million (2011: £1,797 million; 2010: £1,838 million).
The following tables show revenue, operating profit and adjusted operating profit for each of Reed Elseviers business segments in each of the three years ended December 31, 2012 together with the percentage change in 2012 and 2011 at both actual and constant exchange rates. Adjusted operating profit is included on the basis that it is the key segmental profit measure used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources to the business segments, as reported under IFRS8: Operating Segments in note 3 to the combined financial statements. Adjusted operating profit represents operating profit before amortisation of acquired intangible assets, exceptional restructuring costs, acquisition related costs, the share of profit on disposals in joint ventures, and is grossed up to exclude the equity share of taxes in joint ventures. Exceptional restructuring costs in 2010 related only to the restructuring of the Business Information business. Exceptional restructuring costs principally comprise severance, outsourcing migration and associated property costs. A reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit is included below. Operating profit by business segment is provided as supplementary information.
With effect from January 1, 2011, LexisNexis was reorganised as two separate businesses, Risk Solutions and Legal, which are accordingly now presented separately. Comparative profit figures for 2010 have been restated on a proforma basis as if the businesses had operated separately in that year.
25
Revenue
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | % change | 2010 | % change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
actual
rates |
constant
rates (1) |
|
|
actual
rates |
constant
rates (2) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
£ | 2,063 | 34 | % | £ | 2,058 | 34 | % | 0 | % | +1 | % | £ | 2,026 | 34 | % | +2 | % | +1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Risk Solutions |
926 | 15 | 908 | 15 | +2 | +1 | 927 | 15 | -2 | +1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business Information |
663 | 11 | 695 | 12 | -5 | -3 | 718 | 12 | -3 | -4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Legal |
1,610 | 26 | 1,634 | 27 | -1 | -1 | 1,691 | 28 | -3 | -2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exhibitions |
854 | 14 | 707 | 12 | +21 | +25 | 693 | 11 | +2 | +1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
£ | 6,116 | 100 | % | £ | 6,002 | 100 | % | +2 | % | +3 | % | £ | 6,055 | 100 | % | -1 | % | 0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Operating Profit
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | % change | 2010 | % change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
actual
rates |
constant
rates (1) |
|
|
actual
rates |
constant
rates (2) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
£ | 706 | 52 | % | £ | 695 | 57 | % | +2 | % | +1 | % | £ | 647 | 59 | % | +7 | % | +4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Risk Solutions |
281 | 20 | 181 | 15 | +55 | +54 | 165 | 15 | +10 | +13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business Information |
76 | 5 | 68 | 5 | +13 | +15 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Legal |
146 | 11 | 144 | 12 | +1 | +4 | 159 | 15 | -9 | -11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exhibitions |
171 | 12 | 132 | 11 | +29 | +34 | 127 | 11 | +4 | +2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
£ | 1,380 | 100 | % | £ | 1,220 | 100 | % | £ | 1,098 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate costs |
(47 | ) | (49 | ) | (34 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unallocated net pension credit (3) |
25 | 34 | 26 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
£ | 1,358 | £ | 1,205 | +13 | % | +13 | % | £ | 1,090 | +11 | % | +8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Operating Profit
(4)
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | % change | 2010 | % change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
actual
rates |
constant
rates (1) |
|
|
actual
rates |
constant
rates (2) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
£780 | 45 | % | £768 | 47 | % | +2 | % | +1 | % | £724 | 46 | % | +6 | % | +3 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Risk Solutions |
392 | 23 | 362 | 22 | +8 | +7 | 354 | 23 | +2 | +6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business Information |
119 | 7 | 110 | 7 | +8 | +10 | 89 | 6 | +23 | +22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Legal |
234 | 13 | 229 | 14 | +2 | +4 | 238 | 15 | -4 | -4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exhibitions |
210 | 12 | 167 | 10 | +26 | +30 | 158 | 10 | +6 | +4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
£1,735 | 100 | % | £1,636 | 100 | % | £1,563 | 100 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate costs |
(47 | ) | (44 | ) | (34 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unallocated net pension credit (3) |
25 | 34 | 26 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,713 | £1,626 | +5 | % | +6% | £1,555 | +5 | % | +4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents percentage change in 2012 over 2011 at constant rates of exchange, which have been calculated using the average and hedge exchange rates for the 2011 financial year. These rates were used in the preparation of the 2011 combined financial statements. |
26
(2) | Represents percentage change in 2011 over 2010 at constant rates of exchange, which have been calculated using the average and hedge exchange rates for the 2010 financial year. These rates were used in the preparation of the 2010 combined financial statements. |
(3) | The unallocated net pension credit of £25 million (2011: £34 million; 2010: £26 million) comprises the expected return on pension scheme assets of £221 million (2011: £235 million; 2010: £217 million) less interest on pension scheme liabilities of £196 million (2011: £201 million; 2010: £191 million). |
(4) | Adjusted operating profit represents operating profit before the amortisation of acquired intangible assets, exceptional restructuring costs, acquisition related costs, the share of profit on disposal in joint ventures and is grossed up to exclude the equity share of taxes in joint ventures, and is reconciled to operating profit below. |
Adjusted operating profit for Reed Elsevier is a non-GAAP measure included on the basis that it is a key financial measure used by management in assessing performance, and is derived from operating profit as follows:
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||
Operating profit |
£ | 1,358 | £ | 1,205 | £ | 1,090 | ||||||
Adjustments: |
||||||||||||
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets |
329 | 359 | 349 | |||||||||
Exceptional restructuring costs |
| | 57 | |||||||||
Acquisition related costs |
21 | 52 | 50 | |||||||||
Share of profit on disposals in joint ventures |
| (1 | ) | | ||||||||
Reclassification of tax in joint ventures |
5 | 11 | 9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Adjusted operating profit |
£ | 1,713 | £ | 1,626 | £ | 1,555 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying revenue growth is a non-GAAP measure included on the basis that it is a key financial measure used by management in assessing performance. References to underlying performance are calculated to exclude the results of all acquisitions and disposals made in the current and prior year, assets held for sale and currency translation effects. A reconciliation of reported revenues and adjusted operating profit year-on-year is presented below:
Revenue |
Adjusted
operating profit |
|||||||||||||||
£m | % change | £m | % change | |||||||||||||
Year to December 31, 2010 |
6,055 | | 1,555 | | ||||||||||||
Underlying growth |
88 | +2 | % | 73 | +5 | % | ||||||||||
Acquisitions |
46 | +1 | % | 8 | +1 | % | ||||||||||
Disposals |
(156 | ) | -3 | % | (25 | ) | -2 | % | ||||||||
Currency effects |
(31 | ) | -1 | % | 15 | +1 | % | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Year to December 31, 2011 |
6,002 | -1 | % | 1,626 | +5 | % | ||||||||||
Underlying growth |
230 | +4 | % | 85 | +6 | % | ||||||||||
Acquisition |
148 | +3 | % | 35 | +2 | % | ||||||||||
Disposals |
(201 | ) | -4 | % | (22 | ) | -2 | % | ||||||||
Currency effects |
(63 | ) | -1 | % | (11 | ) | -1 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Year to December 31, 2012 |
6,116 | +2 | % | 1,713 | +5 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the commentary following, percentage movements are at actual exchange rates unless otherwise stated. Percentage movements at constant exchange rates are calculated using the average and hedge exchange rates for the previous financial year. Percentage movements at both actual rates and constant rates are shown in tables on page 26. The effect of currency movements on the 2012 results is further described separately below (see Effect of Currency Translation on page 33). References to operating profit relate to operating profit including joint ventures. Adjusted operating margin and underlying growth are defined in the glossary on pages S-1 and S-2.
27
Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Revenue was £6,116 million (2011: £6,002 million), up 2%. At constant exchange rates, revenue was up 3%. Underlying revenue growth was 4%, or 3% excluding the net cycling in of biennial exhibitions.
Cost of sales were £2,139 million, up 1% compared with 2011, with underlying volume growth and product development partly offset by the impact of disposals. Selling and distribution costs were £1,015 million, down 6%, including the impact of disposals. Administration and other expenses were £1,628 million, flat with the prior year, with the impact of disposals, including the lower acquired intangible asset amortisation, offset by technology investments. Changes in cost of sales, selling and distribution costs, and administration and other expenses, including changes in individual components thereof, were not material to the adjusted operating profit performance of the individual segments.
Reported operating profit was £1,358 million (2011: £1,205 million), primarily reflecting improved trading performance. Adjusted operating profit was £1,713 million (2011: £1,626 million), up 5%. At constant currencies, adjusted operating profits were up 6%. Underlying growth was also 6%. The overall adjusted operating margin at 28.0% was 0.9 percentage points higher than in the prior year. This included a 0.5 percentage point benefit to margin from portfolio change and a 0.1 percentage point benefit from the multi-year journal subscription currency hedging programme net of other currency translation effects. Underlying operating costs were up 4%, reflecting volume growth as well as organic investment in new product development and sales and marketing, partly offset by continued improvements in process efficiency.
The amortisation charge in respect of acquired intangible assets, including the share of amortisation in joint ventures, amounted to £329 million (2011: £359 million). Acquisition related costs were £21 million (2011: £52 million), reflecting the completion of the ChoicePoint integration programme in 2011. Disposals and other non operating gains were £45 million (2011: £21 million losses), principally arising from business divestments, in particular Totaljobs, offset by property charges relating to disposed businesses.
Net finance costs were lower at £216 million (2011: £235 million), including the benefit of term debt refinancing.
The reported profit before tax was £1,187 million (2011: £948 million). The reported tax charge was £113 million (2011: £181 million). This includes an exceptional tax credit of £96 million resulting from the resolution of a number of significant prior year tax matters. The reported net profit attributable to the parent companies shareholders was £1,069 million (2011: £760 million).
Scientific, Technical & Medical
Elsevier achieved revenue growth in primary research and databases & tools across scientific & medical segments, with particular strength in emerging markets. Research article submissions and usage grew by double digits. Electronic revenues, which now account for 68% of total revenues, grew across all segments. Print book and pharma promotion revenues continued to decline.
Revenues and adjusted operating profits were both up 1% at constant currencies. Underlying revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 2% and 4% respectively.
Underlying revenue growth in primary research solutions across the scientific and medical segments was driven by double digit growth in both submissions and article downloads, with growth in faster growing economies outside Europe and the US. The number of article submissions to journals exceeded 1 million for the first time in 2012, with over 11 million users downloading nearly 700 million articles during the year. Elseviers overall relative impact factor and citation share continued to grow in the year.
In addition to growth in traditional subscriber-pays article volumes, author-pays, or authors-funder-pays article volumes increased during the year, albeit from a small base. A sponsored article option is currently available in 1,500 journals and 30 stand-alone journals operate under this payment model.
Growth in databases & tools revenue was driven by new sales and usage growth.
Sales of print books to individuals continued to decline in 2012 reflecting format migration and subdued reference and education markets. Print pharma promotion revenues also continued to decline reflecting industry trends.
In August 2012 the management structure of Elsevier was reorganised, combining science & technology and health sciences. Had these revenue streams still been managed separately, their pro forma underlying revenue growth would have been 5% and flat respectively.
In 2012 the adjusted operating profit margin continued to improve, driven by continued process efficiencies and currency hedging benefits.
28
Risk Solutions
Risk Solutions reported underlying revenue growth in 2012 as data & analytics solutions were extended across risk markets, driving growth in both Insurance and Business Services. There was also a return to growth in the Government segment. The improvement in adjusted operating profit margin largely reflects the impact of disposals, with underlying cost growth broadly matching revenue growth, reflecting ongoing spend on new product development.
Revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 1% and 7% respectively at constant currencies. Underlying revenues and adjusted operating profits both grew 6%.
The Insurance business grew underlying revenues by 7%, with growth reflecting the extension of products and services across the insurance carrier workflow, and expansion in new market segments.
Business Services revenue growth was 7%. In financial services, the anti-money laundering, fraud detection and credit decisioning solutions all performed well, and revenues were positively impacted by some temporary effects of increased mortgage refinancing activities. The receivables management business remained soft.
The Government business returned to growth in 2012 reflecting demand for new fraud detection products in the state & local segment, with continuing moderate declines in the federal segment.
All Risk Solutions market segments now leverage HPCC big data technology to combine proprietary, public, and third party information with advanced analytics to help customers in evaluating, predicting, and managing risk and improving efficiency. In 2012, 96% of revenue was delivered electronically.
In January 2013 the disposal of the Screening business was announced, which has been excluded from underlying revenue growth figures. If Screening had been included in the underlying results, the underlying revenue growth rate for Risk Solutions as a whole would still have been 6%.
Underlying operating cost growth was broadly in line with revenue growth in 2012, reflecting spend on new products and content sets. The adjusted operating profit margin increased by 2.4 percentage points, largely reflecting the impact of portfolio changes in 2011.
Business Information
Underlying revenue growth in 2012 reflects growth from most of the Major Data Services businesses, modest growth in Marketing Solutions and Leading Brands, and a moderation in the rate of decline in Other Business Magazines & Services. In 2012 several businesses were divested that no longer fit with strategy. Process efficiencies together with portfolio development benefits drove a 2.2 percentage point margin improvement.
Revenues and adjusted operating profits were down 3% and up 10% respectively at constant currencies. Underlying revenues grew 2%, and underlying adjusted operating profits grew 10%.
Double digit growth at BankersAccuity and ICIS helped to drive growth in Major Data Services, mitigated by continued weakness in US construction data. Major Data Services now accounts for approximately 45% of continuing portfolio pro forma revenues and the majority of Reed Business Information operating profit.
Marketing Solutions delivered modest growth in 2012 and, following the disposal of Totaljobs and Hotfrog , accounts for only a small proportion of continuing portfolio revenues.
Leading Brands also delivered modest underlying revenue growth as solid performances in the UK agriculture and property sectors were offset by advertising declines elsewhere.
Other Business Magazines & Services saw moderating underlying revenue declines and continued portfolio reshaping.
Businesses including Totaljobs , Marketcast, Variety , RBI Australia, RBI Spain were disposed of or reclassified as held for sale during the year.
In 2012 focus on process innovation together with the benefits of portfolio development helped to increase the adjusted operating profit margin by 2.2 percentage points.
These actions have contributed to the transformation of Reed Business Informations profile, with user and subscription services now accounting for nearly 70% of revenues, and electronic revenue streams now accounting for over half of the total.
In December 2012 the management structure was reorganised to bring LexisNexis Risk Solutions and Reed Business Information together more closely in order to continue to build the Risk Solutions business globally. Risk Solutions strength in data, analytics and technology is to be leveraged in combination with Reed Business Informations broader geographic footprint and industry specific databases.
29
Legal
Underlying revenue growth was positive despite subdued legal markets in the US and Europe. Growth was driven by electronic products and services, which account for over 75% of total revenues. In 2012 new products and services were released on the New Lexis platform.
Revenues and adjusted operating profits were down 1% and up 4% respectively. Underlying revenues grew 1%, and underlying adjusted operating profits grew 4%.
In the US, usage and sales of online research and litigation solutions to law firms grew despite challenging market conditions. Underlying revenues from government and corporate customers also grew modestly. Print revenues continued to decline, and News & Business revenue declines moderated.
LexisNexis introduced new releases of Lexis Advance during 2012, combining the business deep domain expertise and content with Reed Elseviers big data HPCC technology to allow researchers within legal and professional organisations to find highly relevant information more easily and efficiently. The new applications had US customer penetration of 45% by the 2012 year end.
In Europe market conditions remain subdued, with growth in online revenue largely offset by declining print revenues.
The 2012 the adjusted operating profit margin improved slightly, with process efficiencies offsetting continued spend on new product development.
Exhibitions
Exhibitions saw growth in the US and Japan, moderate growth in Europe, and double digit growth in most emerging markets during the year. Investment continued throughout the year, launching 30 new shows in total, including several in high growth markets through partnerships and targeted acquisitions.
Revenue and adjusted operating profits were up 25% and 30% respectively at constant currencies. Underlying revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 15% and 20% respectively.
In the US and Japan underlying revenues increased, and growth in emerging markets was well into double digits. In Europe growth from a number of core events helped to offset some softness in southern European markets, resulting in moderate underlying revenue growth overall in the region.
During 2012 Exhibitions launched 30 new events, primarily in high growth sectors and geographies, and completed a number of targeted acquisitions. In Brazil, Exhibitions took full ownership of Alcantara Machado, previously a joint venture, and expanded into hospitality and logistics. In Turkey a new joint venture was created with Tüyap, a Turkish event organiser.
2012 adjusted operating profit margins improved by 1.0 percentage points, reflecting both process efficiencies and the positive impact of biennial event cycling.
During the year the business rolled out global platforms and processes across geographies and sectors. The integrated web event platform is now used by more than 70% of events.
Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010
General
Revenues at £6,002 million (2010: £6,055 million) were down 1% compared with 2010. At constant exchange rates, revenue was flat compared with the prior year. Underlying revenue growth was 2%, or 3% excluding the net cycling out of biennial exhibitions. This compares with underlying revenue growth in the prior year of 2%, or 1% excluding the biennial exhibition cycling. The underlying revenue performance reflects the continued portfolio development, new product introduction, expanded sales & marketing, and other actions taken to improve the business.
Cost of sales were £2,126 million, down 4% compared with 2010, and selling and distribution costs were £1,075 million, down 1%, the reductions primarily reflecting business disposals and currency effects, as well as cost of sales savings in Risk Solutions from the ChoicePoint integration. Administration and other expenses were £1,626 million, down 4%, reflecting the completion of the RBI exceptional restructuring programme in 2010, with related costs in that year of £57 million, largely relating to severance and property costs. Other than as disclosed herein, changes in cost of sales, selling and distribution costs, and administration and other expenses, including changes in individual components thereof, were not material to the operating profit performance of the individual segments.
Reported operating profit was £1,205 million (2010: £1,090 million). The increase reflects improved trading performance and no exceptional restructuring costs.
30
Adjusted operating profit was £1,626 million (2010: £1,555 million), up 5%. At constant currencies, adjusted operating profits were up 4%. Underlying growth in adjusted operating profits was 5%. The overall adjusted operating margin at 27.1% was 1.4 percentage points higher than last year. This included a 0.4 percentage point benefit to margin of the multi year subscription currency hedging programme and other currency translation effects. Underlying operating costs were flat against the prior year, despite business growth and additional spending on new product development and sales & marketing, reflecting the continued focus on process efficiency and procurement savings, and the benefit of prior year restructuring.
The amortisation charge in respect of acquired intangible assets, including the share of amortisation in joint ventures, amounted to £359 million (2010: £349 million).
Exceptional restructuring costs were nil (2010: £57 million, in respect of the restructuring of RBI). Acquisition related costs amounted to £52 million (2010: £50 million) most significantly in respect of technology integration within Risk Solutions. Disposals and other non operating losses were £22 million (2010: £46 million), including the share of disposal profits in joint venues.
Net finance costs were lower at £235 million (2010: £276 million), reflecting the benefit of free cash flow, term debt redemptions and the expiry of interest rate swaps.
The reported profit before tax was £948 million (2010: £768 million). The reported tax charge was £181 million (2010: £120 million).
Profit attributable to parent companies shareholders was £760 million, up from £642 million in 2010, reflecting the higher profit before tax partly offset by the higher tax charge.
Since January 1, 2011, Risk Solutions and Legal have been operating as separate businesses. In aggregate, revenue decreased by 3% to £2,542 million (2010: £2,618 million) and adjusted operating profits were flat at £591 million (2010: £592 million). The results of each business are presented separately below.
Scientific, Technical & Medical
Increasing global scientific and medical research activity supported growth in research information and online tools. Health Sciences saw continued pressure on print book sales to individuals and European pharmaceutical promotion, but achieved growth in global medical research and clinical decision support.
Revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 1% and 3% respectively at constant currencies. Underlying revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 2% and 4% respectively.
Science & Technology generated underlying revenue growth of 4%. Global research activity has continued to grow broadly in line with long term historic trends, and Elsevier generated growth in the volume of articles submitted and published in the year, and improved the quality of articles relative to other publishers as measured by citation share.
Health Sciences underlying revenues were flat. Our global medical research business benefited from similar drivers to those in the Science & Technology research business, and online clinical decision support achieved double digit growth as healthcare customers look to achieve improved medical outcomes and increased efficiency. Across Health Sciences, online solution and electronic products grew well and now account for nearly 40% of revenues. European pharma promotions declines have continued, and print book sales to individuals came under increasing pressure, reflecting the format shift to online, and pressure on enrolment in US nursing and health profession career schools. Our business in emerging markets, most notably India, China and Latin America, performed well.
Underlying operating cost growth was 1%, reflecting ongoing emphasis on process efficiencies and procurement savings offsetting business growth and spending on new product development and sales & marketing initiatives.
Risk Solutions
Risk Solutions reported growth in insurance data & analytics and business services reflecting demand for core products and the extension of the range of services that are provided. Screening revenues slowed in the second half reflecting US hiring trends, and federal government markets remained under pressure.
Revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 1% and 6% respectively at constant currencies. Underlying revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 4% and 12% respectively.
The insurance data & analytics business generated revenue growth of 7%, driven by the increasing adoption of solutions across the insurance workflow from marketing through to claims handling that improve underwriting economics and operational efficiency. In November 2011, Risk Solutions completed the sale of its infrastructure software business, focusing the insurance business on high value data and analytics.
31
Business services achieved growth of 4%, reflecting growth in credit scoring and anti-money laundering for the financial services industry and e-commerce for corporate markets, moderated by the effect of a softening in the US real estate market on the mortgage-related business.
Screening solutions grew 3%, with growth slowing over the course of the year as operational improvements in sales force effectiveness and increased penetration of the mid-size corporate market were offset by a US hiring environment that weakened as the year progressed. Government solutions revenues declined as the wind down of some lower margin one-off federal sales were only partly offset by growth in state and local revenues, driven by increased focus on fraud, waste and abuse.
Underlying operating costs declined by 1% despite the business growth and new product investment, reflecting cost savings, notably in technology, and from the completion of the ChoicePoint integration. The adjusted operating margin increased by 1.7 percentage points to 39.9%.
Business Information
Reed Business Information returned to underlying revenue growth, with growth in data services mostly offset by continued weakness in print advertising. Significant further progress on portfolio realignment was made with acquisitions in data services and disposals of print magazine titles. The majority of the margin increase reflects organic development, supported by exits from low margin businesses.
Revenues were down 4% and adjusted operating profits up at 22% at constant currencies. Underlying revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 1% and 15% respectively.
The major data services businesses, which accounted for 25% of Reed Business Information revenues in 2011, delivered underlying revenue growth of 9%, including growth in ICIS , Bankers Almanac and XpertHR , partially offset by Reed Construction Data serving the challenged US construction industry. Online marketing solutions grew 2%, driven largely by Totaljobs in the UK online recruitment market, offset by weakness in lead generation businesses, BuyerZone and Hotfrog . Leading brands saw stable revenues, with online growth compensating for print advertising declines. Other business magazines and communities saw an underlying revenue decline of 5% reflecting continued print advertising market weakness.
Underlying operating costs were down 2%, reflecting continuing measures taken to realign the cost base. Adjusted operating margins increased 3.4 percentage points to 15.8%.
Legal
Legal revenues returned to underlying revenue growth in 2011, and adjusted operating margins were broadly flat, as expected. Most legal markets have stabilized, and new products were launched.
Revenues and adjusted operating profits were down 2% and 4% respectively at constant currencies. Underlying revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 1% and down 2% respectively.
US research & litigation revenues returned to slight growth, benefiting from a stabilisation in legal industry activity. Growth was achieved in lexis.com searches and in new sales of research and litigation tools and services to law firms, government and corporate legal customers. Growth in practice management tools was offset by continued but moderating declines in news & business information to corporate customers, and in web based listings.
International markets outside of the US also returned to growth. Electronic revenues grew 7% reflecting demand for legal tools and solutions, although this was largely offset by further print declines as format transition continued. Print base products now account for less than 40% of revenue.
Underlying operating cost growth was 1% reflecting continued investment in the next generation legal offerings and sales & marketing, offset by continued cost initiatives. The adjusted operating margin was broadly flat at 14.0%.
Exhibitions
The net cycling out of biennial shows held back growth in 2011. Excluding biennial cycling, underlying revenue growth was 10%, with growth across all geographies. New launch activity was accelerated in 2011, and a number of selective acquisitions were made which have increased the business presence in high growth markets.
Revenues and adjusted operating profits were up 1% and 4% respectively at constant currencies. Underlying revenues and adjusted operating profits were flat and up 2% respectively.
In Europe, underlying revenue grew 6% excluding biennial cycling, with Mipcom and Mapic performing well. Mipim , Reed Exhibitions largest individual show, returned to growth after experiencing a decline in 2010. In North America underlying revenues grew 16% excluding cycling. Outside Europe and North America underlying revenue growth was 13% excluding biennial events, including growth in China, Brazil, Russia and the Middle East.
32
Underlying operating costs were down 1%, reflecting cost control, while funding the significantly increased launch programme and build out of global industry groups and information technology capabilities. The adjusted operating margin was 0.8 percentage points higher than in 2010 at 23.6%.
Critical Accounting Policies
The accounting policies of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses under IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and as adopted by the European Union are described in note 2 to the combined financial statements. The most critical accounting policies and estimates used in determining the financial condition and results of the combined businesses, and those requiring the most subjective or complex judgments, relate to the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, pensions, share based remuneration, litigation, taxation and property provisioning.
The Audit Committees of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier Group plc have reviewed the development and selection of critical accounting estimates, and the disclosure of critical accounting policies in this annual report.
Effect of Currency Translation
The combined financial statements are expressed in sterling and are therefore subject to the impact of movements in exchange rates on the translation of the financial information of individual businesses whose operational currencies are other than sterling. The principal exposures in relation to the results reported in sterling are to the US dollar and the euro, reflecting Reed Elseviers business exposure to the United States and the euro zone, its most important markets outside the United Kingdom.
Individual businesses within Reed Elsevier Group plc and ERF are subject to foreign exchange transaction exposures caused by the effect of exchange rate movements on their revenue and operating costs, to the extent that such revenue and costs are not denominated in their functional currencies. Individual businesses are required to hedge their exposures at market rates with the centralised treasury department within ERF. Hedging of foreign exchange transaction exposure is the only hedging activity undertaken by the individual businesses. For further details see note 19 to the combined financial statements.
Currency differences decreased Reed Elseviers revenue by £63 million in 2012 compared to 2011. Excluding amortisation of acquired intangible assets, currency differences decreased operating profits by £11 million in 2012 compared to 2011. Acquired intangible assets and goodwill are predominantly denominated in US dollars and, after charging amortisation, currency differences decreased operating profits by £8 million in 2012 compared to 2011. Borrowings are predominantly denominated in US dollars and, after charging net finance costs, currency differences decreased profit before tax by £8 million in 2012 compared to 2011.
To help protect Reed Elsevier PLCs and Reed Elsevier NVs shareholders equity from the effect of currency movements, Reed Elsevier will, as deemed appropriate, hedge foreign exchange translation exposures by borrowing in those currencies where significant translation exposure exists or sell forward surplus cash flow in anticipation of dividend or capital repatriation. Hedging of foreign exchange translation exposure is undertaken only by the regional centralised treasury departments and under policies agreed by the Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. Borrowing in the functional currency of individual businesses provides a structural hedge for the assets in those markets and for the income realised from those assets.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements are set out in note 2 to the combined financial statements.
33
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES REED ELSEVIER
Cash Flow
Reed Elseviers cash generated from operations in 2012 amounted to £1,847 million (2011: £1,735 million; 2010: £1,649 million). Included in these net cash inflows are cash outflows of £62 million (2011: £90 million; 2010: £150 million) relating to exceptional restructuring costs incurred in prior years and acquisition related costs. Reed Elsevier generates significant cash inflows as its principal businesses do not generally require major fixed or working capital investments. A substantial proportion of revenue is received through subscription and similar advanced receipts, principally for scientific and medical journals and exhibition fees. At December 31, 2012 subscriptions and other revenues received in advance totaled £1,394 million (2011: £1,412 million; 2010: £1,308 million).
Reed Elseviers cash outflow on the purchase of property, plant and equipment in 2012 was £70 million (2011: £85 million; 2010: £83 million), while proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment amounted to £7 million (2011: £7 million; 2010: £7 million). The cash outflow on internally developed intangible assets in 2012 was £263 million (2011: £265 million; 2010: £228 million), reflecting sustained investment in new products and related infrastructure, particularly in the Legal business.
Gross cash proceeds from disposals amounted to £242 million, including £7 million from the sale of non-controlling interests. Net proceeds, before tax, amounted to £160 million, after related separation and transaction costs, additional pension scheme contributions, and working capital and other adjustments in respect of prior year transactions.
During 2012, Reed Elsevier paid a total of £316 million (2011: £529 million; 2010: £50 million) for acquisitions, including deferred consideration payable on past acquisitions, after taking account of net cash acquired of £12 million (2011: £24 million; 2010: nil). A further £7 million was paid on the purchase of investments (2011: £10 million; 2010: £5 million) during the year. During 2012, Reed Elsevier paid tax of £216 million (2011: £218 million; 2010: £9 million).
Share repurchases by the parent companies in 2012 were £250 million (2011: nil; 2010: nil), with a further £100 million repurchased in 2013 as at February 27. On February 28, 2013, Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV announced their intention to repurchase further ordinary shares up to the value of £300 million in aggregate over the remainder of 2013. No shares of the parent companies were purchased by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust (2011: nil; 2010: nil). Net proceeds from the exercise of share options were £48 million (2011: £9 million; 2010: £11 million).
During 2012, Reed Elsevier paid ordinary dividends totalling £521 million to the shareholders of the parent companies (2011: £497 million; 2010: £483 million). Dividend payments are funded by the operating cash flow of the business after capital spend.
Net borrowings, a key indebtedness measure used in assessing Reed Elseviers financial position, at December 31, 2012 were £3,127 million (2011: £3,433 million; 2010: £3,455 million), comprising gross borrowings of £3,892 million, less £124 million of related derivative financial instrument assets and cash and cash equivalents of £641 million. Excluding currency effects, net borrowings decreased by £199 million with acquisitions and share repurchases funded from free cash flow and proceeds from divestments.
Net borrowings are reconciled as follows:
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | ||||||||||
Cash & cash equivalents |
641 | 726 | 742 | |||||||||
Borrowings |
(3,892 | ) | (4,282 | ) | (4,302 | ) | ||||||
Related derivative financial instruments |
124 | 123 | 105 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net borrowings |
(3,127 | ) | (3,433 | ) | (3,455 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2012, the second of two one year extension options was exercised on the $2.0 billion committed bank facility, extending the maturity to June 2015. This back up facility provides security of funding for short term debt.
In September 2012, 550 million of fixed rate term debt with a maturity of eight years was issued at a coupon of 2.5% (before taking into account fixed to floating interest swaps) and the proceeds used to pre-finance the 600 million 6.5% coupon term debt maturing in April 2013. In October and November 2012, $561 million of fixed rate term debt with a maturity of ten years was issued at a coupon of 3.125%. Related to this transaction, $299 million of fixed rate term debt maturing in January 2014 and January 2019, with a weighted average coupon of 8.4%, was exchanged for $311 million of the newly issued term debt and cash payments of $75 million. The remaining cash proceeds were used to reduce short term commercial paper borrowings ahead of the January 2014 bond maturity.
The directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV, having made appropriate enquiries, consider that adequate resources exist for the combined businesses to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.
34
The contractual obligations of Reed Elsevier relating to debt finance and operating leases at December 31, 2012 analysed by when payments are due, are summarised below.
Total |
Less than
1 year |
1-3 years | 3-5 years |
After
5 years |
||||||||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Short term debt (1)(2) |
£ | 762 | £ | 762 | £ | | £ | | £ | | ||||||||||
Long term debt (including finance leases) (2) |
4,187 | 173 | 1,112 | 959 | 1,943 | |||||||||||||||
Operating leases |
610 | 117 | 184 | 125 | 184 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
£ | 5,559 | £ | 1,052 | £ | 1,296 | £ | 1,084 | £ | 2,127 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Short term debt primarily comprises term debt issues maturing within one year and commercial paper, and is supported by a $2,000 million committed bank facility maturing in June 2015 and by the central management of cash and cash equivalents. At December 31, 2012 the committed bank facility was undrawn. |
(2) | Short and long term debt obligations comprise undiscounted principal and interest cash flows. Interest cash flows are calculated by reference to the contractual payment dates and the fixed interest rates (for fixed rate debt) or the relevant forecast interest rates (for floating rate debt). |
Information on retirement benefit obligations is set out in note 7 to the combined financial statements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2012 Reed Elsevier had outstanding guarantees in respect of property leases. The maximum amount guaranteed as at December 31, 2012 is £11 million for certain property leases up to 2024. These guarantees, which would crystallise in the event that existing lessees default on payment of their lease commitments, are unrelated to the ongoing business.
Save as disclosed above and under contractual obligations, Reed Elsevier has no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the combined businesses financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.
Treasury Policies
The Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have requested that Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV have due regard to the best interests of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders in the formulation of treasury policies. Financial instruments are used to finance the Reed Elsevier businesses and to hedge transactions. Reed Elseviers businesses do not enter into speculative transactions. The main treasury risks faced by Reed Elsevier are liquidity risk, interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk. The Boards of the parent companies agree overall policy guidelines for managing each of these risks and the Boards of Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Finance SA agree policies (in line with parent company guidelines) for their respective business and treasury centres. A summary of these policies is given below.
Interest Rate Exposure Management
Reed Elseviers interest rate exposure management policy is aimed at reducing the exposure of the combined businesses to changes in interest rates. The proportion of interest expense that is fixed on net borrowings is determined by reference to the level of net interest cover. Reed Elsevier uses fixed rate term debt, interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements and interest rate options to manage the exposure. Interest rate derivatives are used only to hedge an underlying risk and no net market positions are held.
After taking into account interest rate and currency derivatives, at December 31, 2012 interest expense was fixed on an average of £2.2 billion of forecast debt for the next 12 months. This fixed rate debt reduces to £1.7 billion by the end of 2014 and reduces further thereafter with all but £0.7 billion of fixed rate term debt (not swapped to floating rate) having matured by the end of 2019.
At December 31, 2012, fixed rate term debt (not swapped to floating rate) amounted to £2.1 billion (2011: £2.4 billion) and had a weighted average life remaining of 6.2 years (2011: 5.7 years) and a weighted average interest rate of 6.4% (2011: 6.5%). Interest rate derivatives in place at December 31, 2012, which fix the interest cost on an additional £0.2 billion (2011: £0.6 billion) of variable rate debt, have a weighted average maturity of 0.3 years (2011: 0.8 years) and a weighted average interest rate of 3.6% (2011: 3.2%).
35
Foreign Currency Exposure Management
Translation exposures arise on the earnings and net assets of business operations in countries other than those of each parent company. These exposures are hedged, to a significant extent, by a policy of denominating borrowings in currencies where significant translation exposures exist, most notably US dollars.
Currency exposures on transactions denominated in a foreign currency are required to be hedged using forward contracts. In addition, recurring transactions and future investment exposures may be hedged, in advance of becoming contractual. The precise policy differs according to the specific circumstances of the individual businesses. Highly predictable future cash flows may be covered for transactions expected to occur during the next 24 months (50 months for the Scientific, Technical & Medical subscription businesses) within limits defined according to the period before the transaction is expected to become contractual. Cover takes the form of foreign exchange forward contracts.
As at December 31, 2012, the amount of outstanding foreign exchange cover against future transactions was £1.2 billion (2011: £1.3 billion).
Credit Risk
Reed Elsevier has a credit exposure for the full principal amount of cash and cash equivalents held with individual counterparties. In addition, it has a credit risk from the potential non performance by counterparties to financial instruments; this credit risk normally being restricted to the amounts of any hedge gain and not the full principal amount being hedged. Credit risks are controlled by monitoring the credit quality of counterparties, principally licensed commercial banks and investment banks with strong long term credit ratings, and the amounts outstanding with each of them.
Reed Elsevier has treasury policies in place which do not allow concentrations of risk with individual counterparties and do not allow significant treasury exposures with counterparties which are rated lower than A-/A3 by Standard & Poors, Moodys and Fitch. At December 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents totalled £641 million, of which 98% was held with banks rated A/A2 or better. Further information on credit risk is set out on pages F-42 and F-43.
Capital and Liquidity Management
The capital structure is managed to support Reed Elseviers objective of maximising long term shareholder value through appropriate security of funding, ready access to debt and capital markets, cost effective borrowing and flexibility to fund business and acquisition opportunities whilst maintaining appropriate leverage to optimise the cost of capital.
Over the long term Reed Elsevier targets cash flow conversion (the proportion of adjusted operating profits converted into cash) and credit metrics to reflect this aim and that are consistent with a solid investment grade credit rating. Levels of net borrowings should not exceed those consistent with such a rating other than for relatively short periods of time, for instance following an acquisition.
The principal metrics utilised are free cash flow (after interest, tax and dividends) to net borrowings, net borrowings to adjusted EBITDA (as reconciled in the table below) and adjusted EBITDA to net interest, all on a pensions and lease adjusted basis, and these metrics are monitored and reported to senior management and board representatives on a quarterly basis. Adjusted EBITDA is derived from net profit as follows:
2012 | ||||
(in millions) | ||||
Net profit for the year |
£ | 1,074 | ||
Adjustments: |
||||
Taxation |
113 | |||
Disposals and other non operating items |
(45 | ) | ||
Net finance costs |
216 | |||
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets |
329 | |||
Depreciation and other amortisation |
227 | |||
Acquisition related costs |
21 | |||
Reclassification of tax in joint ventures |
5 | |||
|
|
|||
Adjusted EBITDA |
£ | 1,940 | ||
|
|
Cash flow conversion of 90% or higher is consistent with the rating target. The cash flow conversion in 2012 was 94% (2011: 93%) and for the year ended December 31, 2012 net borrowings to adjusted EBITDA was 2.2x (2011: 2.3x) on a pensions and lease adjusted basis.
36
Reed Elseviers use of cash over the longer term reflects these objectives through a progressive dividend policy, selective acquisitions and, from time to time when conditions suggest, share repurchases whilst retaining the balance sheet strength to maintain access to the most cost effective sources of borrowing and to support Reed Elseviers strategic ambition in evolving publishing and information markets.
The balance of long term debt, short term debt and committed bank facilities is managed to provide security of funding, taking into account the cash generation of the business and the uncertain size and timing of acquisition spend. Reed Elsevier maintains a range of borrowing facilities and debt programmes from a variety of sources to fund its requirements at short notice and at competitive rates. The significance of Reed Elsevier Group plcs US operations means that the majority of debt is denominated in US dollars. Policy requires that no more than US$1.5 billion of term debt issues should mature in any 12 month period and no more than US$3.0 billion in any 36 month period. In addition, minimum levels of borrowings with maturities over three and five years are specified, depending on the level of net borrowings and free cash flow. From time to time, Reed Elsevier may redeem term debt early or repurchase outstanding debt in the open market depending on market conditions.
There were no changes to Reed Elseviers long term approach to capital and liquidity management during the year.
The main treasury centres within Reed Elsevier operate commercial paper programmes to provide flexibility for funding operational requirements of the combined businesses on a daily basis, at short notice and at competitive rates. Commercial paper is issued under both US and Euro programmes and guaranteed by Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. In addition, short term borrowing facilities are established with local banks to support the daily requirements of businesses operating in certain countries where there may be restrictions on borrowing from affiliates or from lenders in a foreign jurisdiction. Other loans comprise term loans with an original maturity of greater than one year and which mature within 12 months of the reporting date. These short term borrowings were backed up at December 31, 2012 by a $2,000 million committed bank facility maturing in June 2015 which was undrawn. The short term borrowing programmes are run in conjunction with term debt programmes which comprise the majority of Reed Elseviers debt and provide the combined businesses with security of funding.
The average amount and the average interest rate during the year have been calculated by taking the average of the amounts outstanding at each month end (translated to sterling at the respective month end rate) and the average of the interest rate applicable at each month end. Commercial paper issuance reached a maximum month end level of £756 million in March 2012 as a result of trading flows and other loans reached a maximum month end level of £643 million in June 2012 as the maturities of the term debt issues of 600 million and CHF 150 million, expiring in April 2013 and June 2013 respectively, both then fell below 12 months.
Short term borrowings as at December 31, |
2012
£m |
2012
Weighted average interest rate % |
2011
£m |
2011
Weighted average interest rate % |
2010
£m |
2010
Weighted average interest rate % |
||||||||||||
Commercial paper |
118 | 0.2 | 576 | 0.7 | 346 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||
Short term loans and overdrafts |
13 | 1.5 | 20 | 10.1 | 33 | 8.6 | ||||||||||||
Finance leases |
7 | 2.5 | 2 | 2.7 | 7 | 5.1 | ||||||||||||
Other loans |
592 | 3.7 | 384 | 4.1 | 130 | 6.7 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total short term borrowings |
730 | 982 | 516 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average short term borrowings during the
year ended December 31, |
2012
£m |
2012
Weighted average interest rate % |
2011
£m |
2011
Weighted average interest rate % |
2010
£m |
2010
Weighted average interest rate % |
||||||||||||
Commercial paper |
547 | 0.5 | 504 | 0.6 | 437 | 0.5 | ||||||||||||
Short term loans and overdrafts |
22 | 8.9 | 30 | 9.5 | 33 | 7.9 | ||||||||||||
Finance leases |
5 | 2.7 | 9 | 4.9 | 7 | 5.3 | ||||||||||||
Other loans |
469 | 3.7 | 297 | 5.0 | 197 | 4.6 |
Maximum month end short term borrowings |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||
Commercial paper |
756 | 659 | 688 | |||||||||
Short term loans and overdrafts |
27 | 37 | 37 | |||||||||
Finance leases |
7 | 10 | 10 | |||||||||
Other loans |
643 | 493 | 358 |
37
OPERATING RESULTS REED ELSEVIER PLC AND REED ELSEVIER NV
The following discussion is based on the financial statements of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV for the three years ended December 31, 2012. The results of Reed Elsevier PLC reflect its shareholders 52.9% economic interest in the Reed Elsevier combined businesses. The results of Reed Elsevier NV reflect its shareholders 50% economic interest in the Reed Elsevier combined businesses. The respective economic interests of the Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders take account of Reed Elsevier PLCs 5.8% indirect interest in Reed Elsevier NV. Both parent companies equity account for their respective share in the Reed Elsevier combined businesses.
Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011
The earnings per share of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV were 46.0p and 0.90 respectively in 2012, compared to 32.4p and 0.59 in 2011. The increase reflects the improved trading performance, disposals and other non operating items and the exceptional prior year tax credit.
Dividends to Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders are, other than in special circumstances, equalised at the gross level, including the benefit of the UK attributable tax credit of 10% received by certain Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders. The exchange rate used for each dividend calculation as defined in the Reed Elsevier merger agreement is the spot euro:sterling exchange rate, averaged over a period of five business days commencing with the tenth business day before the announcement of the proposed dividend.
Ordinary dividends declared in the year, in amounts per ordinary share, comprise: a 2011 final dividend of 15.9p and 2012 interim dividend of 6.0p giving a total of 21.9p (2011: 20.65p) for Reed Elsevier PLC; and a 2011 final dividend of 0.326 and 2012 interim dividend of 0.130 giving a total of 0.456 (2011: 0.413) for Reed Elsevier NV.
The Board of Reed Elsevier PLC has proposed a 2012 final dividend of 17.0p, up 7%, giving a total dividend of 23.0p in respect of the financial year, up 7% on 2011. The Boards of Reed Elsevier NV, in accordance with the dividend equalisation arrangements, have proposed a 2012 final dividend of 0.337, up 3%, which results in a total dividend of 0.467 in respect of the financial year, up 7% on 2011. The difference in growth rates in the equalised final dividends reflects changes in the euro:sterling exchange rate since the respective prior year dividend announcement dates.
During 2012 Reed Elsevier repurchased 23,288,616 Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares and 12,660,296 Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares for consideration of £250 million. These shares are held in treasury. On December 28, 2012 Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV announced an irrevocable, non discretionary programme to repurchase further ordinary shares up to the value of £100 million which was completed by February 27, 2013. On February 28, 2013, Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV announced their intention to repurchase further ordinary shares up to the value of £300 million in aggregate over the remainder of 2013.
Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010
The earnings per share of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV were 32.4p and 0.59 respectively in 2011, compared to 27.3p and 0.51 in 2010. The increase reflects the improved trading performance, no exceptional restructuring costs and lower net interest expense.
Dividends to Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders are, other than in special circumstances, equalised at the gross level, including the benefit of the UK attributable tax credit of 10% received by certain Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders. The exchange rate used for each dividend calculation as defined in the Reed Elsevier merger agreement is the spot euro:sterling exchange rate, averaged over a period of five business days commencing with the tenth business day before the announcement of the proposed dividend.
Ordinary dividends declared in the year, in amounts per ordinary share, comprise: a 2010 final dividend of 15.0p and 2011 interim dividend of 5.65p giving a total of 20.65p (2010: 20.4p) for Reed Elsevier PLC; and a 2010 final dividend of 0.303 and 2011 interim dividend of 0.110 giving a total of 0.413 (2010: 0.402) for Reed Elsevier NV.
The Board of Reed Elsevier PLC has proposed a 2011 final dividend of 15.90p, up 6%, giving a total dividend of 21.55p in respect of the financial year, up 6% on 2010. The Boards of Reed Elsevier NV, in accordance with the dividend equalisation arrangements, have proposed a 2011 final dividend of 0.326, up 8%, which results in a total dividend of 0.436 in respect of the financial year, up 6% on 2010. The difference in growth rates in the equalised final dividends reflects changes in the euro: sterling exchange rate since the respective prior year dividend announcement dates.
No shares were repurchased in the year by either Reed Elsevier PLC or Reed Elsevier NV.
38
Trends, uncertainties and events which can affect the revenue, operating profit and liquidity and capital resources of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses include the usage, penetration and customer renewal of our print and electronic products and the prices that customers pay for our products, the migration of print and CD products to online services, investment in new products and services, cost control and the impact of our cost reduction programmes on operational efficiency, the levels of academic library funding, the impact of economic conditions on corporate and other customer budgets and the level of advertising demand, the actions of competitors and regulatory and legislative developments.
Trends, uncertainties and events which could have a material impact on Reed Elseviers revenue, operating profit and liquidity and capital resources are discussed in further detail in Item 3: Key Information Risk Factors; Item 4: Information on Reed Elsevier; and Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Operating Results Reed Elsevier; Liquidity and Capital Resources Reed Elsevier; Operating Results Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV.
39
ITEM 6: DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
The directors of each of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV at February 27, 2013 were:
Name (Age) |
Reed Elsevier PLC |
Reed Elsevier NV |
Reed Elsevier
|
Elsevier Reed
|
||||
Rudolf van den Brink(65) |
| | | Chairman of the Supervisory Board | ||||
Mark Elliott(63) |
Non-executive Director (3)(4) | Member of the Supervisory Board (3)(4) | Non-executive Director (2) | | ||||
Erik Engstrom(49) |
Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer | Chairman of the Executive Board and Chief Executive Officer | Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer | | ||||
Anthony Habgood(66) |
Non-executive Chairman (3)(4) | Chairman of the Supervisory Board (3)(4) | Non-executive Chairman (2) | | ||||
Adrian Hennah(55) |
Non-executive Director (1)(4) | Member of the Supervisory Board (1)(4) | Non-executive Director (1) | | ||||
Lisa Hook(54) |
Non-executive Director (3)(4) | Member of the Supervisory Board (3)(4) | Non-executive Director (2) | | ||||
Gerben de Jong(68) |
| | | Member of the Management Board | ||||
Marike van Lier Lels(53) |
| Member of the Supervisory Board (4) | | Member of the Supervisory Board | ||||
Duncan Palmer(47) |
Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer | Member of the Executive Board and Chief Financial Officer | Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer | Member of the Supervisory Board | ||||
Robert Polet(57) |
Non-executive
Director (4) |
Member of the Supervisory Board (4) | Non-executive Director (2) | | ||||
Sir David Reid(66) |
Non-executive Director (1)(3)(4)(5) | Member of the Supervisory Board (1)(3)(4)(5) | Non-executive Director (1)(2)(5) | | ||||
Alberto Romaneschi(54) |
| | | Member of the Management Board | ||||
Linda Sanford(60) |
Non-executive Director (1)(4) | Member of the Supervisory Board (1)(4) | Non-executive Director (1) | | ||||
Ben van der Veer(61) |
Non-executive Director (1)(3)(4) | Member of the Supervisory Board (1)(3)(4) | Non-executive Director (1) | Member of the Supervisory Board | ||||
Jans van der Woude(49) |
| | | Member of the Management Board |
(1) | Member of the Audit Committees of the Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier Group plc. |
(2) | Member of the Remuneration Committee of the Board of Reed Elsevier Group plc. |
(3) | Member of the joint Nominations Committee of the Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. |
(4) | Member of the joint Corporate Governance Committee of the Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. |
(5) | Senior independent non-executive director, as defined by the UK Corporate Governance Code in the United Kingdom. |
Mark Armour stepped down as Chief Financial Officer in November 2012 and retired from the Reed Elsevier Boards in December 2012.
A person described as a non-executive director of Reed Elsevier PLC or Reed Elsevier Group plc or a member of the Supervisory Board of Reed Elsevier NV is a director not employed by such company in an executive capacity.
Rudolf van den Brink (Dutch) Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Elsevier Reed Finance BV since 2006. A former member of the managing board of ABN AMRO Bank NV and of the advisory board of Deloitte & Touche in the Netherlands. A member of the supervisory board of Akzo Nobel NV.
Mark Elliott (American) Non-executive director since 2003. Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Chairman of QinetiQ Group plc and a non-executive director of G4S plc. Until his retirement in 2008, was general manager of IBM Global Solutions, having held a number of positions with IBM, including managing director of IBM Europe, Middle East and Africa.
40
Erik Engstrom (Swedish) Chief Executive Officer since 2009. Joined Reed Elsevier as Chief Executive Officer of Elsevier in 2004. Prior to joining Reed Elsevier was a partner at General Atlantic Partners. Before that was President and Chief Operating Officer of Random House Inc and, before its merger with Random House, President and Chief Executive Officer of Bantam Doubleday Dell, North America. Began his career as a consultant with McKinsey. Served as a non-executive director of Eniro AB and Svenska Cellulosa Aktiebolaget SCA. Holds a BSc from Stockholm School of Economics, an MSc from the Royal Institute of Technology in Stockholm, and gained an MBA from Harvard Business School as a Fulbright Scholar.
Anthony Habgood (British) Chairman since 2009. Chairman of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committees. Chairman of Whitbread plc and of Preqin Holding Limited. Was chairman of Bunzl plc and of Mölnlycke Health Care Limited and served as chief executive of Bunzl plc, chief executive of Tootal Group plc and a director of The Boston Consulting Group Inc. Formerly non-executive director of Geest plc; Marks and Spencer plc; National Westminster Bank plc; Powergen plc; and SVG Capital plc. Holds an MA in Economics from Cambridge University and an MS in Industrial Administration from Carnegie Mellon University. He is a visiting Fellow at Oxford University.
Adrian Hennah (British) Non-executive director since 2011. He is chief financial officer of Reckitt Benckiser Group plc having been chief financial officer of Smith & Nephew plc from 2006 to 2012. Before that was chief financial officer of Invensys plc and previously held various senior finance and management positions within GlaxoSmithKline for 18 years.
Lisa Hook (American) Non-executive director since 2006. President and chief executive officer of Neustar Inc. A director of The Ocean Foundation. Was president and chief executive officer at Sun Rocket Inc. Before that was president of AOL Broadband, Premium and Developer Services. Prior to joining AOL, was a founding partner at Brera Capital Partners LLC. Previously was chief operating officer of Time Warner Telecommunications. Has served as senior advisor to the Federal Communications Commission Chairman and a senior counsel to Viacom Cable.
Gerben de Jong (Dutch) member of the Management Board of Elsevier Reed Finance BV since 2007. Previously held senior finance positions in Royal Philips Electronics NV Group.
Marike van Lier Lels (Dutch) Appointed January 2010. Member of the supervisory boards of KPN NV, USG People NV and TKH Group NV. A member of various Dutch governmental advisory boards. Member of the Supervisory Board of Maersk BV until March 2012. Was executive vice president and chief operating officer of the Schiphol Group. Prior to joining Schiphol Group, was a member of the executive board of Deutsche Post Euro Express and held various senior positions with Nedlloyd.
Duncan Palmer (British and American) Chief Financial Officer since November 2012. Joined Reed Elsevier as Chief Financial Officer Designate in August 2012. Non-executive director of Oshkosh Corporation since 2011. Prior to joining Reed Elsevier was chief financial officer and senior vice president of Owens Corning Inc. from 2007, having previously held various senior finance positions within Royal Dutch Shell for 20 years in the UK, the Netherlands and the US. He holds an MA in mathematics from Cambridge University and an MBA from Stanford University. He is a UK-qualified Chartered Management Accountant.
Robert Polet (Dutch) Non-executive director since 2007. Chairman of Safilo Group S.p.A. and a non-executive director of Philip Morris International Inc, William Grant & Sons Limited and Crown Topco Limited, parent company of Vertu. Member of the supervisory board of Nyenrode Foundation. Was President and chief executive officer of Gucci Group from 2004 to 2011, having spent 26 years at Unilever working in a variety of marketing and senior executive positions throughout the world including president of Unilevers Worldwide Ice Cream and Frozen Foods division. Formerly a non-executive director of Wilderness Holdings Limited from 2010 to 2012.
Sir David Reid (British) Non-executive director since 2003. Senior independent director. Chairman of Intertek Group plc and a member of the Senior Advisory Board of Jefferies, the global investment banking firm. Was Chairman of Tesco PLC from 2004 to 2011, having previously been executive deputy chairman until December 2003, and finance director from 1985 to 1997. He has also been Chairman of Kwik-Fit and a non-executive director of De Vere PLC, Legal & General Group plc and Westbury PLC.
Alberto Romaneschi (Swiss) Member of the Management Board of Elsevier Reed Finance BV since October 2012. He has been the Managing Director of Elsevier Finance SA since 2012.
Linda Sanford (American) Non-executive director since 2012. Senior Vice President, Enterprise Transformation, IBM Corporation and non-executive director of ITT Corporation until May 2013. Serves on the board of directors of The Business Council of New York State and the Partnership for New York City. Also serves on the board of trustees of the State University of New York, St. Johns University, and Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Ben van der Veer (Dutch) Non-executive director since 2009. Chairman of the Audit Committees. Member of the supervisory boards of AEGON NV, TomTom NV, Siemens Nederland NV and Koninklijke FrieslandCampina NV. Was chairman of the executive board of KPMG in the Netherlands and a member of the management committee of the KPMG International board until his retirement in 2008, having joined KPMG in 1976.
41
Jans van der Woude (Dutch) Member of the Management Board of Elsevier Reed Finance BV since 2009. Is Company Secretary and Legal Counsel of Reed Elsevier NV. Prior to joining Reed Elsevier in 2009 was Legal Advisor to Corporate Express NV. Before that was Corporate Legal Director of TNT NV, having previously been General Counsel at Getronics NV.
The executive officers of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier Group plc, other than directors, at February 27, 2013 were:
Henry Udow : Chief Legal Officer and Company Secretary of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier Group plc. A US and British citizen who is admitted to the Bar of New York State. Joined Reed Elsevier in March 2011. Prior to joining Reed Elsevier he was Chief Legal Officer and Company Secretary of Cadbury plc.
Ian Fraser: Global Human Resources Director of Reed Elsevier Group plc. Joined Reed Elsevier in 2005. Prior to joining Reed Elsevier, he was Human Resources Director at BHP Billiton plc and, before that, held senior positions in human resources at Charter plc and Woolworths plc.
Jans van der Woude: Company Secretary and Legal Counsel of Reed Elsevier NV. A Dutch lawyer. Joined Reed Elsevier in January 2009.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference and Constitution
The Remuneration Committees (the Committee) remit and its duties are in relation to:
|
Executive Directors: |
|
to establish the remuneration policy for the executive directors and determine the remuneration in all its forms (including pensions and share plan participation), the terms of the service contracts and all other terms and conditions of employment of the executive directors of Reed Elsevier Group plc and Reed Elsevier PLC and on the advice of the Chairman, the remuneration terms of the CEO (with respect to Reed Elsevier NV, the Committee recommends to the Supervisory Board the remuneration policy and the remuneration in all its forms for the CEO and other executive directors); and |
|
to approve any compensation or termination payments made to executive directors of Reed Elsevier Group plc and Reed Elsevier PLC. |
|
Senior Management |
|
on the advice of the CEO, to approve the remuneration policy of other senior leaders and of the Reed Elsevier Group plc Chief Legal Officer and Company Secretary; and |
|
to monitor the level and structure of remuneration for this group of executives. |
|
Reed Elsevier Chairman |
|
on the advice of the Senior Independent Director, to determine the remuneration of the Reed Elsevier Chairman (with respect to Reed Elsevier NV, to recommend, on advice of the Senior Independent Director, to the Combined Board the Chairmans remuneration in respect of his Chairmanship of Reed Elsevier NV). |
|
General |
|
to review the ongoing appropriateness and relevance of the remuneration policy, in particular the performance- related elements and their compatibility with risk policies and systems; |
|
to review and recommend amendments to the rules of all share-based incentive plans including the formulation of suitable performance conditions for share-based awards and options, and where necessary, to submit them for approval by shareholders; |
|
to maintain an open and ongoing dialogue with institutional investors on major remuneration policy issues; and |
42
|
to discharge its duties with due regard to any published corporate governance guidelines, codes or recommendations regarding the remuneration of directors of listed companies and formation and operation of share schemes which the Committee considers relevant or appropriate including, but not limited to, the UK and Dutch Corporate Governance Codes. |
A copy of the terms of reference of the Committee can be found on the Reed Elsevier website www.reedelsevier.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
Throughout 2012, the Committee consisted of independent non-executive directors; Mark Elliott (Committee Chairman), Sir David Reid, Lisa Hook and Robert Polet; and the Chairman of Reed Elsevier Group plc. The Chief Legal Officer and Company Secretary also attends the meetings in his capacity as secretary to the Committee. At the invitation of the Committee Chairman, the CEO of Reed Elsevier Group plc attends appropriate parts of the meetings. The CEO of Reed Elsevier Group plc is not in attendance during discussions pertaining to his remuneration.
The Global Human Resources Director provided material advice to the Committee during the year.
Towers Watson acted as external advisors to the Committee throughout 2012 and also provided market data and data analysis. Towers Watson also provided actuarial and other human resources consultancy services directly to some Reed Elsevier companies.
The individual consultants involved in advising the Committee do not provide advice to the executive directors or act on their behalf.
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Remuneration philosophy and policy
The context for Reed Elseviers remuneration policy and practices is set by the needs of a global business with business areas that operate internationally by line of business. Furthermore, Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NVs respective stock market listings in London and Amsterdam, combined with the majority of its employees being based in the US, provides a particular set of challenges in the design and operation of remuneration policy.
Our remuneration philosophy
Reed Elseviers guiding remuneration philosophy for senior executives is based on the following precepts:
|
Performance-related compensation with demanding performance standards. |
|
Creation of shareholder value. |
|
Competitive remuneration opportunity to attract and retain the best executive talent from anywhere in the world. |
|
A balanced mix of remuneration between fixed and variable elements, and annual and longer-term performance. |
|
Aligning the interests of executive directors with shareholders and other stakeholders. |
|
Operating the company consistent with long-term sustainability. |
Our remuneration policy
In line with this guiding philosophy our remuneration policy is described below.
|
Reed Elsevier aims to provide a total remuneration package that is able to attract and retain the best executive talent from anywhere in the world, at an appropriate level of cost. |
|
In reaching decisions on executive remuneration, the Committee takes into account the remuneration arrangements and levels of increase applicable to senior management and Reed Elsevier employees generally. The Committee takes into account the salary increases for the employee population worldwide as one of the inputs when determining salary increases for directors. |
|
The Committee considers the social, governance, and environmental implications of its decisions, particularly when setting and assessing performance objectives and targets, and seeks to ensure that incentives are consistent with the appropriate management of risk and corporate sustainability. |
43
|
Total targeted remuneration of senior executives will be competitive with that of executives in similar positions in comparable companies, which includes global sector peers and companies of similar scale and international complexity. |
|
Competitiveness is assessed in terms of total remuneration (i.e. salary, annual and multi-year incentives and benefits). |
|
The intention is to provide total remuneration that reflects sustained individual and business performance; i.e. median performance will be rewarded by total remuneration that is positioned around the median of relevant market data and upper quartile performance by upper quartile total remuneration. |
|
The Committee will consider all available discretion to claw back any payouts made, or to reduce unvested awards, on the basis of materially misstated data. The rules of all incentive plans provide for specific provisions in this regard. |
|
The Committee considers it important to encourage personal investment and ongoing holding of Reed Elsevier PLC and/or Reed Elsevier NV securities among the senior executive population. Executive directors and other senior executives are subject to minimum shareholding requirements. |
How the performance measures in the incentives link to our business strategy
Reed Elseviers strategic focus is on transforming its core business through organic investment and the organic build out of new products into adjacent markets and geographies, supplemented by selective portfolio acquisitions and divestments.
The performance related components of the executive directors multi-year incentives support this strategy by focusing on return on capital, returns to shareholders and sustained earnings growth.
Furthermore, our annual incentive plan is focused on operational excellence as measured by the financial measures of revenue, profit and cash generation. In addition, a significant portion of the annual bonus is dependent upon the achievement of annual key performance objectives (KPOs) that create a platform for sustainable future performance. These KPOs align with Reed Elseviers strategic plans and range from the delivery of specific projects and the achievement of customer metrics or efficiency targets to corporate and social responsibility objectives. Each executive director has at least one sustainability or corporate responsibility objective.
The Committee believes that one of the main drivers of long-term shareholder value is sustained growth in profitability, underpinned by appropriate capital discipline. Therefore growth in earnings per share and targeted return on invested capital are both utilised in our multi-year incentives.
We aim to set challenging performance targets as demonstrated by the fact that there has been no vesting for directors under any of our multi-year incentives since the awards granted in 2006 vested in 2009, and no directors bonuses paid out above target since 2009.
The balance between fixed and performance-related pay
We aim to provide each executive director with an annual total remuneration package comprising fixed and variable pay with the majority of an executive directors total remuneration package linked to performance. At target performance, incentive pay makes up approximately 70% of the total remuneration package. For the CEO, the annual incentive represents around 20% and the multi-year incentives 50% of the total package. The fixed pay element for the CEO is around 30% (salary of around 20% and 10% pension and other benefits). The core components of the total remuneration package are described in detail in the remainder of this Report.
Our approach to market positioning and benchmarking
When reviewing executive director and senior executive remuneration, one factor which the Committee takes into account is market competitiveness. This is done by assessing total remuneration (i.e. salary, annual and multi-year incentives and benefits) against a range of relevant comparator groups as follows:
|
Global peers operating in businesses similar to those of Reed Elsevier (including Thomson Reuters, WPP, Pearson, John Wiley, Wolters Kluwer, Experian, McGraw-Hill and Equifax). |
|
Companies listed on the London Stock Exchange (cross-industry but excluding those in the financial services sector) of a similar size (measured by aggregate market capitalisation) and international scope. |
|
Companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (cross-industry but excluding those in the financial services sector) of a similar size (measured by aggregate market capitalisation) and international scope. |
|
Companies listed on the NYSE Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, cross-industry and of a similar size (measured by aggregate market capitalisation) and international scope. |
44
Referring to companies listed in these three different locations is relevant and necessary as demonstrated by the fact that several recent senior executive hires have been recruited from the US including our CFO.
The composition of the respective comparator groups is subject to minor changes year on year reflecting changes in the size, international scope and listing status of specific companies during the year.
The competitiveness of our remuneration packages is assessed by the Committee as part of the annual review cycle for pay and performance, in line with the process set out below.
|
First, the overall competitiveness of the total remuneration packages is assessed both against the market and taking account of remuneration levels within Reed Elsevier more widely. The appropriate positioning of an individuals total remuneration against the market is determined based on the Committees judgement of individual performance and potential. |
|
The Committee then considers market data and benchmarks for the different elements of the package including salary, total annual cash and total remuneration. While relevant benchmark information is a meaningful input to the process, it informs rather than drives the outcome of the review and is just one factor that the Committee considers. |
|
Benefits, including medical and retirement benefits, are positioned to reflect local country practice. |
The total remuneration package
Each element of the remuneration package for executive directors is designed to achieve specific objectives, as described in this section. In aggregate, they create a unified and balanced reward mix and competitive employment proposition. The value of the reward package is only maximised through the integrated delivery of annual and longer-term performance. Reward for the delivery of business results is connected with reward for value flowing to shareholders. Through the use of a range of performance metrics such as earnings per share, return on invested capital, profit after tax, revenue, cash flow conversion rate, personal objectives and total shareholder return and the assessment of performance over multiple time-horizons, the incentive arrangements are structured in such a way that reward cannot be maximised through inappropriate short-term risk-taking.
The table below summarises the component parts of the remuneration package provided in 2012 to executive directors who served in 2012.
Component |
Erik Engstrom |
Mark Armour** |
Duncan Palmer*** |
|||||||
Base salary |
£1,050,625 | £644,495 | £600,000 | |||||||
Retirement benefit |
UK defined benefit plan | UK defined benefit plan | UK defined contribution plan and cash supplement | |||||||
Other benefits |
Includes car allowance and private medical benefit | Includes company car or cash allowance and private medical benefit | Includes car allowance and private medical benefit | |||||||
Annual incentive (earned for 2012 and payable in March 2013) |
£1,149,909 | £693,799 | £230,205 | |||||||
Multi-year incentives granted* |
ESOS | Market value options over 198,836 PLC and 139,742 NV ordinary shares | n/a | Market value options over 67,331 PLC and 48,018 NV ordinary shares | ||||||
BIP | 68,475 NV ADRs | 90,987 PLC and 21,028 NV ordinary shares | n/a | |||||||
PSP | n/a | n/a | 179,551 PLC shares | |||||||
Shareholding requirement |
300% of salary | 200% of salary | 200% of salary |
* | No multi-year incentives vested in 2012. Multi-year incentives from previous years lapsed in early 2012 as already described in last years Report. |
** | Mark Armour served as a director until December 31, 2012. |
*** | Additional awards were made to Duncan Palmer in conjunction with his recruitment. Further details are contained on pages 52 and 53. |
45
Base Salary
Salary reflects the role and the sustained value of the executive in terms of skills, experience and contribution in the context of the relevant market.
Salaries for executive directors are reviewed annually in the context of the competitiveness of total remuneration and Reed Elseviers guidelines for wages and salaries agreed for the whole of Reed Elsevier for the forthcoming financial year. Any increases typically take effect on January 1.
The Committee decided to award a salary increase of 2.5% to Erik Engstrom, which increased his base salary with effect from January 1, 2013 to £1,076,891. Duncan Palmers service agreement provides that his first salary review following commencement of employment would be on or around January 1, 2014, so his base salary remains unchanged for 2013. In determining the salary recommendation for the CEO, the Committee considered, among other inputs, 2013 salary guidance for Reed Elseviers most significant employee locations globally. The increase awarded to the CEO is within the guidelines agreed for those employees in respect of 2013 increases.
In respect of salaries for the broader employee population, Reed Elsevier uses the same factors to determine the levels of increase across all employee populations globally: i.e. relevant pay market, skills, experience and contribution. Reed Elsevier operates across many diverse countries in terms of their remuneration structures and practices. Any increases awarded to different employee groups in different geographies reflect this diversity and range of practices. An average increase of approximately 2.5% will be awarded across the senior management population globally for 2013. This level of increase is in line with increases provided to the wider employee population.
Annual Incentive
The Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) provides focus on the delivery of stretching annual financial targets and the achievement of annual objectives and milestones that create a platform for sustainable future performance.
For 2013, executive directors have a target bonus opportunity of 100% of salary that is weighted as follows across four elements (unchanged from 2012):
Measure |
Weighting | |
Revenue |
30% | |
Adjusted Profit After Tax |
30% | |
Cash Flow Conversion Rate |
10% | |
Key Performance Objectives (KPOs) |
30% |
The target bonus opportunity for the financial measures is payable for the achievement of highly stretching financial targets. The four elements are measured separately, such that there could be a payout on one element and not on others.
For 2013, the minimum threshold on the financial elements of the AIP at which a bonus starts to accrue is 94% of target and the maximum bonus is 150% of target (unchanged from 2012).
The KPOs are individual to each executive director. Each executive director is set up to six KPOs to reflect critical business priorities for which he is accountable. The KPO component for the executive directors and other senior executives will contain at least one KPO relating to the achievement of specific sustainability objectives and targets contained within Reed Elseviers corporate responsibility agenda.
Against each objective, measurable milestone targets are set for the year. All financial targets and KPOs are approved by the Committee and are subject to formal assessment at the end of each year. The Chairman of Reed Elsevier Group plc presents his assessment of performance against KPOs for the CEO of Reed Elsevier Group plc to the Committee while the CEO of Reed Elsevier Group plc presents his assessment of KPO performance for the CFO of Reed Elsevier Group plc. The Committee then discusses and agrees the final KPO score for each executive director.
AIP Payments for 2012
In assessing the level of bonus payments for 2012, the Committee noted the following performances:
% change over 2011 at constant
exchange rates |
||||
Underlying
revenue |
Total
adjusted PAT |
|||
Reed Elsevier |
+4% | +8% |
46
Reed Elsevier executed well on its strategic and financial priorities in 2012. Positive revenue momentum and focus on operating efficiency combined to lift underlying operating profit growth and earnings. Underlying revenues, which exclude the effects of currency translation and acquisitions and disposals, were up 4%, or 3% excluding the cycling effect of biennial exhibitions, and all five business areas contributed to the underlying growth. Underlying adjusted operating profits were up 6%, with the improvement in profitability driven by a combination of process innovation and portfolio development across all business areas. Underlying costs were up 4%, reflecting volume growth as well as organic investment in new product development and sales & marketing, partly offset by continued improvements in process efficiency. Adjusted operating cash flow was £1,603m (2011: £1,515m), up 6% compared with the prior year and up 7% at constant currencies. The rate of conversion of adjusted operating profits into cash flow was 94% (2011: 93%). Returns on invested capital increased to 11.9%, 0.7 percentage points higher than in 2011, reflecting the improved trading performance and capital efficiency.
Set out below is a summary of the outcome of performance against each financial measure:
Revenue |
Just above target | |
Adjusted Profit After Tax |
Just above target | |
Cash Flow Conversion Rate |
Just above target |
The progress on personal objectives for each director was then added in the form of the KPO score and, overall, the sum of the scores achieved against the four AIP components for the executive directors, resulted in the following bonuses for 2012:
2012 annual bonus
(to be paid in March 2013) |
% of
2012 base salary earnings |
|||
Erik Engstrom |
£1,149,909 | 109.5% | ||
Mark Armour |
£693,799 | 107.7% | ||
Duncan Palmer* |
£230,205 | 107.7% |
*Duncan | Palmers bonus reflects service during the year of reporting. His service commenced on August 24, 2012. |
Multi-Year Incentives
It is intended to continue to provide executive directors with multi-year incentives comprising a combination of a long-term incentive plan (LTIP), a personal investment bonus deferral plan (BIP) and market value options (ESOS). To this end, a new LTIP and ESOS are proposed and will be presented for shareholder approval at the 2013 Annual General Meetings (AGMs).
The purpose of the multi-year incentives is to provide focus on the delivery of the medium to longer-term strategy and holding executives accountable for the execution of that strategy while driving value creation through sustained financial performance, capital discipline and the delivery of returns for shareholders.
In addition, the multi-year incentives are structured so as to encourage personal investment and require a minimum level of ongoing shareholding in Reed Elsevier securities among the senior executive population in order to promote alignment with shareholders and to provide focus on the share price.
Awards under the current and proposed multi-year incentives vest over a period of three years, except for the one-off REGP under which awards vest over three and five years. The vesting of all awards made to executive directors under these plans is subject to meeting a number of stretching performance targets based on internal financial metrics and total shareholder return.
Reed Elsevier Growth Plan (REGP)
The details of how the REGP operates have been disclosed in previous years Reports.
Performance measures and targets
Total Shareholder Return (TSR)
The vesting of one third of the REGP award is subject to Reed Elseviers TSR performance compared against three comparator groups (the TSR tranche).
As Reed Elsevier accesses equity capital markets through three exchanges London, Amsterdam and New York in three separate currency zones, three distinct comparator groups are used a Sterling Comparator Group, a Euro Comparator Group and a US Dollar Comparator Group. The TSR performance of Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares (based on the
47
London listing) is measured against the Sterling Comparator Group; the TSR performance of Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares (based on the Amsterdam listing) is measured against the Euro Comparator Group; and the TSR performance of Reed Elsevier PLC ADRs and Reed Elsevier NV ADRs (based on the New York listing) is measured against the US Dollar Comparator Group. The averaging period applied for TSR measurement purposes is six months prior to the start of the financial year in which the award was made and the final six months of the last financial year of the performance period.
TSR performance of each security is measured separately against each comparator group and the proportion of the TSR tranche that vests is the sum of the payouts achieved against the three comparator groups.
Vesting is on a straight-line basis for ranking between the median and the upper quartile.
TSR comparators groups
The constituents of each comparator group were selected on a specific basis, as described in last years Report (page 49).
The comparators which were included in each currency group are set on page 50 of last years Report.
Return on invested capital (ROIC)
The vesting of one third of the REGP award is subject to the percentage return on invested capital of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV (the ROIC tranche) as follows:
3 years: 2010-12 |
2 years: 2013-14 |
Vesting percentage
of ROIC tranche |
||
ROIC in 2012 subject to actual exceeding 2009 ROIC calculated on the same basis |
ROIC in 2014 | |||
Below 10.2% |
Below 10.7% | 0% | ||
10.2% |
10.7% | 60% | ||
11.2% or above |
12.7% or above | 100% |
Vesting is on a straight-line basis for performance between the minimum and maximum levels. For the purposes of the plan, the following definitions apply:
|
Invested capital = arithmetic average of the opening and closing capital employed for the Reed Elsevier combined businesses for the financial year with all cumulative amortisation and impairment charges for acquired intangible assets and goodwill added back. In addition, any exceptional restructuring and acquisition integration charges (net of tax) are capitalised for these purposes and changes in exchange rates and movements in pension deficits are excluded. |
|
Return = adjusted operating profit for the Reed Elsevier combined businesses before amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, exceptional restructuring and acquisition integration charges. In addition, it is grossed up to exclude the equity share of taxes in joint ventures and further adjusted to exclude net pension financing credit movement, after applying the effective rate of tax used for adjusted earnings calculations and using exchange rates to match those used in the calculation of invested capital. |
In order to ensure that the performance score achieved is a fair reflection of underlying business performance, the Committee retains discretion to determine the treatment of major disposals and acquisitions that require board approval. Any significant adjustments made to the final performance score will be disclosed to shareholders.
48
Adjusted earnings per share (EPS)
The vesting of one third of the REGP award is subject to performance against growth in adjusted earnings per share measured at constant currencies (Adjusted EPS) (the EPS tranche) as follows:
3 years: 2010-12 |
2 years: 2013-14 |
Vesting percentage
of EPS tranche |
||
Average Adjusted EPS growth in years 2011 and 2012 (subject to average Adjusted EPS growth over the whole three year period being positive) |
Average Adjusted EPS
growth over the two year period |
|||
Below 5% p.a. |
Below 7% p.a. | 0% | ||
5% p.a. |
7% p.a. | 60% | ||
9% p.a. or above |
13% p.a. or above | 100% |
Vesting is on a straight-line basis for performance between the minimum and maximum levels. For the purposes of the plan, the following definitions apply:
|
Earnings = adjusted reported earnings measured at constant currencies. Adjustments include amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, exceptional restructuring and acquisition integration charges, gains/losses on business disposals and tax rate anomalies (deferred tax). The Committee retains discretion to adjust for changes in the net pension financing credit. |
|
Number of shares = weighted average number of shares in issue excluding shares held in treasury. |
Performance share awards were granted under the REGP to Mr Engstrom and Mr Armour in May 2010. At its meeting on April 25, 2013, the Committee will assess the extent to which the performance conditions have been met for these share awards, which includes an overall assessment of underlying business performance and other relevant factors. Based on a review of the three performance measures used in the plan, preliminary calculations indicate that 66.8% of the awards are expected to vest. This is based on a TSR ranking of just above median in respect of two of the comparator groups, ROIC achievement slightly below the 11.2% maximum after taking into account adjustments for such items as foreign exchange rates, pension deficits and acquisition integration costs as provided in the plan, and EPS growth slightly above the middle of the range specified in the plan.
This would result in 429,710 PLC ordinary shares and 282,187 NV ordinary shares vesting in respect of Erik Engstrom. 50% of these shares will be released to Mr Engstrom following the April Committee meeting and 50% of these shares will be deferred until 2015. In respect of Mr Armour, under the terms of the plan relating to retirement, 100% of the shares vesting will be released to him following the April Committee meeting. In accordance with the preliminary vesting calculations, this will result in 263,601 PLC ordinary shares and 173,105 NV ordinary shares being released to Mr Armour. Thereafter, Mr Armour will have no further entitlement for payment under this plan. Dividend equivalents will be payable in cash on any shares released which, based on the preliminary calculations, would result in payments of £135,251 and 179,329 to Mr Engstrom and £165,937 and 220,016 to Mr Armour.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
No awards under LTIP were made to executive directors in 2012 and no award cycles remain outstanding for directors under this plan.
A long-term incentive award was granted to senior leaders below the Board in 2012. Grants are made on a rolling three year basis in the form of performance shares that vest subject to performance metrics and vesting scales consistent with the REGP. The targets set for each metric are aligned to the five-year performance scale applicable to the executive directors under the REGP.
Subject to receipt of shareholder approval at the 2013 Annual General Meetings, it is intended to commence making annual grants under a new long-term incentive plan to executive directors from 2013 onwards, under which the first awards would vest in H1 2016, which is the year after the vesting of the second and final tranche of the REGP for the CEO, so there will be no overlapping payouts. The LTIP was required by the need to replace the one-off REGP incentive plan for directors with a more regular long-term.
Details of the proposed new LTIP are described in the 2013 notices of Annual General Meetings of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV.
49
Executive Share Option Scheme (ESOS)
The current ESOS, which was approved by shareholders in 2003, expires on April 8, 2013. A replacement ESOS, for which we are seeking shareholder approval at the Annual General Meetings in April 2013, is described in the notices of Annual General Meetings and it is intended to make grants under this plan to the executive directors in 2013. It is not intended to make any further grants under the existing ESOS, the key features of which were described in last years Report on page 52.
During 2012, Erik Engstrom received a grant of 200% of base salary of market value options (two-thirds of the permitted maximum). On joining, Duncan Palmer received a grant of 135% of salary. The vesting of the options is subject to an Adjusted EPS growth hurdle of 6% p.a. compound growth in adjusted earnings per share hurdle, measured over a three year period commencing on January 1 of the year of grant (the same condition also applies to the 2011 ESOS grants which were made to Erik Engstrom and Mark Armour). In view of his retirement at the end of 2012, Mr Armour did not receive an ESOS grant in 2012.
Early in 2012, as disclosed in last years Report, the 2009-11 cycle of ESOS lapsed for Erik Engstrom and Mark Armour.
Bonus Investment Plan (BIP)
The BIP is a voluntary plan aimed at encouraging personal investment in, and ongoing holding of, Reed Elsevier shares to promote greater alignment with shareholders and support the retention of key talent.
Under the BIP, participants may invest their own funds to purchase Reed Elsevier securities or allocate securities already owned outright for investment under the plan up to a specified maximum. In return, the participant is granted a matching award which vests over three years subject to performance (i.e. a maximum match of 1 for 1 can be earned on the personal investment). It is a condition of vesting that the underlying personal investment is retained throughout the vesting period. Dividend equivalents accrue on the matching shares during the vesting period and are paid out in cash at the end to the extent that the matching award vests. The table below summarises the key features of the BIP.
Feature |
Detail |
|||
Frequency of award |
| Annual grants of matching awards | ||
| Ten-year life of the plan | |||
| Implemented in 2010 | |||
Eligibility |
| Approximately 150 senior executives including executive directors | ||
| Participation is voluntary | |||
Performance period |
| Three financial years | ||
Performance conditions |
| Average adjusted EPS growth measured in constant currencies and ROIC (see below) | ||
| 50% of the award is subject to adjusted EPS growth and 50% subject to ROIC | |||
Vesting scale |
| Performance hurdle and straight-line vesting | ||
Personal investment |
| Up to 100% of the target bonus opportunity net of tax | ||
Other provisions |
| On a change of control, awards vest on a pro-rated basis for service and subject to performance based on an assessment of progress against targets at the time the change of control occurs, unless the Committee determines that awards should not vest and instead be exchanged for equivalent awards over shares in the acquiring company (i.e. rollover applies) | ||
| Claw-back applies | |||
| Awards under the plan are satisfied with shares purchased in the market |
The following targets and vesting scale apply to awards granted under the BIP in 2012:
Match earned on personal investment |
Average growth in adjusted EPS (%)
|
ROIC (%) in the third year of
the performance period |
||
0% |
below 4% p.a. | below 11% | ||
50% |
4% p.a. | 11% | ||
75% |
6.5% p.a. | 11.5% | ||
100% |
9% p.a. or above | 12% or above |
50
Awards were granted under the BIP to Mr Engstrom and Mr Armour in May 2010. At its meeting on April 25, 2013, in much the same way as for the REGP, the Committee will assess the extent to which the performance conditions have been met for these awards, which includes an overall assessment of underlying business performance and other relevant factors.
Based on a review of the two performance measures used in the plan, preliminary calculations indicate that 89.5% of the awards are expected to vest. This is based on ROIC achievement slightly below the 11.2% maximum after taking into account adjustments for such items as foreign exchange rates, pension deficits and restructuring costs as provided in the plan, and EPS growth just below the 70th percentile of the target range specified in the plan.
This would result in the vesting of 62,819 NV ADR matching awards in respect of Mr Engstrom and a corresponding cash dividend equivalent payment of $178,181. In respect of Mr Armour, 58,223 PLC ordinary shares and 38,048 NV ordinary shares would be released, with corresponding dividend equivalent payments of £36,651 and 48,359 respectively.
Shareholding requirement
The Committee believes that one of the aspects that creates closer alignment between senior management and shareholders is to require executives to build up and maintain a significant personal stake in Reed Elsevier. The shareholding requirements applicable to the executive directors are set out in the table below and as described on page 47, were pre-requisites to participate in the REGP. Shareholding requirements also apply to selected senior executives below the Board.
Meeting the relevant shareholding requirement is both a condition of the vesting of awards as well as a pre-requisite to maintain eligibility to receive future awards under the multi-year incentives.
On December 31, 2012, the executive directors shareholdings were as follows (valued at the mid-market closing prices of Reed Elsevier securities):
Shareholding requirement
(in % of December 31, 2012 annualised base salary) |
Actual shareholding as at
December 31, 2012 (in % of December 31, 2012 annualised base salary) |
|||
Erik Engstrom |
300% | 512% | ||
Mark Armour |
200% | 442% | ||
Duncan Palmer* |
200% | 0% |
* | Duncan Palmer has until December 31, 2015 to build up to his required level of shareholding and must retain any net shares earned from Reed Elsevier share plans until he meets his requirement. |
Retirement benefits
Retirement benefit provisions are set in the context of the total remuneration for each executive director, taking account of age and service and against the background of evolving legislation and practice in Reed Elseviers major countries of operation. Base salary is the only pensionable element of remuneration.
Erik Engstrom is provided with UK defined benefit pension arrangements under which he accrues a pension of 1/30th of salary for every year of service (up to a maximum of two thirds of salary). The pension is provided through a combination of:
|
the main UK Reed Elsevier Pension Scheme for salary restricted to the Scheme Earnings Cap (determined annually on the same basis as the pre-April 2006 Inland Revenue earnings cap) and HMRC Annual Allowance, and |
|
Reed Elseviers unapproved pension arrangement for the balance. |
Prior to November 1, 2007, Erik Engstrom was not a member of any company pension scheme and Reed Elsevier made annual contributions of 19.5% of his salary to his personal pension plan. From November 1, 2007 contributions to his designated retirement account ceased and he became a member of the UK defined benefit pension arrangement.
The pension arrangements for Erik Engstrom include life assurance cover while in employment, an entitlement to a pension in the event of ill health or disability and a spouses and/or dependants pension on death.
The increase in the transfer value of the directors pensions, after deduction of contributions, is shown in the table below. Transfer values have been calculated in accordance with the guidance note GN11 published by the UK Institute of Actuaries and Faculty of Actuaries. The transfer values at December 31, 2012 have been calculated using the transfer value basis adopted by the trustees of the Reed Elsevier Pension Scheme.
The transfer value in respect of individual directors represents a liability in respect of directors pension entitlement, and is not an amount paid or payable to the director.
Mark Armour retired on December 31, 2012, at which point he became entitled to a pension of £378,785 per annum.
51
Transfer values of accrued pension benefits
Age at
December 31, 2012 |
Directors
contributions |
Transfer
value of accrued pension at December 31, 2011 |
Transfer
value of accrued pension at December 31, 2012 |
Increase in
transfer value during the year (net of directors contributions) |
Accrued
annual pension at December 31, 2012 |
Increase
in accrued annual pension during the year |
Increase
in accrued annual pension during the year (net of inflation) |
Transfer
value at December 31, 2012 of increase in accrued pension during the year (net of inflation and directors contributions) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Erik Engstrom |
49 | £ | 9,158 | £ | 2,099,132 | £ | 2,730,651 | £ | 622,361 | £ | 180,958 | £ | 38,584 | £ | 31,750 | £ | 469,944 | |||||||||||||||||||
Mark Armour |
58 | £ | 1,944 | £ | 6,758,053 | £ | 7,525,908 | £ | 765,911 | £ | 384,878 | * | £ | 30,355 | £ | 13,362 | £ | 259,332 |
* | The reason for the difference between Mr Armours accrued annual pension as at 12.31.12, as stated in the table above, and the annual pension entitlement following retirement is that Mr Armour retired early so there was a reduction made to his accrued annual pension as at 12.31.12. |
Duncan Palmer is a member of the UK Reed Elsevier defined contribution pension plan (the Reed Elsevier Pension Plan REPP). The company contribution is 19% of Mr Palmers salary. £50,000 is paid as a contribution to the REPP, being the maximum contribution which can be made under HMRC limits, and the balance is paid to him as a cash allowance, subject to deduction of income tax and national insurance. The pension arrangement for Mr Palmer includes life assurance cover while in employment.
Service contracts
Executive directors are employed under service contracts that provide for a maximum of one years notice. The contracts neither specify a pre-determined level of severance payment nor contain specific provisions in respect of a change in control. The Committee believes that as a general rule, notice periods should be 12 months and that the executive directors should, subject to any legal constraints within their base country, be required to mitigate their losses in the event of termination. The Committee will, however, note local market conditions so as to ensure that the terms offered are appropriate to attract and retain top executives operating in global businesses.
The contractual terms of the executive directors (and for approximately 100 other senior executives) include certain covenants as follows:
|
non-competition restrictions apply which prevent the executive from working in a capacity which competes with any Reed Elsevier business which he/she was involved with during the preceding 12 months; from recruiting Reed Elsevier employees and from soliciting Reed Elsevier customers and suppliers for a period of 12 months after leaving employment; |
|
in the event of the executive resigning, he/she will immediately lose all rights to any outstanding awards under the multi-year incentives including any vested but unexercised options; and |
|
in the event of a breach of the covenants, any gains made or payouts received, in the period starting six months prior to and ending 12 months after leaving employment, on the vesting or exercise of awards from the multi-year incentives may be repayable. |
Each executive director has a service contract with Reed Elsevier Group plc, as summarised in the table below:
Current
|
Date
employment commenced |
Expiry date
(subject to notice
|
Notice period | Subject to | ||||||||||||
Erik Engstrom |
March 14, 2011 | August 23, 2004 | June 14, 2028 | 12 months | English law | |||||||||||
Mark Amour |
October 7, 1996 | February 1, 1995 | Ceased to be a director and retired on December 31, 2012 | 12 months | English law | |||||||||||
Duncan Palmer |
August 15, 2012 | August 24, 2012 | n/a | 12 months | English law |
Duncan Palmers remuneration arrangements
Duncan Palmers annual base salary on his recruitment was £600,000 and he has an annual target bonus opportunity of 100% of base salary. He will be eligible to participate in BIP from 2013 onwards up to his target bonus opportunity net of tax and to participate in the ESOS and LTIP, subject to shareholders approving those plans. He will receive annual pension contributions equal to 19% of salary and benefits in accordance with the policies applicable to executive directors.
52
In addition, in September 2012, he was granted the following awards:
|
A market value option under ESOS to acquire shares with a face value on the date of grant of 135% of base salary, which vests on the 3 rd anniversary of grant subject to achieving at least 6% p.a. compound growth in adjusted EPS over the performance period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2014. |
|
Performance shares (PSP) with an aggregate face value of 180% of base salary, which are subject to the same performance targets as will apply to any matching award that may be granted to the CEO under the REGP in 2013, with performance being assessed in the first half of 2015. The award is non-pensionable and carries a right to receive dividend equivalents (calculated on the same basis as under the REGP). The leaver rules are consistent with those which apply under the REGP with the exception that retirement with the consent of the company is not automatically treated as an approved leaver reason for the performance share award. |
|
Restricted shares (RSP) with an aggregate face value of 250% of base salary, which vest 50% in 2014 and 50% in 2015 provided all unvested stock-based awards granted to him by his previous employer lapse. This one-off grant of restricted shares was made to compensate Mr Palmer for the forfeiture of awards from his former employer. They are subject to a time pro-rated claw-back if he resigns, or is summarily terminated, before the date of the announcement of the 2014 annual results in 2015. |
The Committee considered the grant of performance shares and restricted shares noted above to have been essential to secure Duncan Palmers services. The Committee was satisfied that the awards are appropriate and align his interests with those of shareholders. Both awards fall within paragraph 9.4.2(2)R of the UK Listing Rules and were granted over Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares but half of each award will be settled on vesting with Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares. The awards cannot be amended to the advantage of Duncan Palmer without shareholder approval and the documentation governing these awards will be available for inspection from the date of the notices of the 2013 Annual General Meetings up to and including the meetings themselves.
In recognition of Mr Palmer and his family having to relocate to the UK in order for him to take up his new position, he will receive a one-off cash relocation allowance of £500,000 in May 2013 (subject to a time pro-rated claw-back if he resigns or is summarily terminated prior to December 31, 2014) and relocation support under the standard Reed Elsevier Policy.
Mark Armours retirement terms
Mark Armours retirement terms were disclosed in last years Report (page 55).
Policy on external appointments
The Committee believes that the experience gained by allowing executive directors to serve as non-executive directors on the boards of other organisations is of benefit to Reed Elsevier. Accordingly, executive directors may, subject to the approval of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, serve as non-executive directors on the boards of up to two non-associated companies (of which only one may be to the board of a major company) and they may retain remuneration arising from such appointments.
Mark Armour is a non-executive director of SABMiller plc and received remuneration of £106,250 during 2012 (£100,694 during 2011). He is also a non-executive director of the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) and received remuneration of £12,500 since commencing his appointment on July 2, 2012.
Duncan Palmer is a non-executive director of Oshkosh Corporation and received fees of £15,487 since his appointment as a director of Reed Elsevier PLC up to the end of 2012.
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Policy on non-executive directors fees
The policy on non-executive directors fees is a matter for the Boards, subject to applicable law, and does not fall within the Committees remit.
Reed Elsevier seeks to recruit non-executive directors with the experience to contribute to the Boards of a dual-listed global business and with a balance of personal skills that will make a major contribution to the Boards and their committee structures. With the exception of Marike van Lier Lels who serves only on the Supervisory Board of Reed Elsevier NV, non-executive directors, including the Chairman, are appointed to the Boards of Reed Elsevier Group plc, Reed Elsevier PLC and the Supervisory Board of Reed Elsevier NV. Non-executive directors fees reflect the directors membership of the three Boards.
The primary source for comparative market data is the practice of FTSE 50 companies, although reference is also made to NYSE Euronext Amsterdam (AEX) Index and US listed companies.
53
Non-executive directors, including the Chairman, serve under letters of appointment and are not entitled to notice of, or payments following, retirement from the Boards.
Fee levels
Non-executive directors receive an annual fee in respect of their memberships of the Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier Group plc. The fee paid to Marike van Lier Lels, who serves only on the Supervisory Board of Reed Elsevier NV, reflects her time commitment to that company and to other companies within the Reed Elsevier combined businesses. Non-executive directors are reimbursed for expenses incurred in attending meetings. They do not receive any performance-related bonuses, pension provision, share options or other forms of benefit except for the following: the Chairman is in receipt of private medical benefit and non-executive directors and the Chairman are provided with tax filing support to meet any tax filing obligations arising from their directorships with Reed Elsevier in countries other than their home country.
Fees may be reviewed annually, although in practice they have changed on a less frequent basis. The last fee review was during 2011 and the current fee arrangements took effect on January 1, 2012.
The fees for 2013 are unchanged from 2012 and are set out below.
Annual fee 2013 | ||
Chairman |
£550,000 | |
Non-executive directors |
£65,000/80,000 | |
Senior Independent Director |
£20,000 | |
Chairman of: |
||
Audit Committee |
£25,000/30,000 | |
Remuneration Committee |
£20,000 |
The total annual fee payable to Marike van Lier Lels is 65,000 (unchanged from 2012). The Chairman of Reed Elsevier does not receive committee chairman fees.
Directors emoluments and fees
(a) | Aggregate emoluments |
The emoluments of the directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV (including any entitlement to fees or emoluments from either Reed Elsevier Group plc or Elsevier Reed Finance BV) were as follows:
2012
£ |
2011
£ |
|||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||
Salaries and fees |
2,972 | 2,590 | ||||||
Benefits |
89 | 56 | ||||||
Annual performance-related bonuses |
2,074 | 1,634 | ||||||
Pension contributions |
44 | 42 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
5,179 | 4,322 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
(b) | Individual emoluments of executive directors |
Salary
£ |
Benefits
£ |
Bonus
£ |
Total
2012 £ |
Total
2011 £ |
||||||||||||||||
Erik Engstrom |
1,050,625 | 28,396 | 1,149,909 | 2,228,930 | 2,075,417 | |||||||||||||||
Mark Armour |
644,495 | 23,984 | 693,799 | 1,362,278 | 1,263,563 | |||||||||||||||
Duncan Palmer* |
213,846 | 32,878 | 230,205 | 476,929 | n/a | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
1,908,966 | 85,258 | 2,073,913 | 4,068,137 | 3,338,980 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | The benefits figure for Duncan Palmer includes the balance of his company pension contribution which is paid to him as a cash allowance, as detailed under the Retirement Benefits section on pages 51 and 52 which, for 2012, was £22,810. |
54
Market value options awarded under ESOS and restricted shares awarded in the year of reporting under BIP are set out by executive director on pages 59 to 61. Vesting is subject to performance conditions relating to growth in adjusted EPS and ROIC, as described in the front section of this Report. The maximum number of options that can vest under ESOS and the maximum number of restricted shares that can vest under the BIP is equivalent to the awards granted. The maximum number of shares which can vest under the September 2012 grants of performance share awards and restricted share awards to Duncan Palmer is equivalent to the awards granted. Erik Engstrom was the highest paid director in 2012.
(c) | Individual fees of non-executive directors |
2012
£* |
2011
£* |
|||||||
Mark Elliott |
85,000 | 70,000 | ||||||
Anthony Habgood |
550,000 | ** | 500,000 | ** | ||||
Adrian Hennah (from April 20, 2011) |
65,000 | 38,475 | ||||||
Lisa Hook |
65,000 | 55,000 | ||||||
Marike van Lier Lels |
52,846 | *** | 41,739 | |||||
Robert Polet |
65,000 | 55,000 | ||||||
Sir David Reid |
85,000 | 75,000 | ||||||
Lord Sharman (until April 20, 2011) |
| 18,333 | ||||||
Linda Sanford (from December 4, 2012) |
5,416 | | ||||||
Ben van der Veer |
89,431 | *** | 82,609 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
1,062,693 | 936,156 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
* | The above figures exclude an imputed notional benefit in respect of tax filing support provided to non-executive directors for tax filings in countries other than their home country resulting from the directorship with Reed Elsevier. The incremental assessable benefit charge per relevant tax return has been agreed by PwC to amount to £300. |
** | Excludes private medical insurance benefit of £1,389 in respect of 2012 (£1,329 in 2011). |
*** | The fees for Marike van Lier Lels and Ben van der Veer are paid in euro and were 65,000 and 110,000 respectively for 2012 (48,000 and 95,000 respectively for 2011). For reporting purposes these were converted into pounds sterling at the average exchange rate for the year of reporting. |
Compensation of executive officers
The aggregate compensation paid during 2012 (and relating to 2012) to those who were executive officers (other than directors) of Reed Elsevier Group plc as at February 27, 2013 as a group for the year ended December 31, 2012 was £2,331,660 which included contributions made to the pension plans in respect of such officers of £84,882.
55
REED ELSEVIER
The Boards of directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV manage their respective shareholdings in Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV. The Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier Group plc are harmonised. Subject to shareholders of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV re-electing retiring directors at their respective Annual General Meetings in 2013, all the directors of Reed Elsevier Group plc will also be directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and of Reed Elsevier NV. For a complete description of the Board membership positions and executive officer positions within Reed Elsevier, see Directors and Senior Management on pages 40 to 42. Details of the Audit Committees of Reed Elsevier Group plc, Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV are given under Item 15: Controls and Procedures and details of the Remuneration Committee are given under Remuneration Committee on page 42.
REED ELSEVIER GROUP PLC
The Reed Elsevier Group plc Board currently consists of two executive directors and eight non-executive directors. A person may only be appointed or proposed or recommended for appointment to the Board if that person has been nominated for that appointment by the joint Nominations Committee of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. Persons nominated by the joint Nominations Committee will be required to be approved by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Board, prior to appointment to the Reed Elsevier Group plc Board.
Decisions of the Board of directors of Reed Elsevier Group plc require a simple majority, and the quorum required for meetings of the Board of Reed Elsevier Group plc is any two directors.
The Reed Elsevier Group plc Board has established the following committees:
|
Audit currently comprising four independent non-executive directors |
|
Remuneration currently comprising four independent non-executive directors and the Chairman of Reed Elsevier Group plc |
Arrangements established at the time of the merger of Reed Elsevier PLCs and Reed Elsevier NVs businesses provide that, if any person (together with persons acting in concert with him) acquires shares, or control of the voting rights attaching to shares, carrying more than 50% of the votes ordinarily exercisable at a general meeting of Reed Elsevier PLC or Reed Elsevier NV and has not made a comparable takeover offer for the other party, the other party may by notice suspend or modify the operation of certain provisions of the merger arrangements, such as (i) the right of the party in which control has been acquired (the Acquired Party) to appoint or remove directors of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier Group plc and (ii) the Standstill Obligations (defined below) in relation to the Acquired Party. Such a notice will cease to apply if the person acquiring control makes a comparable offer for all the equity securities of the other within a specified period or if the person (and persons acting in concert with him) ceases to have control of the other.
In the event of a change of control of one parent company and not the other (where there has been no comparable offer for the other), the parent company which has not suffered the change in control will effectively have the sole right to remove and appoint directors of Reed Elsevier Group plc. Also, a director removed from the Board of a parent company which has suffered a change in control will not have to resign from the Board of the other parent company or Reed Elsevier Group plc.
The Articles of Association of Reed Elsevier Group plc contain certain restrictions on the transfer of shares in Reed Elsevier Group plc. In addition, pursuant to arrangements established at the time of the merger, neither Reed Elsevier PLC nor Reed Elsevier NV may acquire or dispose of any interest in the share capital of the other or otherwise take any action to acquire the other without the prior approval of the other (the Standstill Obligations). The Panel on Takeovers and Mergers in the United Kingdom (the Panel) has stated that in the event of a change of statutory control of either Reed Elsevier PLC or Reed Elsevier NV, the person or persons acquiring such control will be required to make an offer to acquire the share capital of Reed Elsevier Group plc (but not Elsevier Reed Finance BV) held by the other, in accordance with the requirements of the City Code on Take-overs and Mergers in the United Kingdom. This requirement would not apply if the person acquiring statutory control of either Reed Elsevier PLC or Reed Elsevier NV made an offer for the other on terms which are considered by the Panel to be appropriate.
REED ELSEVIER PLC
The Reed Elsevier PLC Board currently consists of two executive directors and eight non-executive directors. A person may only be appointed or proposed or recommended for appointment to the Board if that person has been nominated for that appointment by the joint Nominations Committee of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. Persons nominated by the joint Nominations Committee will be required to be approved by the Reed Elsevier PLC Board, prior to the appointment to the Reed Elsevier PLC Board. A copy of the terms of reference of the Nominations Committee is available on request and can
56
be viewed on the Reed Elsevier website, www.reedelsevier.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report. The joint Nominations Committee currently comprises five non-executive directors.
Notwithstanding the provisions outlined above in relation to the appointment to the Board, Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders retain their rights under Reed Elsevier PLCs Articles of Association to appoint directors to the Reed Elsevier PLC Board by ordinary resolution. Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders may also, by ordinary resolution, remove a director from the Board of Reed Elsevier PLC, and in such circumstances that director will also be required to be removed or resign from the Boards of Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier Group plc (except in circumstances where there has been a change of control of Reed Elsevier PLC and not Reed Elsevier NV).
The Reed Elsevier PLC Board has also established the following committees:
|
Audit currently comprising four independent non-executive directors; and |
|
Corporate Governance a joint committee of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV, comprising all non-executive directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and members of the Supervisory Board of Reed Elsevier NV. |
Reed Elsevier Group plc has established a Remuneration Committee, which is responsible for determining the remuneration for the executive directors of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Reed Elsevier NV.
Under the Articles of Association of Reed Elsevier PLC, one third of the directors shall retire from office and, if they wish, make themselves available for re-appointment by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Notwithstanding these provisions in the Articles of Association, in accordance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code all directors retire and offer themselves for re-election at each Annual General Meeting.
REED ELSEVIER NV
Reed Elsevier NV has a two-tier board structure currently comprising two executive directors (the Executive Board) and nine non-executive directors (the Supervisory Board and, together with the Executive Board, the Combined Board, all together referred to as the Boards). Members of the Boards shall be appointed by the General Shareholders Meeting upon a proposal of the Combined Board based on a nomination for appointment by the joint Nominations Committee of Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier PLC. The Articles of Association of Reed Elsevier NV provide that a resolution of the General Shareholders Meeting to appoint a member of the Boards other than in accordance with a proposal of the Combined Board can only be taken by a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast if less than one-half of Reed Elsevier NVs issued capital is represented at the meeting.
The General Shareholders Meeting of Reed Elsevier NV shareholders may also, by ordinary resolution, resolve to suspend or dismiss each member from the Boards of Reed Elsevier NV. In addition, each member of the Executive Board can at any time be suspended by the Supervisory Board. In such circumstances that director will also be required to be removed or resign from the Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier Group plc (except in circumstances where there has been a change of control of Reed Elsevier NV and not Reed Elsevier PLC).
The Reed Elsevier NV Supervisory Board has established the following committees:
|
Audit currently comprising four members of the Reed Elsevier NV Supervisory Board; and |
|
Corporate Governance a joint committee of Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier PLC, comprising all members of the Supervisory Board and non-executive directors of each company. |
|
Nominations a joint committee of Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier PLC, currently comprising five members of the Supervisory Board including the Chairman of the Supervisory Board. |
Reed Elsevier Group plc has established a Remuneration Committee, which is responsible for determining the remuneration for the executive directors of Reed Elsevier NV, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Reed Elsevier PLC.
Under the Articles of Association of Reed Elsevier NV, each member of the Reed Elsevier NV Supervisory Board is appointed for a three-year term, with the possibility of reappointment and shall retire periodically in accordance with a rotation plan drawn up by the Combined Board. Notwithstanding these provisions in the Articles of Association, in accordance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code all members of the Boards retire and seek re-appointment at each Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. To align the arrangements regarding appointment for the Boards of Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier PLC annual re-appointment shall not affect the term of their three-year appointment. A schedule with the anticipated dates of retirement of members of the Supervisory Board is published on the Reed Elsevier website, www.reedelsevier.com. As a general rule, members of the Supervisory Board serve for two three-year terms. The Nominations Committee may recommend that individual members of the Supervisory Board serve up to one additional three-year term.
57
The Combined Board of Reed Elsevier NV has resolved to take the necessary steps to establish a one-tier governance structure at Reed Elsevier NV. For this purpose the articles of association of Reed Elsevier NV will have to be amended and a proposal for the one-tier governance structure will be put to the Annual General Meeting of shareholders on April 24, 2013.
ELSEVIER REED FINANCE BV
Elsevier Reed Finance BV has a two-tier board structure comprising a Management Board, currently consisting of three members, and a Supervisory Board, currently consisting of four members. The members of the Management Board and of the Supervisory Board are appointed by the shareholders of Elsevier Reed Finance BV. The Articles of Association of Elsevier Reed Finance BV provide that certain material resolutions of the Management Board will require the approval of the Supervisory Board. At a meeting of the Supervisory Board valid resolutions can be taken with a simple majority if the majority of the members are present or represented. Pursuant to the Articles of Association of Elsevier Reed Finance BV, there are specific provisions governing the appointment and dismissal of managing directors and members of the Supervisory Board during periods when a notice of suspension as mentioned in the governing agreement between Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV is in force. These provisions intend to neutralise the influence of a party which has acquired control over either Reed Elsevier PLC or Reed Elsevier NV without having also acquired control in the other.
Employee numbers are disclosed in note 6 to the combined financial statements.
The Board of Reed Elsevier Group plc is fully committed to the concept of employee involvement and participation, and encourages each of its businesses to formulate its own tailor-made approach with the co-operation of employees. Reed Elsevier is an equal opportunity employer, and recruits and promotes employees on the basis of suitability for the job. Appropriate training and development opportunities are available to all employees. A code of ethics and business conduct applicable to employees within Reed Elsevier has been adopted throughout its businesses.
58
Share based awards in Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV
Details of vested options, (in italics) and unvested options and restricted shares held by executive directors in Reed Elsevier PLC (PLC) and Reed Elsevier NV (NV) as at December 31, 2012 are shown in the tables below. Any awards that have been described as lapsed in prior year Reports have been excluded. The shading in the tables denotes awards granted during the year of reporting. The vesting of outstanding unvested awards is subject to performance conditions in accordance with the provisions of the respective plan rules. For disclosure purposes, any PLC and NV ADRs awarded under the BIP have been converted into ordinary share equivalents. At the date of this Report there have been no changes in the options or restricted shares held by executive directors in office at the date of this Report. The market price at the date of award of grants made under the multi-year incentives are based on the middle market price of the respective security.
Erik Engstrom
Options |
Year of
grant |
Option
|
No. of
options held on Jan 1, 2012 |
No. of
options granted during 2012 |
Option
price |
No. of
options exercised during 2012 |
Market
price per share at exercise |
Gross
gains made on exercise £/ |
No. of
options held on Dec 31, 2012 |
Unvested
options vesting on: |
Options
exercisable until: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
ESOS |
2004 | PLC ord | 63,460 | £ | 4.780 | 63,460 | Aug 23, 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 43,866 | | 10.30 | 43,866 | Aug 23, 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2005 | PLC ord | 154,517 | £ | 5.335 | 154,517 | Feb 17, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 105,412 | | 11.31 | 105,412 | Feb 17, 2015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | PLC ord | 178,895 | £ | 5.305 | 178,895 | Mar 13,2016 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 120,198 | | 11.47 | 120,198 | Mar 13,2016 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | PLC ord | 139,146 | £ | 5.390 | 139,146 | May 5, 2014 | May 5, 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 92,953 | | 8.969 | 92,953 | May 5, 2014 | May 5, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | PLC ord | | 198,836 | £ | 5.155 | 198,836 | May 2, 2015 | May 2, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | | 139,742 | | 9.030 | 139,742 | May 2, 2015 | May 2, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LTIP |
2004 | PLC ord | 325,163 | £ | 4.78 | 325,163 | Aug 23, 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 224,766 | | 10.30 | 224,766 | Aug 23, 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total PLC ords |
861,181 | 198,836 | 1,060,017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total NV ord |
587,195 | 139,742 | 726,937 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
Year of
grant |
Type of
security |
No. of
unvested shares held on Jan 1, 2012 |
No. of
shares awarded during 2012 |
Market
price per share at award |
No. of
shares vested during 2012 |
Market
price per share at vesting |
Notional
gross gains at vesting £/ |
No. of
unvested shares held on Dec 31, 2012 |
Date of
performance testing |
Date of
release |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
BIP |
2010 | NV ord | 140,378 | | 8.310 | 140,378 | H1 2013 | H1 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | NV ord | 122,352 | | 8.969 | 122,352 | H1 2014 | H1 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | NV ord | | 136,950 | | 9.030 | 136,950 | H1 2015 | H1 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
REGP |
2010 | PLC ord | 643,086 | £ | 4.665 | 643,086 | H1 2013 | 50% H1 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 50% H1 2015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 422,310 | | 8.310 | 422,310 | H1 2013 | 50% H1 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
50% H1 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total PLC ords |
643,086 | 643,086 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total NV ord |
685,040 | 136,950 | 821,990 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
Mark Armour
Options |
Year of
|
Option
over |
No. of
options held on Jan 1, 2012 |
No. of
options granted during 2012 |
Option
price |
No. of
options exercised during 2012 |
Market
price per share at exercise |
Gross
gains made on exercise £/ |
No. of
options held on Dec 31, 2012 |
Unvested
options vesting on: |
Options
exercisable until: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
ESOS |
2002 | PLC ord | 74,000 | £ | 6.000 | | Expired | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 51,926 | | 13.94 | | Expired | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2005 | PLC ord | 150,422 | £ | 5.335 | 150,422 | Feb 17, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 102,618 | | 11.31 | 102,618 | Feb 17, 2015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | PLC ord | 158,836 | £ | 5.305 | 1,500 | £ | 6.095 | £ | 1,185 | 157,336 | Mar 13,2016 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 106,720 | | 11.47 | 106,720 | Mar 13,2016 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | PLC ord | 85,358 | £ | 5.390 | 56,905 | May 9, 2016 | ** | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 57,021 | | 8.969 | 38,014 | May 9, 2016 | ** | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LTIP |
2004 | PLC ord | 290,481 | £ | 4.872 | 290,481 | Feb 19, 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 199,467 | | 10.57 | 199,467 | Feb 19, 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SAYE |
2010 | PLC ord | 2,173 | £ | 4.176 | 2,173 | Jun 30, 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total PLC ords |
761,270 | 1,500 | 657,317 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total NV ord |
517,752 | 446,819 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
* | Expired unexercised on February 22 2012. |
** | Pro-rated for service. |
Shares |
Year of
|
Type of
security |
No. of
unvested shares held on Jan 1, 2012 |
No. of
shares awarded during 2012 |
Market
price per share at award |
No. of
shares vested during 2012 |
Market
price per share at vesting |
Notional
gross gains at vesting £/ |
No. of
unvested shares held on Dec 31, 2012 |
Date of
performance testing |
Date of
release |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
BIP |
2010 | PLC ord | 65,054 | £ | 4.665 | 65,054 | H1 2013 | H1 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 42,512 | | 8.310 | 42,512 | H1 2013 | H1 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | PLC ord | 56,876 | £ | 5.390 | 37,917 | H1 2014 | H1 2014 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 37,687 | | 8.969 | 25,124 | H1 2014 | H1 2014 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | PLC ord | | 90,987 | £ | 5.115 | 30,329 | H1 2015 | H1 2015 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | | 21,028 | | 9.030 | 7,009 | H1 2015 | H1 2015 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
REGP |
2010 | PLC ord | 394,495 | £ | 4.665 | 394,495 | H1 2013 | H1 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | 259,062 | | 8.310 | 259,062 | H1 2013 | H1 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total PLC ords |
516,425 | 90,987 | 527,795 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total NV ord |
339,261 | 21,028 | 333,707 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | Pro-rated for service. |
Duncan Palmer
Options |
Year of
|
Option
over |
No. of
options held on Jan 1, 2012 |
No. of
options granted during 2012 |
Option
price |
No. of
options exercised during 2012 |
Market
price per share at exercise |
Gross
gains made on exercise £/ |
No. of
options held on Dec 31, 2012 |
Unvested
options vesting on: |
Options
exercisable until: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
ESOS |
2012 | PLC ord | | 67,331 | £ | 6.015 | 67,331 | Sep 7, 2015 | Sep 7, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
NV ord | | 48,018 | | 10.560 | 48,018 | Sep 7, 2015 | Sep 7, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total PLC ords |
| 67,331 | 67,331 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total NV ord |
| 48,018 | 48,018 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
Shares |
Year of
|
Type of
security |
No. of
unvested shares held on Jan 1, 2012 |
No. of
shares awarded during 2012 |
Market
price per share at award |
No. of
shares vested during 2012 |
Market
price per share at vesting |
Notional
gross gains at vesting £/ |
No. of
unvested shares held on Dec 31, 2012 |
Date of
performance testing |
Date of
release |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
PSP* |
2012 | PLC ord | 179,551 | £ | 6.015 | 179,551 | H1 2015 | H1 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
RSP* |
2012 | PLC ord | 249,376 | £ | 6.015 | 249,376 | | 50% H1 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
50% H1 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total PLC ords |
428,927 | 428,927 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total NV ord |
| | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
* | Half of Duncan Palmers 2012 PSP and RSP awards which vest, if any, will be settled with Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares. The number of NV shares will be calculated using the closing price of a Reed Elsevier NV share and the euro/pound sterling exchange rate on the date of grant. |
The number of shares and options that vest in respect of all outstanding (unvested) awards under the multi-year incentives depend on the extent to which performance conditions are met, except for the RSP grant to Duncan Palmer which vests subject to an ongoing employment condition.
In respect of the REGP grant to Erik Engstrom, the maximum number of shares that can vest is 150% of the number of shares shown in the tables above. In respect of ESOS and BIP, the number of share options and shares shown in the table is the maximum capable of vesting. ESOS awards vest on the third anniversary and expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. For the PSP and RSP awards granted to Duncan Palmer, the number of shares shown in the share tables reflects the maximum number of shares which can vest.
Options under the SAYE Scheme, in which all eligible UK employees are invited to participate, are granted at a maximum discount of 20% to the market price at time of grant. They are normally exercisable after the expiry of three or five years from the date of grant. No performance targets are attached to these option grants as the SAYE Scheme is a UK all-employee scheme.
The middle market price of a Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share at the date of award of grants in 2012 under the BIP was £5.155. The middle market price of a Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share at the date of award of grants in 2012 under the BIP was 9.03. The middle market price of a Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share at the date of award of grants made to Mr Palmer on September 7, 2012 was 6.015.
The middle market price of a Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share during the year was in the range of £4.694 to £6.52 and at December 31, 2012 was £6.42. The middle market price of a Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share during the year was in the range of 8.17 to 11.37 and at December 31, 2012 was 11.185.
REED ELSEVIER
As of December 31, 2012 Reed Elsevier operated and/or had awards outstanding under a number of equity-based plans as follows:
(i) | All-Employee Equity-Based Plans |
Reed Elseviers all-employee equity-based plans comprise the following two plans. Mr Engstrom and Mr Palmer have waived their right to participate in any local all-employee share based plans in any country.
(a) | Reed Elsevier Group plc SAYE Share Option Scheme (the SAYE Scheme) |
Options over Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares have been granted under the SAYE Scheme. Shares may be acquired at not less than the higher of (i) 80% of the closing middle market price for the relevant share on The London Stock Exchange three days before invitations to apply for options are issued, and (ii) if new shares are to be subscribed, their nominal value.
All UK employees of Reed Elsevier Group plc and participating companies under its control in employment at the date of invitation are entitled to participate in the SAYE Scheme. In addition, the directors of Reed Elsevier Group plc may permit other employees of Reed Elsevier Group plc and participating companies under its control to participate.
Invitations to apply for options may normally only be issued within 42 days after the announcement of the combined results of Reed Elsevier for any period. No options may be granted more than 10 years after the approval of the scheme.
On joining the SAYE Scheme, a save as you earn contract (a Savings Contract) must be entered into with an appropriate savings body, under which savings of between £10 and £250 per month may be made to such savings body for a period of three or five years. A bonus may be payable under the Savings Contract at the end of the savings period. The amount of the monthly contributions may be reduced if applications exceed the number of Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares available for the grant of options on that occasion.
61
The number of Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares over which an option may be granted is limited to that number of shares which may be acquired at the exercise price out of the repayment proceeds (including any bonus) of the Savings Contract.
Options under the SAYE Scheme may normally only be exercised for a period of six months after the bonus date under the relevant Savings Contract. However, options may be exercised earlier than the normal exercise date in certain specified circumstances, including death, reaching age 60, or on ceasing employment on account of injury, disability, redundancy, reaching contractual retirement age, or the sale of the business or subsidiary for which the participant works, or provided the option has been held for at least three years, on ceasing employment for any other reason. Exercise is allowed in the event of an amalgamation, reconstruction or take-over of the company whose shares are under option; alternatively, such options may, with the agreement of an acquiring company or a company associated with it, be exchanged for options over shares in the acquiring company or that associated company. Options may also be exercised in the event of the voluntary winding-up of the company whose shares are under option. In the event that options are exercised before the bonus date, the participant may acquire only the number of shares that can be purchased with the accumulated savings up to the date of exercise, plus interest (if any).
In the event of any capitalisation or rights issue by Reed Elsevier PLC or Reed Elsevier NV, or of any consolidation, subdivision or reduction of their share capital, the number of shares subject to any relevant option and/or the exercise price may be adjusted with the approval of the UK HMRC, subject to the independent auditors of Reed Elsevier Group plc confirming in writing that such adjustment is, in their opinion, fair and reasonable.
(b) | Convertible debenture stock arrangements |
This facility consists of an annual issue by Reed Elsevier NV of a convertible debenture loan (the Netherlands Convertible Debenture Stock Scheme) that is open for subscription by Dutch staff employed by Reed Elsevier companies in the Netherlands or temporarily seconded to affiliates abroad. The interest rate of the scheme is determined quarterly on the basis of market rates on internet savings accounts in the Netherlands. With effect from February 19, 2004 for new issues, interest is determined quarterly on the basis of market rates on internet savings accounts in the Netherlands. Employees can annually subscribe for one or more debentures of 200 each, up to a maximum amount equal to 20% of the equivalent of their fixed annual salary components. Interest is payable in arrears in the month of January following the subscription year. The loans have a term of 10 years. During the 10-year term of the loan employees can decide to convert their claim on the Company into shares at an exercise price equal to the price of a Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share on NYSE Euronext Amsterdam at the end of the month in which the employee has subscribed for the loan (the exercise price). Each debenture of 200 can be converted into 50 ordinary shares in Reed Elsevier NV against payment of 50 times the exercise price, less 200.
(ii) | Executive Equity-Based Plans |
Reed Elseviers executive equity-based plans comprise:
(a) | Reed Elsevier Group plc Growth Plan (REGP) |
The details of how the REGP operates have been disclosed in previous years Reports. The performance measures and targets are disclosed in this Report on pages 47 to 49.
(b) | Long-term incentive plans (LTIP) |
The plans in this category comprise Reed Elsevier Group plc Long-Term Incentive Plan 2010 (LTIP 2010) and the Reed Elsevier Group plc Long-Term Incentive Share Option Scheme 2003 (LTIS 2003) (details of LTIS 2003 have been disclosed in previous years Reports).
The LTIP 2010 was implemented in 2010. The plan applies to senior executives (including executive officers) other than executive directors. Awards are in the form of restricted shares which vest subject to performance over three financial years. Awards are satisfied with shares purchased in the market. The performance conditions attached to awards made in 2010 under this plan mirror those applicable to years one to three (i.e. 2010 through to 2012) of the REGP (see pages 47 to 49 for details). The targets applicable to awards made in 2012 under this plan continue to be aligned to the REGP. The vesting of awards is also subject to participants meeting a minimum shareholding requirement and continued employment (except for certain categories of approved leavers). Dividend equivalents accrue over the performance period and are paid out in cash at the end to the extent that the awards vest.
The LTIS 2003 enabled the grant of options and restricted shares. Options previously granted under this plan vested subject to performance and will lapse to the extent they remain unexercised, on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. No awards were made under the LTIS 2003 in 2012 and no awards will be made under this plan in 2013.
62
(c) | Executive share option schemes (ESOS) |
The plans in this category comprise the Reed Elsevier Group plc Share Option Scheme 2003 (ESOS 2003) (details of ESOS 2003 have been disclosed in previous years Reports), the Reed Elsevier Group plc Executive U.K. Share Option Scheme 1993 and the Reed Elsevier Group plc Executive Overseas Share Option Scheme 1993 (together ESOS 1993). ESOS 1993 has expired and all outstanding awards under these plans have vested and will lapse, to the extent they remain unexercised, on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.
(d) | Bonus investment plans (BIP) |
The Reed Elsevier Group plc Bonus Investment Plan 2010 (BIP 2010) (see page 50 for a description of this plan) is a voluntary plan aimed at encouraging personal investment in, and ongoing holding of, Reed Elsevier shares to promote greater alignment with shareholders and support the retention of key talent. Awards were made in 2012 under BIP 2010.
No awards were made in 2012 under the BIP 2003 and no awards will be made under this plan in 2013. There are no further awards outstanding under BIP 2003.
(e) | Reed Elsevier Group plc Retention Share Plan (RSP) |
The Reed Elsevier Group plc Retention Share Plan is a share plan operated under the discretion of the Reed Elsevier Remuneration Committee which approves all grants. It facilitates the grant of restricted share awards over Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares, subject to such conditions as specified from time to time by the Reed Elsevier Remuneration Committee. Participation in the plan is limited to employees of Reed Elsevier and participating companies under its control, excluding executive directors.
The plan is used to facilitate the grant of one-off awards of restricted shares, where appropriate, to senior new hires, for example, to buy out share-based awards from previous employment.
In addition, since 2006, employees eligible to participate in the ESOS 2003 (see (c) above), other than executive directors, have been able to choose prior to the date of grant whether to receive all or part of their grant in the form of restricted shares based on a pre-determined conversion ratio of one share for every five options that would otherwise be granted to them under ESOS 2003. The RSP is the vehicle used to deliver the award of restricted shares. The restricted shares vest after the expiry of three years from the date of grant, subject to the participant remaining employed by Reed Elsevier or a participating company under its control. The restricted shares awarded are satisfied by market purchase shares.
On termination of employment, unvested awards made under the plan lapse (except for certain categories of approved leavers).
Note that the RSP award granted to Duncan Palmer on recruitment was not granted under this plan. The terms of that award are described on page 53 and in Exhibit 4.16 incorporated by reference in this Annual Report (see Item 19: Exhibits on pages S-3 and S-4 of this Annual Report).
Dilution |
At December 31, 2012, the estimated potential dilution over a 10-year period from awards over Reed Elsevier PLC shares under all equity-based plans was 4.7% of the Reed Elsevier PLC share capital. The estimated potential dilution over the same period in respect of awards over Reed Elsevier NV shares was 4.9% of the Reed Elsevier NV share capital at December 31, 2012. The estimated potential dilution in relation to executive equity-based plans was 4.3% of the Reed Elsevier PLC and 4.5% of the Reed Elsevier NV share capital at December 31, 2012.
Share options and conditional share awards
At February 27, 2013 the total number of ordinary shares subject to outstanding options was:
Number of
outstanding options |
Options over
shares |
Option price
range |
||||
SAYE Scheme |
1,906,531 | Reed Elsevier PLC | £4.016 £5.04 | |||
Netherlands Convertible Debenture Stock Scheme |
1,646,650 | Reed Elsevier NV | 9.00 11.445 | |||
ESOS |
14,332,846 | Reed Elsevier PLC | £4.20 £6.465 | |||
11,820,201 | Reed Elsevier NV | 7.301 14.51 | ||||
LTIS 2003 |
872,434 | Reed Elsevier PLC | £4.78 £5.115 | |||
841,284 | Reed Elsevier NV | 10.30 11.35 |
63
Share options are expected, upon exercise, to be met principally by the issue of new ordinary shares, but may also be met from shares held by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust.
At February 27, 2013 the following conditional share awards were also outstanding:
Number of
outstanding awards |
Awards over
|
|||||
REGP |
1,037,581 | Reed Elsevier PLC | ||||
681,372 | Reed Elsevier NV | |||||
LTIP |
4,366,321 | Reed Elsevier PLC | ||||
2,835,149 | Reed Elsevier NV | |||||
BIP* |
3,828,855 | Reed Elsevier PLC | ||||
1,827,523 | Reed Elsevier NV | |||||
RSP |
2,441,066 | Reed Elsevier PLC | ||||
1,273,587 | Reed Elsevier NV |
* | For disclosure purposes, any Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV ADRs awarded under this plan have been converted into ordinary share equivalents. |
These awards will be met by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust from shares purchased in the market.
REED ELSEVIER
Share ownership
The interests of those individuals who were directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV as at December 31, 2012 in the issued share capital of the respective companies at the beginning and end of the year are shown below.
Reed Elsevier PLC
ordinary shares |
Reed Elsevier NV
ordinary shares |
|||||||||||||||
January 1,
2012* |
December 31,
2012 |
January 1,
2012* |
December 31,
2012 |
|||||||||||||
Mark Armour |
248,742 | 250,242 | 136,889 | 136,889 | ||||||||||||
Mark Elliott |
| | 7,600 | 7,600 | ||||||||||||
Erik Engstrom |
107,040 | 107,040 | 447,356 | 509,556 | ||||||||||||
Anthony Habgood |
50,000 | 50,000 | 25,000 | 25,000 | ||||||||||||
Adrian Hennah |
5,163 | 5,163 | | | ||||||||||||
Lisa Hook |
| | | 4,800 | ||||||||||||
Marike van Lier Lels |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Duncan Palmer |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Robert Polet |
1,000 | 1,000 | | |||||||||||||
Sir David Reid |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Linda Sanford |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Ben van der Veer |
| | 5,000 | 5,000 |
* | On date of appointment if subsequent to January 1, 2012. |
The interests of the current executive directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV in the issued share capital of the respective companies as at March 7, 2013 were:
Interest in
Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares |
Interest in
Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares |
|||||||
Erik Engstrom |
107,040 | 509,556 | ||||||
Duncan Palmer |
88 | 126 |
64
Employee Benefit Trust
Any securities required to satisfy entitlements under the REGP, the RSP, the BIP and the other multi-year incentives are provided by the Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) from market purchases. As a potential beneficiary under the EBT in the same way as other employees of Reed Elsevier, each executive director is deemed to be interested in all the shares held by the EBT which at December 31, 2012 amounted to 13,451,468 Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares (1.07% of issued share capital) and 6,990,101 Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares (0.91% of issued share capital). These numbers include ordinary share equivalents held in the form of Reed Elsevier PLC ADRs and Reed Elsevier NV ADRS.
Shares and options held by executive officers
The following table indicates the total aggregate number of Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares and Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares beneficially owned and the total aggregate number of share options and conditional share awards held by the executive officers (other than directors) of Reed Elsevier Group plc (three persons) as a group in office as of February 27, 2013:
Reed
Elsevier PLC ordinary shares |
Reed
Elsevier PLC ordinary shares subject to options |
Reed
Elsevier PLC conditional share awards |
Reed
Elsevier NV ordinary shares* |
Reed
Elsevier NV ordinary shares subject to options |
Reed
Elsevier NV conditional share awards |
|||||||
Executive officers (other than directors) as a group |
147,104 | 431,407 | 589,823 | 37,547 | 349,658 | 295,558 |
* | The Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares are in registered form, although most ordinary shares are traded in the Dutch Security giro system administered by Euroclear Netherlands. |
The options over Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares included in the above table are exercisable at prices ranging from £4.665 to £6.445 per share and between the date hereof and 2022. The options over Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares included in the above table are exercisable at prices ranging from 8.31 to 14.51 per share and between the date hereof and 2022. The Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV conditional share awards included in the above table will vest between 2013 and 2015.
65
ITEM 7: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
REED ELSEVIER PLC
Substantial share interests
As at March 7, 2013, the company had been notified by the following shareholders that they held an interest of 3% or more in voting rights (1) of the issued share capital of the company:
Identity of Person or Group (2) |
% of Class | |||
Franklin Mutual Advisors, LLC |
5.04 | |||
BlackRock Inc |
5.03 | |||
Silchester International Investors Limited |
3.99 | |||
Lloyds Banking Group plc |
3.98 | |||
The Capital Group Companies, Inc. |
3.90 | |||
Legal & General Group plc |
3.40 |
The percentage interests stated above are as disclosed at the date on which the interests were notified to the company.
(1) | Under the UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules, subject to certain limited exceptions, persons or groups with an interest of 3% or more in voting rights of the issued Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary share capital are required to notify Reed Elsevier PLC of their interest. |
(2) | Under the UK Large and medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, Reed Elsevier PLC is required to disclose information they are aware of regarding the identity of each person with a significant direct or indirect holding of securities in Reed Elsevier PLC as at the financial year end. |
As far as Reed Elsevier PLC is aware, except as disclosed herein, it is neither directly or indirectly owned nor controlled by one or more corporations or by any government.
At December 31, 2012 there were 18,064 ordinary shareholders, including the depository for Reed Elsevier PLCs ADR programme, with a registered address in the United Kingdom, representing 99.65% of shares issued.
Reed Elsevier PLC is not aware of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Reed Elsevier PLC. The major shareholders of Reed Elsevier PLC do not have different voting rights to other ordinary shareholders.
REED ELSEVIER NV
As of March 7, 2013 Reed Elsevier NV is aware of the following disclosable interests of 5% or more in the issued Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares based on the public database of and on notification received from the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (1) or provided as a Schedule 13G filing (2) :
Identity of Person or Group |
% of Class | |||
Reed Elsevier PLC (3) |
5.89 |
(1) | Under Article 5:38 of the Netherlands Financial Markets Supervision Act, any person acquiring or disposing of shares or voting rights in public companies established under the laws of the Netherlands listed on a stock exchange in the European Union, is required to notify the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (AFM) without delay if such person knows, or should know, that such interest therein reaches, exceeds or drops below a 5% or 10% threshold. No interest in the shares or voting rights of Reed Elsevier NV of 10% or more has been disclosed in the AFMs registers. |
(2) | The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires any person who has, as at the end of the calendar year, a direct or indirect beneficial interest in 5% or more of the issued share capital of a company, to file a statement on Schedule 13G with the Securities and Exchange Commission reporting such interest within 45 days following the end of the calendar year. |
(3) | Reed Elsevier PLCs interest comprises a holding of R shares of 0.70 nominal value each held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC, and represents a 5.89% indirect equity interest in the total share capital of Reed Elsevier NV. |
As far as Reed Elsevier NV is aware, except as disclosed herein, it is neither directly nor indirectly owned or controlled by any single corporation or corporations acting jointly, nor by any government.
Reed Elsevier NV is not aware of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Reed Elsevier NV. The major shareholders of Reed Elsevier NV do not have different voting rights to other ordinary shareholders.
66
Transactions with joint ventures and key management personnel, comprising the executive directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV, are set out in note 34 to the combined financial statements. Further details of remuneration of key management personnel are set out in Item 6 Directors, Senior Management and Employees.
67
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
See Item 18: Financial Statements.
DIVIDEND POLICY
Dividends to Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders are, other than in special circumstances, equalised at the gross level, including the benefit of the UK attributable tax credit of 10% received by certain Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders. The exchange rate used for each dividend calculation as defined in the Reed Elsevier merger agreement is the spot euro/sterling exchange rate, averaged over a period of five business days commencing with the tenth business day before the announcement of the proposed dividend. The Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have adopted dividend policies in recent years in respect of their equalised dividends that, subject to currency considerations, more closely align dividend growth with growth in adjusted earnings, consistent with the dividend normally being covered over the longer term at least two times by adjusted earnings (i.e. before the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, exceptional restructuring and acquisition related costs, disposal gains and losses and other non operating items, related tax effects, exceptional prior year tax credits and movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities that are not expected to crystallise in the near term and include the benefit of tax amortisation where available on acquired goodwill and intangible assets).
Reed Elsevier NV may resolve that the dividend to be paid on each R share shall be lower than the dividend to be paid on each ordinary share, but not less than 1% of the nominal value of an R share.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Beginning in 2005, various of Reed Elseviers subsidiaries in the United States became the subject of legal proceedings and federal and state regulatory actions relating to data security breaches, pursuant to which unauthorised persons obtained personal identifying information from Reed Elsevier databases, or alleged breaches of federal privacy laws in connection with the obtaining and disclosure by such subsidiaries of information without the consent of the individuals involved. The principal actions and investigations have been settled, with the substantial portion of cash payments agreed to be paid by these subsidiaries being reimbursed by insurance and third-party indemnities. The settlements generally require strict data security programs, submissions of regulatory reports and on-going monitoring by independent third parties to ensure Reed Elseviers compliance with the terms of those settlements. While the costs of such on-going monitoring will be borne by Reed Elsevier, neither the costs of compliance nor the costs of such on-going monitoring are expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or the results of our operations.
Many of the products offered by Risk Solutions is governed by the US Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA), Graham Leach Bliley Act (GLBA), Drivers Privacy Protection Act (DPPA) and related state laws requiring that consumers be provided certain notices. Certain of these laws further provide for statutory penalties and attorneys fees for non-compliance. In the normal course of its business, Risk Solutions deals with individual and class lawsuits claiming violation of one or more of these statutes. Other than pending matters, these cases have either been settled or successfully defended to date with a substantial portion of cash payments agreed to be paid by insurance. These proceedings have not had, and are not expected to have, a material adverse effect on our financial position or the results of our operations.
We are party to various other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business, the ultimate resolutions of which are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or the results of our operations.
68
REED ELSEVIER PLC
The Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. The London Stock Exchange is the principal trading market for Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares. Trading on the New York Stock Exchange is in the form of American Depositary Shares (ADSs), evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) issued by The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary. Each ADS represents four Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares.
The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing middle market quotations for the Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange and the high and low last reported sales prices in US dollars for the Reed Elsevier PLC ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, as derived from the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, and reported by Thomson Reuters Datastream:
Pence per ordinary share | US dollars per ADS | |||||||||||||||
Calendar Periods |
High | Low | High | Low | ||||||||||||
2012 |
652 | 469 | 42.04 | 28.90 | ||||||||||||
2011 |
591 | 461 | 37.74 | 29.61 | ||||||||||||
2010 |
563 | 461 | 35.70 | 26.82 | ||||||||||||
2009 |
560 | 420 | 33.56 | 26.20 | ||||||||||||
2008 |
690 | 451 | 54.60 | 27.06 | ||||||||||||
2007 |
690 | 558 | 54.85 | 44.02 | ||||||||||||
2012 |
||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
652 | 598 | 42.04 | 38.25 | ||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
608 | 506 | 39.34 | 31.53 | ||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
565 | 469 | 36.24 | 28.90 | ||||||||||||
First Quarter |
563 | 509 | 35.75 | 31.44 | ||||||||||||
2011 |
||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
555 | 489 | 35.93 | 30.33 | ||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
578 | 461 | 36.99 | 29.61 | ||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
566 | 526 | 36.89 | 34.13 | ||||||||||||
First Quarter |
591 | 506 | 37.74 | 32.20 | ||||||||||||
2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
563 | 509 | 35.65 | 31.73 | ||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
561 | 490 | 35.70 | 29.74 | ||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
545 | 461 | 33.94 | 26.82 | ||||||||||||
First Quarter |
526 | 482 | 33.71 | 29.91 | ||||||||||||
Month |
||||||||||||||||
February 2013 (through February 27, 2013) |
716 | 687 | 44.92 | 41.50 | ||||||||||||
January 2013 |
692 | 641 | 43.96 | 41.01 | ||||||||||||
December 2012 |
652 | 628 | 42.04 | 40.63 | ||||||||||||
November 2012 |
645 | 603 | 41.28 | 38.32 | ||||||||||||
October 2012 |
618 | 598 | 39.81 | 38.25 | ||||||||||||
September 2012 |
608 | 592 | 39.34 | 37.41 | ||||||||||||
August 2012 |
594 | 545 | 37.41 | 33.90 |
69
REED ELSEVIER NV
The Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares are quoted on Euronext Amsterdam NV and the New York Stock Exchange. Euronext Amsterdam NV is the principal trading market for Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares. Trading on the New York Stock Exchange is in the form of ADSs, evidenced by ADRs issued by The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary. Each ADS represents two Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares.
The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing middle market quotations for the Reed Elsevier NV Ordinary Shares on Euronext Amsterdam NV as derived from the Officiële Prijscourant of Euronext Amsterdam NV and the high and low last reported sales prices in US dollars for the Reed Elsevier NV ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, as derived from the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, and reported by Thomson Reuters Datastream:
per ordinary share | US dollars per ADS | |||||||||||||||
Calendar Periods |
High | Low | High | Low | ||||||||||||
2012 |
11.37 | 8.17 | 29.58 | 20.35 | ||||||||||||
2011 |
10.27 | 7.59 | 27.84 | 21.23 | ||||||||||||
2010 |
10.12 | 8.17 | 26.93 | 20.14 | ||||||||||||
2009 |
9.42 | 7.19 | 25.05 | 19.85 | ||||||||||||
2008 |
13.69 | 7.72 | 39.61 | 20.73 | ||||||||||||
2007 |
14.89 | 11.49 | 40.49 | 33.20 | ||||||||||||
2012 |
||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
11.37 | 10.23 | 29.58 | 26.50 | ||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
10.66 | 9.14 | 27.49 | 22.20 | ||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
9.73 | 8.17 | 25.97 | 20.35 | ||||||||||||
First Quarter |
9.64 | 8.79 | 25.76 | 22.36 | ||||||||||||
2011 |
||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
9.13 | 8.15 | 25.74 | 21.67 | ||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
9.42 | 7.59 | 27.16 | 21.23 | ||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
9.51 | 8.74 | 27.36 | 25.07 | ||||||||||||
First Quarter |
10.27 | 8.66 | 27.84 | 23.85 | ||||||||||||
2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
9.66 | 9.01 | 26.93 | 23.45 | ||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
10.12 | 8.92 | 26.64 | 22.19 | ||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
9.35 | 8.17 | 24.98 | 20.14 | ||||||||||||
First Quarter |
9.00 | 8.29 | 24.83 | 22.73 | ||||||||||||
Month |
||||||||||||||||
February 2013 (through February 27, 2013) |
11.75 | 11.18 | 32.07 | 28.97 | ||||||||||||
January 2013 |
11.54 | 11.18 | 31.11 | 29.21 | ||||||||||||
December 2012 |
11.37 | 10.90 | 29.58 | 28.60 | ||||||||||||
November 2012 |
11.11 | 10.44 | 28.95 | 26.50 | ||||||||||||
October 2012 |
10.60 | 10.23 | 27.57 | 26.54 | ||||||||||||
September 2012 |
10.66 | 10.35 | 27.49 | 26.10 | ||||||||||||
August 2012 |
10.39 | 9.59 | 26.10 | 23.37 |
70
ITEM 10: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
REED ELSEVIER PLC (the Company)
At the Companys Annual General Meeting held in April 2010, shareholders passed a special resolution to adopt new Articles of Association (the Articles) to reflect fully the implementation of the UK Companies Act 2006 (the Act).
A copy of the Companys current Articles is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on May 25, 2010 see Item 19: Exhibits on pages S-3 and S-4.
The following is a summary of the current Articles. As a summary, it is not exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to UK law and the Articles.
Companys Objects
The Companys objects are unrestricted.
Share Capital
As at December 31, 2012 the companys issued ordinary share capital comprised 1,257,597,977 shares of 14 51/116p. At December 31, 2012 the total shares held in treasury were 70,936,383. Of these 13,451,468 ordinary shares were held by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust and 57,484,915 ordinary shares were held in treasury by the Company.
The Company by ordinary resolution and subject to the Act may:
1. | Allot shares up to a limit of 1/3 of the issued share capital, a further 1/3 of the issued share capital may be allotted but only in connection with a fully pre-emptive rights issue; |
2. | Sub-divide all or part of the share capital into shares of a smaller nominal value than the existing shares; and |
3. | Consolidate and divide all or part of the share capital into shares of a larger nominal value than the existing shares. |
All shares created by increase of the Companys share capital by consolidation, division or sub-division shall be subject to all the provisions of the Articles.
The Company by special resolution and subject to the Act may:
1. | Disapply shareholders pre-emption rights on new issue shares up to a limit of 5% of the issued share capital; |
2. | Buy back its own shares up to a limit of 10% of the issued share capital; and |
3. | Reduce its share capital. |
Transfer of ordinary shares
A certificated shareholding may be transferred in the usual form or in any other form approved by the Board. The Board in its discretion may refuse to register the transfer of a certificated share unless the instrument of transfer:
1. | is stamped or certified and lodged, at the registered office or other place that the Board decide, accompanied by the relevant share certificate and any other evidence that the Board may reasonably require to prove a legitimate right to transfer; |
2. | is in respect of only one class of shares; |
3. | is in favour of not more than four transferees; and |
4. | is not fully paid. |
Where the Board refuses to register a transfer of certificated shares, it must notify the transferee of the refusal within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company.
For those members holding uncertificated shares, such transfers must be conducted using a relevant system as defined in the UK Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.
Untraced shareholders
The Company is entitled to sell any of its ordinary shares if;
1. | during the period of twelve years prior to the publication of any advertisement stating the intent to sell, at least three dividends have become payable on the shares which have remained uncashed; and |
2. | during the period of three months following the publication of any advertisement stating the intent to sell, the company has received no indication of the location, or existence of the member, or the person entitled to the shares by way of transmission. |
71
Dividend Rights
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend no larger than the amount recommended by the Board. Interim dividends may also be payable if the Board deems that there is sufficient profit available for distribution. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to the shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is declared. No dividend payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company, unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.
Unclaimed dividends
Any dividend which remains unclaimed for 12 years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to be owed by the Company to the shareholder. The Company may stop issuing dividend cheques or warrants:
1. | Where on at least two consecutive occasions dividend cheques/warrants are left uncashed or returned undelivered; or |
2. | Where after one such occasion reasonable enquiries have failed to establish an updated address. |
If the member goes on to claim a dividend or warrant, the Company must recommence issuing dividend cheques and warrants.
Distribution of assets on winding up
In the event of the company being wound up, on the authority of a special resolution of the Company and subject to the UK Insolvency Act 1986 the liquidator may:
1. | Divide among the members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company. |
2. | Value any assets and determine how the division should be made between the members or different classes of members. |
3. | Place the whole or any part of the assets in trust for the benefit of the members and determine the scope and terms of these trusts. |
A member cannot be compelled to accept an asset with an inherent liability.
Variation of rights
Subject to the Act, where the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the unique rights attached to the respective classes may be varied or cancelled:
1. | With the written consent of the holders of 75% in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any treasury shares held in that class); or |
2. | By authority of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class. |
General meetings of shareholders
Subject to the Act, the company must hold a general meeting every year. The Board may convene a general meeting when necessary and must do so promptly upon requisition by the shareholders. The notice period for annual general meetings is 21 clear days and 14 days for other general meetings. Subject to the Act and the Articles, the notice shall be sent to every member at their registered address. If, on two consecutive occasions notices are sent to a members registered address and have been returned undelivered the member shall not be entitled to receive any subsequent notice.
Voting rights
On a poll, every shareholder present has one vote and every proxy duly appointed by a member has one vote. No member is entitled to vote on a partly paid share. The Board also has the discretion to prevent a member from voting in person or by proxy if they are in default of a duly served notice under section 793 of the Act, concerning a request for information about interest in the companys shares.
Directors Interests
Subject to the provisions of the Act, where a Director declares an interest to the Board, the Board may authorise the matter proposed to it which would otherwise constitute a conflict of interest and place a director in breach of their statutory
72
duty. Such authorisation is effective where the director in question is not included in the quorum for the meeting and the matter was agreed without their vote, or would have been agreed to had their vote not been counted. A directors duty to declare an interest does not apply in the circumstances provided for by section 177(5) and 177(6) of the Act. A director:
1. | May be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise (directly or interested in); |
2. | May act solely or with his firm in a professional capacity (not as auditor) for the Company and shall be entitled to remuneration for his professional services, notwithstanding his position as director; and |
3. | May be interested in a body corporate in which the Company is directly or indirectly interested or where the relationship between the director and the body corporate is at the request or direction of the Company. |
A director with a declared interest that has been authorised by the Board, is not liable to account to the Company or its shareholders for any benefits received.
Directors Remuneration
The remuneration of any executive director shall be determined by the Board. It may include (without limitation) admission to or continuance of membership of any scheme (including share acquisition schemes), life assurance, pension provision or other such benefits payable to the director on or after retirement, or to his dependants on or after death.
For directors who do not hold an executive position in the company, their remuneration shall not exceed in aggregate £500,000 per annum or such higher amount as the Company may determine by ordinary resolution from time to time. Each director shall be paid a fee for their services which is deemed to accrue from day to day at such rate as determined by the Board.
The directors may grant extra remuneration to any director who does not hold executive office but sits on any committee of the Board, or performs any other special services at the request of the Company. This extra remuneration may be paid in addition to, or in substitution for the ordinary remuneration.
Directors appointment/retirement/removal
The Board may appoint a person willing to act as director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director, provided the upper limit set by the Articles is not exceeded. The Company may by ordinary resolution remove any director from office, no special notice need be given and no director proposed for removal under the Articles has a right of protest against such removal.
Borrowing powers
Subject to the Act, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, guarantee, indemnify, mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (present and future) and uncalled capital and to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party. Without the authority of an ordinary resolution the directors are prohibited from borrowing an amount equal to the higher of (i) eight thousand million pounds; and (ii) two and a half times the adjusted total of capital and reserves.
Indemnity
Subject to the Act, without bar to any other existing indemnity entitlements, the Company may use its assets to indemnify a director against liability incurred through negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to Company affairs.
REED ELSEVIER NV (the Company)
The following is a summary of the principal provisions of the Companys articles of association (the Articles). As a summary, it is not exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Dutch law and the Articles as they read in the Dutch language. The Articles were last amended before a civil law notary in Amsterdam on March 3, 2010 after a shareholders resolution was passed to approve such amendment at the Extraordinary General Shareholders Meeting held on January 13, 2010. A copy of the current Articles is incorporated by reference from the 2009 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 18, 2010 see Item 19: Exhibits on pages S-3 and S-4.
Share Capital
Reed Elsevier NV has two types of shares: ordinary shares of 0.07 euro nominal value and R shares of 0.70 euro nominal value. At the General Shareholders Meeting, each ordinary share is entitled to cast one vote. Each R share is convertible into
73
10 ordinary shares and is entitled to cast ten (10) votes. Otherwise it has the same rights as an ordinary share, except that Reed Elsevier may pay a lower dividend on an R share, but not less than 1% of the nominal value of an R share. The ordinary shares are listed at NYSE Euronext Amsterdam and at NYSE New York.
As at December 31, 2012 the Companys issued share capital comprised 725,984,225 ordinary shares and 4,303,179 R shares held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC. At December 31, 2012 the total shares held in treasury were 44,226,598. Of these 6,990,101 ordinary shares were held by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust and 36,613,087 ordinary shares and 62,341 R shares (equivalent to 623,410 ordinary shares) were held in treasury by the Company.
Ordinary shares can be registered in a shareholders name or held via a book-entry deposit under the Dutch Giro Securities Trade Act.
Issuance of shares
Shares may be issued on the basis of a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, which can designate this authority to the Combined Board, provided that the aggregate nominal value of this designated authority cannot exceed one-third of the sum of (i) the Companys issued share capital at the time the resolution to make the designation is adopted and (ii) the aggregate nominal value of any rights granted by the Company to take up shares outstanding at that time.
Pre-emptive rights of existing shareholders may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the general meeting and in the event of an issue of shares pursuant to a resolution of the Combined Board, the pre-emptive rights can be restricted or excluded pursuant to a resolution of the Combined Board if that board is designated competent to do so by the general meeting.
Acquisition of the Companys own shares
The Company is entitled to acquire its own fully paid-up shares or depositary receipts thereof, provided that either the acquisition is for no consideration or that:
(a) | the Companys equity after the deduction of the acquisition price, is not less than the sum of the paid-up and called-up part of the issued share capital and the reserves which must be maintained by virtue of the law; and |
(b) | the nominal value of the shares or depositary receipts thereof, which the Company acquires, holds, holds in pledge or which are held by a Subsidiary, does not exceed one-tenth of the Companys issued share capital. An acquisition of the Companys own shares other than for no consideration is only permitted if the general meeting has granted authorisation to the Executive Board. No voting rights may be exercised on shares held by the company or a subsidiary and no dividend shall be paid on these shares. |
The general meeting of shareholders may at the proposal of the Combined Board resolve to reduce the Companys issued share capital through cancellation of shares or through reduction of the nominal value of shares by amendment of the Articles of Association, provided that the issued share capital or the paid-up part thereof will not drop below the amount prescribed by the Dutch Civil Code.
Transfer of shares
The transfer of a share shall require an instrument intended for such purpose and the written acknowledgement by the Company of the transfer. The transfer of the rights of a Euroclear-participant with respect to ordinary shares which are included in the securities depositary system of Euroclear Nederland shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Giro Securities Trade Act ( Wet giraal effectenverkeer ).
Dividend Rights
Each year the Combined Board shall determine which part of the profits shown in the adopted profit and loss account shall be reserved. After allocation to reserves, the shareholders meeting shall determine the allocation of remaining profits. Distributions may be made only insofar as the Companys equity exceeds the amount of the paid in and called up part of the issued share capital, increased by the reserves which must be kept by virtue of the law. Dividends shall be paid after adoption of the annual accounts showing that payment of dividends is permitted. Interim distributions may be payable, provided there is sufficient profit available for distribution in accordance with the aforementioned requirements as shown by interim accounts.
The Boards
Reed Elsevier NV has a two-tier board system, comprising an Executive Board and a Supervisory Board. The members of the Executive Board and the members of the Supervisory Board together form the Combined Board. It is established board practice at Reed Elsevier NV that the members of both boards meet together as the Combined Board.
74
Executive Board
The Executive Board is entrusted with the management of the company. The Executive Board functions as a collective body with shared responsibility. The number of members of the Executive Board is determined by the Combined Board, but shall at all times be less than the number of members of the Supervisory Board. Members of the Executive Board shall be appointed by the General Shareholders Meeting on the basis of a proposal of the Combined Board. Under the Articles, members of the Executive Board are appointed for a three-year term, with the possibility of reappointment. Notwithstanding these provisions in the articles of association and in accordance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, all members of the Executive Board seek annual reappointment at the Annual General Meeting to align the arrangements regarding appointment for the Boards of Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier PLC.
Supervisory Board
The duties of the Supervisory Board are to supervise the management of the Executive Board, to supervise the policies of the Executive Board and the general affairs in the Company and the business connected with it, and to assist the Executive Board by providing advice.
The number of members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the Combined Board. The number of members of the Supervisory Board must always exceed the number of members of the Executive Board.
Members of the Supervisory Board shall be appointed by the General Shareholders Meeting on proposal of the Combined Board. Under the Articles, members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a three-year term, with the possibility of re-appointment and shall retire periodically in accordance with a rotation plan drawn up by the Combined Board. They shall retire no later than three years after appointment. As a general rule, members of the Supervisory Board serve for two three year terms. Individual directors may serve up to one additional three-year term. Notwithstanding these provisions in the articles of association and in accordance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, all members of the Supervisory Board seek annual reappointment at the Annual General Meeting to align the arrangements regarding appointment for the Boards of Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier PLC. Annual reappointment will not affect the term of their three year appointment.
Suspension/dismissal
Each member of the Executive Board and/or the Supervisory Board can at any time be suspended or dismissed by the General Shareholders Meeting. In addition, each member of the Executive Board can at any time be suspended by the Supervisory Board.
Amendment of the Articles
Amendment of the Articles requires a shareholders resolution passed with an absolute majority of the votes cast, provided such resolution is passed at the proposal of the Combined Board. Otherwise, a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast is required in a meeting at which at least half of the Companys issued capital is represented. The notice for such a meeting must state that amendment of the Articles is on the agenda. A copy of the full text of the proposed amendment of the Articles must be made available free of charge to shareholders at the time of notice for the meeting. In accordance with Article 44 of the Articles, only certain provisions in the Articles including provisions governing appointments and dismissals of members of the Executive and Supervisory Boards can be amended upon a proposal of the Combined Board.
The Combined Board of Reed Elsevier NV has resolved to take the necessary steps to establish a one-tier governance structure at Reed Elsevier NV. For this purpose the Articles of Association of Reed Elsevier NV will have to be amended and a proposal for the one-tier governance structure will be put to the Annual General Meeting on April 24, 2013.
General meetings of shareholders
At least once a year, a General Shareholders Meeting is held. Notices of a general meeting are posted on the Reed Elsevier website and are made in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law. This means that the meeting is called at no less than 42 calendar days notice by an announcement on the Reed Elsevier website. The agenda and explanatory notes for the General Shareholders Meeting are published in advance on the website and are available at the listing agent and at the offices of Reed Elsevier NV from the day of the notice.
The Articles provide for a record date and this has been used at the recent General Shareholders Meetings. In accordance with Dutch law, the record date will be the 28th day before the date of the General Shareholders Meeting and the holder of shares as per the record date will be entitled to vote, irrespective of any transfer of such shares between the record date and the date of the general shareholders meeting.
75
The Annual General Shareholders Meeting discusses the annual report, adopts the annual accounts, resolves on a proposal to pay a dividend and votes on release of the members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board from liability as separate agenda items in the annual general shareholders meeting.
Conflict of Interest - members of the Boards
The handling of any (apparent) conflict of interest between a member of the Executive Board or a member of the Supervisory Board and the company is governed by the Articles and the Rules for the Boards of Reed Elsevier NV.
Remuneration
The remuneration policy for members of the Executive and the Supervisory Boards is adopted by the General Shareholders Meeting. The remuneration of the members of the Executive Board is determined by the Supervisory Board in line with the remuneration policy agreed by the shareholders meeting. The remuneration of members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the Combined Board, in line with the remuneration policy for non-executive directors. The maximum amount of annual remuneration shall be determined by the shareholders meeting and can only be adopted at the proposal of the Combined Board. At the Annual General Meeting in 2011 the maximum amount of remuneration for the Supervisory Board was set at 600,000 per annum, for the proportion of the fees borne by the Company.
Dissolution of the Company
A resolution to dissolve the Company requires an absolute majority of the votes cast at the General Meeting of Shareholders. The notice for such a meeting must state that dissolution will be on the agenda. If the Company is dissolved by a resolution of the general meeting, the members of the Executive Board shall be charged with the liquidation of the Company and the Supervisory Board with the supervision thereof, subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
Assets which remain after payment of the debts shall be transferred to the holders of ordinary shares and the holders of class R shares in proportion to the nominal value of their shareholdings.
Indemnity
Under the Articles, to the extent permissible by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each sitting and former member of the Executive Board and of the Supervisory Board against the financial consequences of any liabilities or claims, brought by any party other than the Company itself or its group companies, in relation to acts or omissions performed or committed in that persons capacity of member of the Executive Board or of the Supervisory Board.
Reed Elsevier has not entered into any material contract within the last two years.
There is currently no UK or Dutch legislation restricting the import or export of capital or affecting the remittance of dividends or other payments to holders of, respectively, Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares who are non-residents of the United Kingdom and Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares who are non-residents of the Netherlands.
There are no limitations relating only to non-residents of the United Kingdom under UK law or Reed Elsevier PLCs Memorandum and Articles of Association on the right to be a holder of, and to vote, Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares, or to non-residents of the Netherlands under Dutch law or Reed Elsevier NVs Articles of Association on the right to be a holder of, and to vote, Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares.
The following discussion is a summary under present law and tax authority practice of the material UK, Dutch and US federal income tax considerations relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposal of Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares or ADSs and Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares or ADSs. This discussion applies to you only if you are a US holder, you hold your ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets and you use the US dollar as your functional currency. It does not address the tax treatment of US holders subject to special rules, such as banks, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, partnerships or other pass-through entities for US federal income tax purposes, holders of 10% or more of Reed Elsevier PLC or Reed Elsevier NV voting shares, persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a hedging, straddle, conversion or constructive sale transaction, persons that are resident, ordinarily resident or domiciled in the
76
UK (or who have ceased to be resident or ordinarily resident within the past five years of assessment) and persons that are resident in the Netherlands. The summary also does not discuss the US federal alternative minimum tax or the tax laws of particular states or localities in the US.
This summary does not consider your particular circumstances. It is not a substitute for tax advice. We urge you to consult your own independent tax advisors about the income, capital gains and/or transfer tax consequences to you in light of your particular circumstances of purchasing, holding and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs.
As used in this discussion, US holder means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes: (i) an individual US citizen or resident, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other business entity created or organised under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) a trust (a) that is subject to the control of one or more US persons and the primary supervision of a US court or (b) that has a valid election in effect under US Treasury regulations to be treated as a US person or (iv) an estate the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source.
UK Taxation
Dividends
Under current UK taxation legislation, no tax is required to be withheld at source from dividends paid on the Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares or ADSs.
Capital Gains
You may be liable for UK taxation on capital gains realised on the disposal of your Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares or ADSs if at the time of the disposal you carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency, or in the case of a company a permanent establishment, and such ordinary shares or ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession, vocation, branch, agency or permanent establishment.
UK Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax
Current UK law includes provision whereby UK stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) or UK stamp duty is payable upon the transfer or issue of Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares to the depositary in exchange for Reed Elsevier PLC ADSs evidenced by ADRs. For this purpose, the current rate of stamp duty and SDRT is 1.5%, applied, in each case, to: (i) the issue price when the ordinary shares are issued; (ii) the amount or value of the consideration where shares are transferred for consideration in money or moneys worth; or (iii) the value of the ordinary shares in any other case. Following litigation HMRC have accepted that they will no longer seek to apply the 1.5% SDRT charge on an issue of shares into a clearance service or depositary receipt system on the basis that the charge is not compatible with EU law. Accordingly no UK SDRT or UK stamp duty is payable upon the issue of Reed Elsevier PLC shares to the depositary in exchange for Reed Elsevier PLC ADSs evidenced by ADRs.
Provided that the relevant instrument of transfer is not executed in the UK and remains outside the UK, no UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or subsequent transfer of Reed Elsevier PLC ADSs. Under current law, an agreement to transfer Reed Elsevier PLC ADSs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.
A transfer of Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares by the depositary to an ADS holder where there is no transfer of beneficial ownership will not be chargeable to UK stamp duty or SDRT.
Purchases of Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares, as opposed to ADSs, will generally give rise to UK stamp duty or SDRT at the time of transfer or agreement to transfer, normally at the rate of 0.5% of the amount payable for the ordinary shares. SDRT and UK stamp duty are usually paid by the purchaser. If the ordinary shares are later transferred to the depositary, additional UK stamp duty or SDRT may be payable as described above.
Dutch Taxation
Withholding tax
Dividends distributed to you by Reed Elsevier NV are normally subject to a withholding tax imposed by the Netherlands at a rate of 15%, which rate equals the rate of tax that the Netherlands is generally allowed to levy under the US-Netherlands income tax treaty. As a consequence, no administrative procedures for a partial relief at source from or a refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax need be complied with in respect of dividend distributions by Reed Elsevier NV. Dividends include, among other things, stock dividends unless the dividend is distributed out of recognised paid-in share premium for Dutch tax purposes.
77
Taxation of dividends and capital gains
You will not be subject to any Dutch taxes on dividends distributed by Reed Elsevier NV (other than the withholding tax described above) or any capital gain realised on the disposal of Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares or ADSs provided that (i) the Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares or ADSs are not attributable to an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise that you carry on, in whole or part through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands, (ii) you do not have a substantial interest or a deemed substantial interest in Reed Elsevier NV (generally, 5% or more of either the total issued and outstanding capital or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares) or, if you have such an interest, you do not hold such interest with the avoidance of Netherlands (or foreign) (withholding) tax as (one of) the main purpose(s) or it forms part of the assets of an enterprise, and (iii) if you are an individual, such dividend or capital gain from your Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares or ADSs does not form benefits from miscellaneous activities (resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden ) in the Netherlands. Benefits from miscellaneous activities in the Netherlands include income and gains derived from the holding, whether directly or indirectly, of (a combination of) shares, debt claims or other rights (together, a lucrative interest) that the holder thereof has acquired under such circumstances that such income and gains are intended to be remuneration for work or services performed by such holder (or a related person) in the Netherlands, whether within or outside an employment relation, where such lucrative interest provides the holder thereof, economically speaking, with certain benefits that have a relation to the relevant work or services.
US Federal Income Taxation
Holders of the ADSs generally will be treated for US federal income tax purposes as owners of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. Accordingly, deposits of ordinary shares for ADSs and withdrawals of shares for ADSs will not be subject to US federal income tax.
Dividends
Dividends on Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares or ADSs or Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares or ADSs (including any Dutch tax withheld) will generally be included in your gross income as ordinary income from foreign sources. The dollar amount recognised on receiving a dividend in pounds sterling or euros will be based on the exchange rate in effect on the date the depositary receives the dividend, or in the case of ordinary shares on the date you receive the dividend, as the case may be, whether or not the payment is converted into US dollars at that time. Any gain or loss recognised on a subsequent conversion of pounds sterling or euros for a different amount will be US source ordinary income or loss. Dividends received will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporations.
With respect to US holders who are individuals, certain dividends received from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation that is eligible for the benefits of certain comprehensive income tax treaties with the United States. United States Treasury Department guidance indicates that the United Kingdom is a country with which the United States has a treaty in force that meets these requirements, and Reed Elsevier PLC believes it is eligible for the benefits of this treaty. Additionally, the same guidance indicates that the Netherlands is also a country with which the United States has a treaty in force that meets the above requirements, and Reed Elsevier NV believes it is eligible for the benefits of this treaty. Individuals that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as investment income pursuant to section 163(d)(4) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. US holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules given their particular circumstances.
Subject to certain conditions and limitations, foreign withholding taxes on dividends withheld at the appropriate rate may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against your US federal income tax liability. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid on the ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as income from sources outside the US and will generally constitute passive category income. Further, in certain circumstances, if you have held the ordinary shares or ADSs for less than a specified minimum period during which you are not protected from risk of loss, or are obligated to make payments related to the dividends, you will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes imposed on the dividends on the ordinary shares or ADSs. Individuals that treat a dividend as qualified dividend income may take into account for foreign tax credit limitation purposes only the portion of the dividend effectively taxed at the highest applicable marginal rate. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.
Dispositions
You will recognise a gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs in an amount equal to the difference between your basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and the amount realised. The gain or loss generally will be
78
capital gain or loss. It will be long term capital gain or loss if you have held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year at the time of sale or other disposition. Long term capital gains of individuals are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. Deductions for capital losses are subject to limitations. Any gain or loss you recognise generally will be treated as income from US sources for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
If you receive pounds sterling or euros on the sale or other disposition of your ordinary shares or ADSs, you will realise an amount equal to the US dollar value of the pounds sterling or euros on the date of sale or other disposition (or in the case of cash basis and electing accrual basis taxpayers, if the ordinary shares or ADSs are traded on an established securities market, the settlement date for the sale or other disposition). You will have a tax basis in the pounds sterling or the euros that you receive equal to the US dollar amount received on the settlement date. Any gain or loss realised by a US holder between the sale date and the settlement date or on a subsequent conversion of pounds sterling or euros into US dollars will be US source ordinary income or loss.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax
Dividends from ordinary shares or ADSs and proceeds from the sale of the ordinary shares or ADSs may be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) unless the shareholder is a corporation or other exempt recipient. A backup withholding tax may apply to such amounts unless the shareholder (i) is a corporation, (ii) provides an accurate taxpayer identification number and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules, or (iii) otherwise establishes a basis for exemption. The amount of any backup withholding tax will be allowed as a credit against the holders US federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Recently enacted legislation requires certain US holders to report to the IRS information about their investment in ordinary shares or ADSs not held through an account with a domestic financial institution. Investors who fail to report required information are subject to substantial penalties. Investors should consult with their own tax advisers about the effect of this legislation on their investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.
You may read and copy documents referred to in this annual report that have been filed with the SEC at the SECs public reference room located at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-2521. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges.
79
ITEM 11: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market Risk
Reed Elseviers primary market risks are to changes in interest rates and exchange rates as well as liquidity and credit risk.
Net finance costs are exposed to interest rate fluctuations on borrowings, cash and cash equivalents. Upward fluctuations in interest rates increase the interest cost of floating rate borrowings whereas downward fluctuations in interest rates decrease the interest return on floating rate cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense payable on fixed rate borrowings is protected against upward fluctuations in interest rates but does not benefit from downward fluctuations. Reed Elsevier companies engage in foreign currency denominated transactions and are therefore subject to exchange rate risk on such transactions. Net finance costs are also exposed to changes in the fair value of derivatives (as a result of interest and exchange rate fluctuations) which are not part of a designated hedging relationship under IAS39 Financial Instruments, and to ineffectiveness that may arise on designated hedging relationships. Reed Elseviers management of this interest rate risk and foreign exchange rate risk is described below.
Reed Elsevier manages a portfolio of long term debt, short term debt and committed bank facilities to support its capital structure and is exposed to the risk that relevant markets are closed and debt cannot be refinanced on a timely basis. In addition, the credit spread at which Reed Elsevier borrows is exposed to changes in market liquidity and investor demand. Reed Elsevier manages this risk by maintaining a range of borrowing facilities and debt programmes with a maturity profile to facilitate refinancing.
Reed Elsevier has a credit exposure for the full principal amount of cash and cash equivalents held with individual counterparties. In addition, it has a credit risk from the potential non performance by counterparties to financial instruments; this credit risk normally being restricted to the amounts of any hedge gain and not the full principal amount being hedged. Credit risks are managed by monitoring the credit quality of counterparties and restricting the amounts outstanding with each of them.
Reed Elseviers management of the above market risks is described in further detail on pages 34 to 37 of Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects: Liquidity and Capital Resources Reed Elsevier.
Management of Interest Rate Risk and Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Reed Elsevier seeks to limit its risk to interest and exchange rates by means of derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, interest rate options, forward rate agreements and forward foreign exchange contracts. Reed Elsevier only enters into derivative financial instruments to hedge (or reduce) the underlying risks described above.
Reed Elsevier enters into interest rate swaps in order to achieve an appropriate balance between fixed and variable rate borrowings, cash and cash equivalents. They are used to hedge the effects of fluctuating interest rates on variable rate borrowings, cash and cash equivalents by allowing Reed Elsevier to fix the interest rate on a notional principal amount equal to the principal amount of the underlying floating rate cash, cash equivalents or borrowings being hedged. They are also used to swap fixed interest rates payable on long term borrowings for a variable rate. Such swaps may be used to swap a whole fixed rate bond for variable rate or they may be used to swap a portion of the period or a portion of the principal amount for the variable rate.
Forward swaps and forward rate agreements are entered into to hedge interest rate exposures known to arise at a future date. These exposures may include new borrowings or cash deposits to be entered into at a future date or future rollovers of existing borrowings or cash deposits. Interest exposure arises on future, new and rollover borrowings and cash deposits because interest rates can fluctuate between the time a decision is made to enter into such transactions and the time those transactions are actually entered into. The purpose of forward swaps and forward rate agreements is to fix the interest cost on future borrowings or interest return on cash investments at the time it is known such a transaction will be entered into. The fixed interest rate, the floating rate index (if applicable) and the time period covered by forward swaps and forward rate agreements are known at the time the agreements are entered into. The use of forward swaps and forward rate agreements is limited to hedging activities; consequently no trading position results from their use. The hedging effect of forward swaps and forward rate agreements is the same as interest rate swaps. Similarly, Reed Elsevier utilises forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the effects of exchange rate movements on its foreign currency revenue and operating costs.
Interest rate options protect against fluctuating interest rates by enabling Reed Elsevier to fix the interest rate on a notional principal amount of borrowings or cash deposits (in a similar manner to interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements) whilst at the same time allowing Reed Elsevier to improve the fixed rate if the market moves in a certain way. Reed Elsevier uses interest rate options from time to time when it expects interest rates to move in its favour but it is deemed imprudent to leave the interest rate risk completely unhedged. In such cases, Reed Elsevier may use an option to lock in at certain rates whilst at the same time maintaining some freedom to benefit if rates move in its favour.
Where net finance costs are exposed to changes in the fair value of derivatives (as a result of interest and exchange rate fluctuations), Reed Elsevier manages this risk by designating derivatives in a highly effective hedging relationship unless the potential change in their fair value is deemed to be insignificant.
80
Derivative financial instruments are utilised to hedge (or reduce) the risks of interest rate or exchange rate movements and are not entered into unless such risks exist. Derivatives utilised, while appropriate for hedging a particular kind of risk, are not considered specialised or high-risk and are generally available from numerous sources.
Sensitivity Analysis
The following analysis sets out the sensitivity of the fair value of Reed Elseviers financial instruments to selected changes in interest rates and exchange rates. The range of changes represents Reed Elseviers view of the changes that are reasonably possible over a one year period.
The fair values of interest rate swaps, interest rate options, forward rate agreements and forward foreign exchange contracts set out below represent the replacement costs calculated using market rates of interest and exchange at December 31, 2012. The fair value of long term borrowings has been calculated by discounting expected future cash flows at market rates.
Reed Elseviers use of financial instruments and its accounting policies for financial instruments are described more fully in notes 2 and 19 to the combined financial statements.
(a) Interest Rate Risk
The following sensitivity analysis assumes an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates for all currencies and maturities from their levels at December 31, 2012 with all other variables held constant.
Financial Instrument |
Fair Value
December 31, 2012 |
Fair Value Change |
Fair Value
December 31, 2011 |
Fair Value Change | ||||||||||||||||||||
+100
basis points |
-100
basis points |
+100
basis points |
-100
basis points |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | (In millions) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Short term borrowings |
£ | (131 | ) | £ | | £ | | £ | (596 | ) | £ | | £ | | ||||||||||
Long term borrowings (including current portion) |
(4,231 | ) | 190 | (187 | ) | (4,093 | ) | 171 | (175 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps (swapping fixed rate debt to floating) |
127 | (47 | ) | 49 | 123 | (28 | ) | 23 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps (swapping floating rate debt to fixed) |
(2 | ) | 2 | (1 | ) | (10 | ) | 4 | (3 | ) |
A 100 basis point change in interest rates would not result in a material change to the fair value of other financial instruments.
At December 31, 2012, 59% of gross borrowings are either fixed rate or have been fixed through the use of interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements and options. A 100 basis point reduction in interest rates would result in an estimated decrease in net finance costs of £8 million (2011: £5 million), based on the composition of financial instruments including cash, cash equivalents, bank loans and commercial paper borrowings at December 31, 2012. A 100 basis points rise in interest rates would result in an estimated increase in net finance costs of £8 million (2011: £5 million).
(b) Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
The following sensitivity analysis assumes an immediate 10% change in all foreign currency exchange rates against sterling from their levels at December 31, 2012 with all other variables held constant. A +10% change indicates a strengthening of the currency against sterling and a -10% change indicates a weakening of the currency against sterling.
Financial Instrument |
Fair Value
December 31, 2012 |
Fair Value Change |
Fair Value
December 31, 2011 |
Fair Value Change | ||||||||||||||||||||
+10% | -10% | +10% | -10% | |||||||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | (In millions) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
£ | 641 | £ | 23 | £ | (23 | ) | £ | 726 | £ | 56 | £ | (56 | ) | ||||||||||
Short term borrowings |
(131 | ) | (13 | ) | 13 | (596 | ) | (60 | ) | 60 | ||||||||||||||
Long term borrowings (including current portion) |
(4,231 | ) | (339 | ) | 339 | (4,093 | ) | (330 | ) | 330 | ||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps (including cross currency interest rate swaps) |
138 | 10 | (10 | ) | 128 | 10 | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange contracts |
46 | (58 | ) | 58 | (48 | ) | (57 | ) | 57 |
A 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates would not result in a material change to the fair value of other financial instruments.
81
ITEM 12: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Fees and charges for American Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders
The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary for the Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV American Depositary Receipt programs, collects its fees for delivery and surrender of American Depositary Shares (ADSs) directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deductions from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.
Fees and other payments made by the depositary to Reed Elsevier
In consideration of acting as depositary, Bank of New York Mellon has agreed to make certain reimbursements and payments to Reed Elsevier on an annual basis for expenses related to the administration and maintenance of the ADR programs including, but not limited to, New York Stock Exchange listing fees, investor relations expenses, or any other program related expenses. The depositary has also agreed to pay the standard out-of-pocket administrative, maintenance and shareholder services expenses for providing services to the registered DR holders. It has also agreed with Reed Elsevier to waive certain standard fees associated with promotional services, program visibility campaigns and program analytic reporting. In certain instances, the depositary has agreed to provide additional annual reimbursements and payments to Reed Elsevier based on any applicable performance indicators relating to the ADR facility. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the depositary will reimburse Reed Elsevier, but the amount of reimbursement available to Reed Elsevier is not necessarily tied to the amount of fees the depositary collects from investors.
From January 1, 2012 to February 27, 2013, Reed Elsevier received a reimbursement of $225,000, net of withheld taxes, from the depositary for New York Stock Exchange listing fees, investor relations expenses and other program related expenses, in connection with the ADR facility.
82
PART II
ITEM 15: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV are required to comply with applicable US regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, insofar as they apply to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have established a Disclosure Committee comprising the company secretaries of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV and other senior Reed Elsevier managers appointed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. The committee has reviewed and evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2012. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
In accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a 15(f) and 15d 15(f) under the Exchange Act, as amended. Reed Elseviers internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of Reed Elseviers financial statements would be prevented or detected.
Reed Elsevier management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the internal controls over financial reporting of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses, Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV were effective as of December 31, 2012.
Certifications by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are submitted as exhibits to this Form 20-F (see Item 19: Exhibits on pages S-3 and S-4).
Deloitte LLP and Deloitte Accountants BV have audited the Reed Elsevier combined financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and have audited the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Their report in respect of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses is included herein. Deloitte LLP have audited the consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier PLC and Deloitte Accountants BV have audited the consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier NV for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. They have also audited the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; their reports in respect of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV, respectively, are included herein.
83
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and members of Reed Elsevier PLC and to the members of the Supervisory and Executive Boards and the shareholders of Reed Elsevier NV:
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of the combined businesses of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV and their respective subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures (together the Combined Businesses), as at December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The management of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV are responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in Managements Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Combined Businesses internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the companys principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the companys board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Combined Businesses maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the combined statement of financial position and the related combined income statement and combined statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity as at and for the year ended December 31, 2012 of the Combined Businesses and our report dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
/s/ DELOITTE LLP London, United Kingdom February 27, 2013 |
/s/ DELOITTE ACCOUNTANTS B.V. Amsterdam, The Netherlands February 27, 2013 |
|
84
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and members of Reed Elsevier PLC:
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Reed Elsevier PLC and its subsidiaries (the Company) as at December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Companys management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in Managements Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the companys principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the companys board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial position and the related consolidated income statement and the statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity as at and for the year ended December 31, 2012 of the Company and our report dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
/s/ DELOITTE LLP |
London, United Kingdom |
February 27, 2013 |
85
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the members of the Supervisory and Executive Boards and the shareholders of Reed Elsevier NV:
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Reed Elsevier NV and its subsidiaries (the Company) as at December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Companys management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in Managements Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the companys principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the companys board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial position and the related consolidated income statement and statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity as at and for the year ended December 31, 2012 of the Company and our report dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
/s/ DELOITTE ACCOUNTANTS B.V. |
Amsterdam, The Netherlands |
February 27, 2013 |
86
Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
Management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV, have reviewed whether or not during the period covered by the annual report, there have been any changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting. Based on that review, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have concluded that there have been no such changes.
An outline of the internal control structure is set out below.
Parent companies
The Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV exercise independent supervisory roles over the activities and systems of internal control of Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV. The Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have each adopted a schedule of matters which are required to be brought to them for decision. In relation to Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV, the Boards of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV approve the strategy and the annual budgets, and receive regular reports on the operations, including the treasury and risk management activities of the two companies. Major transactions proposed by the Boards of Reed Elsevier Group plc or Elsevier Reed Finance BV require the approval of the Boards of both Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV.
The Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV Audit Committees meet on a regular basis to review the systems of internal control and risk management of Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV.
Operating companies
The Board of Reed Elsevier Group plc is responsible for the system of internal control of the Reed Elsevier publishing and information businesses, while the Boards of Elsevier Reed Finance BV are responsible for the system of internal control in respect of the finance activities. The Boards of Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV are also responsible for reviewing the effectiveness of their system of internal control.
The Boards of Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV have each implemented an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating, monitoring and managing the more significant risks faced by their respective businesses. This process has been in place throughout the year ended December 31, 2012 and up to the date of the approvals of this annual report.
Reed Elsevier Group plc
Reed Elsevier Group plc has an established framework of procedures and internal controls, with which the management of each business is required to comply. Group businesses are required to maintain systems of internal control which are appropriate to the nature and scale of their activities and address all significant operational and financial risks that they face. The Board of Reed Elsevier Group plc has adopted a schedule of matters that are required to be brought to it for decision.
Reed Elsevier Group plc has a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that provides a guide for achieving its business goals and requires officers and employees to behave in an open, honest, ethical and principled manner. The code also outlines confidential procedures enabling employees to report any concerns about compliance, or about Reed Elseviers financial reporting practice. The code is published on the Reed Elsevier website, www.reedelsevier.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
Each division has identified and evaluated its major risks, the controls in place to manage those risks and the level of residual risk accepted. Risk management and control procedures are embedded into the operations of the business and include the monitoring of progress in areas for improvement that come to management and board attention. The major risks identified include business continuity, protection of IT systems and data, challenges to intellectual property rights, management of strategic and operational change, evaluation and integration of acquisitions, and recruitment and retention of personnel. Further detail on the principal risks facing Reed Elsevier is set out on pages 7 to 10.
The major strategic risks facing the Reed Elsevier Group plc businesses are considered by the Board. Reed Elseviers Chief Risk Officer has the responsibility to provide regular reports to the Board and Audit Committee. Working closely with business management and with the central functions, the role of the Chief Risk Officer is to ensure that Reed Elsevier is managing its business risks effectively and in a coordinated manner across the business with clarity on the respective responsibilities and interdependencies. Litigation and other legal and regulatory matters are managed by legal directors in Europe and the United States.
The Reed Elsevier Group plc Audit Committee receives regular reports on the management of material risks and reviews these reports. The Audit Committee also receives regular reports from both internal and external auditors on internal control and risk management matters. In addition, each division is required, at the end of the financial year, to review the
87
effectiveness of internal controls and risk management and report its findings on a detailed basis to the management of Reed Elsevier Group plc. These reports are summarised and, as part of the annual review of effectiveness, submitted to the Audit Committee of Reed Elsevier Group plc. The Chairman of the Audit Committee reports to the board on any significant internal control matters arising.
Elsevier Reed Finance BV
Elsevier Reed Finance BV has established policy guidelines, which are applied for all Elsevier Reed Finance BV companies. The Boards of Elsevier Reed Finance BV have adopted schedules of matters that are required to be brought to them for decision. Procedures are in place for monitoring the activities of the finance group, including a comprehensive treasury reporting system. The major risks affecting the finance group have been identified and evaluated and are subject to regular review. The controls in place to manage these risks and the level of residual risk accepted are monitored by the Boards of Elsevier Reed Finance BV.
Audit Committees
Reed Elsevier Group plc, Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have established Audit Committees which comprise only non-executive directors, all of whom are independent. The Audit Committees, which meet regularly, are chaired by Ben van der Veer, the other members being Sir David Reid, Linda Sanford and Adrian Hennah.
The main roles and responsibilities of the Audit Committees in relation to the respective companies are set out in written terms of reference and include:
(i) | to monitor the integrity of the financial statements of the company, and any formal announcements relating to the companys financial performance, reviewing significant financial reporting judgements contained in them; |
(ii) | to review the companys internal financial controls and the companys internal control and risk management systems; |
(iii) | to monitor and review the effectiveness of the companys internal audit function; |
(iv) | to make recommendations to the Board, for it to put to the shareholders for their approval in general meeting, in relation to the appointment, reappointment and removal of the external auditor and to approve the remuneration and terms of engagement of the external auditor; |
(v) | to review and monitor the external auditors independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into consideration relevant professional and regulatory requirements; and |
(vi) | to develop and recommend policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non audit services, taking into account relevant ethical guidance regarding the provision of non audit services by the external audit firm, and to monitor compliance. |
The Audit Committees report to the respective boards on their activities identifying any matters in respect of which they consider that action or improvement is needed and making recommendations as to the steps to be taken.
The Reed Elsevier Group plc Audit Committee fulfils this role in respect of the publishing and information operating business. The functions of an audit committee in respect of the financing activities are carried out by the Supervisory Board of Elsevier Reed Finance BV. The Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV Audit Committees fulfil their roles from the perspective of the parent companies and both Committees have access to the reports to and the work of the Reed Elsevier Group plc Audit Committee and the Elsevier Reed Finance BV Supervisory Board in this respect.
The Audit Committees have explicit authority to investigate any matters within their terms of reference and have access to all resources and information that they may require for this purpose. The Audit Committees are entitled to obtain legal and other independent professional advice and have the authority to approve all fees payable to such advisers.
The terms of reference of each Audit Committee are reviewed annually and a copy of each is published on the Reed Elsevier website, www.reedelsevier.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
Compliance with New York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance Rules
Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV, as companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE), are subject to the listing requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). We also continually monitor our compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are applicable to foreign private issuers.
88
In November 2003, the SEC approved new corporate governance standards for companies that are listed on the NYSE. As a foreign private issuer, Reed Elsevier is only required to comply with certain of the NYSE corporate governance rules and is in compliance with all applicable rules. The NYSEs rules also require disclosure of any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those required of US companies under the NYSE listing standards.
Reed Elsevier follows UK corporate governance practice, which does not differ significantly from the NYSE corporate governance standards for foreign issuers. We also follow Dutch corporate governance practice. We believe that our corporate governance practices do not differ in any significant way from those required to be followed by US companies under the NYSE corporate governance listing standards.
The NYSE listing standards provide that US companies must have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors and with a written charter that addresses the committees purpose and responsibilities which, at a minimum, must be to identify individuals qualified to become board members, develop and recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance principles and to oversee the evaluation of the board and management.
Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have a joint Nominations Committee and a joint Corporate Governance Committee. The written terms of reference adopted by the Reed Elsevier PLC and the Reed Elsevier NV Boards for these committees specify purposes and responsibilities that correspond to those of a US companys nominating/corporate governance committee under the NYSEs listing standards. The Nominations Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee is composed entirely of non executive directors.
ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Each of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV has an Audit Committee, the members of which are identified in Item 15: Controls and Procedures. The members of the Board of Directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and members of the Supervisory Board of Reed Elsevier NV, respectively, have determined that each of their respective Audit Committees contains at least one Audit Committee financial expert within the meaning of the applicable rules and regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The Audit Committee financial experts serving on the Reed Elsevier PLC and the Reed Elsevier NV Audit Committees are Adrian Hennah, Sir David Reid and Ben van der Veer. Each is considered independent.
Reed Elsevier has adopted a code of ethics (Code of Ethics and Business Conduct) that applies to all directors, officers and employees, and an additional separate code of ethics (Code for Senior Officers) that also applies to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV and the Group Financial Controller of Reed Elsevier Group plc. Both these codes of ethics are available on the Reed Elsevier website, www.reedelsevier.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
ITEM 16C: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The aggregate fees billed by our principal accountants, Deloitte LLP, Deloitte Accountants BV, the member firms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu and their respective affiliates, were as follows:
Year ended
December 31, 2012 |
Year ended
December 31, 2011 |
|||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||
Audit fees |
£ | 4.7 | £ | 4.7 | ||||
Audit related fees |
0.7 | 0.2 | ||||||
Tax fees |
0.8 | 0.7 | ||||||
All other fees |
0.3 | 0.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
£ | 6.5 | £ | 5.8 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Auditors remuneration for audit services comprises £0.5 million (2011: £0.5 million; 2010: £0.4 million) payable to the auditors of the parent companies and £4.2 million (2011: £4.2 million; 2010: £4.1 million) payable to the auditors of the parent companies and their associates for the audit of the financial statements of the operating and financing businesses, including the review and testing of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Auditors remuneration for non audit services comprises: £0.8 million (2011: £0.7 million; 2010: £0.9 million) for tax compliance services, £0.3 million (2011: £0.2 million; 2010: nil) for due diligence and other transaction related services and £0.7 million (2011: £0.2 million; 2010: £0.3 million) for other audit related assurance services.
89
The Audit Committees of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV have adopted policies and procedures for the pre-approval of audit and non audit services provided by the auditors. These policies and procedures are summarised below.
The terms of engagement and scope of the annual audit of the financial statements are agreed by the respective Audit Committees in advance of the engagement of the auditors in respect of the annual audit. The audit fees are approved by the Audit Committees.
The auditors are not permitted to provide non audit services that would compromise their independence or violate any laws or regulations that would affect their appointment as auditors. They are eligible for selection to provide non audit services only to the extent that their skills and experience make them a logical supplier of the services. The respective Audit Committees must pre-approve the provision of all non audit services by the auditors and will consider SEC rules and other guidelines in determining the scope of permitted services. The respective Audit Committees have pre-approved non audit services in respect of individual assignments for permitted services that meet certain criteria. Assignments outside these parameters must be specifically pre-approved by the Audit Committees in advance of commissioning the work. Aggregate non audit fees must not exceed the annual audit fees in any given year, unless approved in advance by the Audit Committees.
All of the audit and non audit services carried out in the year ended December 31, 2012 were pre-approved under the policies and procedures summarised above.
ITEM 16D: EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E: PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
During 2012 Reed Elsevier repurchased 23,288,616 Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares and 12,660,296 Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares for consideration of £250 million. These shares are held in treasury. On December 28, 2012 Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV announced an irrevocable, non discretionary programme to repurchase further ordinary shares up to the value of £100 million in aggregate which was completed in February 2013. Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) has not made any share purchases during the year.
ITEM 16F: CHANGE IN REGISTRANTS CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
ITEM 16G: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Details of Reed Elseviers corporate governance practices are set out on pages 87 to 89 of Item 15: Controls and Procedures.
90
PART III
The Registrants have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.
91
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
92
Financial Statements filed as part of this annual report
The following financial statements and related schedules, together with reports of independent registered public accounting firms thereon, are filed as part of this annual report:
Page | ||||
F-1 | ||||
F-3 | ||||
F-5 | ||||
F-6 | ||||
F-6 | ||||
F-7 | ||||
F-8 | ||||
F-9 | ||||
F-10 | ||||
F-55 | ||||
F-56 | ||||
F-57 | ||||
F-57 | ||||
F-58 | ||||
F-59 | ||||
F-60 | ||||
F-61 | ||||
F-69 | ||||
F-70 | ||||
F-71 | ||||
F-71 | ||||
F-72 | ||||
F-73 | ||||
F-74 | ||||
F-75 |
F-1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
F-2
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-3
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
F-4
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and members of Reed Elsevier PLC and to the members of the Supervisory and Executive Boards and the shareholders of Reed Elsevier NV:
We have audited the accompanying combined statements of financial position of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV and their respective subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures (together the Combined Businesses) as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the related combined income statements and combined statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years then ended. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the management of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the combined financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the Combined Businesses as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the combined results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Combined Businesses internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Combined Businesses internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ DELOITTE LLP London, United Kingdom February 27, 2013 |
/s/ DELOITTE ACCOUNTANTS B.V. Amsterdam, The Netherlands February 27, 2013 |
F-5
COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||
Revenue |
3 | 6,116 | 6,002 | 6,055 | ||||||||||||
Cost of sales |
(2,139 | ) | (2,126 | ) | (2,209 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
3,977 | 3,876 | 3,846 | |||||||||||||
Selling and distribution costs |
(1,015 | ) | (1,075 | ) | (1,091 | ) | ||||||||||
Administration and other expenses |
(1,628 | ) | (1,626 | ) | (1,687 | ) | ||||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures |
24 | 30 | 22 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating profit |
4 | 1,358 | 1,205 | 1,090 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Finance income |
9 | 16 | 17 | 8 | ||||||||||||
Finance costs |
9 | (232 | ) | (252 | ) | (284 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net finance costs |
(216 | ) | (235 | ) | (276 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Disposals and other non operating items |
10 | 45 | (22 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Profit before tax |
1,187 | 948 | 768 | |||||||||||||
Taxation |
11 | (113 | ) | (181 | ) | (120 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net profit for the year |
1,074 | 767 | 648 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Attributable to: |
||||||||||||||||
Parent companies shareholders |
1,069 | 760 | 642 | |||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
5 | 7 | 6 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net profit for the year |
1,074 | 767 | 648 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMBINED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||
Net profit for the year |
1,074 | 767 | 648 | |||||||||||||
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations |
(136 | ) | 32 | 94 | ||||||||||||
Actuarial losses on defined benefit pension schemes |
7 | (329 | ) | (113 | ) | (63 | ) | |||||||||
Fair value movements on available for sale investments |
| (1 | ) | | ||||||||||||
Transfer to net profit on disposal of available for sale investments |
11 | | | |||||||||||||
Fair value movements on cash flow hedges |
70 | (24 | ) | (58 | ) | |||||||||||
Transfer to net profit from cash flow hedge reserve (net of tax) |
19 | 21 | 37 | 46 | ||||||||||||
Tax recognised directly in equity |
11 | 88 | 42 | 29 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year |
(275 | ) | (27 | ) | 48 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
799 | 740 | 696 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Attributable to: |
||||||||||||||||
Parent companies shareholders |
794 | 733 | 690 | |||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
5 | 7 | 6 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
799 | 740 | 696 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||||||||||
Cash generated from operations |
12 | 1,847 | 1,735 | 1,649 | ||||||||||||
Interest paid |
(231 | ) | (247 | ) | (295 | ) | ||||||||||
Interest received |
7 | 12 | 8 | |||||||||||||
Tax paid (net) |
(216 | ) | (218 | ) | (9 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash from operating activities |
1,407 | 1,282 | 1,353 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
12 | (316 | ) | (481 | ) | (50 | ) | |||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(70 | ) | (85 | ) | (83 | ) | ||||||||||
Expenditure on internally developed intangible assets |
(263 | ) | (265 | ) | (228 | ) | ||||||||||
Purchase of investments |
(7 | ) | (10 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment |
7 | 7 | 7 | |||||||||||||
Gross proceeds from other disposals |
235 | 101 | 66 | |||||||||||||
Payments on other disposals |
(82 | ) | (21 | ) | (60 | ) | ||||||||||
Dividends received from joint ventures |
20 | 33 | 24 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(476 | ) | (721 | ) | (329 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent companies |
(521 | ) | (497 | ) | (483 | ) | ||||||||||
Distributions to non-controlling interests |
(4 | ) | (9 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||||||
(Decrease)/increase in short term bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper |
(434 | ) | 210 | (143 | ) | |||||||||||
Issuance of other loans |
592 | | | |||||||||||||
Repayment of other loans |
(437 | ) | (248 | ) | (394 | ) | ||||||||||
Repayment of finance leases |
(4 | ) | (22 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||||||
Disposal/(acquisition) of non-controlling interests |
7 | (48 | ) | | ||||||||||||
Repurchase of ordinary shares |
(250 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
Proceeds on issue of ordinary shares |
48 | 9 | 11 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
(1,003 | ) | (605 | ) | (1,024 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
(72 | ) | (44 | ) | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Movement in cash and cash equivalents |
||||||||||||||||
At start of year |
726 | 742 | 734 | |||||||||||||
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
(72 | ) | (44 | ) | | |||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(13 | ) | 28 | 8 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At end of year |
641 | 726 | 742 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
15 | 4,545 | 4,729 | 4,441 | ||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
16 | 3,275 | 3,494 | 3,457 | ||||||||||||
Investments in joint ventures |
17 | 100 | 124 | 136 | ||||||||||||
Other investments |
17 | 79 | 64 | 48 | ||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
18 | 264 | 288 | 291 | ||||||||||||
Net pension assets |
7 | | | 55 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
20 | 79 | 212 | 151 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
19 | 138 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
8,480 | 8,911 | 8,579 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||||||
Inventories and pre-publication costs |
21 | 159 | 190 | 228 | ||||||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
22 | 1,380 | 1,483 | 1,475 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
19 | 57 | 149 | 134 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
641 | 726 | 742 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
2,237 | 2,548 | 2,579 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Assets held for sale |
23 | 297 | 44 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total assets |
11,014 | 11,503 | 11,158 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Trade and other payables |
24 | 2,544 | 2,657 | 2,584 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
19 | 11 | 69 | 80 | ||||||||||||
Borrowings |
25 | 730 | 982 | 516 | ||||||||||||
Taxation |
603 | 677 | 646 | |||||||||||||
Provisions |
27 | 30 | 39 | 71 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
3,918 | 4,424 | 3,897 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Non-current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Borrowings |
25 | 3,162 | 3,300 | 3,786 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
20 | 919 | 1,236 | 1,192 | ||||||||||||
Net pension obligations |
7 | 466 | 242 | 225 | ||||||||||||
Provisions |
27 | 139 | 87 | 88 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
4,686 | 4,865 | 5,291 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Liabilities associated with assets held for sale |
23 | 96 | 17 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total liabilities |
8,700 | 9,306 | 9,188 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net assets |
2,314 | 2,197 | 1,970 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Capital and reserves |
||||||||||||||||
Combined share capitals |
29 | 223 | 223 | 224 | ||||||||||||
Combined share premiums |
30 | 2,727 | 2,723 | 2,754 | ||||||||||||
Combined shares held in treasury |
31 | (899 | ) | (663 | ) | (677 | ) | |||||||||
Translation reserve |
32 | (23 | ) | 88 | 29 | |||||||||||
Other combined reserves |
33 | 252 | (199 | ) | (387 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Combined shareholders equity |
2,280 | 2 ,172 | 1,943 | |||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
34 | 25 | 27 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total equity |
2,314 | 2,197 | 1,970 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
Combined
share capitals £m |
Combined
share premiums £m |
Combined
shares held in treasury £m |
Translation
reserve £m |
Other
combined reserves £m |
Combined
shareholders equity £m |
Non-
controlling interests £m |
Total
equity £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2012 |
223 | 2,723 | (663 | ) | 88 | (199 | ) | 2,172 | 25 | 2,197 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| | | (136 | ) | 930 | 794 | 5 | 799 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
14 | | | | | (521 | ) | (521 | ) | (4 | ) | (525 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
1 | 47 | | | | 48 | | 48 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of ordinary shares |
31 | | | (250 | ) | | | (250 | ) | | (250 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in share based remuneration reserve |
| | | | 31 | 31 | | 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Settlement of share awards |
| | 7 | | (7 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
| | | | | | 9 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Disposal of non-controlling interests |
| | | | 6 | 6 | 1 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences on translation of capital and reserves |
(1 | ) | (43 | ) | 7 | 25 | 12 | | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2012 |
223 | 2,727 | (899 | ) | (23 | ) | 252 | 2,280 | 34 | 2,314 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2011 |
224 | 2,754 | (677 | ) | 29 | (387 | ) | 1,943 | 27 | 1,970 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| | | 32 | 701 | 733 | 7 | 740 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
14 | | | | | (497 | ) | (497 | ) | (9 | ) | (506 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
| 9 | | | | 9 | | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in share based remuneration reserve |
| | | | 27 | 27 | | 27 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Settlement of share awards |
| | 7 | | (7 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
| | | | | | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition of non-controlling interests |
| | | | (43 | ) | (43 | ) | (5 | ) | (48 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences on translation of capital and reserves |
(1 | ) | (40 | ) | 7 | 27 | 7 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2011 |
223 | 2,723 | (663 | ) | 88 | (199 | ) | 2,172 | 25 | 2,197 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2010 |
225 | 2,807 | (698 | ) | (100 | ) | (502 | ) | 1,732 | 27 | 1,759 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| | | 94 | 596 | 690 | 6 | 696 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
14 | | | | | (483 | ) | (483 | ) | (8 | ) | (491 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
| 11 | | | | 11 | | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Decrease in share based remuneration reserve |
| | | | (7 | ) | (7 | ) | | (7 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Settlement of share awards |
| | 9 | | (9 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences on translation of capital and reserves |
(1 | ) | (64 | ) | 12 | 35 | 18 | | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
224 | 2,754 | (677 | ) | 29 | (387 | ) | 1,943 | 27 | 1,970 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. | Basis of preparation |
The Reed Elsevier combined financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and as adopted by the European Union.
On January 1, 1993 Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV contributed their businesses to two jointly owned companies, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV. Reed Elsevier Group plc, which owns the publishing and information businesses, is incorporated in England and Elsevier Reed Finance BV, which owns the financing companies, is incorporated in the Netherlands. Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV each hold a 50% interest in Reed Elsevier Group plc. Reed Elsevier PLC holds a 39% interest in Elsevier Reed Finance BV, with Reed Elsevier NV holding a 61% interest. Reed Elsevier PLC additionally holds an indirect equity interest in Reed Elsevier NV, reflecting the arrangements entered into between Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV at the time of the merger, which determined the equalisation ratio whereby one Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share is, in broad terms, intended to confer equivalent economic interests to 1.538 Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares.
The equalisation agreement between Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV has the effect that their shareholders can be regarded as having the interests of a single economic group. The Reed Elsevier combined financial statements (the combined financial statements) represent the combined interests of both sets of shareholders and encompass the businesses of Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV and their respective subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, together with the two parent companies, Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV (the combined businesses).
2. | Accounting policies |
The Reed Elsevier accounting policies are set out below:
Principles of combination
In preparing the combined financial statements, subsidiaries of Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV are accounted for under the acquisition method and investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for under the equity method. All transactions and balances between the combined businesses are eliminated.
On acquisition of a subsidiary, or interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to the net assets, including identifiable intangible assets acquired. This includes those adjustments made to bring accounting policies into line with those of the combined businesses. The results of subsidiaries sold or acquired are included in the combined financial statements up to or from the date that control passes from or to the combined businesses.
Non-controlling interests in the net assets of the combined businesses are identified separately from combined shareholders equity. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the original acquisition and the non-controlling share of changes in equity since the date of acquisition.
Foreign exchange translation
The combined financial statements are presented in pounds sterling.
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. At each statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate prevailing on the statement of financial position date. Exchange differences arising are recorded in the income statement other than where hedge accounting applies as set out below.
Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the statement of financial position date. Income and expense items and cash flows of foreign operations are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. Significant individual items of income and expense and cash flows in foreign operations are translated at the rate prevailing on the date of transaction. Exchange differences arising are classified as equity and transferred to the translation reserve. When foreign operations are disposed of, the related cumulative translation differences are recognised within the income statement in the period.
Reed Elsevier uses derivative financial instruments, primarily forward contracts, to hedge its exposure to certain foreign exchange risks. Details of Reed Elseviers accounting policies in respect of derivative financial instruments are set out below.
F-10
2. | Accounting policies (continued) |
Revenue
Revenue represents the invoiced value of sales less anticipated returns on transactions completed by performance, excluding customer sales taxes and sales between the combined businesses.
Revenues are recognised for the various categories of turnover as follows: subscriptions on periodic despatch of subscribed product or rateably over the period of the subscription where performance is not measurable by despatch; circulation and transactional on despatch or occurrence of the transaction; advertising on publication or over the period of online display; and exhibitions on occurrence of the exhibition.
Where sales consist of two or more independent components whose value can be reliably measured, revenue is recognised on each component as it is completed by performance, based on attribution of relative value.
Employee benefits
The expense of defined benefit pension schemes and other post-retirement employee benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method and charged in the income statement as an operating expense, based on actuarial assumptions reflecting market conditions at the beginning of the financial year. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they occur.
Past service costs are recognised immediately to the extent that benefits have vested, or, if not vested, on a straight line basis over the period until the benefits vest.
Net pension obligations in respect of defined benefit schemes are included in the statement of financial position at the present value of scheme liabilities, less the fair value of scheme assets. Where schemes are in surplus, i.e. assets exceed liabilities, the net pension assets are separately included in the statement of financial position. Any net pension asset is limited to the extent that the asset is recoverable through reductions in future contributions.
The expense of defined contribution pension schemes and other employee benefits is charged in the income statement as incurred.
Share based remuneration
The fair value of share based remuneration is determined at the date of grant and recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight line basis over the vesting period, taking account of the estimated number of shares that are expected to vest. Market based performance criteria are taken into account when determining the fair value at the date of grant. Non-market based performance criteria are taken into account when estimating the number of shares expected to vest. The fair value of share based remuneration is determined by use of a binomial or Monte Carlo simulation model as appropriate. All Reed Elseviers share based remuneration is equity settled.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that takes a substantial period of time to bring to use are capitalised. All other interest on borrowings is expensed as incurred. The cost of issuing borrowings is generally expensed over the period of borrowing so as to produce a constant periodic rate of charge.
Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax payable on the current year taxable profits, adjustments in respect of prior year taxable profits, and the movements on deferred tax that are recognised in the income statement.
The tax payable on current year taxable profits is calculated using the applicable tax rates that have been enacted, or substantively enacted, by the date of the statement of financial position.
Deferred tax is the tax arising on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and their corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that, based on current forecasts, it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax is not recognised on temporary differences arising in respect of goodwill that is not deductible for tax purposes.
F-11
2. | Accounting policies (continued) |
Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that have been substantively enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Full provision is made for deferred tax which would become payable on the distribution of retained profits from foreign subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures.
Movements in deferred tax are charged or credited in the income statement, except when they relate to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised in equity. Deferred tax credits in respect of share based remuneration are recognised in equity to the extent that expected tax deductions exceed the related expense.
Goodwill
On the acquisition of a subsidiary or business, the purchase consideration is allocated between the net tangible and intangible assets on a fair value basis, with any excess purchase consideration representing goodwill. Goodwill arising on acquisitions also includes amounts corresponding to deferred tax liabilities recognised in respect of acquired intangible assets.
Goodwill is recognised as an asset and reviewed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement and not subsequently reversed.
On disposal of a subsidiary or business, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are stated in the statement of financial position at their fair value as at the date of acquisition, less accumulated amortisation. Internally generated intangible assets are stated in the statement of financial position at the directly attributable cost of creation of the asset, less accumulated amortisation.
Intangible assets acquired as part of business combinations comprise: market related assets (e.g. trademarks, imprints, brands); customer related assets (e.g. subscription bases, customer lists, customer relationships); editorial content; software and systems (e.g. application infrastructure, product delivery platforms, in-process research and development); contract based assets (e.g. publishing rights, exhibition rights, supply contracts); and other intangible assets. Internally generated intangible assets typically comprise software and systems development where an identifiable asset is created that is probable to generate future economic benefits.
Intangible assets, other than brands and imprints determined to have indefinite lives, are amortised systematically over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives of intangible assets with finite lives are as follows: market and customer related assets 3 to 40 years; content, software and other acquired intangible assets 3 to 20 years; and internally developed intangible assets 3 to 10 years. Brands and imprints determined to have indefinite lives are not amortised and are subject to an impairment review at least annually.
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated in the statement of financial position at cost less accumulated depreciation. No depreciation is provided on freehold land. Freehold buildings and long leases are depreciated over their estimated useful lives up to a maximum of 50 years. Short leases are written off over the duration of the lease. Depreciation is provided on other assets on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows: leasehold improvements shorter of life of lease and 10 years; plant 3 to 20 years; office furniture, fixtures and fittings 5 to 10 years; computer systems, communication networks and equipment 3 to 7 years.
Investments
Investments, other than investments in joint ventures and associates, are stated in the statement of financial position at fair value. Investments held as part of the venture capital portfolio are classified as held for trading, with changes in fair value reported through the income statement. All other investments are classified as available for sale with changes in fair value recognised directly in equity until the investment is disposed of or is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is brought into the net profit or loss for the period. All items recognised in the income statement relating to investments, other than investments in joint ventures and associates, are reported as disposals and other non operating items.
Available for sale investments and venture capital investments held for trading represent investments in listed and unlisted securities. The fair value of listed securities is determined based on quoted market prices, and of unlisted securities on managements estimate of fair value based on standard valuation techniques, including market comparisons and discounts of future cash flows, having regard to maximising the use of observable inputs and adjusting for risk. Advice from independent valuation experts are used as appropriate.
F-12
2. | Accounting policies (continued) |
Investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for under the equity method and stated in the statement of financial position at cost as adjusted for post-acquisition changes in Reed Elseviers share of net assets, less any impairment in value.
Impairment
At each statement of financial position date, the carrying amounts of tangible and intangible assets and goodwill are reviewed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell, of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent, if any, of the impairment loss. Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, value in use estimates are made based on the cash flows of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is any indication that the asset may be impaired.
If the recoverable amount of an asset or cash generating unit is estimated to be less than its net carrying amount, the net carrying amount of the asset or cash generating unit is reduced to its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised immediately in the income statement in administration and other expenses.
Inventories and pre-publication costs
Inventories and pre-publication costs are stated at the lower of cost, including appropriate attributable overhead, and estimated net realisable value. Pre-publication costs, representing costs incurred in the origination of content prior to publication, are expensed systematically reflecting the expected sales profile over the estimated economic lives of the related products, generally up to five years.
Leases
Assets held under leases which confer rights and obligations similar to those attaching to owned assets are classified as assets held under finance leases and capitalised within property, plant and equipment or software and the corresponding liability to pay rentals is shown net of interest in the statement of financial position as obligations under finance leases. The capitalised value of the assets is depreciated on a straight line basis over the shorter of the periods of the leases or the useful lives of the assets concerned. The interest element of the lease payments is allocated so as to produce a constant periodic rate of charge.
Operating lease rentals are charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the leases. Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant lease.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances, call deposits and other short term highly liquid investments and are held in the statement of financial position at fair value.
Assets held for sale
Assets of businesses that are available for immediate sale in their current condition and for which a sales process is considered highly probable to complete are classified as assets held for sale, and are carried at the lower of carrying value and fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets are not amortised or depreciated following their classification as held for sale. Liabilities of businesses held for sale are also separately classified on the statement of financial position.
Financial instruments
Financial instruments comprise investments (other than investments in joint ventures or associates), trade receivables, cash and cash equivalents, payables and accruals, provisions, borrowings and derivative financial instruments.
Investments (other than investments in joint ventures and associates) are classified as either held for trading or available for sale, as described above. (These investments are classified as either Level 1 or Level 2 in the IFRS7 fair value hierarchy.)
Trade receivables are carried in the statement of financial position at invoiced value less allowance for estimated irrecoverable amounts. Irrecoverable amounts are estimated based on the ageing of trade receivables, experience and circumstance.
Borrowings (other than fixed rate borrowings in designated hedging relationships and for which the carrying value is adjusted to reflect changes in the fair value of the hedged risk), payables, accruals and provisions are recorded initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost.
F-13
2. | Accounting policies (continued) |
Derivative financial instruments are used to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedges of future cash flows are recognised (net of tax) directly in equity in the hedge reserve. If a hedged firm commitment or forecasted transaction results in the recognition of a non financial asset or liability, then, at the time that the asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains or losses on the derivative that had previously been recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability. For hedges that do not result in the recognition of an asset or a liability, amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income statement in the same period in which the hedged item affects net profit or loss. Any ineffective portion of hedges is recognised immediately in the income statement.
Derivative financial instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments are classified as held for trading and recorded in the statement of financial position at fair value, with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.
Where an effective hedge is in place against changes in the fair value of fixed rate borrowings, the hedged borrowings are adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the risk being hedged with a corresponding income or expense included in the income statement within finance costs. The offsetting gains or losses from remeasuring the fair value of the related derivatives are also recognised in the income statement within finance costs. When the related derivative expires, is sold or terminated, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting, the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged borrowing is amortised in the income statement over the period to maturity of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
The fair values of interest rate swaps, interest rate options, forward rate agreements and forward foreign exchange contracts represent the replacement costs calculated using observable market rates of interest and exchange. The fair value of long term borrowings is calculated by discounting expected future cash flows at observable market rates. (These instruments are accordingly classified as Level 2 in the IFRS7 fair value hierarchy.)
Cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued when a hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is either retained in equity until the firm commitment or forecasted transaction occurs, or, where a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, is immediately credited or expensed in the income statement.
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when a present obligation exists as a result of a past event, the obligation is reasonably estimable, and it is probable that settlement of the obligation will be required. Provisions are measured at the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the statement of financial position date.
Shares held in treasury
Shares of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV that are repurchased by the respective parent companies and not cancelled are classified as shares held in treasury. The consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a deduction from equity. Shares of the parent companies that are purchased by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust are also classified as shares held in treasury, with the cost recognised as a deduction from equity.
Critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The most significant accounting policies in determining the financial condition and results of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses, and those requiring the most subjective or complex judgement, relate to the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, share based remuneration, pensions, litigation, taxation and property provisioning.
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets
On acquisition of a subsidiary or business, the purchase consideration is allocated between the net tangible and intangible assets other than goodwill on a fair value basis, with any excess purchase consideration representing goodwill. The valuation of acquired intangible assets represents the estimated economic value in use, using standard valuation methodologies, including as appropriate, discounted cash flow, relief from royalty and comparable market transactions. Acquired intangible assets are capitalised and amortised systematically over their estimated useful lives, subject to impairment review.
Appropriate amortisation periods are selected based on assessments of the longevity of the brands and imprints, the strength and stability of customer relationships, the market positions of the acquired assets and the technological and competitive risks that they face. Certain intangible assets in relation to acquired science and medical publishing businesses have been determined to have indefinite lives. The longevity of these assets is evidenced by their long established and well regarded brands and imprints, and their characteristically stable market positions.
F-14
2. | Accounting policies (continued) |
The carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets in each business are reviewed for impairment at least annually. The carrying amounts of all other intangible assets are reviewed where there are indications of possible impairment. An impairment review involves a comparison of the carrying value of the asset with estimated values in use based on latest management cash flow projections. Key areas of judgement in estimating the values in use of businesses are the growth in cash flows over a five year forecast period, the long term growth rate assumed thereafter and the discount rate applied to the forecast cash flows.
The discount rates used are based on the Reed Elsevier weighted average cost of capital, adjusted to reflect a risk premium specific to each business. The pre-tax discount rates applied are 11.4% for Scientific, Technical & Medical, 11.8% for Risk Solutions, 11.5-12.9% for Business Information, 11.6% for Legal and 11.2-12.9% for Exhibitions. The nominal long term growth rates, which are based on historical growth rates and the growth prospects for businesses, are 3%. There were no charges for impairment of acquired intangible assets and goodwill in 2012 (2011: nil; 2010: nil).
A sensitivity analysis has been performed based on changes in key assumptions considered to be reasonably possible by management: an increase in the discount rate of 0.5%; a decrease in the compound annual growth rate for adjusted operating cash flow in the five year forecast period of 2.0%; and a decrease in perpetuity growth rates of 0.5%. The sensitivity analysis shows that no impairment charges would result under any of the sensitivity scenarios. Further information is provided in note 15 to the combined financial statements.
Share based remuneration
Share based remuneration is determined based on the fair value of an award at the date of grant, and is spread over the vesting period on a straight line basis, taking into account the number of shares that are expected to vest. The fair value of awards is determined at the date of grant by use of a binomial or Monte Carlo simulation model as appropriate, which requires judgements to be made regarding share price volatility, dividend yield, risk free rates of return and expected option lives. The number of awards that are expected to vest requires judgements to be made regarding forfeiture rates and the extent to which performance conditions will be met. The assumptions are determined in conjunction with independent actuaries based on historical data and trends.
The assumptions of share price volatility of 30%, of expected share option life of 4 years, and of expected lapse rate of 2-5% are based on relevant historical data. Other judgements made on grant are based on market data. Assumptions as to future performance against non market related vesting conditions are based on management estimates. The charge for share based and related remuneration was £26 million in 2012 (2011: £27 million; 2010: £11 million). Further information is provided in note 8 to the combined financial statements.
Pensions
Accounting for defined benefit pension schemes involves judgement about uncertain events, including the life expectancy of the members, salary and pension increases, inflation, the return on scheme assets and the rate at which the future pension payments are discounted. Estimates for these factors are used in determining the pension cost and liabilities reported in the financial statements. These best estimates of future developments are made in conjunction with independent actuaries. Each scheme is subject to a periodic review by independent actuaries.
The principal assumptions as at December 31, 2012, expressed as a weighted average of the various defined benefit pension schemes, were a discount rate of 4.4% (2011: 5.2%; 2010: 5.6%), an expected rate of salary increases of 3.2% (2011: 3.5%; 2010: 4.1%) and inflation of 2.7% (2011: 2.9%; 2010: 3.2%). The expected return on scheme assets, set at the beginning of the year, was 6.2% (2011: 6.8%; 2010: 7.0%). Future pension increases are assumed at 2.8% (2011: 2.9%; 2010: 3.2%) and average life expectancy of 88-89 years (2011: 87-89 years, 2010: 87-89 years) for scheme members currently aged 45 and 60 years. The net defined benefit pension expense was £18 million (2011: £23 million; 2010: £22 million). The service cost was £43 million (2011: £57 million; 2010: £48 million) after pension curtailment credits of £20 million (2011: £9 million; 2010: £17 million) from changes to pension plan design and staff reductions. The net pension financing credit is based on market data at the beginning of the year and was £25 million (2011: £34 million; 2010: £26 million) reflecting the increase in scheme liabilities at the beginning of the year compared with a year before and lower expected asset returns. Further information and sensitivity analysis is provided in note 7 to the combined financial statements.
Litigation
Reed Elsevier is involved in various legal proceedings, which arise in the normal course of its business, relating to commercial disputes, employment, data security and product liability. Provisions for liabilities are recognised when it is probable that a settlement is required. Although the outcome of legal proceedings is uncertain, the ultimate resolution of such matters is not expected to have a material impact on results.
F-15
2. | Accounting policies (continued) |
Taxation
Reed Elsevier is subject to tax in numerous jurisdictions, giving rise to complex tax issues that require management to exercise judgement in making tax determinations. While Reed Elsevier is confident that tax returns are appropriately prepared and filed, provisions are maintained in respect of uncertain tax positions that are believed to appropriately reflect the risk with respect to tax matters under active discussion with tax authorities, or which are otherwise considered to involve uncertainty. Amounts are provided using the best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. However, it is possible that at some future date liabilities may be adjusted as a result of audits by taxing authorities. Discussions with tax authorities relating to cross-border transactions and other matters are ongoing. Although the outcome of open items cannot be predicted, no significant impact on the financial position of Reed Elsevier is expected.
In addition, estimation of income taxes includes assessments of the recoverability of deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent that they are considered recoverable based on existing tax laws and forecasts of future taxable profits against which the underlying tax deductions can be utilized. The recoverability of these assets is reassessed at the end of each reporting period, and changes in recognition to deferred tax assets will affect the tax provision in the period of that reassessment.
Property provisions
Reed Elsevier has exposures to sub lease shortfalls in respect of certain property leases for periods up to 2024. Provisions are recognised for net liabilities expected to arise on these exposures. Estimation of the provisions requires judgement in respect of future head lease costs, sub lease income and the length of vacancy periods. The charge for property provisions was £62 million (2011: £16 million; 2010: £36 million) relating to surplus property arising on the restructuring, sale and closure of businesses and includes expected losses on sub-leases entered into during 2012 and an estimate of vacancy periods and future market conditions. Further information is provided in note 27 to the combined financial statements.
Other significant accounting policies
The accounting policies in respect of revenue recognition, pre-publication costs and development spend are also significant in determining the financial condition and results of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses, although the application of these policies is more straightforward.
Revenue recognition policies, while an area of management focus, are generally straightforward in application as the timing of product or service delivery and customer acceptance for the various revenue types can be readily determined. Allowances for product returns are deducted from revenues based on historical return rates. Where sales consist of two or more components that operate independently, revenue is recognised as each component is completed by performance, based on attribution of relative value.
Pre-publication costs incurred in the creation of content prior to production and publication are typically deferred and expensed over their estimated useful lives based on sales profiles. Such costs typically comprise direct internal labour costs and externally commissioned editorial and other fees. Estimated useful lives generally do not exceed five years. Annual reviews are carried out to assess the recoverability of carrying amounts.
Development spend embraces investment in new product and other initiatives, ranging from the building of new online delivery platforms, to launch costs of new services, to building new infrastructure applications. Launch costs and other operating expenses of new products and services are expensed as incurred. The costs of building product applications and infrastructure are capitalised as intangible assets and amortised over their estimated useful lives. Impairment reviews are carried out at least annually.
Standards and amendments effective for the year
The interpretations and amendments to IFRS effective for 2012 have not had a significant impact on Reed Elseviers accounting policies or reporting.
Standards, amendments and interpretations not yet effective
New accounting standards and amendments and their expected impact on the future accounting policies and reporting of Reed Elsevier are set out below.
IAS19 Employee Benefits (Revised) (effective for the 2013 financial year). The revised standard inter alia changes the methodology to be used in the calculation of the net pension financing credit or charge in relation to defined benefit
F-16
2. | Accounting policies (continued) |
pension schemes. Under the revised standard, pension asset returns included within the net pension financing credit or charge are to be calculated by reference to the discount rate of a high quality corporate bond (being also the discount rate applied in the calculation of pension obligations) and no longer based on the expected returns on scheme assets. Typically the effect will be to reduce the asset returns recognised in the income statement. As required under the revised standard, comparatives will be restated accordingly. The revised standard also prohibits the use of certain accounting alternatives, previously permitted, that enabled the smoothing of volatility in the income statement and balance sheet in relation to pensions, but this will not affect Reed Elseviers pension accounting as such alternatives were not applied. There is no change to the measurement of pension scheme assets and obligations under the revised standard for Reed Elsevier.
Adoption of IAS19 (revised) will have no impact on Reed Elseviers combine balance sheet or cash flows. The net pension financing credit or charge will, with effect from 1 January 2013, be presented within net finance costs in Reed Elseviers combined income statement, rather than within operating profit as currently reported. Given that the revised standard may introduce greater volatility to the income statement, following adoption on 1 January 2013 the net pension financing credit or charge will be excluded from the adjusted earnings figures used by Reed Elsevier as additional performance measures.
Had IAS19 (revised) and related presentation been in effect for the 2012 financial year, operating profit for the twelve months to December 31, 2012 would have been £25m lower (2011: £34 million, 2010: £26 million) and net finance costs would have been higher by £11 million (2011: £9 million, 2010: £14 million). The balance sheet and cash flows would have been unchanged.
IFRS9 Financial Instruments (effective for the 2015 financial year). The standard replaces the existing classification and measurement requirements in IAS39 for financial assets by requiring entities to classify them as being measured either at amortised cost or fair value depending on the business model and contractual cash flow characteristics of the asset. For financial liabilities, IFRS9 requires an entity choosing to measure a liability at fair value to present the portion of the change in its fair value due to changes in the entitys own credit risk in the other comprehensive income rather than the income statement. Adoption of the standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the measurement, presentation or disclosure of financial assets and liabilities in the combined financial statements.
IFRS10 Consolidated Financial Statements (effective for the 2013 financial year). The standard introduces a single consolidation model for all entities based on control, irrespective of the nature of the investee. IFRS10 replaces IAS27 Separate Financial Statements. Adoption of the standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the measurement, presentation or disclosure of the consolidation of entities in the combined financial statements.
IFRS11 Joint Arrangements (effective for the 2013 financial year). This standard classifies joint arrangements as either joint ventures or a joint operation and removes the option to proportionately consolidate joint ventures. IFRS11 replaces IAS28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. Adoption of the standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the measurement, presentation or disclosure of the joint ventures in the combined financial statements.
IFRS12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (effective for the 2013 financial year). This standard combines the disclosure requirements for subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities into one standard. Adoption of the standard may result in additional disclosures in the combined financial statements but is not expected to have a significant impact on Reed Elseviers reporting.
IFRS13 Fair Value Measurement (effective for the 2013 financial year). The standard consolidates the guidance and disclosure requirements of fair value measurement contained throughout IFRS and also requires new disclosures related to valuation techniques and inputs into fair value measurements. Adoption of the standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the measurement, presentation or disclosure of financial assets and liabilities in the combined financial statements.
IAS1 Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income Amendments to IAS1 (effective for the 2013 financial year). The standard amends the grouping of items presented in the statement of comprehensive income into items that may be reclassified (or recycled) to the profit or loss in a future period and items that will never be reclassified. Adoption of the standard will lead to some re-presentation of the items in the statement of comprehensive income in the combined financial statements.
Additionally, a number of interpretations have been issued which are not expected to have any significant impact on Reed Elseviers accounting policies and reporting.
F-17
3. | Segment analysis |
Reed Elseviers reported segments are based on the internal reporting structure and financial information provided to the Chief Executive Officer and Boards.
Reed Elsevier is a world leading provider of professional information solutions organised as five business segments: Scientific, Technical & Medical, providing information and tools to help its customers improve scientific and healthcare outcomes; Risk Solutions, providing tools that combine proprietary, public and third-party information with advanced technology and analytics; Business Information, providing data services, information and marketing solutions to business professionals; Legal, providing legal, tax, regulatory news & business information to legal, corporate, government, accounting and academic markets; and Exhibitions, organising exhibitions and conferences.
Adjusted operating profit is the key segmental profit measure used by Reed Elsevier in assessing performance. It is stated before amortisation of acquired intangible assets, the share of profit on disposals in joint ventures, exceptional restructuring (none in 2012 or 2011), acquisition related costs, and is grossed up to exclude the equity share of taxes in joint ventures.
Operating profit by segment is included as supplementary information.
Analysis by business segment
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Revenue |
||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
2,063 | 2,058 | 2,026 | |||||||||
Risk Solutions |
926 | 908 | 927 | |||||||||
Business Information |
663 | 695 | 718 | |||||||||
Legal |
1,610 | 1,634 | 1,691 | |||||||||
Exhibitions |
854 | 707 | 693 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
6,116 | 6,002 | 6,055 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating profit |
||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
706 | 695 | 647 | |||||||||
Risk Solutions |
281 | 181 | 165 | |||||||||
Business Information |
76 | 68 | | |||||||||
Legal |
146 | 144 | 159 | |||||||||
Exhibitions |
171 | 132 | 127 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Sub-total |
1,380 | 1,220 | 1,098 | |||||||||
Corporate costs |
(47 | ) | (49 | ) | (34 | ) | ||||||
Unallocated net pension financing credit |
25 | 34 | 26 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
1,358 | 1,205 | 1,090 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Adjusted operating profit |
||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
780 | 768 | 724 | |||||||||
Risk Solutions |
392 | 362 | 354 | |||||||||
Business Information |
119 | 110 | 89 | |||||||||
Legal |
234 | 229 | 238 | |||||||||
Exhibitions |
210 | 167 | 158 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Sub-total |
1,735 | 1,636 | 1,563 | |||||||||
Corporate costs |
(47 | ) | (44 | ) | (34 | ) | ||||||
Unallocated net pension financing credit |
25 | 34 | 26 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
1,713 | 1,626 | 1,555 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
3. | Segment analysis (continued) |
Analysis by geographical origin
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Revenue |
||||||||||||
North America |
3,122 | 3,103 | 3,213 | |||||||||
United Kingdom |
966 | 947 | 907 | |||||||||
The Netherlands |
611 | 616 | 620 | |||||||||
Rest of Europe |
788 | 783 | 825 | |||||||||
Rest of world |
629 | 553 | 490 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
6,116 | 6,002 | 6,055 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysis by geographical market
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Revenue |
||||||||||||
North America |
3,154 | 3,219 | 3,303 | |||||||||
United Kingdom |
442 | 485 | 490 | |||||||||
The Netherlands |
165 | 189 | 204 | |||||||||
Rest of Europe |
1,176 | 1,095 | 1,131 | |||||||||
Rest of world |
1,179 | 1,014 | 927 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
6,116 | 6,002 | 6,055 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysis by type
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Revenue |
||||||||||||
Subscriptions |
2,978 | 2,819 | 2,709 | |||||||||
Circulation/transactions |
1,602 | 1,649 | 1,760 | |||||||||
Advertising |
350 | 437 | 491 | |||||||||
Exhibitions |
846 | 700 | 675 | |||||||||
Other |
340 | 397 | 420 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
6,116 | 6,002 | 6,055 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue is analysed before the £91 million (2011: £128 million; 2010: £116 million) share of joint ventures revenue, of which £2 million (2011: £2 million; 2010: £3 million) relates to Business Information, £22 million (2011: £23 million; 2010: £24 million) relates to Legal, principally to Giuffrè, and £67 million (2011: £103 million; 2010: £89 million) relates to Exhibitions.
Share of post-tax results of joint ventures of £24 million (2011: £30 million; 2010: £22 million) included in operating profit comprises nil (2011: £1 million; 2010: £1 million) relating to Business Information, £2 million (2011: £4 million; 2010: £4 million) relating to Legal and £22 million (2011: £25 million; 2010: £17 million) relating to Exhibitions. The unallocated net pension financing credit of £25 million (2011: £34 million; 2010: £26 million) comprises the expected return on pension scheme assets of £221 million (2011: £235 million; 2010: £217 million) less interest on pension scheme liabilities of £196 million (2011: £201 million; 2010: £191 million).
F-19
3. | Segment analysis (continued) |
A reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted operating profit is provided below:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Operating profit |
1,358 | 1,205 | 1,090 | |||||||||
Adjustments: |
||||||||||||
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets |
329 | 359 | 349 | |||||||||
Exceptional restructuring costs |
| | 57 | |||||||||
Acquisition related costs |
21 | 52 | 50 | |||||||||
Share of profit on disposals in joint ventures |
| (1 | ) | | ||||||||
Reclassification of tax in joint ventures |
5 | 11 | 9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Adjusted operating profit |
1,713 | 1,626 | 1,555 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysis by business segment
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Expenditure on acquired goodwill and intangible assets |
||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
120 | 43 | 13 | |||||||||
Risk Solutions |
15 | | | |||||||||
Business Information |
| 532 | 1 | |||||||||
Legal |
80 | | 34 | |||||||||
Exhibitions |
178 | 36 | 6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
393 | 611 | 54 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Capital expenditure additions |
||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
106 | 94 | 81 | |||||||||
Risk Solutions |
21 | 23 | 31 | |||||||||
Business Information |
17 | 18 | 12 | |||||||||
Legal |
173 | 203 | 179 | |||||||||
Exhibitions |
25 | 22 | 12 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
342 | 360 | 315 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets |
||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
68 | 72 | 75 | |||||||||
Risk Solutions |
109 | 156 | 149 | |||||||||
Business Information |
37 | 29 | 30 | |||||||||
Legal |
83 | 78 | 72 | |||||||||
Exhibitions |
32 | 24 | 23 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
329 | 359 | 349 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Depreciation and other amortisation |
||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
82 | 69 | 74 | |||||||||
Risk Solutions |
23 | 26 | 29 | |||||||||
Business Information |
14 | 15 | 26 | |||||||||
Legal |
92 | 87 | 94 | |||||||||
Exhibitions |
16 | 10 | 14 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
227 | 207 | 237 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
3. | Segment analysis (continued) |
Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment and internally developed intangible assets. Amortisation of acquired intangible assets includes amounts in respect of joint ventures of £1 million (2011: £4 million; 2010: £4 million) in Exhibitions. Other than the depreciation and amortisation above, non cash items includes a £31 million charge (2011: £27 million charge; 2010: £7 million credit) relating to the recognition of share based remuneration, comprising £5 million (2011: £5 million charge; 2010: £2 million credit) in Scientific, Technical & Medical, nil (2011: £3 million; 2010: £2 million) in Risk Solutions, £3 million (2011: £2 million; 2010: £3 million credit) in Business Information, £7 million (2011: £6 million; 2010: £1 million credit) in Legal, £4 million (2011: £3 million; 2010: £1 million credit) in Exhibitions and £12 million (2011: £8 million; 2010: £2 million credit) in Corporate.
Analysis by geographical location
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||||||
North America |
6,514 | 6,984 | 6,716 | |||||||||
United Kingdom |
524 | 517 | 456 | |||||||||
The Netherlands |
120 | 123 | 140 | |||||||||
Rest of Europe |
729 | 783 | 851 | |||||||||
Rest of world |
376 | 292 | 210 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
8,263 | 8,699 | 8,373 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets by geographical location exclude amounts relating to deferred tax, net pension assets and derivative financial instruments.
4. | Operating profit |
Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting) the following:
Note |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||
Staff costs |
||||||||||||||||
Wages and salaries |
1,543 | 1,535 | 1,594 | |||||||||||||
Social security costs |
187 | 173 | 179 | |||||||||||||
Pensions |
7 | 64 | 62 | 54 | ||||||||||||
Share based and related remuneration |
26 | 27 | 11 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total staff costs |
1,820 | 1,797 | 1,838 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Depreciation and amortisation |
||||||||||||||||
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets |
16 | 328 | 355 | 345 | ||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures amortisation of acquired intangible assets |
1 | 4 | 4 | |||||||||||||
Amortisation of internally developed intangible assets |
16 | 151 | 132 | 158 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment |
18 | 76 | 75 | 79 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total depreciation and amortisation |
556 | 566 | 586 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other expenses and income |
||||||||||||||||
Pre-publication costs, inventory expenses and other cost of sales |
2,139 | 2,126 | 2,209 | |||||||||||||
Operating lease rentals expense |
112 | 116 | 123 | |||||||||||||
Operating lease rentals income |
(10 | ) | (11 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortisation charges are included within administration and other expenses.
F-21
5. | Auditors remuneration |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
For audit services |
4.7 | 4.7 | 4.5 | |||||||||
For non audit services |
1.8 | 1.1 | 1.2 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total auditors remuneration |
6.5 | 5.8 | 5.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auditors remuneration for audit services comprises £0.5 million (2011: £0.5 million; 2010: £0.4 million) payable to the auditors of the parent companies and £4.2 million (2011: £4.2 million; 2010: £4.1 million) payable to the auditors of the parent companies and their associates for the audit of the financial statements of the operating and financing businesses, including the review and testing of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Auditors remuneration for non audit services comprises: £0.8 million (2011: £0.7 million; 2010: £0.9 million) for tax compliance services, £0.3 million (2011: £0.2 million; 2010: nil) for due diligence and other transaction related services and £0.7 million (2011: £0.2 million; 2010: £0.3 million) for other audit related assurance services.
6. | Personnel |
Number of people employed
At December 31 | Average during the year | |||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||
Business segment |
||||||||||||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
7,000 | 6,900 | 7,000 | 6,900 | 6,800 | |||||||||||||||
Risk Solutions |
4,100 | 4,000 | 4,000 | 4,300 | 4,500 | |||||||||||||||
Business Information |
4,800 | 5,600 | 5,200 | 5,400 | 5,800 | |||||||||||||||
Legal |
10,400 | 10,300 | 10,400 | 10,400 | 10,400 | |||||||||||||||
Exhibitions |
3,200 | 2,800 | 3,000 | 2,700 | 2,600 | |||||||||||||||
Sub-total |
29,500 | 29,600 | 29,600 | 29,700 | 30,100 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate/shared functions |
900 | 900 | 900 | 900 | 900 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
30,400 | 30,500 | 30,500 | 30,600 | 31,000 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Geographical location |
||||||||||||||||||||
North America |
15,700 | 16,000 | 15,900 | 16,300 | 16,900 | |||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
4,100 | 4,600 | 4,200 | 4,600 | 4,700 | |||||||||||||||
The Netherlands |
1,600 | 1,600 | 1,600 | 1,600 | 1,800 | |||||||||||||||
Rest of Europe |
3,600 | 3,700 | 3,700 | 3,800 | 4,000 | |||||||||||||||
Rest of world |
5,400 | 4,600 | 5,100 | 4,300 | 3,600 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
30,400 | 30,500 | 30,500 | 30,600 | 31,000 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. | Pension schemes |
A number of pension schemes are operated around the world. Historically, the major schemes have been of the defined benefit type with assets held in separate trustee administered funds. The largest defined benefit schemes are in the UK, the US and the Netherlands. Under these plans, employees are entitled to retirement benefits dependent on the number of years service provided.
F-22
7. | Pension schemes (continued) |
The principal assumptions for the purpose of valuation under IAS19 Employee Benefits are presented below as the weighted average of the various defined benefit pension schemes. The defined benefit pension expense for each year is based on the assumptions and scheme valuations set at December 31 of the prior year.
At December 31 | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
Discount rate |
4.4 | % | 5.2 | % | 5.6 | % | ||||||
Expected rate of return on scheme assets |
n/a | 6.2 | % | 6.8 | % | |||||||
Expected rate of salary increases |
3.2 | % | 3.5 | % | 4.1 | % | ||||||
Inflation |
2.7 | % | 2.9 | % | 3.2 | % | ||||||
Future pension increases |
2.8 | % | 2.9 | % | 3.2 | % |
The discount rate is set by reference to AA corporate bond yields. The expected rates of return on individual categories of scheme assets are determined by reference to relevant market indices and market expectations of real rates of return. The overall expected rate of return on scheme assets is based on the weighted average of each asset category.
Mortality assumptions used in assessing defined benefit obligations make allowance for future improvements in longevity and have been determined by reference to applicable mortality statistics and expectations for each scheme. The average life expectancies assumed in the valuation of the defined benefit obligations are set out below:
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Average life expectancy (at December 31) |
Male
(years) |
Female
(years) |
Male
(years) |
Female
(years) |
Male
(years) |
Female
(years) |
||||||||||||||||||
Member currently aged 60 |
88 | 88 | 88 | 87 | 88 | 87 | ||||||||||||||||||
Member currently aged 45 |
89 | 89 | 89 | 88 | 89 | 88 |
The pension expense recognised within the income statement comprises:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Service cost (including settlement and curtailment credits of £20 million (2011: £9 million; 2010: £17 million)) |
43 | 57 | 48 | |||||||||
Interest on pension scheme liabilities |
196 | 201 | 191 | |||||||||
Expected return on scheme assets |
(221 | ) | (235 | ) | (217 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net defined benefit pension expense |
18 | 23 | 22 | |||||||||
Defined contribution pension expense |
46 | 39 | 32 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total pension expense |
64 | 62 | 54 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
7. | Pension schemes (continued) |
The amount recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined benefit pension schemes at the start and end of the year and the movements during the year were as follows:
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Defined
benefit obligations £m |
Fair value
of scheme assets £m |
Net
pension obligations £m |
Defined
benefit obligations £m |
Fair value
of scheme assets £m |
Net
pension obligations £m |
Defined
benefit obligations £m |
Fair value
of scheme assets £m |
Net
pension obligations £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At start of year |
(3,876 | ) | 3,634 | (242 | ) | (3,677 | ) | 3,507 | (170 | ) | (3,302 | ) | 3,067 | (235 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Service cost |
(43 | ) | | (43 | ) | (57 | ) | | (57 | ) | (48 | ) | | (48 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Interest on pension scheme liabilities |
(196 | ) | | (196 | ) | (201 | ) | | (201 | ) | (191 | ) | | (191 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Expected return on scheme assets |
| 221 | 221 | | 235 | 235 | | 217 | 217 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Actuarial (loss)/gain |
(416 | ) | 87 | (329 | ) | (78 | ) | (35 | ) | (113 | ) | (261 | ) | 198 | (63 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Contributions by employer |
| 116 | 116 | | 66 | 66 | | 154 | 154 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contributions by employees |
(11 | ) | 11 | | (11 | ) | 11 | | (11 | ) | 11 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Benefits paid |
216 | (216 | ) | | 141 | (141 | ) | | 139 | (139 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
54 | (47 | ) | 7 | 7 | (9 | ) | (2 | ) | (3 | ) | (1 | ) | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
At end of year |
(4,272 | ) | 3,806 | (466 | ) | (3,876 | ) | 3,634 | (242 | ) | (3,677 | ) | 3,507 | (170 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The net pension obligations of £466 million at December 31, 2012 (2011: £242 million; 2010: £170 million) comprise schemes in deficit with net pension obligations of £466 million (2011: £242 million; 2010: £225 million) and schemes in surplus with net pension assets of nil (2011: nil; 2010: £55 million).
As at December 31, 2012 the defined benefit obligations comprise £4,112 million (2011: £3,721 million; 2010: £3,531 million) in relation to funded schemes and £160 million (2011: £155 million; 2010: £146 million) in relation to unfunded schemes. The weighted average duration of defined benefit scheme liabilities is 19 years (2011: 19 years; 2010: 19 years). Deferred tax liabilities of nil (2011: nil; 2010: £15 million) and deferred tax assets of £153 million (2011: £86 million; 2010: £78 million) are recognised in respect of the pension scheme surpluses and deficits respectively.
The fair value of scheme assets held as equities, bonds and other assets, and their expected rates of return as at December 31, are shown below:
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value
of scheme assets £m |
Proportion
of total scheme assets % |
Expected
rate of return on scheme assets % |
Fair value
of scheme assets £m |
Proportion
of total scheme assets % |
Expected
rate of return on scheme assets % |
Fair value
of scheme assets £m |
Proportion
of total scheme assets % |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equities |
1,804 | 47 | 8.7 | 1,699 | 47 | 8.7 | 1,963 | 56 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bonds |
1,715 | 45 | 3.7 | 1,722 | 47 | 4.4 | 1,318 | 38 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
287 | 8 | 4.3 | 213 | 6 | 5.1 | 226 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
3,806 | 100 | 6.2 | 3,634 | 100 | 6.8 | 3,507 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The actual return on scheme assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 was a £308 million gain (2011: £200 million gain; 2010: £415 million gain).
F-24
7. | Pension schemes (continued) |
A summary of pension balances in respect of funded and unfunded schemes for the five years ended December 31, 2012 is set out below:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
2009
£m |
2008
£m |
||||||||||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets |
3,806 | 3,634 | 3,507 | 3,067 | 2,682 | |||||||||||||||
Defined benefit obligations |
(4,272 | ) | (3,876 | ) | (3,677 | ) | (3,302 | ) | (3,051 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net pension obligations |
(466 | ) | (242 | ) | (170 | ) | (235 | ) | (369 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gains and losses arising on the revaluation of pension scheme assets and liabilities that have been recognised in the statement of comprehensive income are set out below:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
2009
£m |
2008
£m |
||||||||||||||||
Gains and losses during the year: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Experience (losses)/gains on scheme liabilities |
(32 | ) | (27 | ) | (43 | ) | 18 | (9 | ) | |||||||||||
Experience gains/(losses) on scheme assets |
87 | (35 | ) | 198 | 301 | (765 | ) | |||||||||||||
Actuarial (losses)/gains arising on the present value of scheme liabilities due to changes in: |
||||||||||||||||||||
discount rates |
(552 | ) | (238 | ) | (162 | ) | (249 | ) | 202 | |||||||||||
inflation |
74 | 182 | (50 | ) | (124 | ) | 198 | |||||||||||||
other actuarial assumptions |
94 | 5 | (6 | ) | 60 | 27 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
(329 | ) | (113 | ) | (63 | ) | 6 | (347 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net cumulative (losses)/gains at start of year |
(265 | ) | (152 | ) | (89 | ) | (95 | ) | 252 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cumulative losses at end of year |
(594 | ) | (265 | ) | (152 | ) | (89 | ) | (95 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Regular contributions to defined benefit pension schemes in respect of 2013 are expected to be approximately £55 million.
Sensitivity analysis
Valuation of Reed Elseviers pension scheme liabilities involves judgements about uncertain events, including the life expectancy of the members, salary and pension increases, inflation and the rate at which the future pension payments are discounted. Estimates are used for each of these factors. Differences arising from actual experience or future changes in assumptions may materially affect future pension charges. In particular, changes in assumptions for discount rates, inflation and life expectancies would have the following approximate effects on the annual service cost and the defined benefit pension obligations:
£m | ||||
Increase/decrease of 0.25% in discount rate: |
||||
Decrease/increase in annual service cost |
5 | |||
Decrease/increase in defined benefit pension obligations |
195 | |||
Increase/decrease of one year in assumed life expectancy: |
||||
Increase/decrease in annual service cost |
1 | |||
Increase/decrease in defined benefit pension obligations |
104 | |||
Increase/decrease of 0.25% in the expected inflation rate: |
||||
Increase/decrease in annual service cost |
3 | |||
Increase/decrease in defined benefit pension obligations |
113 |
F-25
8. | Share based remuneration |
Reed Elsevier provides a number of share based remuneration schemes to directors and employees. The principal share based remuneration schemes are the Executive Share Option Schemes (ESOS), the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), the Reed Elsevier Growth Plan (REGP), the Retention Share Plan (RSP) and the Bonus Investment Plan (BIP). Share options granted under ESOS and LTIP are exercisable after three years and up to ten years from the date of grant at a price equivalent to the market value of the respective shares at the date of grant. Conditional shares granted under ESOS, LTIP, RSP and BIP are exercisable after three years for nil consideration if conditions are met. Conditional shares granted under REGP are exercisable for nil consideration if conditions are met after three and five years. Other awards principally relate to all employee share based saving schemes in the UK and the Netherlands.
Share based remuneration awards are, other than upon retirement or in exceptional circumstances, subject to the condition that the employee remains in employment at the time of exercise.
Conditional shares granted under LTIP, REGP, RSP and BIP in 2010, 2011 and 2012 are subject to the achievement of growth targets of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV adjusted earnings per share measured at constant exchange rates as well as the achievement of a targeted percentage return on invested capital of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. LTIP grants in 2010, 2011 and 2012 and REGP grants in 2010 are also variable subject to the achievement of a total shareholder return performance target.
The weighted average fair value per award is based on full vesting on achievement of non market related performance conditions and stochastic models for market related components. The conditional shares and option awards are recognised in the income statement over the vesting period, being between three and five years, on the basis of expected performance against the non market related conditions, with the fair value related to market related components unchanging.
F-26
8. | Share based remuneration (continued) |
2012 grants
F-27
8. | Share based remuneration (continued) |
2010 grants
In respect of Reed Elsevier PLC
ordinary shares |
In respect of Reed Elsevier NV
ordinary shares |
|||||||||||||||
Number
of shares 000 |
Weighted
average fair value per award £ |
Number
of shares 000 |
Weighted
average fair value per award £ |
|||||||||||||
Share options |
||||||||||||||||
ESOS |
2,204 | 0.77 | 1,448 | 1.08 | ||||||||||||
Other |
846 | 0.99 | 381 | 0.82 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total share options |
3,050 | 0.83 | 1,829 | 1.02 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Conditional shares |
||||||||||||||||
ESOS |
751 | 4.23 | 493 | 6.37 | ||||||||||||
LTIP |
1,677 | 4.01 | 1,101 | 6.11 | ||||||||||||
REGP |
1,038 | 6.99 | 681 | 10.66 | ||||||||||||
RSP |
236 | 4.23 | 155 | 6.37 | ||||||||||||
BIP |
1,714 | 4.64 | 820 | 6.93 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total conditional shares |
5,416 | 4.82 | 3,250 | 7.32 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The main assumptions used to determine the fair values are set out below:
Assumptions for grants made during the year
In respect of Reed Elsevier PLC
ordinary shares |
In respect of Reed Elsevier NV
ordinary shares |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average share price at date of grant |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
ESOS |
£ | 5.19 | £ | 5.39 | £ | 4.69 | | 9.07 | | 8.97 | | 8.36 | ||||||||||||
LTIP |
£ | 5.25 | £ | 5.31 | £ | 4.67 | | 8.91 | | 8.89 | | 8.31 | ||||||||||||
REGP |
£ | 4.67 | | 8.31 | ||||||||||||||||||||
RSP |
£ | 6.00 | £ | 5.26 | £ | 4.67 | | 9.65 | | 9.27 | | 8.33 | ||||||||||||
BIP |
£ | 5.20 | £ | 5.43 | £ | 4.64 | | 9.15 | | 9.21 | | 8.11 | ||||||||||||
Other |
£ | 5.49 | £ | 5.13 | £ | 5.22 | | 9.63 | | 9.03 | | 8.86 | ||||||||||||
Expected share price volatility |
30 | % | 29 | % | 26 | % | 30 | % | 29 | % | 26 | % | ||||||||||||
Expected option life |
4 years | 4 years | 4 years | 4 years | 4 years | 4 years | ||||||||||||||||||
Expected dividend yield |
3.9 | % | 3.6 | % | 3.5 | % | 4.5 | % | 4.1 | % | 3.9 | % | ||||||||||||
Risk free interest rate |
0.8 | % | 1.9 | % | 1.8 | % | 0.9 | % | 2.5 | % | 1.2 | % | ||||||||||||
Expected lapse rate |
2-5 | % | 2-5 | % | 3-5 | % | 2-4 | % | 2-4 | % | 3-4 | % |
Expected share price volatility has been estimated based on relevant historic data in respect of the Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share prices. Expected share option life has been estimated based on historical exercise patterns in respect of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV share options.
F-28
8. | Share based remuneration (continued) |
The share based remuneration awards outstanding as at December 31, 2012 in respect of both Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares are set out below:
In respect of Reed
Elsevier PLC ordinary shares |
In respect of Reed
Elsevier NV ordinary shares |
|||||||||||||||
Number
of shares under option 000 |
Weighted
average exercise price (pence) |
Number
of shares under option 000 |
Weighted
average exercise price () |
|||||||||||||
Share options |
||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2010 |
35,685 | 547 | 25,917 | 11.74 | ||||||||||||
Granted |
3,050 | 455 | 1,829 | 8.45 | ||||||||||||
Exercised |
(2,008 | ) | 470 | (184 | ) | 8.63 | ||||||||||
Forfeited |
(1,355 | ) | 496 | (1,008 | ) | 8.75 | ||||||||||
Expired |
(1,661 | ) | 554 | (1,721 | ) | 6.71 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2011 |
33,711 | 544 | 24,833 | 11.45 | ||||||||||||
Granted |
2,686 | 509 | 1,753 | 8.99 | ||||||||||||
Exercised |
(1,626 | ) | 493 | (201 | ) | 8.84 | ||||||||||
Forfeited |
(2,001 | ) | 479 | (1,941 | ) | 10.94 | ||||||||||
Expired |
(3,230 | ) | 640 | (2,803 | ) | 8.68 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2012 |
29,540 | 534 | 21,641 | 10.99 | ||||||||||||
Granted |
2,503 | 497 | 1,556 | 9.19 | ||||||||||||
Exercised |
(6,694 | ) | 497 | (1,913 | ) | 9.36 | ||||||||||
Forfeited |
(1,022 | ) | 498 | (581 | ) | 9.33 | ||||||||||
Expired |
(4,992 | ) | 592 | (5,121 | ) | 12.34 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2012 |
19,335 | 529 | 15,582 | 10.63 | ||||||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2010 |
22,048 | 552 | 18,735 | 11.88 | ||||||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2011 |
20,061 | 552 | 16,876 | 11.56 | ||||||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2012 |
12,573 | 553 | 12,329 | 11.12 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Reed
Elsevier PLC ordinary shares (000) |
Number of Reed
Elsevier NV ordinary shares (000) |
|||||||
Conditional shares |
||||||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2010 |
8,148 | 4,921 | ||||||
Granted |
5,416 | 3,250 | ||||||
Vested |
(678 | ) | (425 | ) | ||||
Forfeited |
(849 | ) | (453 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2011 |
12,037 | 7,293 | ||||||
Granted |
4,238 | 2,332 | ||||||
Vested |
(580 | ) | (383 | ) | ||||
Forfeited |
(1,799 | ) | (975 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2012 |
13,896 | 8,267 | ||||||
Granted |
4,402 | 2,405 | ||||||
Vested |
(601 | ) | (391 | ) | ||||
Forfeited |
(5,885 | ) | (3,575 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2012 |
11,812 | 6,706 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
F-29
8. | Share based remuneration (continued) |
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of share options and vesting of conditional shares during 2012 was 593p (2011: 554p; 2010: 522p) for Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares and 10.43 (2011: 9.71; 2010: 8.82) for Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares.
Range of exercise prices for outstanding share options
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of
shares under option 000 |
Weighted
average remaining period until expiry (years) |
Number of
shares under option 000 |
Weighted
average remaining period until expiry (years) |
Number of
shares under option 000 |
Weighted
average remaining period until expiry (years) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares (pence) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
401-450 |
1,925 | 2.8 | 2,148 | 2.9 | 2,017 | 3.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
451-500 |
4,415 | 3.5 | 7,793 | 3.6 | 8,919 | 4.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
501-550 |
8,981 | 5.7 | 11,662 | 5.5 | 11,299 | 5.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
551-600 |
189 | 5.4 | 2,726 | 0.8 | 3,153 | 1.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
601-650 |
3,825 | 4.8 | 5,176 | 5.7 | 6,053 | 6.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
651-700 |
| | 35 | 0.3 | 2,270 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
19,335 | 4.7 | 29,540 | 4.4 | 33,711 | 4.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares (euro) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
7.01-8.00 |
58 | 6.1 | 120 | 7.2 | 137 | 8.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
8.01-9.00 |
2,736 | 7.7 | 3,233 | 8.6 | 2,062 | 9.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
9.01-10.00 |
3,142 | 6.9 | 3,686 | 5.3 | 3,915 | 6.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
10.01-11.00 |
2,697 | 1.6 | 3,921 | 2.3 | 4,385 | 3.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
11.01-12.00 |
3,982 | 2.6 | 4,865 | 3.5 | 5,670 | 4.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
12.01-13.00 |
1,806 | 5.1 | 2,339 | 6.0 | 2,653 | 6.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
13.01-14.00 |
118 | 4.1 | 2,025 | 0.5 | 2,502 | 1.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
14.01-15.00 |
1,043 | 4.1 | 1,426 | 5.1 | 3,414 | 3.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
15.01-16.00 |
| | 26 | 0.3 | 95 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
15,582 | 4.6 | 21,641 | 4.5 | 24,833 | 3.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share options are expected, upon exercise, to be met principally by the issue of new ordinary shares but may also be met from shares held by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) (see note 31). Conditional shares will be met from shares held by the EBT.
9. | Net finance costs |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Interest on short term bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper |
(27 | ) | (28 | ) | (33 | ) | ||||||
Interest on other loans |
(196 | ) | (212 | ) | (236 | ) | ||||||
Interest on obligations under finance leases |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total borrowing costs |
(224 | ) | (241 | ) | (270 | ) | ||||||
Losses on loans and derivatives not designated as hedges |
(8 | ) | (11 | ) | (14 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Finance costs |
(232 | ) | (252 | ) | (284 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Interest on bank deposits |
7 | 12 | 7 | |||||||||
Gains on loans and derivatives not designated as hedges |
9 | 5 | 1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Finance income |
16 | 17 | 8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net finance costs |
(216 | ) | (235 | ) | (276 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
9. | Net finance costs (continued) |
Finance costs include £16 million (2011: £15 million; 2010: £26 million) transferred from the hedge reserve. A net loss of £2 million (2011: £3 million; 2010: £15 million) on interest rate derivatives designated as cash flow hedges was recognised directly in equity in the hedge reserve to be recognised in future periods.
10. | Disposals and other non operating items |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Revaluation of held for trading investments |
19 | 6 | 8 | |||||||||
Property provisions on disposed businesses |
(60 | ) | (16 | ) | (22 | ) | ||||||
Gain/(loss) on disposal of businesses and assets held for sale |
86 | (12 | ) | (32 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net gain/(loss) on disposals and other non operating items |
45 | (22 | ) | (46 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. | Taxation |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Current tax |
||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
73 | 64 | 44 | |||||||||
The Netherlands |
68 | 87 | 58 | |||||||||
Rest of world |
12 | 107 | 64 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total current tax charge |
153 | 258 | 166 | |||||||||
Deferred tax |
(40 | ) | (77 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Tax expense |
113 | 181 | 120 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The net tax expense charged on profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average of tax rates applicable to accounting profits and losses of the consolidated entities, as follows:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Profit before tax |
1,187 | 948 | 768 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Tax at average applicable rates |
255 | 180 | 118 | |||||||||
Tax on share of results of joint ventures |
(7 | ) | (9 | ) | (9 | ) | ||||||
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes |
30 | 26 | 24 | |||||||||
(Non-taxable)/non-deductible costs of share based remuneration |
(3 | ) | 3 | 2 | ||||||||
(Non-taxable)/non-deductible disposal related gains and losses |
(69 | ) | 7 | 1 | ||||||||
Tax losses of the period not recognised |
6 | 4 | | |||||||||
Recognition and utilization of tax losses that arose in prior years |
(6 | ) | (22 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||
Exceptional prior year tax credit |
(96 | ) | | | ||||||||
Other adjustments in respect of prior periods |
2 | (7 | ) | (9 | ) | |||||||
Deferred tax effect of changes in tax rates |
1 | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Tax expense |
113 | 181 | 120 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Tax expense as a percentage of profit before tax |
10 | % | 19 | % | 16 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average applicable tax rate for the year was 22% (2011: 19%, 2010: 16%). This increase is caused by a change in the relative profitability of the consolidated entities in the countries in which they operate, partially offset by the impact of the reduction in the tax rate of the United Kingdom (see below).
During 2012, Reed Elsevier resolved a number of significant prior year tax matters and reassessed its exposure to other tax matters across the jurisdiction in which Reed Elsevier operates. As a result of this reassessment, current tax liabilities were reduced by £96 million to reflect the lower cash tax expected to be payable.
F-31
11. | Taxation (continued) |
The following tax has been recognized directly in equity during the year:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Tax on actuarial movements on defined benefit pension schemes |
102 | 36 | 16 | |||||||||
Tax on fair value movements on cash flow hedges |
(19 | ) | 5 | 12 | ||||||||
Tax credits on share based remuneration |
5 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net tax credit/(charge) recognised directly in equity |
88 | 42 | 29 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
A number of changes in the UK corporation tax system, including reductions of the main rate of corporation tax from 26% to 24% with effect from April 1, 2012, and from 24% to 23% with effect from April 1, 2013, were substantively enacted on July 3, 2012. Reed Elsevier has therefore remeasured its UK deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of the reporting period at 23%, which has resulted in recognition of a deferred tax debit of £1 million in the income statement. The UK government has also announced an intention to reduce the rate of corporation tax to 21% by April 1, 2014, but as this change had not been substantively enacted at the date of the statement of financial position, the effect on deferred tax has not been recognized in these financial statements. It is not currently anticipated that the proposed reduction in rate would have a significant impact on deferred tax balances.
12. | Statement of cash flows |
Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash generated from operations
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Profit before tax |
1,187 | 948 | 768 | |||||||||
Disposals and other non operating items |
(45 | ) | 22 | 46 | ||||||||
Net finance costs |
216 | 235 | 276 | |||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures |
(24 | ) | (30 | ) | (22 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating profit before joint ventures |
1,334 | 1,175 | 1,068 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets |
328 | 355 | 345 | |||||||||
Amortisation of internally developed intangible assets |
151 | 132 | 158 | |||||||||
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment |
76 | 75 | 79 | |||||||||
Share based remuneration |
31 | 27 | (7 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total non cash items |
586 | 589 | 575 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Decrease in inventories and pre-publication costs |
21 | 32 | 35 | |||||||||
Decrease/(increase) in receivables |
4 | (37 | ) | 24 | ||||||||
Decrease in payables |
(98 | ) | (24 | ) | (53 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
(Increase)/decrease in working capital |
(73 | ) | (29 | ) | 6 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash generated from operations |
1,847 | 1,735 | 1,649 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow on acquisitions
Note |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||
Purchase of businesses |
13 | (276 | ) | (455 | ) | (38 | ) | |||||||||
Investment in joint ventures |
(10 | ) | (1 | ) | | |||||||||||
Deferred payments relating to prior year acquisitions |
(30 | ) | (25 | ) | (12 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
(316 | ) | (481 | ) | (50 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-32
13. | Acquisitions |
Acquisitions in 2012
During the year a number of acquisitions were made for a total consideration of £341 million, after taking account of net cash acquired of £12 million. The net assets of the businesses acquired are incorporated at their fair value to the combined businesses. The provisional fair values of the consideration given and of the assets and liabilities acquired are summarised below:
Fair value
£m |
||||
Goodwill |
165 | |||
Intangible assets |
229 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
1 | |||
Current assets |
21 | |||
Current liabilities |
(61 | ) | ||
Current tax |
2 | |||
Deferred tax |
(16 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net assets acquired |
341 | |||
|
|
|||
Consideration (after taking account of £12 million net cash acquired) |
341 | |||
Less: consideration deferred to future years |
(23 | ) | ||
Less: acquisition date fair value of equity interest |
(42 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net cash flow |
276 | |||
|
|
Goodwill, being the excess of the consideration over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, represents benefits which do not qualify for recognition as intangible assets, including the ability of the business to generate higher returns than individual assets, skilled workforces, and acquisition synergies that are specific to Reed Elsevier. In addition, goodwill arises on the recognition of deferred tax liabilities in respect of intangible assets, for which amortisation does not qualify for tax deductions.
The fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are provisional pending the completion of the valuation exercises. Final fair values will be incorporated in the 2013 combined financial statements. There were no significant adjustments to the provisional fair values of prior year acquisitions established in 2011.
The businesses acquired in 2012 contributed £73 million to revenue, decreased net profit by £10 million and contributed £2 million to net cash inflow from operating activities for the part year under Reed Elsevier ownership and before taking account of acquisition financing costs. Had the businesses been acquired at the beginning of the year, on a proforma basis the Reed Elsevier revenues and net profit for the year would have been £6,153 million and £1,073 million respectively, before taking account of acquisition financing costs.
Acquisitions in 2011
During the year a number of acquisitions were made for a total consideration of £492 million, after taking account of net cash acquired of £24 million, the most significant of which was the acquisition of Accuity Inc. for £331 million, net of cash acquired, which completed on November 1, 2011.
F-33
13. | Acquisitions (continued) |
The net assets of the businesses acquired are incorporated at their fair value to the combined businesses. The provisional fair values of the consideration given and of the assets and liabilities acquired are summarised below:
Fair value
£m |
||||
Goodwill |
300 | |||
Intangible assets |
311 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
1 | |||
Current assets |
23 | |||
Current liabilities |
(46 | ) | ||
Borrowings |
(18 | ) | ||
Current tax |
(1 | ) | ||
Deferred tax |
(78 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net assets acquired |
492 | |||
|
|
|||
Consideration (after taking account of £24 million net cash acquired) |
492 | |||
Less: consideration deferred to future years |
(27 | ) | ||
Less: acquisition date fair value of equity interest |
(10 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net cash flow |
455 | |||
|
|
Goodwill, being the excess of the consideration over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, represents benefits which do not qualify for recognition as intangible assets, including the ability of the business to generate higher returns than individual assets, skilled workforces, and acquisition synergies that are specific to Reed Elsevier. In addition, goodwill arises on the recognition of deferred tax liabilities in respect of intangible assets, for which amortisation does not qualify for tax deductions.
In 2011, there were no significant adjustments to the provisional fair values of prior year acquisitions established in 2010.
The businesses acquired in 2011 contributed £34 million to revenue, decreased net profit by £10 million and contributed £7 million to net cash inflow from operating activities for the part year under Reed Elsevier ownership and before taking account of acquisition financing costs. Had the businesses been acquired at the beginning of the year, on a proforma basis the Reed Elsevier revenues and net profit for the year would have been £6,065 million and £771 million respectively, before taking account of acquisition financing costs.
Acquisitions in 2010
During the year a number of small acquisitions were made for a total consideration of £43 million, after taking account of net cash acquired of nil.
The net assets of the businesses acquired are incorporated at their fair value to the combined businesses. The fair values of the consideration given and of the assets and liabilities acquired are summarised below.
Fair value
£m |
||||
Goodwill |
27 | |||
Intangible assets |
27 | |||
Current liabilities |
(2 | ) | ||
Deferred tax |
(9 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net assets acquired |
43 | |||
|
|
|||
Consideration (after taking account of nil net cash acquired) |
43 | |||
Less: consideration deferred to future years |
(5 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net cash flow |
38 | |||
|
|
F-34
13. | Acquisitions (continued) |
Goodwill, being the excess of the consideration over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, represents benefits which do not qualify for recognition as intangible assets, including the ability of the business to generate higher returns than individual assets, skilled workforces, acquisition synergies that are specific to Reed Elsevier. In addition, goodwill arises on the recognition of deferred tax liabilities in respect of intangible assets for which amortisation does not qualify for tax deductions.
14. | Equity dividends |
Ordinary dividends declared in the year
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Reed Elsevier PLC |
264 | 248 | 245 | |||||||||
Reed Elsevier NV |
259 | 251 | 240 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
523 | 499 | 485 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary dividends declared in the year, in amounts per ordinary share, comprise: a 2011 final dividend of 15.9p and a 2012 interim dividend of 6.0p giving a total of 21.9p (2011: 20.65p; 2010: 20.4p) for Reed Elsevier PLC; and a 2011 final dividend of 0.326 and a 2012 interim dividend of 0.13 giving a total of 0.456 (2011: 0.413; 2010: 0.402) for Reed Elsevier NV.
The directors of Reed Elsevier PLC have proposed a final dividend of 17.0p (2011: 15.9p; 2010: 15.0p). The directors of Reed Elsevier NV have proposed a final dividend of 0.337 (2011: 0.326; 2010: 0.303). The total cost of funding the proposed final dividends is expected to be £391 million, for which no liability has been recognised at the statement of financial position date.
Ordinary dividends paid and proposed relating to the financial year
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||
Reed Elsevier PLC |
273 | 259 | 245 | |||||||
Reed Elsevier NV |
262 | 265 | 246 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total |
535 | 524 | 491 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid to Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders are, other than in special circumstances, equalised at the gross level inclusive of the UK tax credit of 10% received by certain Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders. The cost of funding the Reed Elsevier PLC dividends is therefore similar to that of Reed Elsevier NV.
15. | Goodwill |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
4,729 | 4,441 | 4,339 | |||||||||
Acquisitions |
165 | 300 | 27 | |||||||||
Disposals/reclassified as held for sale |
(152 | ) | (26 | ) | (38 | ) | ||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(197 | ) | 14 | 113 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
4,545 | 4,729 | 4,441 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amount of goodwill is after £20 million (2011: £49 million) of impairment charges.
F-35
15. | Goodwill (continued) |
Impairment review
Impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets is performed at least annually based on cash generating units (CGUs). A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other groups of assets. Goodwill impairment testing is performed on the basis of 22 CGUs. CGUs which are not individually significant have been aggregated for presentation purposes. Typically, when an acquisition is made the acquired business is fully integrated into the relevant business unit and CGU, and the goodwill arising is allocated to the CGUs, or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the acquisition.
The carrying value of goodwill recorded in the major groups of CGUs is set out below:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Scientific, Technical & Medical |
1,026 | 991 | 994 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Risk Solutions |
1,559 | 1,733 | 1,720 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Business Information US |
50 | 52 | 63 | |||||||||
Business Information UK |
335 | 352 | 71 | |||||||||
Business Information NL |
23 | 23 | 24 | |||||||||
Business Information International |
| 30 | 31 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Business Information |
408 | 457 | 189 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Legal US |
1,038 | 1,070 | 1,064 | |||||||||
Legal International |
112 | 113 | 115 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Legal |
1,150 | 1,183 | 1,179 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Exhibitions Continental Europe |
273 | 289 | 293 | |||||||||
Exhibitions other |
129 | 76 | 66 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Exhibitions |
402 | 365 | 359 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
4,545 | 4,729 | 4,441 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reed Elseviers goodwill impairment testing methodology, assumptions and sensitivity analysis are disclosed within critical judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty on pages F-14 to F-16.
F-36
16. | Intangible assets |
Market
and customer related £m |
Content,
software and other £m |
Total
acquired intangible assets £m |
Internally
developed intangible assets £m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||
At January 1, 2010 |
2,535 | 3,390 | 5,925 | 1,042 | 6,967 | |||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
11 | 16 | 27 | | 27 | |||||||||||||||
Additions |
| | | 230 | 230 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals/reclassified as held for sale |
| (99 | ) | (99 | ) | (77 | ) | (176 | ) | |||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
85 | 44 | 129 | 9 | 138 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At January 1, 2011 |
2,631 | 3,351 | 5,982 | 1,204 | 7,186 | |||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
196 | 115 | 311 | | 311 | |||||||||||||||
Additions |
| | | 270 | 270 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals |
(38 | ) | (189 | ) | (227 | ) | (51 | ) | (278 | ) | ||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
13 | (14 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At January 1, 2012 |
2,802 | 3,263 | 6,065 | 1,422 | 7,487 | |||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
201 | 27 | 228 | 1 | 229 | |||||||||||||||
Additions |
| | | 261 | 261 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals/reclassified as held for sale |
(56 | ) | (97 | ) | (153 | ) | (114 | ) | (267 | ) | ||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(131 | ) | (103 | ) | (234 | ) | (53 | ) | (287 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At December 31, 2012 |
2,816 | 3,090 | 5,906 | 1,517 | 7,423 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Accumulated amortisation and impairment |
||||||||||||||||||||
At January 1, 2010 |
437 | 2,260 | 2,697 | 638 | 3,335 | |||||||||||||||
Charge for the year |
161 | 184 | 345 | 158 | 503 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals |
| (93 | ) | (93 | ) | (64 | ) | (157 | ) | |||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
12 | 33 | 45 | 3 | 48 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At January 1, 2011 |
610 | 2,384 | 2,994 | 735 | 3,729 | |||||||||||||||
Charge for the year |
160 | 195 | 355 | 132 | 487 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals/reclassified as held for sale |
(30 | ) | (149 | ) | (179 | ) | (36 | ) | (215 | ) | ||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
4 | (8 | ) | (4 | ) | (4 | ) | (8 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At January 1, 2012 |
744 | 2,422 | 3,166 | 827 | 3,993 | |||||||||||||||
Charge for the year |
173 | 155 | 328 | 151 | 479 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals |
(11 | ) | (89 | ) | (100 | ) | (79 | ) | (179 | ) | ||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(36 | ) | (80 | ) | (116 | ) | (29 | ) | (145 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At December 31, 2012 |
870 | 2,408 | 3,278 | 870 | 4,148 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net book amount |
||||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2010 |
2,021 | 967 | 2,988 | 469 | 3,457 | |||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2011 |
2,058 | 841 | 2,899 | 595 | 3,494 | |||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2012 |
1,946 | 682 | 2,628 | 647 | 3,275 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
16. | Intangible assets (continued) |
Intangible assets acquired as part of business combinations comprise: market related assets (e.g. trademarks, imprints, brands); customer related assets (e.g. subscription bases, customer lists, customer relationships); and content, software and other intangible assets (e.g. editorial content, software and product delivery systems, other publishing rights, exhibition rights and supply contracts). Included in content, software and other acquired intangible assets are assets with a net book value of £431 million (2011: £531 million; 2010: £619 million) that arose on acquisitions completed prior to the adoption of IFRS that have not been allocated to specific categories of intangible assets. Internally developed intangible assets typically comprise software and systems development where an identifiable asset is created that is probable to generate future economic benefits.
Included in market and customer related intangible assets are £354 million (2011: £370 million; 2010: £368 million) of brands and imprints relating to Scientific, Technical & Medical determined to have indefinite lives based on an assessment of their historical longevity and stable market positions. Indefinite lived intangibles are tested for impairment at least annually using the same value in use assumptions as set out in critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty on pages F-14 to F-16.
Also included in market and customer related intangible assets are £1,037 million (2011: £1,209 million; 2010: £1,274 million) of customer relationship assets arising on the acquisition of ChoicePoint in 2008 with a remaining useful economic life of approximately 16 years.
17. | Investments |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Investments in joint ventures |
100 | 124 | 136 | |||||||||
Available for sale investments |
3 | 8 | 10 | |||||||||
Venture capital investments held for trading |
76 | 56 | 38 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
179 | 188 | 184 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value of venture capital investments held for trading, determined by reference to quoted market prices, amounted to £27 million (2011: £17 million; 2010: £12 million). The value of other venture capital investments and available for sale investments has been determined by reference to other observable market inputs.
An analysis of changes in the carrying value of investments in joint ventures is set out below:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
124 | 136 | 135 | |||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures |
24 | 30 | 22 | |||||||||
Dividends received from joint ventures |
(20 | ) | (33 | ) | (24 | ) | ||||||
Disposals and transfers |
(33 | ) | (6 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||
Additions |
10 | 1 | | |||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(5 | ) | (4 | ) | 4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
100 | 124 | 136 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal joint ventures at December 31, 2012 are exhibition joint ventures within Exhibitions and Giuffrè (an Italian legal publisher in which Reed Elsevier has a 40% shareholding) within Legal.
Summarised aggregate information in respect of joint ventures and Reed Elseviers share is set out below:
Total joint ventures | Reed Elsevier share | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
187 | 254 | 235 | 91 | 128 | 116 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net profit for the year |
45 | 62 | 46 | 24 | 30 | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total assets |
227 | 255 | 264 | 104 | 122 | 122 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
(126 | ) | (137 | ) | (132 | ) | (59 | ) | (66 | ) | (62 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net assets |
101 | 118 | 132 | 45 | 56 | 60 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
55 | 68 | 76 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total |
100 | 124 | 136 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
18. | Property, plant and equipment |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land
and buildings £m |
Fixtures
and equipment £m |
Total
£m |
Land
and buildings £m |
Fixtures
and equipment £m |
Total
£m |
Land
and buildings £m |
Fixtures
and equipment £m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At January 1 |
238 | 582 | 820 | 246 | 578 | 824 | 238 | 626 | 864 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
| 1 | 1 | | 1 | 1 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditure |
10 | 70 | 80 | 8 | 82 | 90 | 7 | 78 | 85 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Disposals/reclassified
|
(21 | ) | (97 | ) | (118 | ) | (16 | ) | (78 | ) | (94 | ) | (5 | ) | (141 | ) | (146 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(9 | ) | (19 | ) | (28 | ) | | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | 6 | 15 | 21 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
At December 31 |
218 | 537 | 755 | 238 | 582 | 820 | 246 | 578 | 824 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At January 1 |
118 | 414 | 532 | 115 | 418 | 533 | 106 | 466 | 572 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Disposals/reclassified
|
(5 | ) | (94 | ) | (99 | ) | (6 | ) | (69 | ) | (75 | ) | (5 | ) | (127 | ) | (132 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Charge for the year |
8 | 68 | 76 | 9 | 66 | 75 | 12 | 67 | 79 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(5 | ) | (13 | ) | (18 | ) | | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | 2 | 12 | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
At December 31 |
116 | 375 | 491 | 118 | 414 | 532 | 115 | 418 | 533 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net book amount |
102 | 162 | 264 | 120 | 168 | 288 | 131 | 160 | 291 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No depreciation is provided on freehold land of £39 million (2011: £46 million; 2010: £48 million). The net book amount of property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2012 includes £11 million (2011: £4 million; 2010: £2 million) in respect of assets held under finance leases relating to fixtures and equipment.
F-39
19. | Financial instruments |
The main financial risks faced by Reed Elsevier are liquidity risk, market risk comprising interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk and credit risk. Financial instruments are used to finance the Reed Elsevier businesses and to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Reed Elseviers businesses do not enter into speculative derivative transactions. Details of financial instruments subject to liquidity, market and credit risks are described below.
Liquidity risk
Reed Elsevier maintains a range of borrowing facilities and debt programmes to fund its requirements, at short notice and at competitive rates. The remaining contractual maturities for borrowings and derivative financial instruments are shown in the table below. The table shows undiscounted principal and interest cash flows and includes contractual gross cash flows to be exchanged as part of cross currency interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts where there is a legal right of set-off.
Contractual cash flow | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2012 |
Carrying
amount £m |
Within
1 year £m |
1-2
Years
£m |
2-3
Years
£m |
3-4
Years
£m |
4-5
Years
£m |
More
than 5 Years £m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Borrowings |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed rate borrowings |
(3,695 | ) | (803 | ) | (797 | ) | (251 | ) | (530 | ) | (428 | ) | (1,940 | ) | (4,749 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Floating rate borrowings |
(197 | ) | (132 | ) | (1 | ) | (63 | ) | | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | (200 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
(2 | ) | (3 | ) | | | | | (5 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cross currency interest rate swaps |
| (166 | ) | (180 | ) | | | | | (346 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange contracts |
(9 | ) | (1,382 | ) | (442 | ) | (194 | ) | | | | (2,018 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
47 | 35 | 13 | 12 | 9 | 6 | | 75 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cross currency interest rate swaps |
93 | 202 | 243 | | | | | 445 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange contracts |
55 | 1,400 | 460 | 202 | | | | 2,062 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
(3,708 | ) | (849 | ) | (704 | ) | (294 | ) | (521 | ) | (423 | ) | (1,948 | ) | (4,739 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-40
19. | Financial instruments (continued) |
Contractual cash flow | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2011 |
Carrying
amount £m |
Within
1 year £m |
1-2 Years
£m |
2-3 Years
£m |
3-4 Years
£m |
4-5 Years
£m |
More than
5 Years £m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Borrowings |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed rate borrowings |
(3,568 | ) | (553 | ) | (814 | ) | (863 | ) | (248 | ) | (524 | ) | (1,694 | ) | (4,696 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Floating rate borrowings |
(714 | ) | (646 | ) | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | (65 | ) | (1 | ) | (5 | ) | (721 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities Interest rate derivatives |
(10 | ) | (9 | ) | (3 | ) | | | | | (12 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cross currency interest rate swaps |
| (6 | ) | (173 | ) | (189 | ) | | | | (368 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange contracts |
(59 | ) | (1,019 | ) | (421 | ) | (256 | ) | | | | (1,696 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets
|
39 | 13 | 27 | 6 | 5 | 5 | 3 | 59 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cross currency interest rate swaps |
99 | 14 | 208 | 248 | | | | 470 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange contracts |
11 | 987 | 414 | 252 | | | | 1,653 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
(4,202 | ) | (1,219 | ) | (764 | ) | (804 | ) | (308 | ) | (520 | ) | (1,696 | ) | (5,311 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual cash flow | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2010 |
Carrying
amount £m |
Within
1 year £m |
1-2 Years
£m |
2-3 Years
£m |
3-4 Years
£m |
4-5 Years
£m |
More than
5 Years £m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Borrowings |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed rate borrowings |
(3,711 | ) | (370 | ) | (558 | ) | (833 | ) | (865 | ) | (246 | ) | (2,210 | ) | (5,082 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Floating rate borrowings |
(591 | ) | (383 | ) | (53 | ) | (6 | ) | (99 | ) | (67 | ) | (5 | ) | (613 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities Interest rate derivatives |
(25 | ) | (19 | ) | (8 | ) | (2 | ) | | (1 | ) | (6 | ) | (36 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Cross currency interest rate swaps |
| (5 | ) | (7 | ) | (179 | ) | (190 | ) | | | (381 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange contracts |
(55 | ) | (1,283 | ) | (413 | ) | (154 | ) | (32 | ) | | | (1,882 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets
|
19 | 15 | 10 | 20 | | | | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cross currency interest rate swaps |
100 | 14 | 14 | 209 | 248 | | | 485 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange contracts |
15 | 1,262 | 401 | 154 | 33 | | | 1,850 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
(4,248 | ) | (769 | ) | (614 | ) | (791 | ) | (905 | ) | (314 | ) | (2,221 | ) | (5,614 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amount of derivative financial liabilities comprises £7 million (2011: £64 million; 2010: £68 million) in relation to cash flow hedges and £4 million (2011: £5 million; 2010: £12 million) not designated as hedging instruments. The carrying amount of derivative financial assets comprises £124 million (2011: £123 million; 2010: £105 million) in relation to fair value hedges, £46 million (2011: £10 million; 2010: £12 million) in relation to cash flow hedges and £25 million (2011: £16 million; 2010: £17 million) not designated as hedging instruments.
At December 31, 2012, Reed Elsevier had access to a $2,000 million committed bank facility maturing in June 2015, which was undrawn. The bank facility, together with certain of Reed Elseviers private placements, are subject to financial covenants typical to Reed Elseviers size and financial strength. Reed Elsevier was in compliance with these covenants for the year ended December 31, 2012. Financial covenants are not included in the terms and conditions of any outstanding public bonds.
F-41
19. | Financial instruments (continued) |
After taking account of the maturity of committed bank facilities that back short term borrowings at December 31, 2012, and after utilising available cash resources, no borrowings mature within two years (2011: nil; 2010: nil), 27% of borrowings mature in the third year (2011: 44%; 2010: 23%), 23% in the fourth and fifth years (2011: 18%; 2010: 27%), 39% in the sixth to tenth years (2011: 27%; 2010: 39%), and 11% beyond the tenth year (2011: 11%; 2010: 11%).
Market Risk
Reed Elseviers primary market risks are to interest rate fluctuations and exchange rate movements. Derivatives are used to hedge or reduce the risks of interest rate and exchange rate movements and are not entered into unless such risks exist. Derivatives used by Reed Elsevier for hedging a particular risk are not specialised and are generally available from numerous sources. The impact of market risks on net post employment benefit obligations and taxation is excluded from the following market risk sensitivity analysis.
Interest rate risk
Reed Elseviers interest rate exposure management policy is aimed at reducing the exposure of the combined businesses to changes in interest rates.
At December 31, 2012, 59% of gross borrowings were either fixed rate or had been fixed through the use of interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements and options. A 100 basis point reduction in interest rates would result in an estimated decrease in net finance costs of £8 million (2011: £5 million; 2010: £3 million), based on the composition of financial instruments including cash, cash equivalents, bank loans and commercial paper borrowings at December 31, 2012. A 100 basis point rise in interest rates would result in an estimated increase in net finance costs of £8 million (2011: £5 million; 2010: £3 million).
The impact on net equity of a theoretical change in interest rates as at December 31, 2012 is restricted to the change in carrying value of floating rate to fixed rate interest rate derivatives in a designated cash flow hedge relationship and undesignated interest rate derivatives. A 100 basis point reduction in interest rates would result in an estimated reduction in net equity of £1 million (2011: £3 million; 2010: £8 million) and a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would increase net equity by an estimated £2 million (2011: £4 million; 2010: £9 million). The impact of a change in interest rates on the carrying value of fixed rate borrowings in a designated fair value hedge relationship would be offset by the change in carrying value of the related interest rate derivative. Fixed rate borrowings not in a designated hedging relationship are carried at amortised cost.
Foreign exchange rate risk
Translation exposures arise on the earnings and net assets of business operations in countries with currencies other than sterling, most particularly in respect of the US businesses. These exposures are hedged, to a significant extent, by a policy of denominating borrowings in currencies where significant translation exposures exist, most notably US dollars (see note 25).
A theoretical weakening of all currencies by 10% against sterling at December 31, 2012 would decrease the carrying value of net assets, excluding net borrowings, by £495 million (2011: £525 million; 2010: £508 million). This would be offset to a large degree by a decrease in net borrowings of £286 million (2011: £297 million; 2010: £297 million). A strengthening of all currencies by 10% against sterling at December 31, 2012 would increase the carrying value of net assets, excluding net borrowings, by £495 million (2011: £525 million; 2010: £508 million) and increase net borrowings by £286 million (2011: £297 million; 2010: £297 million).
A retranslation of the combined businesses net profit for the year assuming a 10% weakening of all foreign currencies against sterling but excluding transactional exposures would reduce net profit by £80 million (2011: £59 million; 2010: £56 million). A 10% strengthening of all foreign currencies against sterling on this basis would increase net profit for the year by £80 million (2011: £59 million; 2010: £56 million).
Credit risk
Reed Elsevier seeks to limit interest rate and foreign exchange risks described above by the use of financial instruments and as a result has a credit risk from the potential non performance by the counterparties to these financial instruments, which are unsecured. The amount of this credit risk is normally restricted to the amounts of any hedge gain and not the principal amount being hedged. Reed Elsevier also has a credit exposure to counterparties for the full principal amount of cash and cash equivalents. Credit risks are controlled by monitoring the credit quality of these counterparties, principally licensed commercial banks and investment banks with strong long term credit ratings, and the amounts outstanding with each of them.
F-42
19. | Financial instruments (continued) |
Reed Elsevier has treasury policies in place which do not allow concentrations of risk with individual counterparties and do not allow significant treasury exposures with counterparties which are rated lower than A-/A3 by Standard & Poors, Moodys and Fitch.
Reed Elsevier also has credit risk with respect to trade receivables due from its customers that include national and state governments, academic institutions and large and small enterprises including law firms, book stores and wholesalers. The concentration of credit risk from trade receivables is limited due to the large and broad customer base. Trade receivable exposures are managed locally in the business units where they arise. Where appropriate, business units seek to minimise this exposure by taking payment in advance and through management of credit terms. Allowance is made for bad and doubtful debts based on managements assessment of the risk taking into account the ageing profile, experience and circumstance. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset, including derivative financial instruments, recorded in the statement of financial position.
Included within trade receivables are the following amounts which are past due but for which no allowance has been made. Past due up to one month £148 million (2011: £212 million; 2010: £241 million); past due two to three months £58 million (2011: £54 million; 2010: £58 million); past due four to six months £14 million (2011: £20 million; 2010: £16 million); and past due greater than six months £1 million (2011: £5 million; 2010: £5 million.). Examples of trade receivables which are past due but for which no allowance has been made include those receivables where there is no concern over the creditworthiness of the customer and where the history of dealings with the customer indicate the amount will be settled.
Hedge accounting
The hedging relationships that are designated under IAS39 Financial Instruments are described below:
Fair value hedges
Reed Elsevier has entered into interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed rate borrowings due to interest rate and foreign currency movements which could affect the income statement.
Interest rate derivatives (including cross currency interest rate swaps) with a principal amount of £1,502 million (2011: £1,081 million; 2010: £1,093 million). were in place at December 31, 2012 swapping fixed rate term debt issues denominated in sterling, euros and Swiss francs (CHF) to floating rate sterling, euro and US dollar (USD) debt, respectively, for the whole of their term. Included within this amount are interest rate derivatives with a principal amount of £488 million (2011: nil; 2010: nil) which were de-designated as fair value hedges during the year.
The gains and losses on the borrowings and related derivatives designated as fair value hedges, which are included in the income statement, for the three years ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:
Gains/(losses) on borrowings and related derivatives
January
1,
2010 £m |
Fair value
movement gain/(loss) £m |
Exchange
gain/(loss) £m |
December
31,
2010 £m |
|||||||||||||
GBP debt |
9 | (16 | ) | | (7 | ) | ||||||||||
Related interest rate swaps |
(9 | ) | 16 | | 7 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
EUR debt |
(2 | ) | (10 | ) | | (12 | ) | |||||||||
Related interest rate swaps |
2 | 10 | | 12 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
CHF debt |
(48 | ) | (37 | ) | (1 | ) | (86 | ) | ||||||||
Related CHF to USD cross currency interest rate swaps |
48 | 37 | 1 | 86 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total GBP, EUR and CHF debt |
(41 | ) | (63 | ) | (1 | ) | (105 | ) | ||||||||
Total related interest rate derivatives |
41 | 63 | 1 | 105 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net gain |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-43
19. | Financial instruments (continued) |
January 1,
2011 £m |
Fair value
movement gain/(loss) £m |
Exchange
gain/(loss) £m |
December 31,
2011 £m |
|||||||||||||
GBP debt |
(7 | ) | (23 | ) | | (30 | ) | |||||||||
Related interest rate swaps |
7 | 23 | | 30 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
EUR debt |
(12 | ) | 3 | | (9 | ) | ||||||||||
Related interest rate swaps |
12 | (3 | ) | | 9 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
CHF debt |
(86 | ) | 3 | (1 | ) | (84 | ) | |||||||||
Related CHF to USD cross currency interest rate swaps |
86 | (3 | ) | 1 | 84 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total GBP, EUR and CHF debt |
(105 | ) | (17 | ) | (1 | ) | (123 | ) | ||||||||
Total related interest rate derivatives |
105 | 17 | 1 | 123 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net gain |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
2012 £m |
Fair value
movement gain/(loss) £m |
De-designated
£m |
Exchange
gain/(loss) £m |
December 31,
2012 £m |
||||||||||||||||
GBP debt |
(30 | ) | (6 | ) | | | (36 | ) | ||||||||||||
Related interest rate swaps |
30 | 6 | | | 36 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| | | | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
EUR debt |
(9 | ) | (8 | ) | 9 | | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||
Related interest rate swaps |
9 | 8 | (9 | ) | | 8 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| | | | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
CHF debt |
(84 | ) | | | 4 | (80 | ) | |||||||||||||
Related CHF to USD cross currency interest rate swaps |
84 | | | (4 | ) | 80 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| | | | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total GBP, EUR and CHF debt |
(123 | ) | (14 | ) | 9 | 4 | (124 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total related interest rate derivatives |
123 | 14 | (9 | ) | (4 | ) | 124 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net gain |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All fair value hedges were highly effective throughout the three years ended December 31, 2012.
Gross borrowings as at December 31, 2012 included £37 million (2011: £43 million; 2010: £51 million) in relation to fair value adjustments to borrowings previously designated in a fair value hedge relationship which were de-designated in 2008. The related derivatives were closed out on de-designation with a cash inflow of £62 million. £5 million (2011: £8 million; 2010: £10 million) of these fair value adjustments were amortised in the year as a reduction to finance costs.
Gross borrowings also included £2 million (2011: nil; 2010: nil) in relation to fair value adjustments to borrowings previously designated in a fair value hedging relationship which were de-designated during the year. £7 million (2011: nil; 2010: nil) of these fair value adjustments were amortised in the year as a reduction of finance costs. The related derivatives remained on the balance sheet at December 31, 2012 with a carrying value of £3 million.
Cash flow hedges
Reed Elsevier enters into two types of cash flow hedge:
(1) | Interest rate derivatives which fix the interest expense on a portion of forecast floating rate debt (including commercial paper, short term bank loans and floating rate term debt). |
(2) | Foreign exchange derivatives which fix the exchange rate on a portion of future foreign currency subscription revenues forecast by the Scientific, Technical & Medical businesses for up to 50 months. |
F-44
19. | Financial instruments (continued) |
Movements in the hedge reserve (pre-tax) in 2012, 2011 and 2010, including gains and losses on cash flow hedging instruments, were as follows:
Interest rate
hedges £m |
Foreign
exchange hedges £m |
Total
hedge reserve pre-tax £m |
||||||||||
Hedge reserve at January 1, 2010: losses deferred |
(38 | ) | (51 | ) | (89 | ) | ||||||
Losses arising in 2010 |
(15 | ) | (43 | ) | (58 | ) | ||||||
Amounts recognised in income statement |
26 | 35 | 61 | |||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(2 | ) | | (2 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Hedge reserve at January 1, 2011: losses deferred |
(29 | ) | (59 | ) | (88 | ) | ||||||
Losses arising in 2011 |
(3 | ) | (21 | ) | (24 | ) | ||||||
Amounts recognised in income statement |
15 | 33 | 48 | |||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
| 1 | 1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Hedge reserve at January 1, 2012: losses deferred |
(17 | ) | (46 | ) | (63 | ) | ||||||
(Losses)/gains arising in 2012 |
(2 | ) | 72 | 70 | ||||||||
Amounts recognised in income statement |
16 | 10 | 26 | |||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
1 | 1 | 2 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Hedge reserve at December 31, 2012: (losses)/gains deferred |
(2 | ) | 37 | 35 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
All cash flow hedges were highly effective throughout the three years ended December 31, 2012.
A tax charge of £9 million (2011: £15 million credit; 2010: £21 million credit) in respect of the above gains and losses at December 31, 2012 was also deferred in the hedge reserve.
Of the amounts recognised in the income statement in the year, losses of £10 million (2011: £33 million; 2010: £35 million) were recognised in revenue, and losses of £16 million (2011: £15 million; 2010: £26 million) were recognised in finance costs. A tax credit of £5 million (2011: £11 million; 2010: £15 million) was recognised in relation to these items.
The deferred gains and losses on cash flow hedges at December 31, 2012 are currently expected to be recognised in the income statement in future years as follows:
Interest rate
hedges £m |
Foreign
exchange hedges £m |
Total
hedge reserve pre-tax £m |
||||||||||
2013 |
(2 | ) | 7 | 5 | ||||||||
2014 |
| 16 | 16 | |||||||||
2015 |
| 11 | 11 | |||||||||
2016 |
| 3 | 3 | |||||||||
2017 |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
(Losses)/gains deferred in hedge reserve at end of year |
(2 | ) | 37 | 35 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The cash flows for these hedges are expected to occur in line with the recognition of the gain and losses in the income statement, other than in respect of certain forward foreign exchange hedges on subscriptions, where cash flows may be expected to occur in advance of the subscription year.
20. | Deferred tax |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
79 | 212 | 151 | |||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(919 | ) | (1,236 | ) | (1,192 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
(840 | ) | (1,024 | ) | (1,041 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-45
20. | Deferred tax (continued) |
Movements in deferred tax liabilities and assets (before taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same jurisdiction) are summarised as follows:
Deferred tax liabilities | Deferred tax assets | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Excess of
tax allowances over amortisation £m |
Acquired
intangible assets £m |
Pensions
assets £m |
Other
temporary differences £m |
Excess of
amortisation over tax allowances £m |
Tax losses
carried forward £m |
Pensions
liabilities £m |
Other
temporary differences £m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax (liability)/asset at January 1, 2010 |
(216 | ) | (1,007 | ) | (31 | ) | (18 | ) | 27 | 9 | 122 | 50 | (1,064 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit/(charge) to profit |
2 | 100 | (7 | ) | 1 | (14 | ) | 4 | (40 | ) | | 46 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit/(charge) to equity |
| | 23 | 7 | | | (7 | ) | 6 | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfers |
| | | | | | | (11 | ) | (11 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
| (9 | ) | | | | | | (9 | ) | (9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(9 | ) | (28 | ) | | | | | 3 | 2 | (32 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax (liability)/asset at January 1, 2011 |
(223 | ) | (944 | ) | (15 | ) | (10 | ) | 13 | 13 | 78 | 47 | (1,041 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Charge)/credit to profit |
(6 | ) | 131 | (10 | ) | (94 | ) | 3 | 32 | (3 | ) | 24 | 77 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit/(charge) to equity |
| | 25 | | | | 11 | 6 | 42 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfers |
| | | | | | | (17 | ) | (17 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
| (85 | ) | | | | 2 | | 5 | (78 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Disposals/reclassified as held for sale |
| | | 1 | | | | (1 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(2 | ) | (2 | ) | | (2 | ) | | 1 | | (2 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax (liability)/asset at January 1, 2012 |
(231 | ) | (900 | ) | | (105 | ) | 16 | 48 | 86 | 62 | (1,024 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(Charge)/credit to profit |
(5 | ) | 85 | | (9 | ) | (3 | ) | (19 | ) | (32 | ) | 23 | 40 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Charge)/credit to equity |
| | | (3 | ) | | | 102 | (6 | ) | 93 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
1 | (10 | ) | | | (3 | ) | (2 | ) | | (2 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Disposals/reclassified as held for sale |
2 | 18 | | 7 | | (1 | ) | | (1 | ) | 25 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
10 | 35 | | 2 | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | 2 | 42 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax (liability)/asset at December 31, 2012 |
(223 | ) | (772 | ) | | (108 | ) | 9 | 23 | 153 | 78 | (840 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other deferred tax liabilities includes temporary differences in respect of plant, property and equipment, and capitalized development spend. Other deferred tax assets includes temporary differences in respect of share-based remuneration, provisions and financial instruments.
F-46
20. | Deferred tax (continued) |
Deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses and other deductible temporary differences have only been recognized to the extent that it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow the asset to be recovered. Accordingly, no deferred tax asset has been recognized in respect of unused trading losses of approximately £129 million (2011: £133 million, 2010: £147 million) carried forward at the year end. The deferred tax asset not recognized in respect of these losses is approximately £34 million (2011: £36 million, 2010: £41 million). Of these unrecognized losses, £47 million (2011: £45 million; 2010: £45 million) will expire if not utilized within 10 years, and £82 million (2011: £88 million; 2010: £102 million) will expire after more than 10 years.
Deferred tax assets of approximately £9 million (2011: £31 million; 2010: £17 million) have not been recognized in respect of tax losses and other temporary differences carried forward of £41 million (2011: £94 million; 2010: £63 million) which can only be used to offset future capital gains.
21. | Inventories and pre-publication costs |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Raw materials |
3 | 6 | 6 | |||||||||
Pre-publication costs |
101 | 115 | 130 | |||||||||
Finished goods |
55 | 69 | 92 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
159 | 190 | 228 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
22. | Trade and other receivables |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Trade receivables |
1,256 | 1,361 | 1,361 | |||||||||
Allowance for doubtful debts |
(51 | ) | (63 | ) | (73 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1,205 | 1,298 | 1,288 | ||||||||||
Prepayments and accrued income |
175 | 185 | 187 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
1,380 | 1,483 | 1,475 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables are predominantly non-interest bearing and their carrying amounts approximate to their fair value.
Trade receivables are stated net of allowances for bad and doubtful debts. The movements in the provision during the year were as follows:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
63 | 73 | 80 | |||||||||
Charge for the year |
13 | 15 | 15 | |||||||||
Trade receivables written off |
(18 | ) | (23 | ) | (22 | ) | ||||||
Disposals |
(6 | ) | (1 | ) | | |||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
51 | 63 | 73 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-47
23. | Assets and liabilities held for sale |
The major classes of assets and liabilities of operations classified as held for sale are as follows:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Goodwill |
134 | 19 | | |||||||||
Intangible assets |
84 | 7 | | |||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
3 | | | |||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
4 | 1 | | |||||||||
Inventories |
1 | 1 | | |||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
71 | 16 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total assets held for sale |
297 | 44 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Trade and other payables |
69 | 17 | | |||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
27 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities associated with assets held for sale |
96 | 17 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
24. | Trade and other payables |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Payables and accruals |
1,150 | 1,245 | 1,276 | |||||||||
Deferred income |
1,394 | 1,412 | 1,308 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
2,544 | 2,657 | 2,584 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
25. | Borrowings |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Falling
due within 1 year £m |
Falling
due in more than 1 year £m |
Total
£m |
Falling
due within 1 year £m |
Falling
due in more than 1 year £m |
Total
£m |
Falling
due within 1 year £m |
Falling
due in more than 1 year £m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short term bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper |
131 | | 131 | 596 | | 596 | 379 | | 379 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Finance leases |
7 | 9 | 16 | 2 | 6 | 8 | 7 | 15 | 22 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other loans |
| 1,526 | 1,526 | 384 | 1,466 | 1,850 | 130 | 1,944 | 2,074 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other loans in fair value hedging relationships |
102 | 1,036 | 1,138 | | 1,204 | 1,204 | | 1,198 | 1,198 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other loans previously in fair value hedging relationships |
490 | 591 | 1,081 | | 624 | 624 | | 629 | 629 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total |
730 | 3,162 | 3,892 | 982 | 3,300 | 4,282 | 516 | 3,786 | 4,302 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2012, £184 million principal amount of term debt maturing in 2014 and 2019 was exchanged for £191 million principal amount of term debt maturing in 2022 and cash payments of £46 million. The exchange is treated as a debt modification for accounting purposes. The premium arising of £53 million is offset against the carrying amount of the newly issued term debt maturing in 2022 and will be amortised over its life.
The total fair value of financial liabilities measured at amortised cost is £1,996 million (2011: £2,745 million; 2010 £2,796 million). The total fair value of other loans in fair value hedging relationships is £1,177 million (2011: £1,237 million; 2010: £1,279 million). The total fair value of other loans previously in fair value hedging relationships is £1,189 million (2011: £707 million; 2010: £685 million).
F-48
25. | Borrowings (continued) |
Other loans include term debt issued by Reed Elsevier Capital Inc., a 100% owned finance subsidiary of Reed Elsevier Group plc. The parent companies have fully and unconditionally guaranteed these securities. No other subsidiary of the parent companies, Reed Elsevier Group plc or Elsevier Reed Finance BV guarantees the securities.
Analysis by year of repayment
Short term bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper were backed up at December 31, 2012 by a $2,000 million (£1,231 million) committed bank facility maturing in June 2015, which was undrawn.
Analysis by currency
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short term
bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper £m |
Other
loans £m |
Finance
leases £m |
Total
£m |
Short term
bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper £m |
Other
loans £m |
Finance
leases £m |
Total
£m |
Short term
bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper £m |
Other
loans £m |
Finance
leases £m |
Total
£m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US Dollars |
25 | 2,059 | 16 | 2,100 | 485 | 2,431 | 8 | 2,924 | 225 | 2,566 | 22 | 2,813 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
£ Sterling |
| 736 | | 736 | | 730 | | 730 | | 707 | | 707 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Euro |
103 | 950 | | 1,053 | 91 | 517 | | 608 | 123 | 628 | | 751 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other currencies |
3 | | | 3 | 20 | | | 20 | 31 | | | 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
131 | 3,745 | 16 | 3,892 | 596 | 3,678 | 8 | 4,282 | 379 | 3,901 | 22 | 4,302 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the US dollar amounts for other loans above is £347 million (2011: £363 million; 2010: £364 million) of debt denominated in Swiss francs (CHF 500 million; 2011: CHF 500 million; 2010: CHF 500 million) that was swapped into US dollars on issuance and against which there are related derivative financial instruments, which, as at December 31, 2012, had a fair value of £80 million (2011: £84 million; 2010: £86 million).
F-49
26. | Lease arrangements |
Finance leases
At December 31, 2012 future finance lease obligations fall due as follows:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Within one year |
7 | 2 | 8 | |||||||||
In the second to fifth years inclusive |
9 | 6 | 17 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
16 | 8 | 25 | ||||||||||
Less future finance charges |
| | (3 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
16 | 8 | 22 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Present value of future finance lease obligations payable: |
||||||||||||
Within one year |
7 | 2 | 7 | |||||||||
In the second to fifth years inclusive |
9 | 6 | 15 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
16 | 8 | 22 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the lease obligations approximates to their carrying amount.
Operating leases
Reed Elsevier leases various properties, principally offices and warehouses, which have varying terms and renewal rights that are typical to the territory in which they are located.
At December 31, 2012 outstanding commitments under non-cancellable operating leases fall due as follows:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Within one year |
117 | 129 | 128 | |||||||||
In the second to fifth years inclusive |
309 | 305 | 306 | |||||||||
After five years |
184 | 206 | 208 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
610 | 640 | 642 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of the above outstanding commitments, £577 million (2011: £605 million; 2010: £609 million) relate to land and buildings.
Reed Elsevier has a number of properties that are sub leased. The future lease receivables contracted with sub-tenants fall due as follows:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Within one year |
16 | 21 | 17 | |||||||||
In the second to fifth years inclusive |
33 | 38 | 25 | |||||||||
After five years |
17 | 19 | 5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
66 | 78 | 47 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
27. | Provisions |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property
£m |
Restructuring
£m |
Total
£m |
Property
£m |
Restructuring
£m |
Total
£m |
Property
£m |
Restructuring
£m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At January 1 |
109 | 17 | 126 | 105 | 54 | 159 | 89 | 106 | 195 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer |
22 | | 22 | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Charged |
62 | | 62 | 16 | | 16 | 36 | 31 | 67 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Utilised |
(24 | ) | (12 | ) | (36 | ) | (12 | ) | (37 | ) | (49 | ) | (22 | ) | (82 | ) | (104 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(5 | ) | | (5 | ) | | | | 2 | (1 | ) | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
At December 31 |
164 | 5 | 169 | 109 | 17 | 126 | 105 | 54 | 159 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-50
27. | Provisions (continued) |
Property provisions relate to estimated sub lease shortfalls and guarantees given in respect of certain property leases for various periods up to 2024. The charge in 2012 of £62 million (2011: £16 million; 2010: 36 million) predominantly relates to property exposures on disposed businesses.
Provisions as at December 31, 2012 are included within current and non-current liabilities as follows:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Current liabilities |
30 | 39 | 71 | |||||||||
Non-current liabilities |
139 | 87 | 88 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
169 | 126 | 159 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
28. | Contingent liabilities and capital commitments |
There are contingent liabilities amounting to £11 million (2011: £15 million; 2010: £18 million) in respect of property lease guarantees.
29. | Combined share capitals |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
223 | 224 | 225 | |||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares |
1 | | | |||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
223 | 223 | 224 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined share capitals exclude the shares of Reed Elsevier NV held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC.
Disclosures in respect of share capital are given in note 13 to the Reed Elsevier PLC consolidated financial statements and note 14 to the Reed Elsevier NV consolidated financial statements.
30. | Combined share premiums |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
2,723 | 2,754 | 2,807 | |||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
47 | 9 | 11 | |||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
(43 | ) | (40 | ) | (64 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
2,727 | 2,723 | 2,754 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined share premiums exclude the share premium in respect of shares of Reed Elsevier NV held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC.
F-51
31. | Combined shares held in treasury |
Shares held
by EBT £m |
Shares held
by parent companies £m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||
At January 1, 2010 |
175 | 523 | 698 | |||||||||
Settlement of share awards |
(9 | ) | | (9 | ) | |||||||
Exchange translation differences |
| (12 | ) | (12 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At January 1, 2011 |
166 | 511 | 677 | |||||||||
Settlement of share awards |
(7 | ) | | (7 | ) | |||||||
Exchange translation differences |
| (7 | ) | (7 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At January 1, 2012 |
159 | 504 | 663 | |||||||||
Repurchase of ordinary shares |
| 250 | 250 | |||||||||
Settlement of share awards |
(7 | ) | | (7 | ) | |||||||
Exchange translation differences |
| (7 | ) | (7 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31, 2012 |
152 | 747 | 899 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2012 shares held in treasury related to 13,451,468 (2011: 14,051,025; 2010: 14,654,161) Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares and 6,990,101 (2011: 7,380,906; 2010: 7,781,790) Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares held by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust (EBT); and 57,484,915 (2011: 34,196,298; 2010: 34,196,298) Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares and 36,613,087 (2011: 23,952,791; 2010: 23,952,791) Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares held by the respective parent companies.
During 2012 Reed Elsevier repurchased 23,288,616 Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares and 12,660,296 Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares for consideration of £250 million. On December 28, 2012 Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV announced an irrevocable, non discretionary programme to repurchase further ordinary shares up to the value of £100 million which was completed in February 2013.
The EBT purchases Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV shares which, at the trustees discretion, can be used in respect of the exercise of share options and to meet commitments under conditional share awards.
32. | Translation reserve |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
88 | 29 | (100 | ) | ||||||||
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations |
(136 | ) | 32 | 94 | ||||||||
Exchange translation differences on capital and reserves |
25 | 27 | 35 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
(23 | ) | 88 | 29 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-52
33. | Other combined reserves |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||
Hedge
reserve £m |
Other
reserves £m |
Total
£m |
Total
£m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||
At January 1 |
(48 | ) | (151 | ) | (199 | ) | (387 | ) | (502 | ) | ||||||||||
Profit attributable to parent companies shareholders |
| 1,069 | 1,069 | 760 | 642 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
| (521 | ) | (521 | ) | (497 | ) | (483 | ) | |||||||||||
Actuarial losses on defined benefit pension schemes |
| (329 | ) | (329 | ) | (113 | ) | (63 | ) | |||||||||||
Fair value movements on available for sale investments |
| | | (1 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Transfer to net profit on disposals of available for sale investments |
| 11 | 11 | | | |||||||||||||||
Fair value movements on cash flow hedges |
70 | | 70 | (24 | ) | (58 | ) | |||||||||||||
Tax recognised directly in equity |
(19 | ) | 107 | 88 | 42 | 29 | ||||||||||||||
Increase/(decrease) in share based remuneration reserve |
| 31 | 31 | 27 | (7 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Settlement of share awards |
| (7 | ) | (7 | ) | (7 | ) | (9 | ) | |||||||||||
Transfer from cash flow hedge reserve to net profit (net of tax) |
21 | | 21 | 37 | 46 | |||||||||||||||
Disposal/(acquisition) of non-controlling interest |
| 6 | 6 | (43 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
2 | 10 | 12 | 7 | 18 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At December 31 |
26 | 226 | 252 | (199 | ) | (387 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other reserves principally comprise retained earnings, the share based remuneration reserve and available for sale investment reserve.
34. | Related party transactions |
Transactions between the Reed Elsevier combined businesses have been eliminated within the combined financial statements. Transactions with joint ventures were made on normal market terms of trading and comprise sales of goods and services of £1 million (2011: £1 million; 2010: £1 million).
As at December 31, 2012 amounts owed by joint ventures were £1 million (2011: £3 million; 2010: £2 million) and amounts due from joint ventures were £1 million (2011: nil; 2010: nil). Key management personnel are also related parties and comprise the executive directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV. Transactions with key management personnel are set out below:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Salaries and other short term employee benefits |
4 | 3 | 5 | |||||||||
Post employment benefits |
| | 1 | |||||||||
Share based remuneration |
5 | 4 | (1 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
9 | 7 | 5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
35. | Approval of financial statements |
The combined financial statements were approved by the Boards of directors of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV on February 27, 2013.
F-53
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
F-54
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-55
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and members of Reed Elsevier PLC:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Reed Elsevier PLC and its subsidiaries (the Company) as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated income statements, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Reed Elsevier PLC and its subsidiaries as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Companys internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ DELOITTE LLP
London, United Kingdom
February 27, 2013
F-56
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||
Administrative expenses |
3 | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||||
Effect of tax credit equalisation on distributed earnings |
4 | (14 | ) | (13 | ) | (13 | ) | |||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures |
12 | 561 | 404 | 342 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating profit |
545 | 389 | 327 | |||||||||||||
Finance income |
7 | 1 | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Profit before tax |
546 | 390 | 328 | |||||||||||||
Taxation |
8 | 6 | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders |
552 | 389 | 327 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||||
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders |
552 | 389 | 327 | |||||||||||
Share of joint ventures other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year |
(146 | ) | (14 | ) | 25 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
406 | 375 | 352 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note |
2012
pence |
2011
pence |
2010
pence |
|||||||||||||
Earnings per ordinary share (EPS) |
||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
10 | 46.0p | 32.4p | 27.3p | ||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
10 | 45.4p | 32.1p | 27.1p |
F-57
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||||||||||
Cash used by operations |
11 | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||||
Interest received |
1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||
Tax paid |
(2 | ) | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash used in operating activities |
(3 | ) | (2 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||||||||||
Dividends received from joint ventures |
12 | 694 | 600 | 589 | ||||||||||||
Increase in investment in joint ventures |
12 | | | (596 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash received from/(used in) investing activities |
694 | 600 | (7 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
9 | (264 | ) | (248 | ) | (245 | ) | |||||||||
Repurchase of ordinary shares |
(143 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
Proceeds on issue of ordinary shares |
33 | 8 | 9 | |||||||||||||
(Increase)/decrease in net funding balances due from joint ventures |
11 | (317 | ) | (358 | ) | 247 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities |
(691 | ) | (598 | ) | 11 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Movement in cash and cash equivalents |
| | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-58
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||||||||||
Investments in joint ventures |
12 | 1,207 | 1,158 | 1,037 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total assets |
1,207 | 1,158 | 1,037 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Taxation |
1 | 9 | 9 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1 | 9 | 9 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net assets |
1,206 | 1,149 | 1,028 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Capital and reserves |
||||||||||||||||
Called up share capital |
13 | 181 | 180 | 180 | ||||||||||||
Share premium account |
14 | 1,208 | 1,176 | 1,168 | ||||||||||||
Shares held in treasury (including in joint ventures) |
15 | (447 | ) | (308 | ) | (312 | ) | |||||||||
Capital redemption reserve |
16 | 4 | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||
Translation reserve |
17 | 87 | 159 | 142 | ||||||||||||
Other reserves |
18 | 173 | (62 | ) | (154 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total equity |
1,206 | 1,149 | 1,028 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-59
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
Share
capital £m |
Share
premium £m |
Shares
held in treasury £m |
Capital
redemption reserve £m |
Translation
reserve £m |
Other
reserves £m |
Total
equity £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2012 |
180 | 1,176 | (308 | ) | 4 | 159 | (62 | ) | 1,149 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| | | | (72 | ) | 478 | 406 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
9 | | | | | | (264 | ) | (264 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
1 | 32 | | | | | 33 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of ordinary shares |
| | (143 | ) | | | | (143 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures increase in share based remuneration reserve |
| | | | | 16 | 16 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures settlement of share awards by the employee benefit trust |
| | 4 | | | (4 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures disposal of non-controlling interests |
| | | | | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equalisation adjustments |
| | | | | 6 | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2012 |
181 | 1,208 | (447 | ) | 4 | 87 | 173 | 1,206 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2011 |
180 | 1,168 | (312 | ) | 4 | 142 | (154 | ) | 1,028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| | | | 17 | 358 | 375 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
9 | | | | | | (248 | ) | (248 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
| 8 | | | | | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures increase in share based remuneration reserve |
| | | | | 14 | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures settlement of share awards by the employee benefit trust |
| | 4 | | | (4 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures acquisitions of non-controlling interests |
| | | | | (23 | ) | (23 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Equalisation adjustments |
| | | | | (5 | ) | (5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2011 |
180 | 1,176 | (308 | ) | 4 | 159 | (62 | ) | 1,149 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2010 |
180 | 1,159 | (317 | ) | 4 | 92 | (202 | ) | 916 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| | | | 50 | 302 | 352 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
9 | | | | | | (245 | ) | (245 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
| 9 | | | | | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures increase in share based remuneration reserve |
| | | | | (4 | ) | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures settlement of share awards by the employee benefit trust |
| | 5 | | | (5 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
180 | 1,168 | (312 | ) | 4 | 142 | (154 | ) | 1,028 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-60
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. | Basis of financial statements |
On January 1, 1993 Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV contributed their businesses to two companies, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV. Reed Elsevier Group plc, which owns all the publishing and information businesses, is incorporated in England and Elsevier Reed Finance BV, which owns the financing and treasury companies, is incorporated in the Netherlands. Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV each hold a 50% interest in Reed Elsevier Group plc. Reed Elsevier PLC holds a 39% interest in Elsevier Reed Finance BV with Reed Elsevier NV holding a 61% interest. Reed Elsevier PLC additionally holds an indirect equity interest in Reed Elsevier NV, reflecting the arrangements entered into between Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV at the time of the merger, which determined the equalisation ratio whereby one Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share is, in broad terms, intended to confer equivalent economic interests to 1.538 Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares.
Under the equalisation arrangements Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders have a 52.9% economic interest in the Reed Elsevier combined businesses and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders (other than Reed Elsevier PLC) have a 47.1% interest. Holders of ordinary shares in Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV enjoy substantially equivalent dividend and capital rights with respect to their ordinary shares.
2. | Accounting policies |
Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared under the historic cost convention, report the consolidated statements of income, cash flow and financial position of Reed Elsevier PLC, and have been prepared in accordance with accounting policies that are in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.
Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts shown in the financial statements are in pounds sterling (£).
The basis of the merger of the businesses of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV is set out on page 11.
Determination of profit
The Reed Elsevier PLC share of the Reed Elsevier combined results has been calculated on the basis of the 52.9% economic interest of the Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders in the Reed Elsevier combined businesses, after taking account of results arising in Reed Elsevier PLC and its subsidiaries. Dividends paid to Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders are, other than in special circumstances, equalised at the gross level inclusive of the UK tax credit received by certain Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders. In Reed Elsevier PLCs consolidated financial statements, an adjustment is required to equalise the benefit of the tax credit between the two sets of shareholders in accordance with the equalisation agreement. This equalisation adjustment arises on dividends paid by Reed Elsevier PLC to its shareholders and reduces the consolidated attributable earnings by 47.1% of the total amount of the tax credit.
The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the combined financial statements are set out on pages F-10 to F-17.
Investments
Reed Elsevier PLCs 52.9% economic interest in the net assets of the combined businesses has been shown on the statement of financial position as investments in joint ventures, net of the assets and liabilities reported as part of Reed Elsevier PLC and its subsidiaries. Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.
Foreign exchange translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. At each statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate prevailing on the statement of financial position date. Exchange differences arising are recorded in the income statement. The exchange gains or losses relating to the retranslation of Reed Elsevier PLCs 52.9% economic interest in the net assets of the combined businesses are classified as equity and transferred to the translation reserve.
When foreign operations are disposed of, the related cumulative translation differences are recognised within the income statement in the period.
F-61
2. | Accounting policies (continued) |
Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax payable on the current year taxable profits, adjustments in respect of prior year taxable profits and the movements on deferred tax that are recognised in the income statement. Tax arising in joint ventures is included in the share of results of joint ventures.
The tax payable on current year taxable profits is calculated using the applicable tax rate that has been enacted, or substantively enacted, by the date of the statement of financial position.
Deferred tax is the tax arising on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and their corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that, based on current forecasts, it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax is not recognised on temporary differences arising in respect of goodwill that is not deductible for tax purposes.
Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that have been substantively enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Full provision is made for deferred tax which would become payable on the distribution of retained profits from foreign subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures.
Movements in deferred tax are charged or credited in the income statement, except when they relate to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised in equity. Deferred tax credits in respect of share based remuneration are recognised in equity to the extent that expected tax deductions exceed the related expense.
Critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
Critical judgments in the preparation of the combined financial statements are set out on pages F-14 to F-16.
Standards, amendments and interpretations not yet effective
Recently issued standards, amendments and interpretations and their impact on future accounting policies and reporting have been considered on pages F16 to F17 of the combined financial statements.
3. | Administrative expenses |
Administrative expenses include £877,000 (2011: £799,000; 2010: £742,000) paid in the year to Reed Elsevier Group plc under a contract for the services of directors and administrative support. Reed Elsevier PLC has no employees (2011: nil; 2010: nil).
4. | Effect of tax credit equalisation on distributed earnings |
The tax credit equalisation adjustment arises on ordinary dividends paid by Reed Elsevier PLC to its shareholders and reduces the consolidated profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by 47.1% of the total amount of the tax credit, as set out in the accounting policies in note 2.
5. | Auditors remuneration |
Audit fees payable by Reed Elsevier PLC were £28,000 (2011: £28,000; 2010: £27,000). Further information on the audit and non audit fees paid by the Reed Elsevier combined businesses to Deloitte LLP and its associates is set out in note 5 to the combined financial statements.
6. | Related party transactions |
All transactions with joint ventures, which are related parties of Reed Elsevier PLC, are reflected in these financial statements. Key management personnel are also related parties and comprise the executive directors of Reed Elsevier PLC. Transactions with key management personnel are set out in note 34 to the combined financial statements.
7. | Finance income |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Finance income from joint ventures |
1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-62
8. | Taxation |
F-63
10. | Earnings per ordinary share (EPS) (continued) |
2010 | ||||||||||||
Weighted
average number of shares (millions) |
Earnings
£m |
EPS
pence |
||||||||||
Basic EPS |
1,199.1 | 327 | 27.3p | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted EPS |
1,205.1 | 327 | 27.1p | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The diluted EPS figures are calculated after taking account of the effect of potential additional ordinary shares arising from share options and conditional shares.
The weighted average number of shares is after deducting shares held in treasury. Movements in the number of shares in issue net of treasury shares for the year ended December 31, 2012 are shown below.
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
Shares in
issue (millions) |
Treasury
shares (millions) |
2012
Shares in issue net of treasury shares (millions) |
2011
Shares in issue net of treasury shares (millions) |
2010
Shares in issue net of treasury shares (millions) |
||||||||||||||||
Number of ordinary shares |
||||||||||||||||||||
At January 1 |
1,250.9 | (48.3 | ) | 1,202.6 | 1,200.4 | 1,197.7 | ||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares |
6.7 | | 6.7 | 1.6 | 2.0 | |||||||||||||||
Repurchase of ordinary shares |
| (23.3 | ) | (23.3 | ) | | | |||||||||||||
Net release of shares by the employee benefit trust |
| 0.6 | 0.6 | 0.6 | 0.7 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At December 31 |
1,257.6 | (71.0 | ) | 1,186.6 | 1,202.6 | 1200.4 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Weighted average number of equivalent ordinary shares during the year |
1,200.6 | 1,202.0 | 1,199.1 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average number of shares used in the diluted EPS calculations above is after deducting shares held in treasury and is derived as follows:
2012
(millions) |
2011
(millions) |
2010
(millions) |
||||||||||
Weighted average number of shares Basic |
1,200.6 | 1,202.0 | 1,199.1 | |||||||||
Weighted average number of dilutive shares under option |
14.5 | 9.7 | 6.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Weighted average number of shares Diluted |
1,215.1 | 1,211.7 | 1,205.1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
11. Statement of cash flows
Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash used by operations
|
||||||||||||
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Profit before tax |
546 | 390 | 328 | |||||||||
Effect of tax credit equalisation on distributed earnings |
14 | 13 | 13 | |||||||||
Net finance income |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||
Share of results of joint ventures |
(561 | ) | (404 | ) | (342 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash used by operations |
(2 | ) | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-64
11. | Statement of cash flows (continued) |
Reconciliation of net funding balances due from joint ventures
F-65
12. | Investments in joint ventures (continued) |
Reed Elsevier PLCs share of joint ventures net profit attributable to parent company shareholders for the year excludes the net profit that arose directly in Reed Elsevier PLC of £5 million (2011: £2 million loss; 2010: £2 million loss).
Total joint ventures | Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders share | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
11,014 | 11,503 | 11,158 | 5,826 | 6,085 | 5,903 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
(8,700 | ) | (9,306 | ) | (9,188 | ) | (5,568 | ) | (5,559 | ) | (5,140 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net assets |
2,314 | 2,197 | 1,970 | 258 | 526 | 763 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Attributable to: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joint ventures |
2,280 | 2,172 | 1,943 | 258 | 526 | 763 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
34 | 25 | 27 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
2,314 | 2,197 | 1,970 | 258 | 526 | 763 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Funding balances due from joint ventures |
949 | 632 | 274 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,207 | 1,158 | 1,037 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above amounts exclude assets and liabilities held directly by Reed Elsevier PLC and include the counterparty balances of amounts owed to and by other Reed Elsevier businesses. Included within Reed Elsevier PLCs share of assets and liabilities are cash and cash equivalents of £339 million (2011: £384 million; 2010: £393 million) and borrowings of £2,059 million (2011: £2,265 million; 2010: £2,276 million) respectively.
13. | Share capital |
No. of
shares |
£m | |||||||
Authorised |
||||||||
Ordinary shares of 14 51/116p each |
1,257,597,977 | 181 | ||||||
Unclassified shares of 14 51/116p each |
787,158,643 | 113 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total |
294 | |||||||
|
|
All of the ordinary shares rank equally with respect to voting rights and rights to receive dividends. There are no restrictions on the rights to transfer shares.
Called up share capital issued and fully paid
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
No. of shares | £m | No. of shares | £m | No. of shares | £m | |||||||||||||||||||
At January 1 |
1,250,913,565 | 180 | 1,249,286,224 | 180 | 1,247,275,833 | 180 | ||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares |
6,684,412 | 1 | 1,627,341 | | 2,010,391 | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
At December 31 |
1,257,597,977 | 181 | 1,250,913,565 | 180 | 1,249,286,224 | 180 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The issue of ordinary shares relates to the exercise of share options. Details of share option and conditional share schemes are set out in note 8 to the Reed Elsevier combined financial statements.
Details of shares held in treasury are provided in note 15.
F-66
14. | Share premium |
F-67
19. | Contingent liabilities |
There are contingent liabilities in respect of borrowings of joint ventures guaranteed by Reed Elsevier PLC as follows:
2012
£m |
2011
£m |
2010
£m |
||||||||||
Guaranteed jointly and severally with Reed Elsevier NV |
3,595 | 3,920 | 3,924 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments disclosures in respect of the borrowings covered by the above guarantees are given in note 19 to the Reed Elsevier combined financial statements.
20. | Approval of financial statements |
The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of directors on February 27, 2013.
F-68
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-69
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the members of the Supervisory and Executive Boards and the shareholders of Reed Elsevier NV:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Reed Elsevier NV and its subsidiaries (the Company) as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated income statements, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Reed Elsevier NV and its subsidiaries as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Companys internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ DELOITTE ACCOUNTANTS B.V.
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
February 27, 2013
F-70
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
|||||||||||||
Administrative expenses |
4 | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures |
12 | 654 | 420 | 367 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating profit |
652 | 418 | 365 | |||||||||||||
Finance income |
7 | 8 | 20 | 14 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Profit before tax |
660 | 438 | 379 | |||||||||||||
Taxation |
8 | (2 | ) | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Profit attributable to shareholders |
658 | 437 | 376 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
Profit attributable to shareholders |
658 | 437 | 376 | |||||||||
Share of joint ventures other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year |
(137 | ) | 20 | 71 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
521 | 457 | 447 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||
Earnings per share (EPS) |
||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
10 | | 0.90 | | 0.59 | | 0.51 | |||||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
10 | | 0.89 | | 0.59 | | 0.51 |
F-71
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
|||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||||||||||
Cash used by operations |
11 | (5 | ) | (3 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||||
Interest received |
6 | 20 | 14 | |||||||||||||
Tax paid |
(2 | ) | (5 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash (used in)/from operating activities |
(1 | ) | 12 | 9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||||||||||
Dividends received from joint ventures |
12 | 754 | | 1,093 | ||||||||||||
Increase in investment in joint ventures |
12 | | | (719 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash from investing activities |
754 | | 374 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
9 | (319 | ) | (289 | ) | (281 | ) | |||||||||
Repurchase of shares |
(141 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
Proceeds on issue of ordinary shares |
18 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
(Increase)/decrease in net funding balances due from joint ventures |
11 | (313 | ) | 275 | (104 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
(755 | ) | (12 | ) | (383 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
(2 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
3 | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
1 | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-72
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
|||||||||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||||||||||
Investments in joint ventures |
12 | 1,455 | 1,359 | 1,198 | ||||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||||||
Amounts due from joint ventures |
4 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
1 | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
5 | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total assets |
1,460 | 1,364 | 1203 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Payables |
13 | 7 | 10 | 11 | ||||||||||||
Taxation |
51 | 51 | 55 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total liabilities |
58 | 61 | 66 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net assets |
1,402 | 1,303 | 1,137 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Capital and reserves |
||||||||||||||||
Share capital issued |
14 | 54 | 54 | 54 | ||||||||||||
Paid-in surplus |
15 | 2,189 | 2,171 | 2,169 | ||||||||||||
Shares held in treasury (including in joint ventures) |
16 | (571 | ) | (432 | ) | (433 | ) | |||||||||
Translation reserve |
17 | (42 | ) | 6 | (51 | ) | ||||||||||
Other reserves |
18 | (228 | ) | (496 | ) | (602 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total equity |
1,402 | 1,303 | 1,137 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-73
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
Note |
Share
capital m |
Paid-in
surplus m |
Shares
held in treasury m |
Translation
reserve m |
Other
reserves m |
Total
equity m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2012 |
54 | 2,171 | (432 | ) | 6 | (496 | ) | 1,303 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| | | (51 | ) | 572 | 521 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
9 | | | | | (319 | ) | (319 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
| 18 | | | | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of shares |
| | (141 | ) | | | (141 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures increase in share based remuneration reserve |
| | | | 19 | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures settlement of share awards by the employee benefit trust |
| | 5 | | (5 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures disposal of non-controlling interest |
| | | | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Equalisation adjustments |
| | | | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation difference |
| | (3 | ) | 3 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2012 |
54 | 2,189 | (571 | ) | (42 | ) | (228 | ) | 1,402 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2011 |
54 | 2,169 | (433 | ) | (51 | ) | (602 | ) | 1,137 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| | | 54 | 403 | 457 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
9 | | | | | (289 | ) | (289 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
| 2 | | | | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures increase in share based remuneration reserve |
| | | | 16 | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures settlement of share awards by the employee benefit trust |
| | 4 | | (4 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures acquisition of non-controlling interest |
| | | | (25 | ) | (25 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Equalisation adjustments |
| | | | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation difference |
| | (3 | ) | 3 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2011 |
54 | 2,171 | (432 | ) | 6 | (496 | ) | 1,303 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2010 |
53 | 2,168 | (434 | ) | (153 | ) | (664 | ) | 970 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| | | 98 | 349 | 447 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
9 | | | | | (281 | ) | (281 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses |
1 | 1 | | | | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures decrease in share based remuneration reserve |
| | | | (4 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures settlement of share awards by the employee benefit trust |
| | 5 | | (5 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equalisation adjustments |
| | | | 3 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange translation differences |
| | (4 | ) | 4 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
54 | 2,169 | (433 | ) | (51 | ) | (602 | ) | 1,137 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-74
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. | Basis of financial statements |
On January 1, 1993 Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV contributed their businesses to two companies, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV. Reed Elsevier Group plc, which owns all the publishing and information businesses, is incorporated in England and Elsevier Reed Finance BV, which owns the financing and treasury companies, is incorporated in the Netherlands. Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV each hold a 50% interest in Reed Elsevier Group plc. Reed Elsevier PLC holds a 39% interest in Elsevier Reed Finance BV with Reed Elsevier NV holding a 61% interest. Reed Elsevier PLC additionally holds an indirect equity interest in Reed Elsevier NV, reflecting the arrangements entered into between Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV at the time of the merger, which determined the equalisation ratio whereby one Reed Elsevier NV ordinary share is, in broad terms, intended to confer equivalent economic interests to 1.538 Reed Elsevier PLC ordinary shares.
As a consequence of the merger of the companys businesses with those of Reed Elsevier PLC, the shareholders of Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier PLC can be regarded as having the interests of a single economic group, enjoying substantially equivalent ordinary dividend and capital rights in the earnings and net assets of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses.
Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts shown in the consolidated financial statements are stated in euros (). Certain disclosures required to comply with Dutch statutory reporting requirements have been omitted.
The Reed Elsevier combined financial statements on pages F-3 to F-53 form an integral part of the notes to Reed Elsevier NVs consolidated financial statements.
2. | Accounting policies |
Basis of Preparation
These consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared under the historic cost convention, report the consolidated statements of income, cash flow and financial position of Reed Elsevier NV, and have been prepared in accordance with accounting policies that are in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and as adopted by the European Union.
Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts shown in the financial statements are in euros ().
The basis of the merger of the businesses of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV is set out on page 11.
Reed Elsevier NVs consolidated financial statements are presented incorporating Reed Elsevier NVs investments in the Reed Elsevier combined businesses accounted for using the equity method, as adjusted for the effects of the equalisation arrangement between Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier PLC. The arrangement lays down the distribution of dividends and net assets in such a way that Reed Elsevier NVs share in the profit and net assets of the Reed Elsevier combined businesses equals 50%, with all settlements accruing to shareholders from the equalisation arrangements taken directly to reserves.
Because the dividend paid to shareholders by Reed Elsevier NV is, other than in special circumstances, equivalent to the Reed Elsevier PLC dividend plus the UK tax credit received by certain Reed Elsevier PLC shareholders, Reed Elsevier NV normally distributes a higher proportion of the combined profit attributable than Reed Elsevier PLC. Reed Elsevier PLCs share in this difference in dividend distributions is settled with Reed Elsevier NV and is credited directly to consolidated reserves under equalisation. Reed Elsevier NV can pay a nominal dividend on its R shares held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC that is lower than the dividend on the ordinary shares. Equally, Reed Elsevier NV has the possibility to receive dividends directly from Dutch affiliates. Reed Elsevier PLC is compensated by direct dividend payments by Reed Elsevier Group plc. The settlements flowing from these arrangements are also taken directly to consolidated reserves under equalisation.
Combined financial statements
The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the combined financial statements are set out on pages F-10 to F-17.
Basis of valuation of assets and liabilities
Reed Elsevier NVs 50% economic interest in the net assets of the combined businesses has been shown on the consolidated statement of financial position as investments in joint ventures, net of the assets and liabilities reported as part of Reed Elsevier NV. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.
Assets and liabilities are stated at historical cost, less provision, if appropriate, for any impairment in value.
F-75
2. | Accounting policies (continued) |
Foreign exchange translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. At each statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate prevailing on the statement of financial position date. Exchange differences arising are recorded in the income statement. The gains or losses relating to the retranslation of Reed Elsevier NVs 50% interest in the net assets of the combined businesses are classified as equity and transferred to the translation reserve.
When foreign operations are disposed of, the related cumulative translation differences are recognised within the income statement in the period.
Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax payable on the current year taxable profits, adjustments in respect of prior year taxable profits and the movements on deferred tax that are recognised in the income statement. Tax arising in joint ventures is included in the share of results of joint ventures.
The tax payable on current year taxable profits is calculated using the applicable tax rate that has been enacted, or substantively enacted, by the date of the statement of financial position.
Deferred tax is the tax arising on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and their corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that, based on current forecasts, it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax is not recognised on temporary differences in respect of goodwill that is not deductible for tax purposes.
Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that have been substantively enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Full provision is made for deferred tax which would become payable on the distribution of retained profits from foreign subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures.
Movements in deferred tax are charged or credited in the income statement, except when they relate to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised in equity. Deferred tax credits in respect of share based remuneration are recognised in equity to the extent that expected tax deduction exceed the related expense.
Critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
Critical judgments in the preparation of the combined financial statements are set out on pages F-14 to F-16.
Standards, amendments and interpretations not yet effective
Recently issued standards, amendments and interpretations and their impact on future accounting policies and reporting have been considered on pages F16 to F17 of the combined financial statements.
3. | Basis of preparation |
The consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier NV reflect the 50% economic interest that its shareholders have under the equalisation arrangements in the Reed Elsevier combined businesses, accounted for on an equity basis.
The Reed Elsevier combined financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency of Reed Elsevier Group plc, a UK registered company which owns the publishing and information businesses of Reed Elsevier. The following analysis presents how the consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier NV, presented in euros, are derived from the Reed Elsevier combined financial statements.
Reed Elsevier NV consolidated profit attributable to shareholders |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
Reed Elsevier combined businesses net profit attributable to parent company shareholders in pounds sterling |
£ | 1,069m | £ | 760m | £ | 642m | ||||||
Reed Elsevier combined businesses net profit attributable to parent company shareholders translated into euros at year end exchange rates (2012: 1.23 to £1.00; 2011: 1.15 to £1.00; 2010: 1.17 to £1.00) |
| 1,315m | | 874m | | 751m | ||||||
Reed Elsevier NVs 50% share of combined net profit attributable to shareholders |
658m | | 437m | | 376m | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-76
3. | Basis of preparation (continued) |
Reed Elsevier NV consolidated total equity |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
Reed Elsevier combined shareholders equity in pounds sterling |
£ | 2,280m | £ | 2,172m | £ | 1,943m | ||||||
Reed Elsevier combined shareholders equity in pounds sterling translated into euros at year end exchange rates (2012: 1.23 to £1.00; 2011: 1.15 to £1.00; 2010: 1.17 to £1.00) |
| 2,804m | | 2,606m | | 2,273m | ||||||
Reed Elsevier NVs 50% share of combined equity |
| 1,402m | | 1,303m | | 1,137m | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. | Administrative expenses |
Administrative expenses include the gross remuneration for present and former directors of Reed Elsevier NV in respect of services rendered to Reed Elsevier NV and the combined businesses. Fees for members of the Supervisory Board of Reed Elsevier NV of 0.3 million (2011: 0.3 million; 2010: 0.3 million) are included in remuneration. Insofar as remuneration is related to services rendered to Reed Elsevier Group plc group and Elsevier Reed Finance BV group, it is borne by these groups. Reed Elsevier NV has no employees (2011: nil; 2010: nil).
5. | Auditors remuneration |
Audit fees payable by Reed Elsevier NV were 142,000 (2011: 50,000; 2010: 48,000). Further information on the audit and non audit fees paid by the Reed Elsevier combined businesses to Deloitte Accountants B.V. and its associates is set out in note 5 to the combined financial statements.
6. | Related party transactions |
All transactions with joint ventures, which are related parties of Reed Elsevier NV, are reflected in these financial statements. Key management personnel are also related parties and comprise the members of the Executive Board of Reed Elsevier NV. Transactions with key management personnel are set out in note 34 to the combined financial statements.
7. | Finance income |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
Finance income from joint ventures |
8 | 20 | 14 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. | Taxation |
A reconciliation of the notional tax charge based on the applicable rate of tax to the actual total tax expense is set out below.
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
Profit before tax |
660 | 438 | 379 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Tax at applicable rate 25.0% (2011: 25.0%; 2010: 25.5%) |
165 | 110 | 97 | |||||||||
Tax at applicable rate on share of results of joint ventures |
(163 | ) | (105 | ) | (94 | ) | ||||||
Other |
| (4 | ) | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Tax expense |
2 | 1 | 3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. | Equity dividends |
Dividends declared in the year |
2012
|
2011
|
2010
|
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||||||||||
Ordinary shares |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Final for prior financial year |
| 0.326 | | 0.303 | | 0.293 | 228 | 212 | 205 | |||||||||||||||
Interim for financial year |
| 0.130 | | 0.110 | | 0.109 | 91 | 77 | 76 | |||||||||||||||
R shares |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
| 0.456 | | 0.413 | | 0.402 | 319 | 289 | 281 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-77
9. | Equity dividends (continued) |
The directors of Reed Elsevier NV have proposed a final dividend of 0.337 (2011: 0.326; 2010: 0.303). The cost of funding the proposed final dividend is expected to be 232 million. No liability has been recognised at the statement of financial position date.
Dividends paid and proposed relating to the financial year |
2012
|
2011
|
2010
|
|||||||||
Ordinary shares |
||||||||||||
Interim (paid) |
0.130 | | 0.110 | | 0.109 | |||||||
Final (proposed) |
0.337 | | 0.326 | | 0.293 | |||||||
R shares |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
0.467 | | 0.436 | | 0.402 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. | Earnings per share (EPS) |
2012 | ||||||||||||
Weighted
average number of shares (millions) |
Earnings
m |
EPS
|
||||||||||
Basic EPS |
734.0 | 658 | | 0.90 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted EPS |
742.1 | 658 | | 0.89 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 | ||||||||||||
Weighted
average number of shares (millions) |
Earnings
m |
EPS
|
||||||||||
Basic EPS |
735.3 | 437 | | 0.59 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted EPS |
740.8 | 437 | | 0.59 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 | ||||||||||||
Weighted
average number of shares (millions) |
Earnings
m |
EPS
|
||||||||||
Basic EPS |
734.5 | 376 | | 0.51 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted EPS |
737.8 | 376 | | 0.51 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The diluted EPS figures are calculated after taking account of the effect of potential additional ordinary shares arising from share options and conditional shares.
F-78
10. | Earnings per share (EPS) (continued) |
The weighted average number of shares reflects the equivalent ordinary shares amount taking into account R shares and is after deducting shares held in treasury. Movements in the number of ordinary shares or equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2012 are shown below.
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ordinary
shares in issue (millions) |
R shares
in issue (millions) |
Treasury
shares (millions) |
2012
Ordinary share equivalents net of treasury shares (millions) |
2011
Ordinary shares equivalents net of treasury shares (millions) |
2010
Ordinary shares equivalents net of treasury shares (millions) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Number of ordinary shares or equivalents |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
At January 1 |
724.1 | 43.0 | (31.3 | ) | 735.8 | 735.2 | 734.5 | |||||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares |
1.9 | | | 1.9 | 0.2 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of ordinary and R shares |
| | (13.3 | ) | (13.3 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||
Net release of shares by the employee benefit trust |
| | 0.4 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 0.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
At December 31 |
726.0 | 43.0 | (44.2 | ) | 724.8 | 735.8 | 735.2 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Weighted average number of equivalent ordinary shares during the year |
734.0 | 735.3 | 734.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The average number of equivalent ordinary shares takes into account the R shares in the company held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC, which represents a 5.8% interest in the companys share capital.
Treasury shares include 62,341 R shares (2011: nil; 2010: nil), equivalent to 623,410 Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares.
At December 31, 2012 4,240,838 R shares were held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC. The R shares are convertible at the election of the holders into ten ordinary shares each and each R share carries an entitlement to cast ten votes. They have otherwise the same rights as the ordinary shares, except that Reed Elsevier NV may pay a lower dividend on the R shares.
The weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of diluted EPS is after deducting shares held in treasury and is derived as follows:
2012
(millions) |
2011
(millions) |
2010
(millions) |
||||||||||
Weighted average number of shares Basic |
734.0 | 735.3 | 734.5 | |||||||||
Weighted average number of dilutive shares under options |
8.1 | 5.5 | 3.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Weighted average number of shares Diluted |
742.1 | 740.8 | 737.8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. | Statement of cash flows |
Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash used by operations
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
Profit before tax |
660 | 438 | 379 | |||||||||
Finance income |
(8 | ) | (20 | ) | (14 | ) | ||||||
Share of results of joint ventures |
(654 | ) | (420 | ) | (367 | ) | ||||||
(Decrease)/increase in payables |
(3 | ) | (1 | ) | 1 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash used by operations |
(5 | ) | (3 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-79
11. | Statement of cash flows (continued) |
Reconciliation of net funding balances due from joint ventures
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
1,084 | 1,359 | 1,255 | |||||||||
Cash flow |
313 | (275 | ) | 104 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
1,397 | 1,084 | 1,359 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. | Investments in joint ventures |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
Share of results of joint ventures |
654 | 420 | 367 | |||||||||
Share of joint ventures: |
||||||||||||
Other comprehensive (expense)/income |
(137 | ) | 20 | 71 | ||||||||
Disposal/(acquisition) of non-controlling interests |
4 | (25 | ) | | ||||||||
Increase/(decrease) in share based remuneration reserve |
19 | 16 | (4 | ) | ||||||||
Equalisation adjustments |
(3 | ) | 5 | 3 | ||||||||
Dividends received from joint ventures |
(754 | ) | | (1,093 | ) | |||||||
Increase in investment in joint ventures |
| | 719 | |||||||||
Increase/(decrease) in net funding balances due from joint ventures |
313 | (275 | ) | 104 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net movement in the year |
96 | 161 | 167 | |||||||||
At January 1 |
1,359 | 1,198 | 1,031 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
1,455 | 1,359 | 1,198 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year the company received dividends of 754 million from Elsevier Reed Finance BV.
Summarised information showing total amounts in respect of joint ventures and Reed Elsevier NV shareholders 50% share is set out below:
Total joint ventures | Reed Elsevier NV shareholders share | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
7,523 | 6,902 | 7,084 | 3,762 | 3,451 | 3,542 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net profit for the year |
1,321 | 882 | 758 | 654 | 420 | 367 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reed Elsevier NVs share of joint ventures net profit attributable to parent company shareholders for the year excludes the net profit that arose directly in Reed Elsevier NV of 4 million (2011: 17 million; 2010: 9 million).
Total joint ventures | Reed Elsevier NV shareholders share | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
13,547 | 13,804 | 13,055 | 6,773 | 6,897 | 6,523 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
(10,701 | ) | (11,168 | ) | (10,750 | ) | (6,715 | ) | (6,622 | ) | (6,684 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net assets/(liabilities) |
2,846 | 2,636 | 2,305 | 58 | 275 | (161 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Attributable to: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joint ventures |
2,804 | 2,606 | 2,273 | 58 | 275 | (161 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
42 | 30 | 32 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
2,846 | 2,636 | 2,305 | 58 | 275 | (161 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net funding balances due from joint ventures |
1,397 | 1,084 | 1,359 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,455 | 1,359 | 1,198 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-80
12. | Investments in joint ventures (continued) |
The above amounts exclude assets and liabilities held directly by Reed Elsevier NV and include the counterparty balances of amounts owed to and by other Reed Elsevier businesses. Included within Reed Elsevier NVs share of assets and liabilities are cash and cash equivalents of 393 million (2011: 433 million; 2010: 431 million) and borrowings of 2,386 million (2011: 2,561 million; 2010: 2,508 million) respectively.
13. | Payables |
Included within payables are employee convertible debenture loans of 7 million (2011: 8 million; 2010: 9 million) with a weighted average interest rate of 2.65% (2011: 3.13%; 2010: 3.30%). Depending on the conversion terms, the surrender of 200 par value debenture loans qualifies for 50 Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares.
14. | Share capital |
Authorised
No. of shares | m | |||||||
Ordinary shares of 0.07 each |
1,800,000,000 | 126 | ||||||
R shares of 0.70 each |
26,000,000 | 18 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total |
144 | |||||||
|
|
Issued and fully paid
R shares
Number |
Ordinary
shares Number |
R shares
m |
Ordinary
shares m |
Total
m |
||||||||||||||||
At January 1, 2010 |
4,303,179 | 723,692,901 | 3 | 50 | 53 | |||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares |
| 184,116 | | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At January 1, 2011 |
4,303,179 | 723,877,017 | 3 | 51 | 54 | |||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares |
| 200,738 | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At January 1, 2012 |
4,303,179 | 724,077,755 | 3 | 51 | 54 | |||||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares |
| 1,906,470 | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At December 31, 2012 |
4,303,179 | 725,984,225 | 3 | 51 | 54 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The issue of shares relates to the exercise of share options. Details of share option and conditional share schemes are set out in note 8 to the Reed Elsevier combined financial statements.
Details of shares held in treasury are provided in note 16.
At December 31, 2012 4,240,838 R shares were held by a subsidiary of Reed Elsevier PLC. The R shares are convertible at the election of the holders into ten ordinary shares each and each R share carries an entitlement to cast ten votes. They have otherwise the same rights as the ordinary shares, except that Reed Elsevier NV may pay a lower dividend on the R shares.
15. | Paid-in surplus |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
2,171 | 2,169 | 2,168 | |||||||||
Issue of ordinary shares |
18 | 2 | 1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
2,189 | 2,171 | 2,169 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within paid-in surplus, an amount of 2,012 million (2011: 1,994 million; 2010: 1,992 million) is free of tax.
16. | Shares held in treasury |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
432 | 433 | 434 | |||||||||
Repurchase of ordinary and R shares |
141 | | | |||||||||
Share of joint ventures settlement of share awards by the employee benefit trust |
(5 | ) | (4 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||
Exchange translation differences |
3 | 3 | 4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
571 | 432 | 433 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-81
16. | Shares held in treasury (continued) |
At December 31, 2012, shares held in treasury related to 6,990,101 (2011: 7,380,906; 2010: 7,781,790) Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares held by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust (EBT); and 36,613,087 (2011: 23,952,791; 2010: 23,952,791) Reed Elsevier NV ordinary shares and 62,341 R shares (2011: nil; 2010: nil) held by the parent company.
The EBT purchases Reed Elsevier NV shares which, at the trustees discretion, can be used in respect of the exercise of share options and to meet commitments under conditional share awards. At December 31, 2012, Reed Elsevier NV shares held by the EBT were 84 million (2011: 85 million; 2010: 87 million).
17. | Translation reserve |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
6 | (51 | ) | (153 | ) | |||||||
Share of joint ventures exchange differences on translation of foreign operations |
(51 | ) | 54 | 98 | ||||||||
Exchange translation differences on capital and reserves |
3 | 3 | 4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
(42 | ) | 6 | (51 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. | Other reserves |
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
At January 1 |
(496 | ) | (602 | ) | (664 | ) | ||||||
Profit attributable to shareholders |
658 | 437 | 376 | |||||||||
Share of joint ventures: |
||||||||||||
Actuarial losses on defined benefit pension schemes |
(203 | ) | (65 | ) | (37 | ) | ||||||
Fair value movements on available for sale investments |
| (1 | ) | | ||||||||
Transfer to net profit on disposal of available for sale investments |
7 | | | |||||||||
Fair value movements on cash flow hedges |
43 | (14 | ) | (34 | ) | |||||||
Tax recognised directly in equity |
54 | 24 | 17 | |||||||||
Increase/(decrease) in share based remuneration reserve |
19 | 16 | (4 | ) | ||||||||
Settlement of share awards |
(5 | ) | (4 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||
Transfer to net profit from cash flow hedge reserve |
13 | 22 | 27 | |||||||||
Disposal/(acquisition) of non-controlling interests |
4 | (25 | ) | | ||||||||
Equalisation adjustments |
(3 | ) | 5 | 3 | ||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
(319 | ) | (289 | ) | (281 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31 |
(228 | ) | (496 | ) | (602 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
19. | Contingent liabilities |
There are contingent liabilities in respect of borrowings of joint ventures guaranteed by Reed Elsevier NV as follows:
2012
m |
2011
m |
2010
m |
||||||||||
Guaranteed jointly and severally with Reed Elsevier PLC |
4,422 | 4,704 | 4,591 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments disclosures in respect of the borrowings covered by the above guarantees are given in note 19 to the Reed Elsevier combined financial statements.
20. | Approval of financial statements |
The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Combined Board of directors on February 27, 2013.
F-82
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
F-83
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Terms used in Annual Report on Form 20-F |
US equivalent or brief description |
Accruals |
Accrued expenses |
Adjusted operating cash flow |
Cash generated from operations plus dividends from joint ventures less net capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment and internally developed intangible assets, and excluding payments in relation to exceptional restructuring and acquisition related costs |
Adjusted operating margin |
Adjusted operating profit expressed as a percentage of revenue. This is a key financial measure used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources |
Adjusted operating profit |
Operating profit before amortisation of acquired intangible assets, exceptional restructuring and acquisition related costs, the share of profit on disposals in joint ventures, and grossed up to exclude the equity share of taxes in joint ventures. This is a key financial measure used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources and is presented in accordance with IFRS8-Operating Segments |
Allotted |
Issued |
Associate |
An entity in which Reed Elsevier has a participating interest and, in the opinion of the directors, can exercise significant influence on its management |
Bank borrowings |
Payable to banks |
Called up share capital |
Issued share capital |
Capital and reserves |
Shareholders equity |
Cash flow conversion |
Adjusted operating cash flow expressed as a percentage of adjusted operating profit |
Combined businesses |
Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV and their respective subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures |
Current instalments of loans |
Long term debt due within one year |
Effective tax rate on adjusted operating profit |
Tax rate excluding movements on deferred tax balances not expected to crystallise in the near term, more closely aligning with cash taxes payable, and includes the benefit of deductible tax amortisation on acquired goodwill and intangible assets |
EPS |
Earnings per ordinary share |
Finance lease |
Capital lease |
Free cash flow |
Operating cash flow excluding the effects of interest, tax and dividends |
Invested capital |
Average capital employed in the year expressed at the average exchange rates for the year. Capital employed represents the net assets of the business before borrowings and derivative financial instruments and current and deferred taxes, after adding back the cumulative amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets and goodwill and deducting from goodwill the gross up in respect of deferred tax liabilities recognised on acquisition of intangible assets |
Investments |
Non-current investments |
Freehold |
Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity |
Interest receivable |
Interest income |
Interest payable |
Interest expense |
Net borrowings |
Gross borrowings, less related derivative financial instrument assets and cash and cash equivalents |
Net cash acquired |
Cash less debt acquired with a business |
Operating costs |
Cost of sales plus selling and distribution costs plus administration and other expenses |
S-1
Prepayments |
Prepaid expenses |
Profit |
Income |
Profit attributable |
Net income |
Reed Elsevier |
Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV and their respective subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures |
Share based remuneration |
Stock based compensation |
Shareholders equity |
Shareholders funds |
Share premium account |
Premiums paid in excess of par value of ordinary shares |
Return on invested capital |
Post tax adjusted operating profit expressed as a percentage of average capital employed. This is a key financial measure used by management |
Revenue |
Sales |
Underlying growth |
The year on year growth calculated excluding the effects of acquisitions, disposals and the impact of currency translation. This is a key financial measure as it provides an assessment of year on year organic growth without distortion for part year contributions and the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates |
S-2
Exhibits filed as part of this annual report
1.1 | Articles of Association of Reed Elsevier PLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-167058) filed with the SEC on May 25, 2010) | |
1.2 | Articles of Association of Reed Elsevier NV (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.2 to the 2009 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 18, 2010) | |
1.3 | Governing Agreement, (as amended on February 14, 2012) between Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV | |
1.4 | RHBV Agreement, dated December 23, 1992 among Elsevier NV and Reed Holding B.V. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.4 to the 2002 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 10, 2003) | |
2.1 | Deposit Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2003 among Reed Elsevier PLC, The Bank of New York and all holders from time to time of American Depositary Receipts (incorporated by reference from Exhibit(a)(1) to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-109805) filed by Reed Elsevier PLC with the SEC on October 17, 2003) | |
2.2 | Deposit Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2003 among Reed Elsevier NV, The Bank of New York and all holders from time to time of American Depositary Receipts (incorporated by reference from Exhibit(a)(1) to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-109805) filed by Reed Elsevier NV with the SEC on October 17, 2003) | |
4.1 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Share Option Scheme (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the 2003 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 15, 2004) | |
4.2 |
Reed Elsevier Group plc Long Term Incentive Share Option Scheme (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the 2003 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 15, 2004) |
|
4.3 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Bonus Investment Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the 2003 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 15, 2004) | |
4.4 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Bonus Investment Plan (2002) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the 2003 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 15, 2004) | |
4.5 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Executive Share Option Schemes (No. 2) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the 2003 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 15, 2004) | |
4.6 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Executive UK and Overseas Share Option Schemes (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to the 2000 Form F-3 Registration Statement) (File No. 333-12926) | |
4.7 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Retention Share Plan (as amended on March 13, 2006) (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.9 on the 2006 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007) | |
4.8 | Reed Elsevier US Salary Investment Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-13666) filed with the SEC on October 2, 2000) | |
4.9 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Long Term Incentive Share Option Scheme (as restated for awards granted on or after April 19, 2006) (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.11 to the 2006 Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007) | |
4.10 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Bonus Investment Plan 2010 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-167058) filed with the SEC on May 25, 2010) | |
4.11 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Growth Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-167058) filed with the SEC on May 25, 2010) | |
4.12 | Reed Elsevier Group plc LexisNexis Risk & Information Analytics Group Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-167058) filed with the SEC on May 25, 2010) | |
4.13 | Reed Elsevier Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan 2010 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed (File No. 333-167058) with the SEC on May 25, 2010) | |
4.14 | Service Agreement between Reed Elsevier Group plc and Erik Engstrom (dated March 14, 2011) | |
4.15 | Service Agreement between Reed Elsevier Group plc and Duncan Palmer (dated August 15, 2012) | |
4.16 | Letter between Reed Elsevier Group plc and Duncan Palmer (dated August 15, 2012) | |
8.0 | List of significant subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and business units | |
12.1 | Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, by the Chief Executive Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC | |
12.2 | Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, by the Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC |
S-3
12.3 | Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, by the Chief Executive Officer of Reed Elsevier NV | |
12.4 | Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, by the Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier NV | |
13.1 | Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, by the Chief Executive Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC | |
13.2 | Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, by the Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier PLC | |
13.3 | Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, by the Chief Executive Officer of Reed Elsevier NV | |
13.4 | Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, by the Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier NV | |
15.1 | Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms Consent Reed Elsevier Combined Financial Statements | |
15.2 | Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms Consent Reed Elsevier PLC Consolidated Financial Statements | |
15.3 | Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms Consent Reed Elsevier NV Consolidated Financial Statements |
The total amount of long term debt securities of Reed Elsevier authorised under any single instrument does not exceed 10% of the combined total assets of Reed Elsevier. The Registrants hereby agree to furnish to the Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of long term debt of Reed Elsevier or any of the combined businesses for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed.
S-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each of the Registrants certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorised, on March 12, 2013.
REED ELSEVIER PLC Registrant |
REED ELSEVIER NV Registrant |
|
By: /s/ E ENGSTROM
E Engstrom Chief Executive Officer |
By: /s/ E ENGSTROM
E Engstrom Chairman of the Executive Board & Chief Executive Officer |
|
By: /s/ D J PALMER
D J Palmer Chief Financial Officer |
By: /s/ D J PALMER
D J Palmer Member, Executive Board & Chief Financial Officer |
|
Dated: March 12, 2013 | Dated: March 12, 2013 |
S-5
Exhibit 1.3
DATED 14 FEBRUARY 2012
REED ELSEVIER PLC
REED ELSEVIER N.V.
GOVERNING AGREEMENT
(Conformed copy)
CONTENTS
Clause | Page | |||||
1. | I NTERPRETATION | 2 | ||||
2. | P URPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE | 4 | ||||
3. | M ANAGEMENT | 4 | ||||
Board Composition | 4 | |||||
Nominations Committee | 6 | |||||
Board appointments - PLC and Reed Elsevier | 6 | |||||
Board appointments - NV | 7 | |||||
Appointment of Chairman and Chief Executive | 8 | |||||
Retirement of directors | 8 | |||||
Removal of director | 9 | |||||
Remuneration committee | 9 | |||||
Remuneration of non-executive directors by PLC and NV | 9 | |||||
Audit committee | 9 | |||||
Elsevier Reed Finance | 9 | |||||
4. | G ENERAL UNDERTAKINGS | 10 | ||||
Shareholder approval | 10 | |||||
Controls on the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group | 12 | |||||
Share capital | 12 | |||||
Limitation of activities of PLC and NV | 13 | |||||
Business of PLC and NV | 14 | |||||
Application of cash | 15 | |||||
PLC and NV liquidity | 15 | |||||
5. | G UARANTEES AND INDEMNITIES | 15 | ||||
6. | E XCHANGE SHARES / SHARES IN RHBV | 15 | ||||
Exchange shares | 15 | |||||
Shares in RHBV | 15 | |||||
Listing | 15 | |||||
7. | E QUALISATION | 16 | ||||
8. | S TANDSTILL | 16 | ||||
9. | C HANGE OF CONTROL | 16 | ||||
10. | I NTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS | 20 | ||||
11. | A CCOUNTING MATTERS , CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND DISCLOSURE OBLIGATIONS | 20 | ||||
Accounting reference date | 20 | |||||
Audit committees | 20 | |||||
Accounting policies and practices | 20 | |||||
Corporate Governance and disclosure standards | 20 | |||||
12. | I NFORMATION | 21 |
The Operating Group and the Finance Group | 21 | |||||
PLC and NV | 21 | |||||
Confidentiality | 21 | |||||
13. | S TOCK EXCHANGE OBLIGATIONS | 21 | ||||
14. | R ELATIONSHIP TO ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION | 21 | ||||
15. | N OTICES | 22 | ||||
Form of Notice | 22 | |||||
Time of Service | 22 | |||||
Addresses | 22 | |||||
Proof of service | 23 | |||||
16. | M ISCELLANEOUS | 23 | ||||
Regulatory | 23 | |||||
No assignment | 23 | |||||
No waiver | 23 | |||||
Amendment | 24 | |||||
No partnership or agency | 24 | |||||
Severance | 24 | |||||
17. | T ERMINATION | 24 | ||||
18. | C OUNTERPARTS | 24 | ||||
19. | J URISDICTION | 24 | ||||
20. | F ORUM NON CONVENIENS | 25 | ||||
21. | S ERVICE OF P ROCESS | 25 | ||||
22. | G OVERNING LAW | 25 | ||||
SCHEDULES |
26 |
THIS GOVERNING AGREEMENT is made on 14 February 2012
B ETWEEN
REED ELSEVIER PLC a company incorporated in England with registered number 00077536 and having its registered office at 1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5JR ( PLC );
REED ELSEVIER N.V. a company incorporated in The Netherlands, having its seat in Amsterdam, with Chamber of Commerce file number 33155037, and having its registered office at Radarweg 29, 1043 NX Amsterdam, The Netherlands ( NV ).
W HEREAS
(A) PLC and NV announced on 17 September 1992 that they had agreed in principle to merge their businesses.
(B) The parties entered into an Implementation Agreement on 30 October 1992 which was amended subsequently (the Implementation Agreement) pursuant to which the parties entered into a Governing Agreement dated 1 January 1993 which was amended subsequently (the Original Governing Agreement ).
(C) The parties agreed to make certain amendments to the Original Governing Agreement, to provide for a more unified management structure for PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier which were approved at the 1999 annual general meetings of PLC and NV. In 2012, the parties agreed to make certain further amendments to reflect some agreed changes to the process of appointment to, and composition of, the Board of PLC and the Board of NV and the updated shareholdings of PLC, NV and their subsidiaries. Those amendments, together with all the surviving provisions of the Original Governing Agreement are set out in this Governing Agreement.
(D) (1) PLC holds 18,385 R shares and 100,000 7.5% cumulative preference shares in the capital of Reed Elsevier and 133 R shares in the capital of Elsevier Reed Finance; (2) NV holds 18,385 E shares in the capital of Reed Elsevier, 205 E shares in the capital of Elsevier Reed Finance, and 14 E shares in the capital of Reed Elsevier Overseas BV; (3) RHBV, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PLC, holds 4,303,179 Exchange shares in NV; and (4) Reed Elsevier Holdings BV, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Reed Elsevier, holds the remaining issued capital of Reed Elsevier Overseas BV.
(E) This Agreement sets out the terms of the continuing relationship of PLC and NV including their relationship as shareholders in Reed Elsevier and Elsevier Reed Finance, and the basis on which the parties will work together in good faith to give effect to the intention of the directors of PLC and NV to make distributions in accordance with schedule 1 to this Agreement.
1. | I NTERPRETATION |
1.1 In this Agreement and the recitals hereto, unless the context otherwise requires or provides:
Amended Reed Elsevier Articles means the articles of association of Reed Elsevier, adopted conditional on the passing of the shareholder resolutions at the annual general meeting of PLC and NV as described in Recital (C) as amended, in the form attached hereto and initialled by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto for the purposes of identification;
Board of NV means:
(a) | in the case of an executive director, the NV Executive Board; and |
(b) | in the case of a non-executive director, the NV Supervisory Board. |
Board of PLC means the board of directors of PLC (or a duly appointed committee of that board);
Board of Reed Elsevier means the board of directors of Reed Elsevier;
Chairman means , in the case of NV, Chairman of the Supervisory Board;
Chief Executive means, in the case of NV, the chairman of the NV Executive Board;
Code means the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, as in force at the date of this Agreement;
Elsevier Reed Finance means Elsevier Reed Finance BV, a company incorporated in The Netherlands with file number 33145842 at the Amsterdam Chamber of Commerce;
Exchange shares means shares of the series R in the capital of NV;
Finance Group means Elsevier Reed Finance and its subsidiaries from time to time;
holding company, subsidiary and wholly-owned subsidiary shall be construed in accordance with section 736 of the Companies Act 1985 as in force at the date of this Agreement;
Nominations Committee means the joint nominations committee formed by PLC and NV;
NV Combined Board means a combined meeting of the members of the NV Supervisory Board and the NV Executive Board, referred to in the articles of association of NV as the combined board ;
Page 2 |
NV Executive Board means the executive or management board (Raad van Bestuur) of NV;
NV Supervisory Board means the supervisory board (Raad van Commissarissen) of NV;
person includes individuals, bodies corporate (wherever incorporated), unincorporated associations, partnerships and other unincorporated bodies (in each case, wherever resident and for whatever purpose);
Reed Elsevier means Reed Elsevier Group plc, a company incorporated in England with registered number 02746616;
Reed Elsevier Group means Reed Elsevier and its subsidiaries from time to time;
Reed Elsevier Holdings BV means the company incorporated in The Netherlands with file number 33201111 at the Amsterdam Chamber of Commerce;
Reed Elsevier Overseas BV means the company incorporated in The Netherlands with file number 33241720 at the Amsterdam Chamber of Commerce;
RHBV means Reed Holding BV, a company incorporated in The Netherlands with file number 33241739 at the Amsterdam Chamber of Commerce;
Security Interest means any mortgage, charge, pledge or lien, or any security interest whatsoever, howsoever created or arising;
Senior Independent Director has the meaning given to the term senior independent director in the UK Corporate Governance Code or the meaning given to any term that replaces or supersedes the term senior independent director in any subsequent version of the UK Corporate Governance Code.
1.2 The schedules to this Agreement form part of this Agreement and shall have effect as if set out in full in it. References to this Agreement shall include reference to the schedules.
1.3 A reference to a director of a company is:
(a) | in the case of a company incorporated in England, a reference to a person who has been appointed as a member of the board of that company; and |
(b) | in the case of a company incorporated in The Netherlands, a person who has been appointed as a member of that companys executive or management board or supervisory board. |
Page 3 |
1.4 Except where the context otherwise requires, references to clauses or schedules are to clauses of or schedules to this Agreement; references to sub-clauses are to sub-clauses of the clause in which the reference appears; and references in a schedule to paragraphs are references to the paragraph of the schedule in which the reference appears.
1.5 The headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
2. | P URPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE |
2.1 The parties have merged their businesses with a view to achieving the objectives described in the circular dated 30 October 1992 to the holders of shares and bearer depository receipts in NV and to the holders of shares in PLC. The Original Governing Agreement governs aspects of the relations between them following the merger.
2.2 This Agreement will become effective on resolutions approving the execution and performance of this Agreement by each party being passed by each partys shareholders in annual general meeting.
2.3 The provisions of this Agreement shall supersede the provisions of the Original Governing Agreement with effect from the date on which the last of the resolutions referred to in clause 2.2 is passed but this shall be without prejudice to the accrued (whether or not asserted) rights of either of the parties under the Original Governing Agreement.
2.4 PLC and NV acting in good faith shall each do or procure to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or desirable, to ensure so far as practicable the complete and punctual fulfilment, observance and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, and shall each exercise all voting rights and powers, direct or indirect, available to it in relation to any of its subsidiaries or to any member of the Reed Elsevier Group or the Finance Group, to ensure so far as practicable that members of the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group perform all obligations owed to PLC or NV and generally that full effect is given to this Agreement.
3. | M ANAGEMENT |
Board Composition
3.1. PLC and NV agree that:
(a) | subject to (c) and (d) below and clause 3.2, the Boards of each of PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier will comprise the same people; |
(b) |
subject to (d) below, PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier will have the same Chairman and Chief Executive and, for the purposes of this Agreement, if a persons appointment to the Board of NV is pending that person shall, from the moment he has been appointed the |
Page 4 |
Chairman or the Chief Executive of PLC and Reed Elsevier, be treated as if he were the Chairman or Chief Executive (as appropriate) of NV; |
(c) | without prejudice to the operation of clause 3.2, up to two additional members of the NV Supervisory Board may be appointed who are not directors of PLC or Reed Elsevier; |
(d) | a person may be appointed and serve as a director of PLC and of Reed Elsevier pending his or her appointment to the Board of NV and such person shall be counted as a director for the purposes of clause 3.1(e) below; and |
(e) | other than in circumstances where the parties agree in writing that for the time being it is not practicable or possible and subject to clause 3.2: |
(i) | there shall be such number of executive directors on the Board of PLC, the NV Executive Board and the Board of Reed Elsevier as determined by each of the Board of PLC, the NV Combined Board and the Board of Reed Elsevier, provided that the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer must be a member of each of them; and |
(ii) | there shall be such number of non-executive directors on the Board of PLC, the Board of Reed Elsevier and the NV Supervisory Board as determined by each of the Board of PLC, the Board of Reed Elsevier and the NV Combined Board, provided that: |
(A) in the case of the Board of PLC and the Board of Reed Elsevier, the number of non-executive directors plus the Chairman must always exceed the number of executive directors; and
(B) in the case of NV, the number of non-executive directors on the NV Supervisory Board plus the Chairman must always exceed the number of executive directors on the NV Executive Board.
3.2 PLC and NV agree that if a person is elected as a director of PLC or NV by a resolution passed by its shareholders in general meeting which was proposed by one or more of that companys shareholders and was not proposed or recommended for approval by that companys directors, then sub-clauses 3.1(a), (c), and (e):
(a) | will not apply in respect of that person; and |
(b) | will continue to apply, other than in respect of that person. |
Page 5 |
Nominations Committee
3.3 PLC and NV shall, by separate board resolutions, create a joint committee (the Nominations Committee ) and delegate to that committee sole responsibility for nominating persons for appointment as directors of each of PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier. The Nominations Committee shall be comprised of the following persons:
(a) | the Chairman of PLC and NV from time to time; |
(b) | at least one representative appointed by the Board of PLC, each being a non-executive director of PLC as well as a member of the NV Supervisory Board; and |
(c) | at least one representative appointed by the NV Combined Board, each being a member of the NV Supervisory Board (as well as a non-executive director of PLC). |
3.4 Each of PLC and NV shall appoint and remove its representative(s) on the Nominations Committee by giving to the other and the Chairman of the Nominations Committee at the time, notice in writing. If PLC or NV gives notice that a person is to be appointed or removed as its representative on the Nominations Committee, then the other must take any action which is necessary to ensure that the representative is so appointed or removed.
3.5 From time to time and as required, the Nominations Committee shall nominate persons for appointment:
(a) | to the Board of PLC, the Board of NV and the Board of Reed Elsevier; or |
(b) | in respect of the two additional members referred to in clause 3.1(c), solely to the NV Supervisory Board. |
None of the Board of PLC, the Board of NV or the Board of Reed Elsevier may appoint or propose or recommend the appointment of a person as a director who has not first been nominated for that appointment by the Nominations Committee.
Board appointments - PLC and Reed Elsevier
3.6. A person may only be appointed by the Board of PLC as a director of PLC and by the shareholders or Board of Reed Elsevier as a director of Reed Elsevier, provided that:
(a) | the person has been nominated for that appointment by the Nominations Committee; |
Page 6 |
(b) | in the case of an appointment to the Board of PLC, the Board of Reed Elsevier has also resolved to appoint the person as a director of Reed Elsevier; |
(c) | in the case of an appointment to the Board of Reed Elsevier, the Board of PLC has also resolved to appoint the person as a director of PLC; |
(d) | the NV Combined Board has resolved to recommend the appointment of that person at the next Annual General Meeting of NV; and |
(e) | the person has executed the Deed of Undertaking contained in Schedule 2. |
That person may be recommended for re-election at the next appropriate general meeting of PLC or Reed Elsevier provided that the person:
(i) | is, at the time, a director of PLC and of Reed Elsevier and of NV (or the NV Combined Board has resolved to recommend the person for appointment to the Board of NV); and |
(ii) | is willing to stand for re-election, |
without prejudice, however, to the obligations of the Board of PLC and the Board of Reed Elsevier to express to their shareholders an opinion as to whether a person is suitable for appointment as a director.
3.7. If the Board of PLC resolves not to appoint a person nominated by the Nominations Committee as a director, then the Nominations Committee may be directed by the Board of PLC to nominate an alternative person for appointment as a director of PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier.
Board appointments - NV
3.8. | A person may: |
(a) | only be recommended for election to the Board of NV at the earlier of the next Annual General Meeting or the next Extraordinary General Meeting of NV; and |
(b) | until that general meeting, be entitled to attend meetings of the NV Combined Board, the NV Executive Board or the NV Supervisory Board (as the case may be) as an observer, |
provided that:
(i) | the person has been nominated for that appointment by the Nominations Committee; |
(ii) |
(other than where the person has only been nominated for appointment to the NV Supervisory Board) the Board of PLC and the |
Page 7 |
Board of Reed Elsevier have both resolved to appoint the person as a director; and |
(iii) | the person has executed the Deed of Undertaking contained in Schedule 2, |
without prejudice to the obligations of the NV Combined Board to express to NV shareholders an opinion as to whether a person is suitable for appointment as a director.
3.9 If the NV Combined Board resolves not to recommend a person nominated by the Nominations Committee for election by NV shareholders as a director, then the Nominations Committee may be directed by the NV Combined Board to nominate an alternative person for appointment as a director of PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier.
Appointment of Chairman and Chief Executive
3.10 If the Nominations Committee nominates a person for appointment as Chairman or Chief Executive:
(a) | subject to the person being or becoming a member of the Board of PLC and the Board of Reed Elsevier, the Board of PLC and the Board of Reed Elsevier shall promptly appoint that person to that position in PLC and Reed Elsevier respectively; and |
(b) | subject to paragraph (a) being satisfied and the person being or becoming a member of the Board of NV, the person shall promptly be appointed to that position in NV. |
Retirement of directors
3.11 PLC and NV shall ensure that each director of PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier (other than in respect of paragraphs (b) and (c), a person who is only a director of the NV Supervisory Board):
(a) | retires from the Boards of PLC and NV at least every three years; |
(b) | if retiring, retires from the Board of PLC and the Board of NV at the Annual General Meeting in the same year; and |
(c) | if being proposed for re-election, is proposed for re-election to the Board of PLC and the Board of NV at the relevant Annual General Meeting in the same year; and |
(subject to PLCs and NVs obligations under paragraph (c) being without prejudice to the obligations of the Board of PLC and the NV Combined Board to express to their respective shareholders an opinion as to whether a person is suitable for appointment as a director).
Page 8 |
Removal of director
3.12 The Board of PLC and the NV Combined Board shall each, so far as it is able, ensure that a director retires or resigns or is removed forthwith from its Board and from the Board of Reed Elsevier if:
(a) | the appointment or re-election of that person is not also approved by the requisite majority of shareholders of PLC or NV in general meeting; |
(b) | that director ceases to be a director of PLC, NV or Reed Elsevier whether pursuant to a board resolution, a resolution of shareholders or any other provision of the relevant articles of association; |
(c) | that director resigns as a director of one or more of PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier; or |
(d) | that director otherwise ceases, for whatever reason, to be a director of PLC, NV or Reed Elsevier. |
Remuneration committee
3.13 The Board of Reed Elsevier shall establish a remuneration committee (the Remuneration Committee ) with responsibility for (a) considering the remuneration arrangements for the companys executive directors and Chairman and (b) such other matters as may be delegated to it.
Remuneration of non-executive directors by PLC and NV
3.14 Proposals and recommendations relating to the fees or remuneration to be paid to a person in that persons capacity as a non-executive director of PLC or as a member of the NV Supervisory Board shall be made by the Chairman and Chief Executive of PLC and NV from time to time but shall not be effected without the prior approval of each of the Board of PLC and the NV Combined Board.
Audit committee
3.15 The Board of Reed Elsevier shall establish an audit committee with responsibility for (a) reviewing and advising the directors of Reed Elsevier on matters relating to the audit of Reed Elsevier and its subsidiaries, the effectiveness of internal controls over financial and management information, and the half-year and annual financial statements and (b) such other matters as may be delegated to it.
Elsevier Reed Finance
3.16 | PLC and NV may each: |
Page 9 |
(a) | nominate persons to be appointed members of the management or the supervisory board of Elsevier Reed Finance; and |
(b) | propose the suspension or dismissal of a person appointed a member of the management or the supervisory board of Elsevier Reed Finance pursuant to its nomination, |
subject to not more than half the maximum number of directors fixed from time to time pursuant to the articles of association of Elsevier Reed Finance being persons nominated for appointment by PLC, and not more than half being persons so nominated by NV. PLC and NV shall not nominate a person for appointment as a member of the management or the supervisory board of Elsevier Reed Finance without the prior approval of the other, which approval shall not be withheld or delayed unreasonably.
3.17 The majority of directors of Elsevier Reed Finance shall at all times be persons not resident in the UK.
3.18 Upon a nomination, or a proposal for suspension or dismissal, being made in accordance with sub-clause 3.16 PLC and NV shall each sign forthwith, a resolution in writing in accordance with article 34 paragraph 1 of the articles of association of Elsevier Reed Finance to appoint the person so nominated or to dismiss or suspend the person whose proposal or dismissal has been so proposed. If PLC and NV are not able to ensure that such a resolution in writing is adopted forthwith, they will take all necessary measures to have a similar resolution adopted as soon as possible in a general meeting of shareholders of Elsevier Reed Finance.
4. | G ENERAL UNDERTAKINGS |
Shareholder approval
4.1 | If: |
(a) | whether by reason of law, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange or any other applicable regulatory requirement, it is proposed to convene a general meeting of shareholders to consider and, if thought fit, to pass a resolution (the Principal Shareholders Resolution) ; or |
(b) | the Board of PLC, the NV Supervisory Board, the NV Executive Board or the NV Combined Board proposes to pass a resolution in relation to a matter concerning its company which would, whether by reason of law, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange or any other applicable regulatory requirement, be required to be approved or effected by a resolution approved at a general meeting of shareholders of the other party if the matter concerned that other party (the Principal Board Resolution) , |
Page 10 |
the Board of PLC, the NV Supervisory Board, the NV Executive Board or the NV Combined Board, as the case may be (the Proposing Board) , shall give notice, in the case of the Board of PLC, to the NV Combined Board, and, in the case of the NV Supervisory Board, the NV Executive Board or the NV Combined Board, to the Board of PLC (each recipient of such notice being the Second Board) that it proposes to convene a meeting to consider and, if thought fit, to pass the Principal Shareholders Resolution or, as the case may be, that it proposes to pass the Principal Board Resolution. If the Second Board gives notice (the Second Boards Notice) to the Proposing Board within seven days that it considers the Principal Shareholders Resolution or the Principal Board Resolution to be of such importance to its shareholders that it is appropriate to convene a general meeting to consider and, if thought fit, to pass a resolution of similar effect to the Principal Shareholders Resolution or the Principal Board Resolution (a Confirmatory Resolution) , the Proposing Board shall take such action as it considers necessary to ensure that the action to which the Principal Shareholders Resolution or the Principal Board Resolution relates does not take effect until the Confirmatory Resolution has been duly passed (if necessary by expressing the Principal Shareholders Resolution or the Principal Board Resolution to be conditional on a Confirmatory Resolution being duly passed). The Second Board shall ensure that a Confirmatory Resolution is proposed in terms such that it will be passed if passed by a simple majority, shall convene a general meeting as soon as practicable to consider the Confirmatory Resolution and shall take such other action as it can reasonably take to ensure that such resolution is considered and voted upon by those currently entitled to be present and to vote at a general meeting as soon as is reasonably practicable and in any event, unless some other period is agreed by the Proposing Board, within 30 days of the date on which the Second Boards Notice was given.
Without prejudice to any other provisions of this Agreement, the requirements of this sub-clause shall not apply:
(a) | to the extent that it would involve directors taking action which is prohibited by law or applicable regulatory requirements or their being in breach of a duty owed by them to the company in question; |
(b) | if notice in the form set out above is not given by the Second Board within the period of 7 days; and |
(c) | in relation to a Principal Shareholders Resolution concerning the approval of accounts, the appointment or re-appointment of directors, the appointment or re-appointment of auditors, an increase in authorised capital, the grant to directors of PLC of authority to allot or issue shares, the extension of the competence of the NV Combined Board to issue shares, the disapplication of pre-emption rights, the grant of authority to purchase own shares, the approval of employee share option schemes and the approval of arrangements for the issue of shares in lieu of a cash dividend. |
Page 11 |
When determining whether it is appropriate to convene a general meeting to consider and, if thought fit, to pass a Confirmatory Resolution, the Second Board shall have regard inter alia (but without limitation) to the implications of any delay which might arise as a result of holding such a general meeting and to any particular circumstances which would suggest that, in the context of that company and/or the subject matter of the Principal Shareholders Resolution or the Principal Board Resolution, it would not be appropriate for the Second Board to seek the approval of its shareholders.
Controls on the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group
4.2 PLC and NV shall each, so far as it is able, ensure that Reed Elsevier, Elsevier Reed Finance and their respective subsidiaries do not authorise, approve, execute or do any document, deed, act or thing:
(a) | without the prior approval of the Board of PLC and of the NV Combined Board if: |
(i) | by reason of law, regulation or the rules or regulations of any stock exchange or regulatory authority a resolution would first be required to be passed by the shareholders of PLC or NV (including for this purpose circumstances where, on the basis that, as confirmed by the London Stock Exchange, the continuing obligations set out in its Admission of Securities to Listing apply to PLC, PLC would be obliged by such obligations to obtain its shareholders approval); or |
(ii) | by reason of law, regulation or the rules of any regulatory authority (other than a stock exchange), PLC or NV would first be required to make any filing with or notification to, or to obtain any consent or authorisation from any regulatory or governmental authority (other than a stock exchange); or |
(b) | without the prior approval of the Board of PLC and of the NV Combined Board if the event in question would cause PLC or NV or their directors to be in breach of any contract to which PLC or NV is a party, or to be in breach of any restriction contained in the articles of association of PLC or NV, provided that the contract is one to which PLC or, as the case may be, NV is permitted by this Agreement to be party or the restriction in the articles of association was contained in the articles of association at the date of this Agreement or was adopted after that date in accordance with this Agreement. |
Share capital
4.3 | PLC and NV shall not, without the prior approval of the other: |
(a) | grant any right to subscribe, exchange for or convert into any share in its capital; |
Page 12 |
(b) | except on exercise of rights which were outstanding at the date the Original Governing Agreement became effective, allot or issue any share in its capital; |
(c) | consolidate, sub-divide, convert or alter the rights attaching to any class of shares; |
(d) | purchase its own shares, redeem any shares or reduce its share capital in any way whatsoever, except, in the case of PLC, if the Board of PLC is required to give notice to redeem shares which were issued on terms that they were redeemable; or |
(e) | amend its articles of association or adopt new articles of association. |
Limitation of activities of PLC and NV
4.4 PLC and NV shall not, and shall each, so far as it is able, ensure that its subsidiaries do not, without the prior approval of the other:
(a) | borrow any money, or incur any liability in the nature of borrowings; |
(b) | guarantee the obligations of any person, grant an indemnity to any person against loss, damage or expense of whatsoever nature, or mortgage or charge its undertaking, property or uncalled capital; |
(c) | carry on or be interested in any business other than (i) the ownership of assets held at the date of the Original Governing Agreement as envisaged by the Implementation Agreement or acquired after that date with the prior approval of the other, (ii) subject to the other provisions of this sub-clause, the exercise of rights relating to such assets, and (iii) giving effect to such arrangements with members of the Reed Elsevier Group or the Finance Group as may be agreed from time to time; |
(d) | lend any moneys to, or deposit any moneys with, any person other than with the approval of the Board of Reed Elsevier to or with a member of the Reed Elsevier Group or the Finance Group; |
(e) | dispose of, or grant any Security Interest over, any share in the capital of any body corporate including, without limitation, any share in the capital of a subsidiary of it, a member of the Reed Elsevier Group or a member of the Finance Group, or any interest in a share in a body corporate and in particular shall not surrender to any other person the power to exercise the voting rights attaching to any share in a body corporate; |
(f) |
sell, transfer or assign, other than with the approval of the Board of Reed Elsevier to a member of the Reed Elsevier Group or the Finance Group, the benefit of any obligation owed by a subsidiary of it, by a |
Page 13 |
member of the Reed Elsevier Group or by a member of the Finance Group, or any interest in such an obligation; |
(g) | dispose of any asset not falling within (e) or (f), or any interest in such an asset, except with the approval of the Board of Reed Elsevier on terms which are at arms length, or (with such approval) to a member of the Reed Elsevier Group or the Finance Group; |
(h) | acquire any asset of any nature whatsoever from any person who is not a member of the Reed Elsevier Group or the Finance Group, other than in the course of a business falling within (c); |
(i) | incur any liability of any nature other than: |
(i) | liabilities which are incidental to or which arise out of the businesses mentioned in paragraph (c) above (save that paragraph (c)(ii) shall not authorise the voluntary assumption of any liability of a pecuniary nature); |
(ii) | liabilities which arise by virtue of or are connected with the existence or nature of the relevant company or the need properly to conduct its affairs or maintain corporate records or which are otherwise of a corporate housekeeping nature (including reasonable remuneration or fees for directors and other officers and reasonable registrars, auditors and advisors fees); |
(iii) | liabilities which are connected with or arise out of the listing or quotation of the relevant companys shares or other securities on any stock exchange; |
(iv) | taxation or similar liabilities arising out of any action which the relevant company is or was permitted to take pursuant to this Agreement or the Original Governing Agreement; |
(v) | liabilities which arise out of or are connected with borrowings or other commitments of the relevant company which existed at the date of the Original Governing Agreement (save that this shall not authorise the voluntary assumption of any liability of a pecuniary nature). |
Business of PLC and NV
4.5 PLC and NV shall continue to manage their affairs with a view to the nature of their respective businesses being limited to dealings with members of the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group, the holding of shares in members of the Reed Elsevier Group and shares in Elsevier Reed Finance, in the case of PLC, holding shares in RHBV and holding Exchange shares directly or indirectly, and such other matters as may be agreed from time to time by the parties.
Page 14 |
Application of cash
4.6 PLC and NV shall each lend or otherwise make available surplus cash to the Reed Elsevier Group or the Finance Group on such terms as they may respectively agree from time to time with Reed Elsevier and, if appropriate, the board of any member of the Reed Elsevier Group or the Finance Group which may be party to such arrangements.
PLC and NV liquidity
4.7 PLC and NV agree that they may each require loan facilities from time to time to meet Permitted Liabilities (as defined in article 105.1 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier). Upon the request of either of them, they shall both use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that a member of the Finance Group or the Reed Elsevier Group provides or procures the provision of an appropriate loan facility to the party making the request for the purpose of meeting Permitted Liabilities.
5. | G UARANTEES AND INDEMNITIES |
5. PLC and NV agree, without prejudice to sub-clause 4.4(b), that any guarantees or indemnities which are given by them shall normally be given on a joint and several basis. PLC and NV shall not be required to give any guarantee or indemnity at the request of the other or at the request of any member of the Reed Elsevier Group or the Finance Group.
6. | E XCHANGE SHARES / SHARES IN RHBV |
Exchange shares
6.1 PLC undertakes to NV that it will continue, so far as it is able, to ensure that RHBV performs the obligations assumed by it in the agreement between RHBV and NV of even date with the Original Governing Agreement.
Shares in RHBV
6.2 PLC undertakes to NV to ensure that, unless NV agrees otherwise, RHBV will at all times be the wholly-owned subsidiary of PLC.
Listing
6.3 NV undertakes to PLC, for its own benefit and that of RHBV, that, upon conversion of Exchange shares into ordinary shares in the capital of NV, it will use all reasonable endeavours to ensure the admission to listing or quotation, on all stock exchanges on which ordinary shares in the capital of NV are for the time being listed or quoted, of the ordinary shares arising on such conversion.
Page 15 |
7. | E QUALISATION |
7.1 The parties shall give effect to the provisions of schedule 1.
8. | S TANDSTILL |
8.1 PLC and NV shall each not, and shall, so far as it is able, ensure that persons acting in concert with it in relation to the other do not, without the prior approval of the other:
(a) | acquire or dispose of any interest in the share capital of the other; |
(b) | announce or make any offer (including a partial or tender offer) for shares in the capital of the other or take any step which might give rise to an obligation (under the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers or otherwise) to announce or make such an offer; |
(c) | exercise any right to require a general meeting of the other to be convened or otherwise to require the other to arrange for a resolution to be considered by all or some of the members of the other; or |
(d) | solicit or encourage any other person, or enter into any agreement or arrangement with any other person for that other person, to do any of the foregoing or any other act or thing which could result in that or any other person acquiring control of either PLC or NV. |
8.2 For the purposes of this clause and clause 9, interest in shares shall have the meaning conferred by section 212(5) Companies Act 1985 and persons acting in concert shall have the meaning conferred by the Code. For the purposes of this clause, control shall have the meaning conferred by the Code.
9. | C HANGE OF CONTROL |
9.1 If a person (together with persons acting in concert with him) (the Acquirer) acquires shares, or control of the voting rights attaching to shares, carrying more than 50 per cent. of the votes ordinarily exercisable at general meetings of PLC or NV ( control) and has not made a Comparable Takeover Offer (as defined below), the party in which control has not been obtained (the Party giving Notice) may, at any time while such circumstances persist (and from time to time), give notice suspending or modifying the operation of certain provisions of this Agreement, withdraw such a notice, and give further notices varying the effect of any previous notice (all such notices having effect from time to time constituting a Notice of Suspension) .
A Notice of Suspension shall state which of the following provisions of this Agreement are to be of no effect while the Notice of Suspension is operative:
(a) | sub-clause 3.1; |
Page 16 |
(b) | sub-clause 3.2; |
(c) | sub-clause 3.3; |
(d) | sub-clause 3.4; |
(e) | sub-clause 3.5; |
(f) | sub-clause 3.6; |
(g) | sub-clause 3.7; |
(h) | sub-clause 3.8; |
(i) | sub-clause 3.9; |
(j) | sub-clause 3.10; |
(k) | sub-clause 3.11; |
(l) | sub-clause 3.12; |
(l) | sub-clause 4.1, insofar as it imposes obligations on the Party giving Notice; |
(m) | sub-clause 6.2; |
(n) | sub-clause 8.1, insofar as it imposes obligations on the Party giving Notice. |
A Notice of Suspension shall also state whether, for the purposes only of the obligations imposed by them on the Party giving Notice:
(1) | sub-clause 3.16 is to be modified by the substitution of the phrase without the prior approval of the other, which approval shall not be withheld or delayed unreasonably with the phrase without the prior approval of the Party giving Notice; |
(2) | sub-clause 4.2 is to be modified so as to require the prior approval of the Board of Reed Elsevier (A) instead of PLC or the Board of PLC if the Party giving notice is NV or (B) instead of the NV Combined Board, if the Party giving notice is PLC; |
(3) | sub-clause 4.3 and/or 4.4 are to be modified by the substitution of the phrase without the prior approval of the other with the phrase without the prior approval of the Board of Reed Elsevier; and/or |
(4) | sub-clause 4.5 is to be modified by the substitution of the phrase as may be agreed from time to time by the parties with the phrase as the Board of Reed Elsevier may approve. |
Page 17 |
9.2 A Notice of Suspension shall cease to have effect if the parties agree or if:
(a) | the other party provides evidence to the Party giving Notice which satisfies the Party giving Notice acting in good faith that there is no person who, with persons acting in concert with him, controls that other party; or |
(b) | within 90 days of the acquisition of control a Comparable Takeover Offer has been made. |
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, upon a Notice of Suspension ceasing to have effect all provisions of this Agreement shall again be in full force and effect without modification, but the Party giving Notice shall not be required to take any action to restore the position to that which would have prevailed had provisions of this Agreement not been affected by a Notice of Suspension.
9.3 Comparable Takeover Offer means offers to acquire:
(a) | all the shares other than those which, as respects dividends and capital, carry a right to participate only up to a specified amount in a distribution ( equity securities ); and |
(b) | all the securities which are convertible into equity securities; |
in the capital of the Party giving Notice, other than shares held by it, which:
(1) | are unconditional save for an acceptance condition of the kind permitted by Rule 9.3 and a condition reflecting terms of the kind permitted by Rule 9.4; |
(2) | are cash offers (in sterling, if the Party giving Notice is PLC, or in euros, if the Party giving Notice is NV) at a price not lower than the Required Price; |
(3) | are communicated to the offerees in the manner required by the Code or, if that is impracticable, in such other manner as the Party giving Notice may reasonably specify; |
(4) | are open for acceptance for not less than the period required by Rule 31; |
(5) | comply with the General Principles and Rules; |
(6) | has become unconditional in all respects or, if it has lapsed without becoming unconditional in all respects, has lapsed solely as a result of failure to obtain sufficient acceptances of the offer to satisfy any condition as to acceptances which is permitted by this clause, |
Page 18 |
in each case on the basis that the Code applies to the offers; provided that, if any such offer would, at the time it would be required to be made, be illegal or contravene any applicable regulatory requirement (including any successor to the Code) in either the United Kingdom or The Netherlands then the expression Comparable Takeover Offer shall mean offers which satisfy the above requirements as nearly as is possible having regard to applicable law and regulatory requirements in such jurisdictions.
9.4 For the purpose of this clause:
General Principles means the General Principles of the Code;
Required Price means whichever shall be the higher of:
(a) | the highest price paid for securities of the relevant class by the person who shall have obtained control or any person acting in concert with that person during whichever shall be the longer of the following periods: |
(i) | the 12 months preceding the acquisition of control and the period since such acquisition; and |
(ii) | the period since that person (together with persons acting in concert with that person) shall have become interested in shares carrying more than 30 per cent. of the votes ordinarily exercisable at general meetings of PLC or, as the case may be, NV; and |
(b) | the price which would be required by Rules 14 and 15 having regard to the price required to be offered for the relevant ordinary shares; |
and, for this purpose:
(1) | if the Party giving Notice is PLC, ordinary shares in NV acquired by any relevant person shall be deemed to be ordinary shares in PLC and to have been acquired at a price calculated by dividing the price at which they were in fact acquired by the Equalisation Factor and, if necessary, converting that price into sterling at the closing mid-point euro-sterling exchange rate for the date of the acquisition as shown in the London edition of the Financial Times (or such other point of reference as the parties shall agree); |
(2) | if the Party giving Notice is NV, ordinary shares in PLC acquired by any relevant person shall be deemed to be ordinary shares in NV and to have been acquired at a price calculated by multiplying the price at which they were in fact acquired by the Equalisation Factor and, if necessary, converting that price into euros at the exchange rate referred to in (1) above, |
Page 19 |
where Equalisation Factor means the larger number in the Equalisation Ratio (as defined in schedule 1) at the time the shares in question were acquired divided by the smaller number in the Equalisation Ratio at that time; and
references to Rules are to Rules of the Code.
10. | I NTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS |
10. PLC and NV shall each, to the extent it has the right to do so, permit members of the Reed Elsevier Group and members of the Finance Group to use, in the course of their respective businesses, the names Reed, Elsevier, their respective logos, any associated names which PLC, NV or the subsidiaries of either of them are entitled to use in the course of their respective businesses and the PLC trademarks detailed in schedule 3 of the Implementation Agreement (the Names ). Any such permission shall be on such terms as may reasonably be required to protect the intellectual property rights subsisting in the Names.
11. | A CCOUNTING MATTERS , CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND DISCLOSURE OBLIGATIONS |
Accounting reference date
11.1 | The financial year of PLC and NV shall end on 31 December until they agree otherwise. |
Audit committees
11.2 | The audit committees of the Board of PLC and the NV Supervisory Boardwill continue. |
Accounting policies and practices
11.3 PLC and NV shall so far as practicable adopt the same accounting policies and apply the same accounting practices. These will be developed by the Chief Financial Officer of Reed Elsevier and his team and will be approved by the Reed Elsevier audit committee with input as appropriate from the PLC audit committee and the NV audit committee.
Corporate Governance and disclosure standards
11.4 Each of PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier will comply with the highest standards of corporate governance and disclosure policies applying in the UK and Netherlands with the effect that a mandatory obligation applying to one of PLC or NV will be observed by the other and Reed Elsevier (except to the extent that the observance of that obligation would place a party in breach of a mandatory obligation applying directly to it).
Page 20 |
12. | I NFORMATION |
The Operating Group and the Finance Group
12.1 PLC and NV shall each be entitled to have and shall each ensure that the other has reasonable access to the separate books, records and accounts kept from time to time by members of the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group and to be supplied by those companies with such information as they each may reasonably require from time to time to keep themselves properly informed about the business and affairs of those companies and generally to protect their respective interests.
PLC and NV
12.2 PLC and NV shall provide the other with such information as is reasonably required by the other in connection with the exercise of rights or the performance of obligations under this Agreement or otherwise in relation to matters arising out of it.
Confidentiality
12.3 A party receiving information under this clause which is confidential to the company from which it is acquired shall not divulge that information to any other person without the prior approval of that company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.
13. | S TOCK EXCHANGE OBLIGATIONS |
13. The parties shall co-operate, and shall each, so far as it is able, ensure that members of the Reed Elsevier Group and members of the Finance Group co-operate, to ensure that PLC and NV are in a position to comply with obligations imposed on them by stock exchanges on which their shares are from time to time listed, quoted or traded. In particular, PLC and NV shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure, as far as practicable, that they co-ordinate the content and timing of release of announcements required by each such stock exchange. Whenever practicable, the parties shall endeavour to secure the approval of any such announcement by the Reed Elsevier Board, to the extent it relates to the business or results of the Reed Elsevier Group.
14. | R ELATIONSHIP TO ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION |
14. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the memorandum or articles of association or other constitutional document of any member of the Reed Elsevier Group or of the Finance Group, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail as between the parties. The parties shall exercise all voting and other rights and powers available to them so as to give effect to the provisions of this Agreement and shall further (if necessary) ensure any required amendment to the memorandum or articles of association or other constitutional document of any member of the
Page 21 |
Reed Elsevier Group or of the Finance Group as may be necessary to give effect to the intent and purpose of this Agreement.
15. | N OTICES |
Form of Notice
15.1 Any communication or document, including process in any legal action or proceedings (a Communication ) which either party may desire to give or deliver in connection with this Agreement shall be:
(a) | in writing; |
(b) | delivered by hand or sent by prepaid first class post (in the case of communications within the same country) or by airmail post (in the case of communications being sent from one country to another) or by fax to the addressee at its address or fax number set out in sub-clause 15.3; and |
(c) | marked in the manner described in sub-clause 15.3. |
Time of Service
15.2 A Communication shall be deemed to have been given, if delivered by hand, at the time of delivery, if sent by post, on the second business day after the envelope or package containing the same shall have been put into the post or, if sent by fax, on the business day on which the same shall have been transmitted and receipt has been confirmed.
In this clause, business day means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks are generally open for business (a) in the case of delivery by hand or transmission by facsimile, in the country of the recipient, and (b) in the case of postal delivery, also in the country where the envelope containing the notice was posted.
Addresses
15.3 The current addresses and fax numbers of, and exterior markings required by, the parties for the purposes of Communications are as follows:
NV
Address: |
Radarweg 29, 1043 NX Amsterdam The Netherlands |
|
Fax number: | +31 20 485 2032 | |
Requisite Marking: |
Urgent - For the attention of
the Company Secretary |
Page 22 |
PLC
Address: |
1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5JR |
|
Fax number: | +44 207 166 5881 | |
Requisite Marking: | Urgent - For the attention of the Company Secretary |
The parties may change their address, fax number or the requisite marking for the purpose of receipt of communication by serving notice on the other party in accordance with this clause.
Proof of service
15.4 In proving service of a Communication, it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the Communication was properly addressed and delivered either to the address shown thereon or into the custody of the postal authorities as a prepaid first class or airmail letter, or that facsimile transmission of the Communication was made after obtaining in person or by telephone appropriate evidence of the capacity of the addressee to receive the same, as the case may be.
16. | M ISCELLANEOUS |
Regulatory
16.1 The parties shall respectively co-operate with each other from time to time to ensure that all information necessary or desirable for the making of (or responding to any requests for further information consequent upon) any notifications or filings made in respect of this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereunder, is supplied to the party dealing with such notification and filings and that they are properly, accurately and promptly made.
No assignment
16.2 Neither of the parties may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement in whole or in part without the approval of the other.
No waiver
16.3 No waiver by a party of a failure or failures by any of the other parties to perform any provision of this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any other or further failure whether of a like or different character.
Page 23 |
Amendment
16.4 Except where specifically provided, this Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by duly authorised representatives of each of the parties.
No partnership or agency
16.5 Nothing in this Agreement (or in any of the arrangements contemplated hereby) shall be deemed to constitute a partnership between the parties or any of them, nor constitute any party the agent of any other party for any purpose.
Severance
16.6 If any of the provisions of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties shall thereupon negotiate in good faith in order to agree the terms of a mutually satisfactory provision, achieving as nearly as possible the same commercial effect, to be substituted for the provision found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
17. | T ERMINATION |
17. | This Agreement may not be terminated without the agreement of both parties. |
18. | C OUNTERPARTS |
18. This Agreement may be entered into in any number of counterparts and by the parties to them on separate counterparts, each of which when executed by one or more parties shall be an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
19. | J URISDICTION |
19.1 Subject to articles 21 and 22 of the Convention on Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters signed on 27 September 1968 (as in force from time to time), the parties hereby irrevocably agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England and The Netherlands in respect of any dispute which may arise in connection with the validity, effect, interpretation or performance of, or the legal relationships established by, this Agreement or otherwise arising in connection with this Agreement.
19.2 Neither party shall seek to recover, pursue any claim for, or enforce any judgment for, damages against the other in respect of any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the Original Governing Agreement, provided that this sub-clause shall not prevent either party from:
Page 24 |
(a) | exercising or enforcing any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement or the Original Governing Agreement; or |
(b) | seeking or pursuing such other remedies (including, but not limited to, specific performance and injunctive or declaratory relief) as may be available in respect of any such dispute. |
20. | F ORUM NON CONVENIENS |
20. The parties hereby irrevocably waive any objections on the grounds of venue or forum non conveniens to the jurisdiction of the Courts of England or The Netherlands in the event that any proceedings are brought in either jurisdiction in accordance with clause 19.
21. | S ERVICE OF P ROCESS |
21. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right to serve process in England or The Netherlands in any other manner permitted by law or the right to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction for the purposes of the enforcement or execution of any judgment of, or other settlement in proceedings before, the Courts of England or The Netherlands or other settlement in any other courts.
22. | G OVERNING LAW |
22. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
A S WITNESS this Agreement has been signed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties the day and year first before written.
Page 25 |
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 1
First Equalisation
Equalisation
INTERPRETATION
1.1 In this schedule, unless the context otherwise requires or provides:
Applicable Exchange Rate means in relation to any proposed dividend payment by PLC or NV, the average of the closing mid-point spot euro-sterling exchange rates for the five consecutive Business Days commencing with the tenth Business Day before the Dividend Determination Date relating to the Reed Elsevier dividend which is intended to enable PLC and NV to fund those proposed dividend payments, as shown in the London edition of the Financial Times (or such other point of reference as the parties shall agree);
Business Day means a day on which banks are generally open for business in both the City of London and Amsterdam;
Capital Distribution means the aggregate cash amount which would be paid by PLC or NV (respectively) to a holder of one PLC Ordinary share or of one NV Ordinary share on a liquidation of the paying company before reduction by the amount of any tax (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any tax on the paying companys income, profits or gains) which would be required to be deducted or withheld from the payments in the liquidation of the paying company;
Dividend Determination Date means the date on which the directors of Reed Elsevier resolve to pay or recommend any dividend;
Equalisation Ratio means the ratio of 1.538:1, subject to adjustment in accordance with paragraphs 8 and 9 and subject to such further adjustments as PLC and NV may from time to time agree;
Financial Period means a financial year of either PLC or NV or any other period for which the accounts of either of them may by mutual agreement be made up;
NV Ordinary shares means, subject to paragraph 8.4 below, Ordinary shares of DFI 1 each in the capital of NV;
PLC Group means PLC and its subsidiaries from time to time;
PLC Ordinary shares means, subject to paragraph 8.4 below, Ordinary shares of 25 pence each in the capital of PLC.
Page 26 |
1.2 Words and expressions defined in or for the purposes of articles 105 (Income Rights) and 106 (Capital Rights) of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier have the same meaning when used in this schedule.
PRINCIPLES OF EQUALISATION
Income
2.1 PLC and NV propose, except in relation to their 1992 final dividends and, in the case of PLC, its 1992 interim dividend and except in the further circumstances described in this schedule, to pay dividends on their ordinary shares on the basis that the ratio of the Gross Dividend Amount on one NV Ordinary share to the Gross Dividend Amount on one PLC Ordinary share, translated using the Applicable Exchange Rate, will be the Equalisation Ratio.
Capital
2.2 PLC and NV propose, on the bases and assumptions set out or referred to in this schedule, that the interests of their respective shareholders in the underlying capital of the Reed Elsevier Group, having regard to their interests in the Finance Group, should reflect the Equalisation Ratio.
Liabilities etc
2.3 Having regard to the principles set out above, the parties intend to agree the amounts of all dividends to their respective shareholders and to ensure that dividends paid to PLC and NV from companies within the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group are sufficient to fund those dividends to the shareholders having regard to available assets and liabilities of PLC and NV respectively and any deficiencies in distributable reserves which may from time to time arise.
However, it is further intended that any expenditure or liability of PLC or NV (a) directly or indirectly constituting, or resulting from or arising out of, any act of omission by or matter concerning the relevant party which has constituted a breach of this Agreement or the Original Governing Agreement or which would not have existed had clause 4.2 of the Implementation Agreement been observed by that party or (b) incurred in discharge of a liability, or being a liability, to pay to the other party damages or any other amount by way of compensation for breach of contract or other wrongful act or incurred in settlement of any claim by the other party (whether or not liability is admitted) or in discharge of expenses incurred in the settlement of such a claim, shall be left out of account in determining their dividend entitlements from the Reed Elsevier Group and/or the Finance Group in such a way that such expenditure or liability may result in dividend payments by PLC and NV not reflecting the Equalisation Ratio.
Page 27 |
Operation of principles
2.4 PLC and NV will keep under review (and agree to amend where necessary) the detailed arrangements for equalisation embodied in this schedule and in the articles of association of Reed Elsevier, with a view to ensuring that those arrangements work in conformity with the principles stated above.
DIVIDEND CALENDAR
3.1 PLC and NV shall co-operate with a view to announcing their interim and final dividends respectively at the same time and on the same day.
3.2 All dividends on PLC Ordinary shares and NV Ordinary shares shall become payable to shareholders (or, in the case of bearer shares, to paying agents for collection by shareholders) on the same date.
3.3 PLC and NV shall co-operate so far as practicable in co-ordinating the timing of all other aspects of dividend payment.
EQUALISATION OF GROSS DIVIDEND AMOUNTS
4.1.1 In relation to each proposed dividend payment to their shareholders, the Board of PLC and the NV Combined Board shall agree from time to time the Gross Dividend Amounts in respect of dividends to be declared, paid or, where appropriate, recommended for payment by them respectively. The amounts so agreed shall, subject as provided in paragraph 4.5 below, form the basis for calculation of the E Target Dividend and the R Target Dividend respectively for the purposes of article 105 (Income Rights) of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier.
4.1.2 Subject to the provisions of this schedule, the Board of PLC and the NV Combined Board shall declare, pay or recommend dividends of such an amount that, in relation to any proposed dividend payment, the ratio of the Gross Dividend Amount in respect of the proposed dividend payment on one NV Ordinary share to the Gross Dividend Amount in respect of the proposed dividend payment on one PLC Ordinary share, calculated using the Applicable Exchange Rate, is the Equalisation Ratio.
4.2.1 Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-paragraph 4.1.2, either the Board of PLC or the NV Combined Board may decide, with the consent of the other party, to declare, pay or recommend a dividend which is lower than the amount that would be implied by the Equalisation Ratio if it considers that payment of a dividend by PLC or NV, as appropriate, according to the Equalisation Ratio:
(a) |
would result in the payment of a dividend which it would be unlawful to pay, whether by reason of (i) the inadequacy of distributable reserves or the amounts payable to it pursuant to paragraphs (a) to (e) of article 105.2 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier being |
Page 28 |
insufficient to enable it to discharge its liabilities and to pay all preferential dividends or the existence of Excluded Shares or (ii) otherwise; or |
(b) | would, because of movements in the euro-sterling exchange rate, result in it declaring, paying or recommending a dividend of an amount which it would be unreasonable to pay having regard in particular to (i) the level of the corresponding interim or final dividend in respect of the last preceding Financial Period and/or (ii) the development of the level of earnings of the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group, expressed respectively in sterling and euro, and/or (iii) any special circumstances in the country of incorporation of PLC or NV, as appropriate, relevant to the decision as to the level of dividend which would be reasonable. |
4.2.2 In addition, the parties acknowledge that, in relation to any proposed dividend payment, the amounts declared, paid or recommended by the Board of PLC or the NV Combined Board may not reflect the Equalisation Ratio:
(a) | where, as a result of the matters mentioned in the second paragraph of paragraph 2.3 above, the dividend which that party receives under article 105 (Income Rights) of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier is insufficient to enable it to make onward payment of the R Target Dividend or the E Target Dividend, as appropriate; or |
(b) | where, following the reduction by one party of its dividend payment to shareholders in accordance with sub-paragraphs 4.2.1(a)(ii) or 4.2.1(b) above, subsequent compensatory payments are to be made to the relevant shareholders as contemplated in sub-paragraph 4.3.1, 4.3.2 and 4.4 below; or |
(c) | where, following a disposal by PLC of all or part of its indirect interest in the Exchange shares, it makes a distribution to its shareholders from the proceeds of disposal. |
4.2.3 Where, for any of the reasons stated in sub-paragraphs 4.2.1 or 4.2.2 above either the Board of PLC or the NV Combined Board decides not to declare, pay or recommend a dividend according to the Equalisation Ratio, PLC and NV shall make available to their shareholders, together with and in the same manner as the announcement of the dividend, a statement explaining why dividends have been or will be declared, paid or recommended which are not in accordance with the Equalisation Ratio and the implications of that fact for future dividends (insofar as they are known).
4.3.1 Where, in accordance with sub-paragraph 4.2.1(a)(ii), the Board of PLC or the NV Combined Board has resolved to declare, pay or recommend a dividend lower than the amount that would be implied by the Equalisation Ratio, the parties shall discuss how to give effect to the principle that the body of shareholders receiving the lower dividend should, as soon as practicable after it becomes possible as a matter of law and over such period
Page 29 |
as the parties agree to be reasonable, be compensated for the amount foregone (though this will not necessarily involve any payment of interest or any other form of additional compensation to reflect the delay in receipt). Any future compensatory dividends shall be paid at the same time as routine dividend payments by PLC and NV.
4.3.2 The arrangements which the parties consider appropriate to give effect to the principle referred to in sub-paragraph 4.3.1 may include, without limitation, either:
(a) | provision for the amount that would otherwise be payable in respect of the Target Dividend Amount of the party affected in relation to the relevant dividend payment to be reduced, with the amount of the reduction being credited to a separate reserve denominated in sterling in the books of Reed Elsevier and being preserved by Reed Elsevier (so far as reasonably possible) so as to be available for payment to the affected party (together with any notional interest or other compensation to reflect the delay in receipt, if the parties have so agreed) when circumstances permit its onward distribution to shareholders of that party (and, in this event, the rights of the parties to capital on a winding-up of Reed Elsevier shall also take account of the amount remaining credited at the Commencement Date to such separate reserve) and the parties shall agree arrangements to protect their respective shareholders against significant prejudice caused by currency fluctuations affecting the value of the separate reserve measured in terms of the currency in which payment of the compensatory dividend will be made; or |
(b) | provision for a reserve on similar terms to be set up in the books of Elsevier Reed Finance (but no reserve shall be established or maintained in favour of PLC in Elsevier Reed Finance unless there is at all relevant times also a corresponding reserve, of an equal or higher amount, in favour of NV); or |
(c) | provision for the whole of the relevant Target Dividend Amount to be paid to the affected party in full ignoring the fact that the affected party will pay a lesser amount by way of dividends to its shareholders, in which event the affected party shall establish a reserve in its own books of the amount so received which it is unable to pay on to its shareholders (translated into euros, in the case of NV) and the rights of the affected party, whether to income or capital, from Reed Elsevier shall have regard to the purpose for which that reserve is maintained. |
4.3.3 The arrangements to give effect to the principle in sub-paragraph 4.3.1 may also include arrangements to deal with (a) changes in the share capital of the relevant party and (b) changes in the taxation regime or rates of tax or tax credit applicable to the relevant party or to the payment of dividends to or by it, in either case prior to the relevant compensatory dividends having been paid.
Page 30 |
4.4 Where, in accordance with sub-paragraph 4.2.1(b), the Board of PLC or the NV Combined Board has resolved to declare, pay or recommend a dividend which is lower than the amount that would be implied by the Equalisation Ratio, the parties acknowledge that it will not normally be appropriate for the body of shareholders receiving the lower dividend to be compensated for the amount foregone. If the parties agree otherwise, they shall also agree the arrangements necessary to permit such compensatory payments, having regard to the provisions of sub-paragraph 4.3 above.
4.5 For the purposes of article 105 (Income Rights) of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier, Gross Dividend Amounts and Target Dividend Amounts shall be calculated ignoring any requirement or the possibility of any decision to pay a different amount by reason of any of the circumstances described in paragraph 4.2 above.
4.6 For the avoidance of doubt, where either party pays a dividend lower than the amount implied by the Equalisation Ratio by reason of the circumstances described in sub-paragraph 4.2.1(a)(i) or in sub-paragraph 4.2.2(a), the parties do not envisage that any arrangements shall be made to enable any future compensatory payments to be made in respect of the amounts foregone.
DIVIDEND PROCEDURE
5.1 In the period prior to any Dividend Determination Date, the parties shall consult with a view to agreeing, as envisaged by sub-paragraph 4.1.1, the Gross Dividend Amount to be declared, paid or recommended for payment by each of them (subject to final determination of the Applicable Exchange Rate) and hence the Target Dividend which each proposes to notify to Reed Elsevier on the Dividend Determination Date pursuant to article 105 (Income Rights) of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier.
5.2 The parties shall also, prior to each Notification Time, provide to each other (and to Reed Elsevier) information as to the amounts which they intend to notify to Reed Elsevier prior to the relevant Notification Time in accordance with article 105 (Income Rights) of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier as to, respectively, their:
(a) | Cash Requirements, Relevant Cash and Permitted Liabilities; |
(b) | Deficit Amounts; |
(c) | Preference Share Amounts; and |
(d) | Target Dividend Amounts. |
Each party shall supply to the other such further information as the other may reasonably request as to the bases of, and assumptions underlying, the calculation of any such figures. The parties shall procure that Reed Elsevier supplies them with the information as to the timing of future dividend
Page 31 |
declaration and payments which they require for the purpose of calculating the relevant amounts.
5.3 The parties envisage that, on each Dividend Determination Date, the following events will, so far as practicable, occur in the sequence set out below:
(a) | by the passing of a shareholder resolution, Reed Elsevier Overseas BV declares the dividends, if any, payable by it on the shares in its respective capital held by NV; |
(b) | by the passing of a shareholder resolution, Elsevier Reed Finance declares the dividends, if any, payable on the shares held by PLC and the shares held by NV respectively; |
(c) | PLC and NV give to Reed Elsevier the formal notifications required by article 105 (Income Rights) of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier as to their respective Cash Requirements, Relevant Cash, Permitted Liabilities, Deficit Amounts, Preference Share Amounts, Target Dividends and Target Dividend Amounts; |
(d) | the Board of Reed Elsevier resolves to declare, pay or recommend for payment dividends in accordance with article 105 (Income Rights) of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier; |
(e) | meetings of the Board of PLC and the NV Combined Board respectively take place to approve announcements or make declarations or recommendations of their dividends to shareholders, with a view to simultaneous public announcements being made. |
5.4 The parties acknowledge that it is their intention that Reed Elsevier pay all dividends by way of interim dividend, rather than by payment of a final dividend requiring approval by the shareholders of Reed Elsevier. If final dividends are recommended for payment by the Board of Reed Elsevier, PLC and NV undertake to exercise their votes as shareholders to ensure that the resolution to approve the dividend recommended by the Board is passed.
5.5 Neither party shall, without the consent of the other, declare or pay any dividend other than:
(a) | dividends not exceeding the R Target Dividend or the E Target Dividend, as the case may be, from time to time notified to Reed Elsevier; |
(b) | dividends by PLC of the proceeds of sale of all or part of its indirect interest in the Exchange shares; |
(c) | dividends of amounts reflecting the release of any reserve maintained pursuant to sub-paragraph 4.3.2 or paragraph 4.4 above; or |
Page 32 |
(d) | dividends of amounts paid to the relevant party pursuant to paragraph (g) of article 105.2 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier. |
5.6 NV shall pay to the holders of its Exchange shares any amount which it has, in notifying the E Target Dividend and Target Dividend Amount, indicated that it intends to pay in respect of those shares.
5.7 The parties agree to consider, in relation to each dividend payment, the arrangements which should be effected with a view to ensuring that changes in currency exchange rates after the Dividend Determination Date do not prejudice the ability of either party to discharge its liabilities or pay its Target Dividend.
5.8 The parties shall comply with their obligations under the provisions of article 105.6 and 105.10 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier.
DISTRIBUTIONS IN SPECIE
6. PLC and NV shall not make any distribution in specie.
CAPITAL RIGHTS
7.1.1 In the event of a winding-up of Reed Elsevier, the intention of the parties is that, on the basis of the Assumptions set out in article 106 (Capital Rights) of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier and subject to PLC and NV having complied with their respective obligations under the Implementation Agreement, the Original Governing Agreement and the Governing Agreement and to the application of paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 above or 9.2 below, the sums paid up to NV and PLC respectively in the winding-up should be such that the ratio of the Capital Distribution which NV would be able to make on one NV Ordinary share to the Capital Distribution which PLC would be able to make on one PLC Ordinary share (assuming full distribution as capital of the aggregate amounts available in each of PLC and NV on the basis of the Assumptions) would be the Equalisation Ratio. On the occasion of each successive interim or final distribution of capital by Reed Elsevier, the exchange rate to be used in applying the Equalisation Ratio shall be the average euro sterling exchange rate over the period of 365 days ending on the fifth Business Day before the date on which the relevant Proposed Distribution is notified by the Liquidator pursuant to paragraph (a) of article 106.3 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier (the Notification Date ) (determined by reference to the closing spot mid point rates for each Business Day in such period of 365 days as shown in the London edition of the Financial Times or such other point of reference as the parties shall agree).
7.1.2 Sums to be distributed to PLC and NV in accordance with the principle in sub-paragraph 7.1.1 and as an interim or final distribution pursuant to paragraph (e) of article 106.2 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier will be calculated by reference to the following formulae:
Page 33 |
Page 34 |
R E | = | the amount (if any) by which the E Available Assets exceed the sum of the E Permitted Liquidation Liabilities and the E Preference Capital Amount; | ||
P E | the cash amount of all previous distributions made to the E shareholder pursuant to paragraph (e) of article 106.2 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier, multiplied by the amount of S A and divided by S M in each case, as applicable to the Proposed Distribution which resulted in the relevant distribution; | |||
E E | = | the Excess Amount of NV in relation to the relevant Proposed Distribution; | ||
D E | = | the cash amount to be paid to NV; | ||
N E | = | the number of E Ordinary shares (excluding any Excluded Shares) in issue at the Commencement Date plus the number of Exchange shares in issue to the extent that they would be entitled to rank pari passu with the E Ordinary shares in any liquidation of NV; | ||
A | = | the Residual Amount in relation to the relevant Proposed Distribution; | ||
S A | = | the average number of euros per pound sterling which would have been obtained had an amount in sterling approximately equal to half the Residual Amount in relation to the relevant Proposed Distribution been converted into euros at an exchange rate equal to the average of the closing rates for the sale of euros for sterling for the five consecutive Business Days commencing with the tenth Business Day prior to the Notification Date as quoted by Barclays Bank PLC (or such other point of reference as the parties shall agree) and after deducting commission and other costs associated with the exchange; | ||
S B | = | the amount of S A in relation to the first Proposed Distribution; | ||
S M | = | the average of the closing mid-point spot euro-sterling exchange rates (expressed as a number of euros per pound sterling) over the period of 365 days ending on the fifth Business Day before the Notification Date as shown in the London edition of the Financial Times (or such other point of reference as the parties shall agree); | ||
S N | = | the amount of S M in relation to the first Proposed Distribution; | ||
S O | = | the average of the closing mid-point euro-sterling exchange rates (expressed as a number of euros per pound sterling) over the five days referred to in the definition of S A as shown in the London edition of the Financial Times (or such other point of reference as the parties shall agree); |
Page 35 |
S P | = | the amount of S O in relation to the first Proposed Distribution; | ||
|
||||
Y |
= |
(in relation to each amount referred to in (b) in the definition of
R
R
above),
|
provided that if, pursuant to the above formula, either D R or D E would be less than zero, the amount required to be paid to the relevant shareholder shall be nil and the amount required to be paid to the other shareholder shall equal the Residual Amount.
For the purpose of this paragraph, Excess Amount means, in relation to either PLC or NV and any Proposed Distribution, the amount (if any) by which the amount paid (or deemed by virtue of the proviso to paragraph (b) of article 106.9 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier to have been paid) to the relevant party pursuant to paragraph (d) of article 106.2 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier exceeds the Preference Capital Amount of that party.
7.2 In the event of a liquidation of Reed Elsevier the parties shall comply with their obligations under article 106 of the articles of association of Reed Elsevier and shall co-operate with each other and with the Liquidator with a view to agreeing all matters necessary in connection with that liquidation. In particular, the parties shall supply to each other and to the Liquidator such information as shall reasonably be requested for the purpose of determining either partys Available Assets, Permitted Liquidation Liabilities, Residual Value (and, in the case of PLC, the RHBV Residual Value), Excess Liabilities Requirement, Preference Capital Amount and Target Capital Distribution Amount or understanding the bases and assumptions underlying those figures.
7.3 PLC and NV acknowledge that changes in the taxation regime applicable to, or to the payment of dividends or capital distributions by or to, either of them or Reed Elsevier may result in the rights attaching to the shares in Reed Elsevier not having, or potentially not having, the economic effect contemplated by the parties at the date of the Original Governing Agreement. In particular, PLC and NV acknowledge that, if any imputation or similar system were introduced in respect of the taxation of distributions of capital in liquidations of English or Dutch companies, this might result in the relative effective economic values which their shareholders enjoy, in terms of capital rights, in relation to the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group ceasing to reflect the Equalisation Ratio. In these circumstances, the parties agree that they will discuss in good faith the appropriate revisions to the
Page 36 |
rights attaching to their holdings in the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group in order to redress any disadvantage or potential disadvantage so arising, taking full account of the accounting and other implications of such revisions.
FURTHER SHARE ISSUES AND THE EQUALISATION RATIO
Existing Commitments
8.1 No adjustment shall be made or required to the Equalisation Ratio to reflect the exercise, or lapse, of any right which any person may have held at the date the Original Governing Agreement became effective to subscribe, exchange for or convert into any share in the capital of either PLC or NV. To the extent any rights outstanding at the date of the Original Governing Agreement lapse in future, the parties shall consider whether it is appropriate to take steps (for example by the placing of new shares in one party or by the purchase by one party of its own shares) to restore the ratio of their respective issued share capitals to the ratio that would have applied had all such outstanding rights been exercised in full.
Grant of new options to subscribe
8.2 It is contemplated that issues of shares by either party pursuant to any agreed employee share option arrangements implemented after the date the Original Governing Agreement became effective have been or will be on terms which enable the Equalisation Ratio to continue without adjustment, without unfairness to the ordinary shareholders of either PLC or NV. It is not contemplated that issues of this nature will be such as, by themselves, result in significant long-term imbalances to the ratio of the aggregate dividends paid by the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group to PLC and NV respectively.
Scrip or Stock Dividends
8.3 Neither party shall make available to its shareholders any scrip or stock dividend or equivalent facility without the consent of the other. In principle, however, if either party does introduce such a facility for its shareholders, with the consent of the other party, no adjustment shall be made or required to the Equalisation Ratio unless the relevant new shares are issued at below the prevailing market price of the relevant Companys shares at the date of issue. It is not contemplated that issues of this nature will be such as by themselves result in significant long-term imbalances to the ratio of the aggregate dividends paid by the Reed Elsevier Group and the Finance Group to PLC and NV respectively.
Consolidation and sub-division
8.4 If, with the consent of the other party, either PLC or NV shall give effect to a consolidation or sub-division of its share capital, the appropriate arithmetical adjustment shall be made to the Equalisation Ratio and in the
Page 37 |
values of N R or, as appropriate, N E in paragraph 9.2 below (and the definition in this schedule of NV Ordinary shares or PLC Ordinary shares, as appropriate, shall be construed accordingly).
Capitalisation issues
8.5 If, with the consent of the other party, either PLC or NV shall make an issue of ordinary shares (except an issue made in lieu of the payment of cash dividends) by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves, the appropriate arithmetical adjustment shall be made to the Equalisation Ratio and in the values of N R or, as appropriate, N E in paragraph 9.2 below.
Issues for non-cash consideration
8.6 Where the parties agree, shares or other securities of either PLC or NV (or both) may be issued as consideration for the acquisition of shares or other assets by PLC and/or NV (or Reed Elsevier), as appropriate, on terms that there shall be no adjustment to the Equalisation Ratio provided that satisfactory arrangements are put in place to ensure that the ultimate benefit of, and the ultimate burden of any liability resulting from, such acquisition are shared by the shareholders of PLC and NV in a manner consistent with the Equalisation Ratio.
Non-pre-emptive issues for cash
8.7 Where the parties agree, shares or other securities of either PLC or NV may be issued on a non-pre-emptive basis for a cash consideration on terms that there shall be no adjustment to the Equalisation Ratio provided that satisfactory arrangements are put in place to ensure that the ultimate benefit of, and the ultimate burden of any liability resulting from, such an issue are shared by the shareholders of PLC and NV in a manner consistent with the Equalisation Ratio.
Rights issues and rights offers
8.8.1 Where the parties agree, either PLC or NV (or both) may offer (or procure another person to offer) their respective shares or other securities to their respective shareholders by way of rights.
8.8.2 Subject to sub-paragraph 8.8.3 below, no adjustment to the Equalisation Ratio shall be required provided satisfactory arrangements are put in place to ensure that the ultimate benefit of the proceeds of, and the ultimate burden of any liability resulting from, such an offer by way of rights are shared by the shareholders of PLC and NV in a manner consistent with the Equalisation Ratio.
8.8.3 Where, however, the effect of:
(a) | the price at which shares or other securities are offered to shareholders, relative to the prevailing market price; |
Page 38 |
(b) | the number of shares or other securities offered by PLC and NV respectively (or the fact that such shares or other securities are offered by one party alone); and |
(c) | any other relevant circumstances, |
is such that the shareholders of either PLC or NV benefit in a manner that is not consistent with the Equalisation Ratio, the parties envisage that an adjustment to the Equalisation Ratio may be required.
EXCHANGE SHARES IN NV
9.1 If any of the Exchange shares or any of the NV Ordinary shares into which they are converted are disposed of with the agreement of NV by RHBV (or any other member of the PLC Group which from time to time holds those shares with the agreement of NV) and all or part of the proceeds of sale are distributed (in whatever manner) to shareholders of PLC, the Equalisation Ratio shall be adjusted in such manner as the parties shall agree to be appropriate to reflect that distribution.
9.2 If any of the Exchange shares or any of the NV Ordinary shares into which they are converted are disposed of (a) in circumstances in which the agreement of NV is not required or (b) in breach of the Original Governing Agreement, this Agreement or the agreement referred to in sub-clause 6.1 of this Agreement, then whether or not any of the proceeds of sale are distributed to shareholders of PLC, unless the parties otherwise agree, such proceeds shall be held by PLC on terms that enable the shareholders of PLC alone to benefit, to the extent they are not so distributed, and the Equalisation Ratio shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:
where:
ER 2 | = | the new Equalisation Ratio; | ||
N R | = | subject to paragraphs 8.4 and 8.5 above, 568,403,622 (being the number of PLC Ordinary shares in issue at the date on which the Implementation Agreement was signed, plus the number of unissued PLC Ordinary shares over which there then subsisted options, conversion rights or other rights to subscribe); | ||
N E | = | subject to paragraphs 8.4 and 8.5 above, 65,814,744, (being the number of NV Ordinary shares in issue at the date on which the Implementation Agreement was signed, plus the number of unissued NV Ordinary shares over which there then subsisted options, conversion rights or other rights to subscribe), plus the number of Exchange shares (or, if larger, the number of NV Ordinary shares into |
Page 39 |
which they are convertible) or NV Ordinary shares deriving therefrom, disposed of by members of the PLC Group in the relevant disposal; and | ||||
N X | = | subject to paragraphs 8.4 and 8.5 above, the number of Exchange shares, and any NV Ordinary shares resulting from conversion of Exchange shares, held by members of the PLC Group after the relevant disposal. |
The parties acknowledge that the numbers set out for N R and N E above may require adjustment to reflect adjustments to the Equalisation Ratio in the various circumstances described in paragraph 8 above.
9.3 Except as mentioned above, a sale of the Exchange shares or any of the NV Ordinary shares into which they are converted shall not result in an adjustment to the Equalisation Ratio.
9.4 If any shares in any company which holds Exchange shares or any NV Ordinary shares into which they are converted, or in any holding company of any such companies, are disposed of by PLC or by any of its subsidiaries, the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 9 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE EQUALISATION RATIO
10. Upon any adjustment to the Equalisation Ratio, the parties shall:
(a) | make such public announcements as are appropriate, having regard to the regulatory requirements to which they are respectively subject; and |
(b) | notify Reed Elsevier in writing of the adjustment. |
Page 40 |
SCHEDULE 2
Deed of undertaking for directors
THIS DEED OF UNDERTAKING is made by me, [name of director] of [address] on [date].
I hereby undertake to Reed Elsevier Group plc a company registered in England with number 02746616 ( Reed Elsevier ), Reed Elsevier PLC, a company registered in England with number 00077536 ( PLC) and to Reed Elsevier N.V., a company incorporated in The Netherlands whose registered office is at [address at the time of making the deed] ( NV) that if:
(a) | at a general meeting, a resolution proposing my appointment or re-election as a director of PLC or NV is not passed by the requisite majority; or |
(b) | I am removed or resign from the board, or otherwise cease for any reason to be a director, of any of PLC, NV or Reed Elsevier, |
then, to the extent that I hold such a position at that time, I shall immediately resign from the position of director of any and all of PLC, NV or Reed Elsevier except in circumstances where a Notice of Suspension has been given under clause 9 of the Governing Agreement between PLC and NV. If a Notice of Suspension has been given, I may continue as a director of each of PLC, NV and Reed Elsevier unless:
(i) | I am removed from any of those companies in accordance with their respective articles of association, in which case I shall cease to be a director of that company; or |
(ii) | in circumstances where I am a director of a Party giving Notice (as defined in clause 9 of the Governing Agreement): |
(A) | I am removed as a director in accordance with a resolution of the shareholders of that party; or |
(B) | after retiring and being proposed for re-election, I fail to be re-elected as a director by the shareholders of that party, |
in which case I shall also immediately resign from my position as a director of Reed Elsevier.
This deed of undertaking shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
SIGNED as a deed and delivered by
Page 41 |
|
||
[Director] | ||
in the presence of: | ||
[Witness | ||
Occupation | ||
Address] |
SIGNED as a deed and delivered by
|
||
[Director] | ||
in the presence of |
||
[Witness |
||
Occupation |
||
Address] |
Page 42 |
Page 43 |
Exhibit 4.14
MARCH 2011
REED ELSEVIER GROUP PLC
ERIK ENGSTROM
SERVICE AGREEMENT
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP
CONTENTS
CLAUSE | PAGE | |||||
1. |
DEFINITIONS |
1 | ||||
2. |
TERM AND JOB DESCRIPTION |
2 | ||||
3. |
DUTIES |
2 | ||||
4. |
SALARY |
3 | ||||
5. |
BONUS |
3 | ||||
6. |
EXPENSES |
3 | ||||
7. |
TAX RETURNS |
4 | ||||
8. |
COMPANY CAR |
4 | ||||
9. |
PENSION |
4 | ||||
10. |
INSURANCE |
4 | ||||
11. |
HOLIDAY |
5 | ||||
12. |
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS |
5 | ||||
13. |
SICKNESS AND OTHER INCAPACITY |
6 | ||||
14. |
OTHER INTERESTS |
6 | ||||
15. |
SHARE DEALING AND OTHER CODES OF CONDUCT |
6 | ||||
16. |
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY |
7 | ||||
17. |
DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES |
8 | ||||
18. |
TERMINATION |
8 | ||||
19. |
SUSPENSION AND GARDENING LEAVE |
10 | ||||
20. |
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 409A |
11 | ||||
21. |
RESTRAINT ON ACTIVITIES OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CONFIDENTIALITY |
12 | ||||
22. |
POST-TERMINATION COVENANTS |
13 | ||||
23. |
CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 |
15 | ||||
24. |
MISCELLANEOUS |
15 | ||||
SCHEDULE 1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER | 17 |
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page I |
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 14 March 2011
BETWEEN
(1) | Reed Elsevier Group plc a company which has its registered office at 1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5JR (the Company ); and |
(2) | Erik Engstrom of 1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5JR (the Employee ). |
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. | D EFINITIONS |
In this Agreement the following expressions have the following meanings:
Board means the board of directors of the Company or a duly constituted committee of the board of directors;
Confidential Information means any confidential information relating to the Company, or any Group Company received or acquired by the Employee from the Company or any Group Company in pursuance of his duties under this Agreement;
Effective Date means 11 November 2009;
Employment means the Employees employment in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
Group Company means PLC, NV (as defined below), Elsevier Reed Finance BV, the Company, any holding company, any associated company and any subsidiary of any of the above companies, and Group shall be construed accordingly;
Long-Term Incentive Plans means such share or share-related plans as the Company has in place from time to time pursuant to which performance is measured or vesting occurs over more than one financial year of the Group;
Recognised Investment Exchange has the meaning given to it by section 285 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;
Remuneration Committee means the remuneration committee of the board of directors of the Company;
Retirement Account means the designated retirement arrangement (e.g. the Deferred Compensation Trust and the Erik Engstrom Deferred Compensation Plan) that applied to the Employee in respect of his employment within the Group before he became eligible to participate in the Executive Section of the UK Reed Elsevier Pension Plan;
Separation from Service has the meaning given to it by section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code;
Shares means an ordinary share in PLC and/or an ordinary share in NV or shares representing those shares following any capital reorganisation; and
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 1 |
Termination Date means the date of termination of the Employment.
2. | T ERM AND J OB D ESCRIPTION |
2.1 This letter sets out the terms and conditions of the Employees employment with the Company as Chief Executive Officer or in such other capacity, consistent with his status and seniority, to which he may be lawfully assigned by the Board from time to time. The Employee shall continue as a Director of the Company and of Reed Elsevier PLC ( PLC ) and as a member of the Executive Board of Reed Elsevier NV ( NV ).
2.2 The Employee has the title of Chief Executive Officer, a role he has held since the Effective Date.
2.3 The Employment began on the Effective Date. The Employees period of continuous employment for statutory purposes began on 31 August 2004.
2.4 Subject to clause 18, the Employment will continue until terminated by either party giving to the other 12 months written notice.
2.5 The Employment will, subject to applicable UK statutory requirements, terminate automatically on the Employees 65 th birthday.
3. | D UTIES |
3.1 During the Employment, the Employee will:
(a) | diligently perform all such duties and exercise all such powers as are lawfully and properly assigned to him from time to time by the Board commensurate with his position, whether such duties or powers relate to the Company or any other Group Company, and with effect from the date on which he becomes Chief Executive Officer will perform all such duties and powers in accordance with the schedule of responsibilities at Schedule 1; |
(b) | use his best endeavours to ensure that the Group complies with the provisions of the Governing Agreement between PLC and NV dated 15 April 1999; |
(c) | comply with all applicable laws and regulations and with all directions lawfully and properly given to him by the Boards of the Company, PLC and NV and of their respective shareholders; |
(d) | unless prevented by sickness, injury or other incapacity, devote the whole of his time, attention and abilities during his Working Hours to the business of the Company or any other Group Company for which he is required to perform duties; and |
(e) | promptly provide the Board with all such information as it may require in connection with the business or affairs of the Company and of any other Group Company for which he is required to perform duties. |
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 2 |
3.2 The Employees Working Hours shall be such hours as are required in the proper performance of his duties.
3.3 The Employees normal place of work is the Companys principal UK office from time to time.
3.4 The Employee agrees to travel and work (both within and outside the United Kingdom) as may be required for the proper performance of his duties under the Employment.
4. | S ALARY |
4.1 The Employees salary under the Employment is, from 1 January, 2011 £1,025,000 (less any required deductions). The salary will be reviewed annually during the Employment and may be increased annually with effect from 1 January 2012.
4.2 The Employees salary will accrue on a daily basis, and will be payable in arrears in equal monthly instalments.
4.3 The Employees salary will be inclusive of all fees and other remuneration to which he may be or become entitled as an officer of the Company or of any other Group Company.
4.4 The Employee agrees that, pursuant to Part II of the Employment Rights Act 1996 the Company has the right to deduct from his salary and/or bonus any amount owed to the Company or any Group Company by the Employee.
5. | B ONUS |
5.1 The Employee shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Companys Annual Incentive Plan applicable to senior executives (or such replacement bonus arrangements as may from time to time apply) subject to and in accordance with the rules governing such plan as approved by the Remuneration Committee, including the right of the Remuneration Committee to make adjustments to performance measures as it considers appropriate to take account of any factors that are relevant in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee.
5.2 Any entitlement of the Employee in respect of bonus on termination of the Employment shall be determined subject to and in accordance with the rules governing the Annual Incentive Plan, and the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.
6. | E XPENSES |
The Company will reimburse (or procure the reimbursement of) all out-of-pocket expenses properly and reasonably incurred by the Employee in the course of his Employment subject to production of receipts or other appropriate evidence of payment.
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 3 |
7. | T AX R ETURNS |
The Companys tax consultants (currently PricewaterhouseCoopers) will support you, and the Company will reimburse you for all reasonable (as determined from time to time by the Remuneration Committee) tax advisory costs incurred by you, in respect of the filing of any tax returns required in the US, The Netherlands and the United Kingdom. You will, however, be responsible for meeting all tax and employee social security liabilities payable in respect of your remuneration.
8. | C OMPANY C AR |
During the Employment, the Employee will continue to be entitled to a car allowance of an amount stipulated in accordance with the Companys policy from time to time in force. At the Effective Date, the annual car allowance applicable to the Employee is £15,000 (less required deductions). For the avoidance of doubt, car allowance does not form part of the Employees salary and is non-pensionable.
9. | P ENSION |
During the Employment (but only for so long as other continuing senior executives remain eligible to remain active members of such arrangements, for purposes of future service), the Employee will continue to be eligible to participate in the Executive Section of the UK Reed Elsevier Pension Scheme (the Plan ) which is contributory, at a level commensurate with the Employees status and to the extent consistent with the foregoing, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan from time to time in force, and to any taxation or other applicable limits. The pension will accrue equally over the balance of the Employees prospective service to his normal retirement date under the Plan (or for so long as he continues to participate as an active member in the Plan), subject to the provisions of the Plan relating to any accelerated accrual as a result of earlier termination of employment. The Employees accrued entitlements under the Retirement Account shall remain subject to the terms of the Retirement Account and to the rabbi trust and deferred compensation plan under which contributions to the Retirement Account made before 6 November 2007 are held.
10. | I NSURANCE |
During the Employment, the Company will:
(a) | continue to pay for the benefit of the Employee, his spouse and dependent children subscriptions to the Companys UK private medical expenses insurance arrangements on the appropriate scale on terms broadly similar to those currently in place. The Employee will also be eligible to participate in the Reed Elsevier US private medical expenses insurance arrangements on terms broadly similar to those currently in place, subject to payment of contributions by the Employee on substantially the same basis as currently; |
(b) | provide life assurance cover of four times salary in line with the arrangements applying to UK-based main board directors who are members of the Plan referred to in Clause 9 above. |
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 4 |
11. | H OLIDAY |
11.1 The Employee is entitled to 30 working days paid holiday per calendar year during his Employment (plus bank and public holidays in England), to be taken at a time or times convenient to the Company. The right to paid holiday will accrue pro-rata during each calendar year of the Employment. Unused holiday may not be carried forward from one calendar year to another (unless agreed by the Chairman of the Board).
11.2 On termination of the Employment, the Employees entitlement to accrued holiday pay shall be calculated on a pro-rata basis (which calculation shall be made on the basis that each day of paid holiday is equivalent to 1/260 of the Employees salary). If the Employee has taken more working days paid holiday than his accrued entitlement, the Company is authorised to deduct the appropriate amount from his final salary instalment (which deduction shall be made on the basis that each day of paid holiday is equivalent to 1/260 of the Employees salary).
12. | L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LANS |
12.1 During the Employment, the Employee will be eligible to participate in the Reed Elsevier Group plc Bonus Investment Plan 2010 ( BIP 2010 ) for so long as the Company continues to operate it, in respect of up to 100% of his target bonus opportunity (net of tax), in accordance with the rules of the BIP 2010.
12.2 The Employee has received a performance share award in 2010 and is eligible to be granted a matching share award in 2012, in each case subject to and in accordance with the rules of the Reed Elsevier Group plc Growth Plan (2010 Growth Plan)
12.3 During the Employment, the Employee shall be eligible to participate in such other Long-Term Incentive Plans in place from time to time for senior executives of the Group (except to the extent the Employee is participating in comparable arrangements through a directors only arrangement, although the Company will not necessarily make awards under its Long-Term Incentive Plans every year). Although the level of any award will be a matter for the Remuneration Committee to determine, it is the Companys expectation that the Employee would receive annual awards under applicable Long-Term Incentive Plans with an at-target benefit of 2.5 times the Employees salary.
12.4 The Employee acknowledges that his participation in any Long-Term Incentive Plan (including, but not limited to, the BIP 2010, the 2010 Growth Plan, the Reed Elsevier Group plc Long-Term Incentive Share Option Scheme 2003, the Reed Elsevier Group plc Bonus Investment Plan 2003 and the Reed Elsevier Group plc Share Option Scheme 2003), and his rights with respect to options or awards under any such plan, are governed by the terms of the relevant plan rules. The Employee further acknowledges that:
(i) | should he breach any of his obligations under clauses 21 or 22 of this Agreement, any gains realised by him from exercise or vesting of options or awards granted under any such Long-Term Incentive Plan may be subject to claw-back in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan rules; and |
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 5 |
(ii) | if his employment ends because of, for example, the Employees resignation (other than in circumstances of constructive dismissal or circumstances that the Remuneration Committee determines in its discretion to constitute retirement) or his summary termination pursuant to clause 18.2, any rights he might otherwise have had to any options or awards under any such Long-Term Incentive Plan may be subject to lapse or forfeiture in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan rules. |
13. | S ICKNESS AND O THER I NCAPACITY |
Subject to the Employees compliance with the Companys policy on notification and certification of periods of absence from work, the Employee will continue to be paid his full salary during any period of absence from work due to ill health, accident or other similar cause, up to a maximum of 180 days in aggregate in any period of 12 consecutive calendar months. Such payment will be inclusive of any statutory sick pay payable in accordance with applicable legislation in force at the time of absence. The Company may deduct from the Employees remuneration during any period of absence due to ill-health, accident or other similar cause the amount of any social security benefits he may be entitled to receive.
14. | O THER I NTERESTS |
14.1 Subject to clause 14.2, during the Employment the Employee will not (without the Chairmans prior written consent) be directly or indirectly engaged, interested or concerned in any business or occupation other than the businesses of the Group.
14.2 Notwithstanding clause 14.1, the Employee may hold for investment purposes an interest (as defined by sections 820-825 Companies Act 2006) of up to 5 per cent in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having a nominal value) in number or class of securities in any class of securities listed on or dealt in a Recognised Investment Exchange.
15. | S HARE D EALING AND OTHER C ODES OF C ONDUCT |
15.1 The Employee will comply with all codes of conduct adopted from time to time by the Board and with all applicable rules and regulations of the UK Listing Authority and any other relevant regulatory bodies, including the Model Code on dealings in securities.
15.2 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 15.1, the Employee is bound by:
(a) | the Reed Elsevier Code for Securities Transactions; |
(b) | the Reed Elsevier Code of Ethics and Business Conduct; and |
(c) | the Company rules as they affect Directors with regard to: |
(i) | air travel; |
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 6 |
(ii) | holidays and overseas visits; |
(iii) | loans to Directors; |
(iv) | non-Executive Directorships; |
(v) | the Press; |
(vi) | reimbursed expenses; and |
such other rules as shall from time to time apply to the Employee as a Director or otherwise, provided that none of these rules will have the effect of extending the circumstances in which the Employment may be terminated with immediate effect without compensation.
16. | I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY |
It shall be part of the Employees normal duties or other duties specifically assigned to him (whether or not during normal working hours and whether or not performed at the Employees normal place of work) at all times to consider in what manner and by what new methods or devices the products, services, processes, equipment or systems of the Company with which he is concerned or for which he is responsible might be improved and might, as part of such duties, originate designs (whether registrable or not) or patentable work or other work in which copyright, database rights or trade mark rights (together Employee Works ) may subsist. Accordingly:
(a) | the Employee shall forthwith disclose full details of any Employee Works in confidence to the Company and shall regard himself in relation to any Employee Works as a trustee for the Company; |
(b) | all intellectual property rights in any Employee Works shall vest absolutely in the Company which shall be entitled, so far as the law permits, to the exclusive use thereof; |
(c) | notwithstanding (b) above, the Employee assigns to the Company all right, title and interest, present and future, anywhere in the world, in copyright and in any other intellectual property rights in respect of all Employee Works written, originated, conceived or made by the Employee (except only those Employee Works written, originated, conceived or made by the Employee wholly outside his normal working hours hereunder and wholly unconnected with the Employment) during the continuance of the Employment; |
(d) | the Employee hereby waives all moral rights as author under the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 or any equivalent laws in respect of any Employee Works; and |
(e) |
the Employee agrees and undertakes that at any time during or after the termination of the Employment he will execute such deeds or documents and |
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 7 |
do all such acts and things as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to substantiate its rights in respect of the matters referred to above including for the purpose of obtaining letters patent or other privileges in all such countries as the Company may require. |
17. | D ISCIPLINARY AND G RIEVANCE P ROCEDURES |
17.1 If the Employee is dissatisfied with any disciplinary decision taken in relation to him he may appeal in writing to the Chairman of the Board within 7 days of that decision. The Chairmans decision shall be final.
17.2 If the Employee has any grievance in relation to the Employment he may raise it in writing with the Board whose decision shall be final.
18. | T ERMINATION |
18.1 Either party may terminate the Employment in accordance with clause 2.4.
18.2 The Company may terminate the Employment immediately and with no liability to make any further payment to the Employee (other than in respect of amounts accrued due at the date of termination) if the Employee:
(a) | commits any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of any provisions contained in this Agreement after (where the breach or non-observance in question is capable of cure) being provided with written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure such breach or non-observance; |
(b) | is guilty of any serious misconduct or wilful neglect in the discharge of the Employees executive duties; |
(c) | is guilty of any act of dishonesty or any breach of his fiduciary duties as a Director of the Company, PLC or NV or of conduct which brings into disrepute or affects prejudicially the interests of the Group; |
(d) | is convicted of any criminal offence (other than an offence which in the reasonable opinion of the Board does not affect his position as a Director of the Company); |
(e) | is declared bankrupt or makes any arrangement with or for the benefit of his creditors or has an administration order made against him under the County Courts Act 1984; or |
(f) | is disqualified from being a director in accordance with the provision of paragraph (a) of Article 80 of the Companys Articles of Association. |
Following such termination, to the extent that such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, the Employee will not be entitled to any further payment under this agreement except such sums as shall then have accrued due and any unpaid bonus then due to the Employee for any prior completed year of service, and the Employee will also be paid all amounts in the Retirement Account. Vesting with respect to unvested options and shares shall be governed by the terms of the relevant plan.
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 8 |
18.3 The Company may also terminate the Employment by giving summary notice in writing to the Employee if (a) the Employee is unable properly and effectively to perform his duties under this Agreement by reason of ill health, accident or other similar cause for a period or periods aggregating not less than 180 days in any period of 12 consecutive calendar months or (b) the Employee is suffering from mental disorder and satisfies one of the relevant conditions specified in paragraph (c) of Article 80 of the Companys Articles of Association causing the ipso facto vacation of his directorship, but in each case only to the extent that such event constitutes a disability within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, in which case the Employee will be entitled to be paid by way of compensation for termination of employment a sum equal to 12 months salary at the rate in force at the time such notice is given, plus any unpaid bonus then due to the Employee for any completed prior year of service and payment of all amounts in the Retirement Account. In addition the Employee will be entitled to be credited with 12 months service under the Plan. Any payment due to the Employee under this clause 18.3 shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of clause 20.1(d). Vesting with respect to unvested options and shares shall be governed by the terms of the relevant plan.
18.4 The Company may terminate the Employment pursuant to clause 18.3 even when, as a result, the Employee would or may forfeit any entitlement to benefit under the permanent health insurance arrangements referred to in clause 10 or to sick pay under clause 13, save that the Company will not terminate the Employment solely on grounds of the Employees ill health where such an entitlement or benefit would be forfeited.
18.5 On termination of the Employment for whatever reason (and whether in breach of contract or otherwise) the Employee will:
(a) | immediately return any property or other materials or equipment, belonging to or controlled by the Company or any member of the Group which is in the Employees possession or under either his control or the control of a third party over which he has control; |
(b) | immediately resign from any office he holds with the Company or any other Group Company (and from any related trusteeships) without any compensation for loss of office. Should the Employee fail to do so he hereby irrevocably authorises the Company to appoint some person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents and do any thing to give effect to his resignation from office; and |
(c) | immediately pay to the Company or, as the case may be, any other Group Company all outstanding loans or other amounts due or owed to the Company or any Group Company. The Employee confirms that, should he fail to do so, the Company is to be treated as authorised to deduct from any amounts due or owed to the Employee by the Company (or any other Group Company) a sum equal to liquidated amounts due or owed by the Employee to the Company or any Group Company. |
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 9 |
18.6 The Employee will not at any time after termination of the Employment represent himself as being in any way concerned with or interested in the business of, or employed by, the Company or any other Group Company.
19. | S USPENSION AND GARDENING LEAVE |
19.1 Where, other than in circumstances of constructive dismissal, notice of termination has been served by the Employee to join a company, firm or organisation considered by the Company to be a competitor whether in accordance with clause 2.4 or otherwise, the Company shall be under no obligation to provide work for or assign any duties to the Employee for the whole or any part of the relevant notice period and may require him:
(a) | not to attend any premises of the Company or any other Group Company; and/or |
(b) | to resign with immediate effect from any offices he holds with the Company or any other Group Company (and any related trusteeships); and/or |
(c) | to refrain from business contact with any customers, clients or employees of the Company or any Group Company; and/or |
(d) | to take any holiday which has accrued under clause 11 during any period of suspension under this clause 19.1. |
The provisions of clause 14.1 shall remain in full force and effect during any period of suspension under this clause 19.1. The Chief Executive Officer will also continue to be bound by duties of good faith and fidelity to the Company during any period of suspension under this clause 19.1.
Any suspension under this clause 19.1 shall be on full salary and benefits and for the avoidance of doubt the Employee shall continue to accrue benefits under the Plan in relation to any period of suspension. To the extent that suspension under this clause 19.1 constitutes a Separation from Service, clause 20.1(d) shall apply.
19.2 The Company may suspend the Employee from the Employment during any period in which the Company is carrying out a disciplinary investigation into any alleged acts or defaults of the Employee. Such suspension shall be on full salary and benefits (save that the Employee shall not be entitled to earn or be paid any bonus during any period of suspension, unless he is reinstated following such period of suspension).
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 10 |
20. | I NTERNAL R EVENUE C ODE S ECTION 409A |
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:
(a) | It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement comply with the United States Internal Revenue Code (the Code ), and all provisions of the Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability with regard to any failure to comply with the Code so long as it has acted in good faith with regard to compliance therewith. |
(b) | If, under this Agreement, an amount is to be paid in two or more instalments (which for purposes of this Agreement shall include each monthly payment during the notice period or garden leave period (as the case may be)), for purposes of the Code, each instalment shall be treated as a separate payment. |
(c) | A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of the Agreement providing for the payment of amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a Separation from Service and, for purposes of any such provision of the Agreement, references to a resignation, voluntary termination, termination, termination of employment or like terms shall mean Separation from Service. |
(d) | If the Employee is deemed on the date of termination of the Employment to be a specified employee within the meaning of that term under section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time, or if none, the default methodology, then: |
(i) | with regard to any payment, the providing of any benefit or any distribution of equity upon Separation from Service that constitutes deferred compensation subject to the Code, such payment, benefit or distribution shall not be made or provided prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of the Employees Separation from Service or (ii) the date of the Employees death; and |
(ii) | on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Employees Separation from Service or, if earlier, on the date of his death, (a) all payments delayed pursuant to this clause 20 (whether they would otherwise have been payable in a single sum or in instalments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Employee in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under the Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal dates in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, and (b) all distributions of equity delayed pursuant to this clause 20(d) shall be made to the Employee. |
In determining the amounts that are subject to the six-month delay requirement described above, the Company shall use all exclusions from the six-month delay rule that are available to the payments made to the Employee. The Company reserves the right to adopt an alternate method of complying with the six-month delay requirement which may result in the Employee being deemed a specified employee.
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 11 |
(e) | Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (eg payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. |
(f) | Tax gross-up payments, if any, shall be paid to the Employee in any event no later than the end of your taxable year immediately following the taxable year in which the Employee remits the related taxes. |
(g) | To the extent that any provision of this Amendment is considered to have changed the time or form of payment of deferred compensation, for a payment that is payable in 2009 or later, it is intended that the Code transition rules permitting such changes apply. |
(h) | To the extent that any right to reimbursement of expenses under the Agreement constitutes non-qualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of the Code), such expense reimbursement shall be made by the Company no later than the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Employee incurred such expense. |
(i) | Subject to the Employees consent, this Agreement may be amended by the Company as necessary in an effort to comply with the Code. |
21. | R ESTRAINT ON A CTIVITIES OF C HIEF E XECUTIVE O FFICER AND C ONFIDENTIALITY |
The Employee will keep secret and will not at any time (whether during the Employment or thereafter) use for his own or anothers advantage, or reveal to any person, firm, company or organisation and shall use his best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any Confidential Information concerning the business or affairs of the Company or any Group Company or any of its or their customers.
The restrictions in this clause shall not apply:
(a) | to any disclosure of information which is already in the public domain otherwise than by breach of this Agreement; |
(b) | to any disclosure of information which was known to, or in the possession of, the Employee prior to his receipt of such information from the Company or any Group Company whenever so received; |
(c) | to any disclosure of information which has been conceived or generated by the Employee independently of any information or materials received or acquired by the Employee from the Company or any Group Company; |
(d) |
to any disclosure or use authorised by the Board or required by the Employment or by any applicable laws or regulations, including, without limitation, to any disclosure required for patent purposes provided that the Employee promptly notifies the Company when any such disclosure requirement arises to enable the Company to take such action as it deems |
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 12 |
necessary, including, without limitation, to seek an appropriate protective order and/or make known to the appropriate government or regulatory authority or court the proprietary nature of the Confidential Information and make any applicable claim of confidentiality with respect hereto; |
(e) | so as to prevent the Employee from using his own personal skill, experience and knowledge in any business in which he may be lawfully engaged after the Employment is ended; or |
(f) | to prevent the Employee from making a protected disclosure within the meaning of s43A of the Employment Rights Act 1996. |
22. | P OST - TERMINATION COVENANTS |
22.1 The Employee will not during the 12-month period following the Termination Date where such termination is either:
(a) | on the grounds of his resignation (and resignation for these purposes shall not include constructive dismissal); or |
(b) | in circumstances justifying summary termination, |
directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person or any firm, company, or other entity, set up, join, become employed by, be engaged in, or provide any advice or services to, any enterprise (including, without limitation, any corporation, partnership, proprietorship, or other venture) which competes with:
(i) | any business of any Group Company with which he has been actively involved at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date, or about which he has obtained or knew confidential information at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date; or |
(ii) | any business that any Group Company can reasonably demonstrate was, at the Termination Date, being considered, being researched, or under development by any Group Company at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination date (but only if the Employee obtained or knew confidential information about any such business at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date). |
22.2 The Employee agrees that the business of the Group is conducted nationwide and worldwide, that the geographic scope of the restriction set forth in clause 22.1 is therefore the United Kingdom and all countries in which any of the Group Companies do business, and that this geographic scope is both reasonable and necessary to protect one or more Group Companies from unfair competition.
22.3 The provisions of clause 22.1 shall not, at any time following the Termination Date, prevent the Executive from holding for investment purposes an interest (as
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 13 |
defined by sections 820-825 Companies Act 2006) of up to 5 per cent in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having a nominal value) in number or class of securities in any class of securities listed on or dealt in a Recognised Investment Exchange, provided that the company which issued the securities does not carry on a business which is similar to or competitive with any business for the time being carried on by any Group Company.
22.4 The Employee will not during the 12 month period following the Termination Date where such termination is either:
(a) | on the grounds of his resignation (and resignation for these purposes shall not include constructive dismissal); or |
(b) | in circumstances justifying summary termination, |
directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person or any firm, company, or other entity:
(i) | recruit, solicit, or entice away, or attempt to recruit, solicit, or entice away, any individual who was employed by the Company or any Group Company at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date and with whom the Employee had contact or business dealings at any time during the course of his employment in the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date; |
(ii) | induce or solicit, or attempt to induce or solicit, any customer, supplier, distributor, licensee, licensor, author or other contributor, or other business relation of the Company or any Group Company with whom the Employee had contact or about whom he obtained or knew confidential information at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date, to cease doing business, in whole or in part, with the Company or any Group Company; or |
(iii) | interfere with the relationship between, on the one hand, the Company or any Group Company and, on the other hand, any customer, supplier, distributor, licensee, licensor, author or other contributor, or other business relation of the Company or any Group Company, with whom the Employee had contact or about whom he obtained or knew confidential information at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date. |
22.5 The period during which the restrictions referred to in clauses 22.1 and 22.4 shall apply following the Termination Date shall be reduced by the amount of time during which, if at all, the Employee is on garden leave pursuant to clause 19.
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 14 |
22.6 The Employee acknowledges and agrees that:
(a) | the restrictions contained in this clause 22 are reasonable (including, without limitation, with respect to the duration of the restrictive covenants, the geographic area, and the interests being protected by the restrictions); and |
(b) | the Company has valid interests to protect pursuant to this clause 22 and the restrictions set forth in this clause 22 are reasonable and necessary to protect those interests. |
22.7 At any time during the 12-month period immediately following the Termination Date (whether the Employment ended voluntarily or involuntarily), the Employee may make a written request to the most senior officer of the Company that application of any part of clause 22 be waived with respect to him. If the most senior officer of the Company has not responded in writing to the Employees request within 30 days, the request will be deemed to have been denied. The Employee understands and agrees that the most senior officer of the Company has the sole and exclusive discretion whether or not to grant a request made pursuant to this clause 22.7.
23. | C ONTRACTS ( RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES ) ACT 1999 |
A person who is not a party to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.
24. | M ISCELLANEOUS |
24.1 This Agreement, together with any other documents referred to in this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties, and supersedes all other agreements both oral and in writing between the Company and the Employee (other than those expressly referred to herein).
24.2 Any notice to be given under this Agreement to the Employee may be served by being handed to him personally or by being sent by recorded delivery first class post to him at his usual or last known address; and any notice to be given to the Company may be served by being left at or by being sent by recorded delivery first class post to its registered office for the time being. Any notice served by post shall be deemed to have been served at the expiration of 48 hours following the date of posting and in proving such service it shall be sufficient proof that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and posted as a prepaid letter by recorded delivery first class post.
24.3 Any reference in this Agreement to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.
24.4 This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of England.
24.5 Any changes to this Agreement shall be evidenced in writing and signed by the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.
24.6 During the Employment, the Employee will be fully indemnified by the Company and, in relation to services provided to them, by other companies in the
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 15 |
Group, to the maximum extent permitted by law and to the extent provided by the Companys Articles of Association (as amended from time to time) and the by-laws of any other company in the Group in relation to services provided to it, and you shall be covered (subject to and in accordance with the terms of the relevant arrangements) under all applicable Directors and Officers insurance in effect from time to time.
24.7 This Agreement supersedes and discharges all prior agreements relating to the Employees employment with the Company or any other company in the Group.
/s/ SIGNED as a DEED and | ) /s/ Erik Engstrom | |
DELIVERED by the | ) | |
EMPLOYEE | ) | |
in the presence of: | ) | |
Witness signature: |
||
Witness name: |
||
Witness occupation: |
||
/s/ SIGNED for and on behalf of | ) /s/ Anthony Habgood | |
the COMPANY | ) |
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 16 |
SCHEDULE 1
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
1. | The Chief Executive Officers duties are: |
(a) To report to the Chairman (acting on behalf of the Board) and to the Board directly.
(b) To be responsible for all executive management matters affecting the Company. All members of executive management report, either directly or indirectly, to the CEO.
(c) To have principal responsibility for running the Companys business.
(d) To have responsibility for proposing and developing the Companys strategy and overall commercial objectives, which he will do in close consultation with the Chairman and the Board.
(e) To have responsibility for implementing the decisions of the Board and its Committees, with the executive team.
(f) To have responsibility for promoting and conducting the affairs of the Company with the highest standards of integrity, probity and corporate governance.
(g) To provide input to the Boards agenda from himself and other members of the executive team.
(h) To ensure that he maintains a dialogue with the Chairman on the important and strategic issues facing the Company, and proposing Board agendas to the Chairman which reflect these.
(i) To ensure that the executive team gives appropriate priority to providing reports to the Board which contain accurate, timely and clear information.
(j) To ensure, in consultation with the Chairman and the Company Secretary as appropriate, that he and the executive team comply with the Boards approved procedures, including the Schedule of Matters Reserved to the Board and each Committees Terms of Reference.
(k) To ensure that the Chairman is alerted to forthcoming complex, contentious or sensitive issues affecting the Company of which he might not otherwise be aware.
(l) To provide input to the Chairman and Company Secretary on appropriate changes to the Schedule of Matters Reserved to the Board and Committee Terms of Reference.
(m) To provide information and advice on succession planning, to the Chairman, the Nominations Committee, and other members of the Board, particularly in respect of executive directors.
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 17 |
(n) To provide input on membership of Board Committees to the Chairman and to the Nominations Committee.
(o) To lead the communication programme with shareholders.
(p) To comment on induction programmes for new directors and ensure that appropriate management time is made available for the process.
(q) To ensure that the development needs of the executive directors and other senior management reporting to him are identified and met.
(r) To ensure that performance reviews are carried out at least once a year for each of the executive directors.
(s) To provide input to the wider Board evaluation process.
LON14231126/4 103037-0081 | Page 18 |
Exhibit 4.15
JULY 2012
REED ELSEVIER GROUP PLC
[ ]
SERVICE AGREEMENT
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP
CONTENTS
CLAUSE | PAGE | |||||
1. |
DEFINITIONS |
1 | ||||
2. |
TERM AND JOB DESCRIPTION |
2 | ||||
3. |
DUTIES |
2 | ||||
4. |
SALARY |
3 | ||||
5. |
BONUS |
3 | ||||
6. |
EXPENSES |
3 | ||||
7. |
TAX RETURNS |
3 | ||||
8. |
CAR ALLOWANCE |
4 | ||||
9. |
PENSION |
4 | ||||
10. |
INSURANCE |
5 | ||||
11. |
HOLIDAY |
5 | ||||
12. |
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS |
6 | ||||
Bonus Investment Plan |
6 | |||||
Long-Term Incentive Plan |
6 | |||||
Share Option Plan |
6 | |||||
13. |
SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENT |
7 | ||||
14. |
SICKNESS AND OTHER INCAPACITY |
7 | ||||
15. |
OTHER INTERESTS |
7 | ||||
16. |
SHARE DEALING AND OTHER CODES OF CONDUCT |
8 | ||||
17. |
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY |
8 | ||||
18. |
DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES |
9 | ||||
19. |
TERMINATION |
9 | ||||
20. |
SUSPENSION AND GARDENING LEAVE |
11 | ||||
21. |
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 409A |
12 | ||||
22. |
RESTRAINT ON ACTIVITIES OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND CONFIDENTIALITY |
13 | ||||
23. |
POST-TERMINATION COVENANTS |
14 | ||||
24. |
CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 |
16 | ||||
25. |
MISCELLANEOUS |
16 |
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page I |
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 15 August 2012
B ETWEEN
(1) | REED ELSEVIER GROUP PLC a company which has its registered office at 1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5JR (the Company ); and |
(2) | Duncan Palmer of 1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5JR (the Employee ). |
I T I S A GREED as follows:
1. | D EFINITIONS |
In this Agreement the following expressions have the following meanings:
Board means the board of directors of the Company or a duly constituted committee of the board of directors;
Confidential Information means any confidential information relating to the Company, or any Group Company received or acquired by the Employee from the Company or any Group Company in pursuance of his duties under this Agreement;
Effective Date means the date the Employment commences, to be no later than 31 st August 2012;
Employment means the Employees employment in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
Group Company means PLC, NV (as defined below), Elsevier Reed Finance BV, the Company, any holding company, any associated company and any subsidiary of any of the above companies, and Group shall be construed accordingly;
Long-Term Incentive Plans means such share or share-related plans as the Company has in place from time to time pursuant to which performance is measured or vesting occurs over more than one financial year of the Group;
Recognised Investment Exchange has the meaning given to it by section 285 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;
Remuneration Committee means the remuneration committee of the board of directors of the Company;
Separation from Service has the meaning given to it by section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code;
Shares means an ordinary share in PLC and/or an ordinary share in NV or shares representing those shares following any capital reorganisation; and
Termination Date means the date of termination of the Employment.
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 1 |
2. | T ERM AND J OB D ESCRIPTION |
2.1 This letter sets out the terms and conditions of the Employees employment with the Company as Chief Financial Officer. The Employee shall be an executive director of the Company and of Reed Elsevier PLC ( PLC ) and also a member of the Executive Board of Reed Elsevier NV ( NV ).
2.2 The Employment will begin on the Effective Date. The Employees period of continuous employment for statutory purposes will also begin on the Effective Date.
2.3 Subject to clause 19, the Employment will continue until terminated by either party giving to the other 12 months written notice.
3. | D UTIES |
3.1 During the Employment, the Employee will:
(a) | diligently perform all such duties and exercise all such powers as are lawfully and properly assigned to him from time to time by the Board commensurate with his position, whether such duties or powers relate to the Company or any other Group Company; |
(b) | use his best endeavours to ensure that the Group complies with the provisions of the Governing Agreement between PLC and NV dated 14 February 2012; |
(c) | comply with all applicable laws and regulations and with all directions lawfully and properly given to him by the Boards of the Company, PLC and NV and of their respective shareholders; |
(d) | unless prevented by sickness, injury or other incapacity, devote the whole of his time, attention and abilities during his Working Hours to the business of the Company or any other Group Company for which he is required to perform duties; and |
(e) | promptly provide the Board with all such information as it may require in connection with the business or affairs of the Company and of any other Group Company for which he is required to perform duties. |
3.2 The Employees Working Hours shall be such hours as are required in the proper performance of his duties.
3.3 The Employees normal place of work is the Companys principal UK office from time to time.
3.4 The Employee agrees to travel and work (both within and outside the United Kingdom) as may be required for the proper performance of his duties under the Employment.
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 2 |
4. | S ALARY |
4.1 From the Effective Date, the Employees salary under the Employment is £600,000 per annum (less any required deductions). Salaries are subject to annual review. The Employees first salary review following the Effective Date will be on or about 1 January 2014.
4.2 The Employees salary will accrue on a daily basis, and will be payable in arrears in equal monthly instalments.
4.3 The Employees salary will be inclusive of all fees and other remuneration to which he may be or become entitled as an officer of the Company or of any other Group Company.
4.4 The Employee agrees that, pursuant to Part II of the Employment Rights Act 1996, the Company has the right to deduct from his salary and/or bonus any amount owed to the Company or any Group Company by the Employee.
5. | B ONUS |
5.1 The Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Companys Annual Incentive Plan applicable to senior executives (or such replacement bonus arrangements as may from time to time apply) subject to and in accordance with the rules governing such plan as approved by the Remuneration Committee, including the right of the Remuneration Committee to make adjustments to performance measures as it considers appropriate to take account of any factors that are relevant in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee. Unless determined otherwise by the Remuneration Committee, the Employees annual target bonus opportunity shall be 100% of salary earnings paid by the Company to the Employee during the relevant year. For the avoidance of doubt, any bonus entitlement in respect of 2012 will be pro-rated to reflect the Employees actual service during the Companys financial year ending 31 December 2012.
5.2 Any entitlement of the Employee in respect of bonus on termination of the Employment shall be determined subject to and in accordance with the rules governing the Annual Incentive Plan and the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.
6. | E XPENSES |
The Company will reimburse (or procure the reimbursement of) all out-of-pocket expenses properly and reasonably incurred by the Employee in the course of his Employment subject to production of receipts or other appropriate evidence of payment.
7. | T AX R ETURNS |
The Companys tax consultants (currently PricewaterhouseCoopers) will support the Employee, and the Company will reimburse him for reasonable (as determined from time to time by the Remuneration Committee) tax filing costs incurred in the Netherlands, the UK and the US insofar as, and limited to the extent that, such filings relate directly to income received from the Employment.
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 3 |
The Employee will however be responsible for meeting all tax and employee social security liabilities payable in respect of his remuneration, subject, where applicable, to the PAYE system.
The Employee acknowledges that any tax advisory services received by the Employee in accordance with this clause 7 may give rise to a taxable benefit, and the Employee will be liable for any tax arising on such benefit.
8. | C AR A LLOWANCE |
During the Employment, the Employee will be entitled to a car allowance of an amount stipulated in accordance with the Companys policy from time to time in force. At the Effective Date, the annual car allowance applicable to the Employee is £12,500 (less required deductions). For the avoidance of doubt, car allowance does not form part of the Employees salary and is non-pensionable.
9. | P ENSION AND LIFE ASSURANCE |
9.1 At the Remuneration Committees discretion, the Employee will be eligible to participate in the Reed Elsevier Pension Plan (the Pension Plan ). This is a group personal pension plan, is not contracted-out of the State Second Pension Scheme and is contributory. The Company will match the Employees contributions on the following basis:
Employee % | Employer % | Total % | ||
5 | 11 | 16 | ||
6 | 15 | 21 | ||
7 | 19 | 26 |
However, to the extent that the aggregate contribution to the Pension Plan would otherwise exceed the maximum annual allowance in respect of contributions payable to a pension arrangement as prescribed by Her Majestys Revenue & Customs from time to time, the Company will pay an amount equal to the excess directly to the Employee as a cash allowance, subject to any deductions required by law.
9.2 The Employee will be covered for Life Assurance of 4 times annual salary rate at the date of death, provided that he joins the Pension Plan at the first available opportunity. Life Assurance is provided through an external insurer and is subject to medical evidence for cover in excess of the free cover limit of £1,250,000. The Employee will only be covered for full Life Assurance once the Reed Elsevier Pensions Office is notified that underwriting has been completed and the Employee has been accepted. Until this process is complete, the Employee will be covered for a maximum of £1,250,000.
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 4 |
9.3 If the Employee does not wish to become a member of the Pension Plan he is required to complete a Refusal Form which is available from the HR Department.
9.4 Upon becoming an employee of the Company, personal information about the Employee (including his name, National Insurance number, date of birth and address) will be supplied to Zurich Assurance Ltd (the plan provider) and further information will be provided from time to time for the purpose of the administration of the Pension Plan. By signing this Agreement, the Employee authorises this information to be provided to Zurich Assurance Ltd. Both Zurich Assurance Ltd and Reed Elsevier will be Data Controllers for the purposes of the Data Protection Act 1998.
9.5 By signing this Agreement:
(a) | the Employee consents to the transfer of personal information to Zurich Assurance Limited; |
(b) | the Employee authorises the Company to deduct payments from his salary and forward these to Zurich to be invested in the retirement account held in his name; |
(c) | the Employee confirms that he wishes to be included as a member of the Pension Plan; |
(d) | the Employee agrees to be bound by the rules of the Pension Plan; |
(e) | the Employee understands that Zurich will shortly confirm his details and that he must advise Zurich or the HR Department immediately if any of those details are incorrect or alter at any time; and |
(f) | he confirms that he has read the Key Features Document provided by the Company. |
10. | M EDICAL I NSURANCE |
During the Employment, at the Remuneration Committees discretion, the Company will pay for the benefit of the Employee, his spouse and dependent childrens subscriptions to the Companys Cigna International Medical and Dental worldwide family cover scheme on the scale determined by the Remuneration Committee to be appropriate.
11. | H OLIDAY |
11.1 The Employee is entitled to 25 working days paid holiday per calendar year during his Employment (plus bank and public holidays in England), to be taken at a time or times convenient to the Company. The right to paid holiday will accrue pro-rata during each calendar year of the Employment and, where the Employment starts part-way through a calendar year, the Employees holiday entitlement will be calculated on a pro-rata basis. Unused holiday may not be carried forward from one calendar year to another (unless agreed by the Companys Chief Executive Officer).
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 5 |
11.2 On termination of the Employment, the Employees entitlement to accrued holiday pay shall be calculated on a pro-rata basis (which calculation shall be made on the basis that each day of paid holiday is equivalent to 1/260 of the Employees salary). If the Employee has taken more working days paid holiday than his accrued entitlement, the Company is authorised to deduct the appropriate amount from his final salary instalment (which deduction shall be made on the basis that each day of paid holiday is equivalent to 1/260 of the Employees salary).
12. | L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LANS |
Bonus Investment Plan
12.1 The Employee will be eligible to participate in the 2013-15 cycle of the Reed Elsevier Group plc Bonus Investment Plan 2010 (the BIP ), subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the BIP, as they may be amended from time to time. Subject to approval of the Remuneration Committee, the Employees maximum investment opportunity under the BIP for the 2013-15 cycle will be 100% of his target bonus opportunity net of tax. The Employees eligibility to participate in any future cycles of the BIP is contingent upon the discretionary approval of the Remuneration Committee.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
12.2 Subject to the approval of a new Long-Term Incentive Plan at the 2013 Annual General Meetings of PLC and NV, the Employee will be eligible to participate in the 2013-2015 cycle of the new Long-Term Incentive Plan (the LTIP ), subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the LTIP, as they may be amended from time to time. Subject to the Remuneration Committees approval, the Employees award with respect to the 2013-2015 LTIP cycle will be in respect of PLC and NV Shares with an aggregate market value at the date of grant of the award equal to 200% of his salary. The Employees eligibility to participate in any future cycles of the LTIP is contingent upon the discretionary approval of the Remuneration Committee.
Share Option Plan
12.3 Subject to the approval of a new Share Option Plan at the 2013 Annual General Meetings of PLC and NV, the Employee will be eligible to participate in the new Share Option Plan (the ESOS ), subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the ESOS, as they may be amended from time to time. Subject to the Remuneration Committees approval, the Employee will in 2013 be granted options over PLC and NV Shares with an aggregate market value at the date of the grant equal to 150% of his salary. The Employees eligibility to participate in any future cycles of the ESOS is contingent upon the discretionary approval of the Remuneration Committee.
12.4 The Employee acknowledges that his participation in any Long-Term Incentive Plan (including, but not limited to the BIP, the Reed Elsevier Group plc Share Option Scheme 2003, the LTIP,ESOS and any new multi-year incentive plan), and his rights with respect to options or awards granted under any such plan, are governed by the terms of the relevant plan rules. The Employee further acknowledges that:
(i) | should he breach any of his obligations under clauses 22 or 23 of this Agreement, any gains realised by him from exercise or vesting of options or awards granted under any such Long-Term Incentive Plan may be subject to claw-back in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan rules; and |
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 6 |
(ii) | if his employment ends because of, for example, the Employees resignation (other than in circumstances of constructive dismissal or circumstances that the Remuneration Committee determines in its discretion to constitute retirement) or his summary termination pursuant to clause 19.2, any rights he might otherwise have had to any options or awards under any such Long-Term Incentive Plan may be subject to lapse or forfeiture in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan rules. |
13. | S HAREHOLDING R EQUIREMENT |
The Employee agrees that he will have acquired, by no later than 31 December 2015, and will maintain for the balance of the Employment, an aggregate holding of Shares (which for this purpose shall include American Depositary Shares representing NV Shares or PLC Shares) with a market value of not less than 200% of his salary from time to time. The Employees shareholding requirement is subject to review by the Remuneration Committee from time to time.
14. | S ICKNESS AND O THER I NCAPACITY |
Subject to the Employees compliance with the Companys policy on notification and certification of periods of absence from work, the Employee will continue to be paid his full salary during any period of absence from work due to ill health, accident or other similar cause, up to a maximum of 180 days in aggregate in any period of 12 consecutive calendar months. Such payment will be inclusive of any statutory sick pay payable in accordance with applicable legislation in force at the time of absence. The Company may deduct from the Employees remuneration during any period of absence due to ill-health, accident or other similar cause the amount of any social security benefits he may be entitled to receive.
15. | O THER I NTERESTS |
15.1 Subject to clause 15.2, during the Employment the Employee will not (without the Chairmans prior written consent) be directly or indirectly engaged, interested or concerned in any business or occupation other than the businesses of the Group.
15.2 Notwithstanding clause 15.1, the Employee may hold for investment purposes an interest (as defined by sections 820-825 Companies Act 2006) of up to 5 per cent in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having a nominal value) in number or class of securities in any class of securities listed on or dealt in a Recognised Investment Exchange.
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 7 |
16. | S HARE D EALING AND OTHER C ODES OF C ONDUCT |
16.1 The Employee will comply with all codes of conduct adopted from time to time by the Board and with all applicable rules and regulations of the UK Listing Authority and any other relevant regulatory bodies, including the Model Code on dealings in securities.
16.2 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 16.1, the Employee is bound by:
(a) | the Reed Elsevier Code for Securities Transactions; |
(b) | the Reed Elsevier Code of Ethics and Business Conduct; and |
(c) | the Company rules as they affect directors with regard to: |
(i) | air travel; |
(ii) | holidays and overseas visits; |
(iii) | loans to directors; |
(iv) | non-Executive directorships; |
(v) | the Press; |
(vi) | reimbursed expenses; and |
such other rules as shall from time to time apply to the Employee as a director or otherwise, provided that none of these rules will have the effect of extending the circumstances in which the Employment may be terminated with immediate effect without compensation.
16.3 The Employee is required to observe Reed Elsevier (UK) Limiteds rules, practices and policies as set out in the policy section of the PeopleHub website as amended from time to time.
17. | I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY |
It shall be part of the Employees normal duties or other duties specifically assigned to him (whether or not during normal working hours and whether or not performed at the Employees normal place of work) at all times to consider in what manner and by what new methods or devices the products, services, processes, equipment or systems of the Company with which he is concerned or for which he is responsible might be improved and might, as part of such duties, originate designs (whether registrable or not) or patentable work or other work in which copyright, database rights or trade mark rights (together Employee Works ) may subsist. Accordingly:
(a) | the Employee shall forthwith disclose full details of any Employee Works in confidence to the Company and shall regard himself in relation to any Employee Works as a trustee for the Company; |
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 8 |
(b) | all intellectual property rights in any Employee Works shall vest absolutely in the Company which shall be entitled, so far as the law permits, to the exclusive use thereof; |
(c) | notwithstanding sub-clause 17(b) above, the Employee assigns to the Company all right, title and interest, present and future, anywhere in the world, in copyright and in any other intellectual property rights in respect of all Employee Works written, originated, conceived or made by the Employee (except only those Employee Works written, originated, conceived or made by the Employee wholly outside his normal working hours hereunder and wholly unconnected with the Employment) during the continuance of the Employment; |
(d) | the Employee hereby waives all moral rights as author under the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 or any equivalent laws in respect of any Employee Works; and |
(e) | the Employee agrees and undertakes that at any time during or after the termination of the Employment he will execute such deeds or documents and do all such acts and things as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to substantiate its rights in respect of the matters referred to above including for the purpose of obtaining letters patent or other privileges in all such countries as the Company may require. |
18. | D ISCIPLINARY AND G RIEVANCE P ROCEDURES |
18.1 If the Employee is dissatisfied with any disciplinary decision taken in relation to him he may appeal in writing to the Chairman of the Board within 7 days of that decision. The Chairmans decision shall be final.
18.2 If the Employee has any grievance in relation to the Employment he may raise it in writing with the Board whose decision shall be final.
19. | T ERMINATION |
19.1 Either party may terminate the Employment in accordance with clause 2.3.
19.2 The Company may terminate the Employment immediately and with no liability to make any further payment to the Employee (other than in respect of amounts accrued due at the date of termination) if the Employee:
(a) | commits any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of any provisions contained in this Agreement after (where the breach or non-observance in question is capable of cure) being provided with written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure such breach or non-observance; |
(b) | is guilty of any serious misconduct or wilful neglect in the discharge of the Employees executive duties; |
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 9 |
(c) | is guilty of any act of dishonesty or any breach of his fiduciary duties as a Director of the Company, PLC or NV or of conduct which brings into disrepute or affects prejudicially the interests of the Group; |
(d) | is convicted of any criminal offence (other than an offence which in the reasonable opinion of the Board does not affect his position as a Director of the Company); |
(e) | is declared bankrupt or makes any arrangement with or for the benefit of his creditors or has an administration order made against him under the County Courts Act 1984; or |
(f) | is disqualified from being a director in accordance with the provision of paragraph (a) of Article 80 of the Companys Articles of Association. |
Following such termination, to the extent that such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, the Employee will not be entitled to any further payment under this agreement except such sums as shall then have accrued due and any unpaid bonus then due to the Employee for any prior completed year of service.
19.3 The Company may also terminate the Employment by giving summary notice in writing to the Employee if (a) the Employee is unable properly and effectively to perform his duties under this Agreement by reason of ill health, accident or other similar cause for a period or periods aggregating not less than 180 days in any period of 12 consecutive calendar months or (b) the Employee is suffering from mental disorder and satisfies one of the relevant conditions specified in paragraph (c) of Article 80 of the Companys Articles of Association causing the ipso facto vacation of his directorship, but in each case only to the extent that such event constitutes a disability within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, in which case the Employee will be entitled to be paid by way of compensation for termination of employment a sum equal to 12 months salary at the rate in force at the time such notice is given, plus any unpaid bonus then due to the Employee for any completed prior year of service and payment of all amounts in the Retirement Account. In addition the Employee will be entitled to be credited with 12 months service under the Plan. Any payment due to the Employee under this clause 19.3 shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of clause 21.1(d). The treatment of vested and unvested options and unvested shares shall be governed by the terms of the relevant plan.
19.4 The Company may terminate the Employment pursuant to clause 19.3 even when, as a result, the Employee would or may forfeit any entitlement to sick pay under clause 14, save that the Company will not terminate the Employment solely on grounds of the Employees ill health where such an entitlement or benefit would be forfeited.
19.5 On termination of the Employment for whatever reason (and whether in breach of contract or otherwise) the Employee will:
(a) | immediately return any property or other materials or equipment, belonging to or controlled by the Company or any member of the Group which is in the Employees possession or under either his control or the control of a third party over which he has control; |
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 10 |
(b) | immediately resign from any office he holds with the Company or any other Group Company (and from any related trusteeships) without any compensation for loss of office. Should the Employee fail to do so he hereby irrevocably authorises the Company to appoint some person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents and do any thing to give effect to his resignation from office; and |
(c) | immediately pay to the Company or, as the case may be, any other Group Company all outstanding loans or other amounts due or owed to the Company or any Group Company. The Employee confirms that, should he fail to do so, the Company is to be treated as authorised to deduct from any amounts due or owed to the Employee by the Company (or any other Group Company) a sum equal to liquidated amounts due or owed by the Employee to the Company or any Group Company. |
19.6 The Employee will not at any time after termination of the Employment represent himself as being in any way concerned with or interested in the business of, or employed by, the Company or any other Group Company.
20. | S USPENSION AND GARDENING LEAVE |
20.1 Where, other than in circumstances of constructive dismissal, notice of termination has been served by the Employee to join a company, firm or organisation considered by the Company to be a competitor whether in accordance with clause 2.3 or otherwise, the Company shall be under no obligation to provide work for or assign any duties to the Employee for the whole or any part of the relevant notice period and may require him:
(a) | not to attend any premises of the Company or any other Group Company; and/or |
(b) | to resign with immediate effect from any offices he holds with the Company or any other Group Company (and any related trusteeships); and/or |
(c) | to refrain from business contact with any customers, clients or employees of the Company or any Group Company; and/or |
(d) | to take any holiday which has accrued under clause 11 during any period of suspension under this clause 20.1. |
The provisions of clause 15.1 shall remain in full force and effect during any period of suspension under this clause 20.1. The Employee will also continue to be bound by duties of good faith and fidelity to the Company during any period of suspension under this clause 20.1.
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 11 |
Any suspension under this clause 20.1 shall be on full salary and benefits. To the extent that suspension under this clause 20.1 constitutes a Separation from Service, clause 21.1(d) shall apply.
20.2 The Company may suspend the Employee from the Employment during any period in which the Company is carrying out a disciplinary investigation into any alleged acts or defaults of the Employee. Such suspension shall be on full salary and benefits (save that the Employee shall not be entitled to earn or be paid any bonus during any period of suspension, unless he is reinstated following such period of suspension).
21. | I NTERNAL R EVENUE C ODE S ECTION 409A |
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:
(a) | It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement comply with the United States Internal Revenue Code (the Code ), and all provisions of the Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability with regard to any failure to comply with the Code so long as it has acted in good faith with regard to compliance therewith. |
(b) | If, under this Agreement, an amount is to be paid in two or more instalments (which for purposes of this Agreement shall include each monthly payment during the notice period or garden leave period (as the case may be)), for purposes of the Code, each instalment shall be treated as a separate payment. |
(c) | A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of the Agreement providing for the payment of amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a Separation from Service and, for purposes of any such provision of the Agreement, references to a resignation, voluntary termination, termination, termination of employment or like terms shall mean Separation from Service. |
(d) | If the Employee is deemed on the date of termination of the Employment to be a specified employee within the meaning of that term under section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time, or if none, the default methodology, then: |
(i) | with regard to any payment, the providing of any benefit or any distribution of equity upon Separation from Service that constitutes deferred compensation subject to the Code, such payment, benefit or distribution shall not be made or provided prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of the Employees Separation from Service or (ii) the date of the Employees death; and |
(ii) |
on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Employees Separation from Service or, if earlier, on the date of his |
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 12 |
death, (a) all payments delayed pursuant to this clause 21 (whether they would otherwise have been payable in a single sum or in instalments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Employee in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under the Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal dates in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, and (b) all distributions of equity delayed pursuant to this clause 21(d) shall be made to the Employee. |
In determining the amounts that are subject to the six-month delay requirement described above, the Company shall use all exclusions from the six-month delay rule that are available to the payments made to the Employee. The Company reserves the right to adopt an alternate method of complying with the six-month delay requirement which may result in the Employee being deemed a specified employee.
(e) | Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (eg payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. |
(f) | Tax gross-up payments, if any, shall be paid to the Employee in any event no later than the end of your taxable year immediately following the taxable year in which the Employee remits the related taxes. |
(g) | To the extent that any provision of this Amendment is considered to have changed the time or form of payment of deferred compensation, for a payment that is payable in 2009 or later, it is intended that the Code transition rules permitting such changes apply. |
(h) | To the extent that any right to reimbursement of expenses under the Agreement constitutes non-qualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of the Code), such expense reimbursement shall be made by the Company no later than the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Employee incurred such expense. |
(i) | Subject to the Employees consent, this Agreement may be amended by the Company as necessary in an effort to comply with the Code. |
22. | R ESTRAINT ON A CTIVITIES OF C HIEF F INANCIAL O FFICER AND C ONFIDENTIALITY |
The Employee will keep secret and will not at any time (whether during the Employment or thereafter) use for his own or anothers advantage, or reveal to any person, firm, company or organisation and shall use his best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any Confidential Information concerning the business or affairs of the Company or any Group Company or any of its or their customers.
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 13 |
The restrictions in this clause shall not apply:
(a) | to any disclosure of information which is already in the public domain otherwise than by breach of this Agreement; |
(b) | to any disclosure of information which was known to, or in the possession of, the Employee prior to his receipt of such information from the Company or any Group Company whenever so received; |
(c) | to any disclosure of information which has been conceived or generated by the Employee independently of any information or materials received or acquired by the Employee from the Company or any Group Company; |
(d) | to any disclosure or use authorised by the Board or required by the Employment or by any applicable laws or regulations, including, without limitation, to any disclosure required for patent purposes provided that the Employee promptly notifies the Company when any such disclosure requirement arises to enable the Company to take such action as it deems necessary, including, without limitation, to seek an appropriate protective order and/or make known to the appropriate government or regulatory authority or court the proprietary nature of the Confidential Information and make any applicable claim of confidentiality with respect hereto; |
(e) | so as to prevent the Employee from using his own personal skill, experience and knowledge in any business in which he may be lawfully engaged after the Employment is ended; or |
(f) | to prevent the Employee from making a protected disclosure within the meaning of s43A of the Employment Rights Act 1996. |
23. | P OST - TERMINATION COVENANTS |
23.1 The Employee will not during the 12-month period following the Termination Date directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person or any firm, company, or other entity, set up, join, become employed by, be engaged in, or provide any advice or services to, any enterprise (including, without limitation, any corporation, partnership, proprietorship, or other venture) which competes with:
(i) | any business of any Group Company with which he has been actively involved at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date, or about which he has obtained or knew confidential information at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date; or |
(ii) | any business that any Group Company can reasonably demonstrate was, at the Termination Date, being considered, being researched, or under development by any Group Company at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination date (but only if the Employee obtained or knew confidential information about any such business at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date). |
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 14 |
23.2 The Employee agrees that the business of the Group is conducted nationwide and worldwide, that the geographic scope of the restriction set forth in clause 23.1 is therefore the United Kingdom and all countries in which any of the Group Companies do business, and that this geographic scope is both reasonable and necessary to protect one or more Group Companies from unfair competition.
23.3 The provisions of clause 23.1 shall not, at any time following the Termination Date, prevent the Executive from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined by sections 820-825 Companies Act 2006) of up to 5 per cent in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having a nominal value) in number or class of securities in any class of securities listed on or dealt in a Recognised Investment Exchange, provided that the company which issued the securities does not carry on a business which is similar to or competitive with any business for the time being carried on by any Group Company.
23.4 The Employee will not during the 12 month period following the Termination Date directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person or any firm, company, or other entity:
(i) | recruit, solicit, or entice away, or attempt to recruit, solicit, or entice away, any individual who was employed by the Company or any Group Company at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date and with whom the Employee had contact or business dealings at any time during the course of his employment in the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date; |
(ii) | induce or solicit, or attempt to induce or solicit, any customer, supplier, distributor, licensee, licensor, author or other contributor, or other business relation of the Company or any Group Company with whom the Employee had contact or about whom he obtained or knew confidential information at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date, to cease doing business, in whole or in part, with the Company or any Group Company; or |
(iii) | interfere with the relationship between, on the one hand, the Company or any Group Company and, on the other hand, any customer, supplier, distributor, licensee, licensor, author or other contributor, or other business relation of the Company or any Group Company, with whom the Employee had contact or about whom he obtained or knew confidential information at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Termination Date. |
23.5 The period during which the restrictions referred to in clauses 23.1 and 23.4 shall apply following the Termination Date shall be reduced by the amount of time during which, if at all, the Employee is on garden leave pursuant to clause 20.
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 15 |
23.6 The Employee acknowledges and agrees that:
(a) | the restrictions contained in this clause 23 are reasonable (including, without limitation, with respect to the duration of the restrictive covenants, the geographic area, and the interests being protected by the restrictions); and |
(b) | the Company has valid interests to protect pursuant to this clause 23 and the restrictions set forth in this clause 23 are reasonable and necessary to protect those interests. |
24. | C ONTRACTS ( RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES ) ACT 1999 |
A person who is not a party to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.
25. | M ISCELLANEOUS |
25.1 This Agreement, together with any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the side-letter between the Company and the Employee dated with the same date as this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties, and supersedes all other agreements both oral and in writing between the Company and the Employee (other than those expressly referred to herein).
25.2 Any notice to be given under this Agreement to the Employee may be served by being handed to him personally or by being sent by recorded delivery first class post to him at his usual or last known address; and any notice to be given to the Company may be served by being left at or by being sent by recorded delivery first class post to its registered office for the time being. Any notice served by post shall be deemed to have been served at the expiration of 48 hours following the date of posting and in proving such service it shall be sufficient proof that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and posted as a prepaid letter by recorded delivery first class post.
25.3 Any reference in this Agreement to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.
25.4 This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of England.
25.5 Any changes to this Agreement shall be evidenced in writing and signed by the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.
25.6 During the Employment, the Employee will be fully indemnified by the Company and, in relation to services provided to them, by other companies in the Group, to the maximum extent permitted by law and to the extent provided by the Companys Articles of Association (as amended from time to time) and the by-laws of any other company in the Group in relation to services provided to it, and the Employee will be covered (subject to and in accordance with the terms of the relevant arrangements) under all applicable directors and officers insurance in effect from time to time.
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 16 |
/s/ SIGNED as a DEED and | ) /s/ Duncan Palmer | |||||
DELIVERED by the | ) | |||||
EMPLOYEE | ) | |||||
in the presence of: | ) | |||||
Witness signature: | ||||||
Witness name: | ||||||
Witness occupation: | ||||||
/s/ SIGNED for and on behalf of | ) | |||||
the COMPANY | ) /s/ Ian Fraser |
LON21644416/2 PMF-002507 | Page 17 |
Exhibit 4.16
15 August 2012
Duncan Palmer
Dear Duncan
I am writing to confirm the following terms that will apply in relation to your recruitment by Reed Elsevier Group plc (the Company ) as Chief Financial Officer of the Group. These terms will apply in addition to the terms of the contract of employment between you and the Company entered into on the same date as this letter (the Service Agreement ). Where a defined term is not defined in this letter, it will have the same meaning as is given to it by the Service Agreement.
The additional terms that will apply are as follows:
Pro-rated multi-year incentive plan grants for 2012
ESOS:-
1. As soon as practicable following the Effective Date, you will be granted an option over Shares of PLC and NV under and in accordance with the terms of the Reed Elsevier Group plc Share Option Scheme 2003. The option will be subject to performance conditions and will be granted over PLC and NV Shares in equal value. Provided the Employment commences on or before 1 September 2012, the option will have an aggregate face value at the date of grant equal to 135% of salary. If the Employment commences after 1 September 2012, the level of the grant will be reduced accordingly to reflect the actual date your Employment commences.
LTIP:-
2. As soon as practicable following the Effective Date, you will be granted a performance share award over PLC Shares subject to the rules (including performance conditions) set out in the Appendix to this letter. Provided the Employment commences on or before 1 September 2012, the performance share award will have a maximum aggregate face value at the date of grant equal to 180% of salary. If the Employment commences after 1 September 2012, the level of the grant will be reduced accordingly to reflect the actual date your Employment commences. This performance share award is designed to facilitate your recruitment by the Company and will be satisfied using shares purchased on the market. Subject to the approval of NV shareholders, at the time of vesting 50% of the award will be converted into NV shares using the NV closing share price and Euro/Sterling exchange rate on the date of grant of your award of PLC shares.
Stock Compensation Award
3. In order to compensate you for the loss of stock-based awards with your current employer, you will be granted, as soon as practicable following the Effective Date, an award (that is not subject to performance conditions) over PLC ordinary shares that have a value, as at the date of grant, equal to 250% of your salary (the Stock Compensation Award ). Subject to the approval of NV shareholders, at the time of vesting 50% of the award will be converted into NV shares using the NV closing share price and Euro/Sterling exchange rate on the date of grant of your award of PLC shares. This Stock Compensation Award is designed to facilitate your recruitment by the Company and will be satisfied using shares purchased on the market.
4. Subject to paragraph 5 below, the Stock Compensation Award will vest and you will become entitled to the shares comprised in the Stock Compensation Award as follows:
(a) | in respect of 50% of the shares comprised in the Stock Compensation Award, following the release of the Full Year Earnings Announcement for the financial year ending 31 December 2013 (the First Expected Vesting Date); and |
(b) | in respect of the remaining portion of the Stock Compensation Award, following the release of the Full Year Earnings Announcement for the financial year ending 31 December 2014 (the Second Expected Vesting Date) . |
5. Your entitlement to the Stock Compensation Award is conditional upon the following:
(a) | all your outstanding unvested awards granted under plans operated by Owens Corning lapsing in full by reason of the termination of your employment with Owens Corning, and, if so requested, you agree to provide the Company with such evidence as it may reasonably require to demonstrate the lapse of such awards; and |
(b) | your being in Employment and not under notice of termination of the Employment on the relevant vesting date. |
(c) | Notwithstanding 5 (b) above, should the Company provide you with notice of termination for any reason other than those set out in clause 19.2 of the Service Agreement, then any portion of the Stock Compensation Award that has not yet vested as of the date of termination contained in such notice of termination shall be treated as having vested on the specified date of termination and the Company will make arrangements to ensure the shares are transferred to you as soon as practicable thereafter. |
LON21617449/7 103037-0081 | Page 2 |
6. An amount equal to the amount of dividends that have accrued since the Effective Date with respect to the shares comprising the Stock Compensation Award shall be paid to you in cash at the time such shares vest.
7. You agree that you will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares comprised in the Stock Compensation Award which have vested and have been released to you in accordance with the terms of paragraph 4 above until 1 January 2015 at the earliest and, in any event, not until your minimum shareholding requirement set out in clause 13 of the Service Agreement has been satisfied. However, you will, on vesting of the award, enter into such arrangements as the Company may require to sell such number of shares as is necessary to meet any income tax and employee national insurance liability arising as a result of such vesting (the balance of shares being released to you being referred to in this letter as the Net Shares ).
8. It is agreed that:
(a) | if you serve notice of termination of the Employment; or |
(b) | the Company terminates the Employment pursuant to clause 19.2 of the Service Agreement, |
the Stock Compensation shares shall be treated as having vested on the specified date of termination and the Company will make arrangements to ensure the shares are transferred to you as soon as practicable thereafter, provided, however, in the case of either (a) or (b) above prior to the Second Expected Vesting Date (either such event being a Share Sale Trigger Event ), you will, when requested to do so by the Company, pay to the Company, or such person as the Company may direct, an amount equal to the lower of the closing share price of the Net Shares on the date they vested and the closing share price of such Net Shares on the business day falling immediately prior to the date of the Share Sale Trigger Event. The amount payable under this paragraph 8 shall be reduced on a pro-rata basis for each day of the period between the Effective Date and (i) the first Expected Vesting Date with respect to those shares that vested or would have vested on on the First Expected Vesting Date; and (ii) the Second Expected Vesting Date with respect to those shares that would have vested on the Second Expected Vesting Date that has elapsed by the date of occurrence of the Share Sale Trigger Event. For purposes of calculating the pro-ration period under this clause 8, the First Expected Vesting Date shall be deemed to be the date is eighteen (18) months following the Effective Date and the Second Expected Vesting Date shall be deemed to be the date that is thirty (30) months following the Effective Date.
Relocation/Transition Allowance
9. In recognition of the requirement for you and your family to relocate to the UK in order to take up the Employment and your transition to employment in the UK, the Company will also pay you in May 2013, a one-off cash relocation/transition payment of £500,000 (less required deductions). However, you agree that if, on or before 31 December 2014:
(a) | you serve notice of termination of the Employment; or |
LON21617449/7 103037-0081 | Page 3 |
(b) | the Company terminates the Employment pursuant to clause 19.2 of the Service Agreement, |
(either such event being a Repayment Trigger Event ),
you will pay to the Company upon a demand a sum equal to the net relocation payment received by you, reduced on a pro rata basis for each calendar day of the Applicable Period that has elapsed prior to the occurrence of the Repayment Trigger Event. The Applicable Period is the period between the Effective Date and 31 December 2014.
This letter, which forms part of the Service Agreement, will be governed by and construed in accordance with the provisions of English law.
Please could you date, sign and return one copy of this letter and return it to me to signify your agreement to the terms set out above.
Yours sincerely
/s/ For and on behalf of Reed Elsevier Group plc
Accepted and agreed this 15 th day of August 2012
/s/ D J Palmer
LON21617449/7 103037-0081 | Page 4 |
Appendix
Rules of the 2012 Performance Share Award
1. | D EFINITIONS |
1.1 In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions have the following meanings:
Award means a right granted under Rule 2 to receive Shares without payment;
Capital Reorganisation means any variation in the share capital or reserves of a Qualifying Company (including, without limitation, by way of capitalisation issue, rights issue, sub-division, consolidation, or reduction);
Committee means the remuneration committee of the board of directors of the Company or other duly authorised committee;
Company means Reed Elsevier Group plc;
Control has the meaning given to it by section 995 of the Income Taxes Act 2007;
Date of Grant means the date on which the Award is granted;
Dealing Day means a day on which the London Stock Exchange, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange, Euronext, the New York Stock Exchange (or, where the primary listing of a company in the Comparator Group is outside the UK, the US or the Netherlands, the exchange on which such companys shares are listed) is open for the transaction of business;
Dealing Restrictions means any restrictions on, or requirement for approvals for dealing in Shares whether under the Companys, RE PLCs or RE NVs share dealing rules, the provisions of the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Companies, the provisions of the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority or the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers or any of their equivalents in any applicable jurisdiction;
Dividend Equivalent means a right to a cash payment or Shares in accordance with Rule 5.
Dutch Share means an ordinary share in the capital of RE NV or shares representing those shares following any Capital Reorganisation of RE NV and includes an American Depositary Share representing a Dutch Share;
Executive means the Chief Financial Officer of the Company;
Group means the Company and every company which is under the Control of the Company and member of the Group will be construed accordingly;
Plan means this 2012 CFO Performance Share Award as amended from time to time;
Qualifying Company means each of RE PLC and RE NV;
RE NV means Reed Elsevier NV;
RE PLC means Reed Elsevier PLC;
Rules means these Plan rules;
Share means a UK Share and/or a Dutch Share and Shareholder will be construed accordingly;
Termination Date means the date on which the Executive ceases to be employed by the Company or any other member of the Group;
UK Share means an ordinary share in the capital of RE PLC or shares representing those shares following any Capital Reorganisation of RE PLC and includes an American Depositary Share representing a UK Share; and
Vesting Date means the date following the end of the financial year of the Qualifying Companies ending 31 December 2014, on which the Committee determines the extent to which the performance conditions imposed under Rule 2.3 have been satisfied or, if there are Dealing Restrictions in place on that date, Vesting will be on such later date when those Dealing Restrictions lift;
1.2 Where the context permits the singular will include the plural and vice versa and the masculine will include the feminine. Headings will be ignored in construing the Plan.
1.3 References to any act of Parliament will include any statutory modification, amendment or re enactment thereof.
2. | G RANT OF A WARD |
2.1 Under this Plan, a one-off Award will be granted by the Committee to the Executive (and to no-one else) subject to the terms of these Rules (provided that the Executive has not ceased to be an employee of the Company or any other member of the Group before the Date of Grant of the Award and is not under notice of termination of his employment at the Date of Grant of the Award).
2.2 The Award will be granted to the Executive as soon as possible following the commencement of his employment within the Group subject to any applicable Dealing Restrictions.
2.3 Except as otherwise permitted in this Plan, the Award will only Vest to the extent the applicable performance conditions, as set out in Schedule 1 to this Plan, have been satisfied.
3. | L EVEL OF A WARD |
3.1 The number of Shares comprised in the Award will have a face value at grant equal to a percentage of the Executives salary, as determined by the Committee.
3.2 The Award will be granted over UK Shares and/or Dutch Shares as determined by the Committee.
-Page 1
4. | V ESTING OF A WARD |
4.1 The number of Shares which Vest under the Award will be determined by the Committee by reference to the extent to which the performance conditions imposed under Rule 2.3 have been fulfilled, and any other conditions to which the Award is subject, have been fulfilled or waived.
4.2 Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, Shares subject to the Award, will Vest on the Vesting Date and will be transferred to the Executive as soon as reasonably practicable after that date along with any related Dividend Equivalents.
4.3 Irrespective of the composition of the Award at the Date of Grant (insofar as it has been granted over UK Shares and/or Dutch Shares), the Committee may determine to satisfy the Award with such proportion of UK Shares and/or Dutch Shares as it determines in its absolute discretion. Any such conversion of one share type to another will be calculated using the relevant closing share prices and exchange rates on the Date of Grant. Dividend Equivalents will be paid according to the actual Shares, if any, which are transferred to the Executive.
5. | E NTITLEMENT TO D IVIDEND E QUIVALENTS |
5.1 In addition to any Shares which the Executive becomes entitled to on the Vesting of the Award, the Executive will, subject to Rule 5.3, also be entitled to a cash payment equal in value to the ordinary dividends (excluding any associated tax credit) which would have been paid on the Vested Shares during the period commencing on 1 January 2013 and ending on 31 December 2014, or ending on such earlier date when Shares Vest under the Plan.
5.2 The cash payment to which the Executive becomes entitled under Rule 5.1:
(a) | will be calculated (in such manner as the Committee sees fit) by reference to the currency of payment of the underlying dividend (and paid in such currency as the Committee sees fit); |
(b) | will be calculated without any entitlement to interest (or other type of investment return) in the period between the dividend payment date and the Vesting Date; |
(c) | will be paid (subject to such deductions as are required by law) within one month of the relevant Vesting Date; and |
(d) | will be calculated by reference to ordinary dividends and without regard to special dividends or distributions or dividends-in-specie. |
5.3 Instead of making a cash payment, the Committee may in its discretion satisfy any entitlement to Dividend Equivalents arising in accordance with Rule 5.1 by transferring existing Shares with an equivalent value (as determined at the Vesting Date).
5.4 For the avoidance of doubt, any payment referred to in this Rule 5 does not represent an entitlement to actual dividends on the underlying Shares, by reason of the Executive not being beneficial owner of the Shares at that time.
-Page 2
6. | C ESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT |
Executive gives or receives Notice
6.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, if the Executive gives or receives notice of termination of his employment with the Company or any other member of the Group prior to the Vesting Date, the Award will lapse. If the Executive has given notice, the lapse date is the date on which the Executive gave notice. If the Executive has received notice, the lapse date is the Termination Date or such other date as determined by the Committee.
Approved Leaver
6.2 Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, where the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company or any other member of the Group by reason of:
(a) | injury, disability or ill-health; or |
(b) | any other reason which the Committee, in its absolute discretion, determines, |
before the Vesting Date, the following provisions will apply.
(c) | the Award will continue as a pro-rated Award over such number of Shares as is determined by multiplying the number of Shares originally comprised in the Award by A/B where A is the number of complete calendar months which the Executive was employed between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2014 and B is 24. The balance of the Award will lapse; and |
(d) | the pro-rated Award will continue and Vest on the Vesting Date, subject to the extent that the performance conditions have been satisfied. |
6.3 In such circumstances as the Committee may in its absolute discretion determine, the Committee may vary the application of Rule 6.2 (c) and (d) to allow the Award to Vest over a pro-rated number of Shares on such earlier date as it may determine, subject always to satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions at that date. Shares will be transferred to the Executive as soon as reasonably practicable following the Award Vesting in accordance with this Rule 6.3.
Where the Executive ceases to be the Chief Financial Officer of the Company but continues as an employee within the Group
6.4 The Committee may determine that Rule 6.2 will apply where the Executive ceases to be the Chief Financial Officer but continues to be an employee of the Company or any other member of the Group.
Death
6.5 Where the Executive ceases to be an employee of RE PLC, RE NV or a member of the Group by reason of death before the Vesting Date:
(a) |
the Award will Vest, subject to performance at the date of death, over a pro-rated number of Shares. The performance conditions will be assessed based on progress made against targets at the date of death as determined at the Committees absolute discretion. For these purposes, the pro-rated number of |
-Page 3
Shares will be such number of Shares as is determined by multiplying the number of Shares under the Award by A/B where A is the number of complete calendar months which the Executive was employed between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2014 and B is 24. Shares and related Dividend Equivalents will be transferred to the Executives personal representatives as soon as reasonably practicable following Vesting. |
6.6 The Committee has discretion to vary the application of Rule 6.5 and determine that the Award should instead be treated as set out in rule 6.2.
7. | C LAW -B ACK A RRANGEMENTS |
Breach of Restrictive Covenants
7.1 If the Executive breaches any term of his post-termination restrictive covenants (such breach to be determined by the Committee acting fairly and reasonably), his Award (if unvested) will lapse on the date of the Committees determination and, if Vested, the Committee may require him to pay to the Company or any other member of the Group, within seven days of written demand from the Company, the Relevant Amount (as defined in Rule 7.2 below).
7.2 The Relevant Amount is an amount equal to A minus both B and C where:
A is an amount equal to the pre-tax gain realised by the Executive in respect of his Award in the period beginning six months before the Termination Date and ending 12 months after the Termination Date. For these purposes, the gain will be the sum of the market value of the Vested Shares when received by the Executive and the related Dividend Equivalents, and such gain will be determined irrespective of whether the Executive has sold or retained the Shares so acquired;
B is an amount equal to the tax and social security charges and liabilities incurred by the Executive in respect of A ; and
C is any payment of the Claw-back Amount, determined in accordance with Rule 7.4 below, in respect of A .
Materially misstated financial or other data
7.3 If the Committee, within two years of the Vesting Date, considers in good faith that the Vesting of the Award and/or the payment of Dividend Equivalents was determined on the basis of materially misstated financial or other data (the Incorrect Award ), it will, unless it determines otherwise, recover the Claw-back Amount (as defined in Rule 7.4 below) by taking one or more of the following actions:
(a) | reduce any outstanding unvested Award by the Claw-back Amount; and/or |
(b) | require the Executive to pay to the Company, within thirty days of a written demand from the Company, the Claw-back Amount. |
-Page 4
7.4 The Claw-back Amount is the difference in value between (i) the Incorrect Award and (ii) the Award and Dividend Equivalents, which would have Vested or been payable had the correct data, as determined by the Committee acting fairly and reasonably, been used. This may be expressed as a number of Shares or a monetary amount or a combination thereof, as the Committee considers appropriate. In determining the Claw-back Amount, the Committee may take into account such matters as it sees fit including, but not limited to:
(a) | the difference between the number of Shares under the Incorrect Award and the number of Shares the Committee considers should have Vested had the correct data been used; |
(b) | any gain made by the Executive on the sale of Shares comprised in the Incorrect Award; |
(c) | any tax and/or dealing costs incurred by the Executive in connection with the Incorrect Award, and |
(d) | whether the Executive has made a payment pursuant to Rules 7.1 to 7.3 which would take account of Shares subject to an Incorrect Award. |
7.5 By accepting an Award, the Executive will be bound by this Rule 7 notwithstanding that it will only be applicable after the release of Shares under this Plan and whether or not the essential terms of this Rule 7 have been separately notified to the Executive.
8. | C HANGE OF C ONTROL OF A Q UALIFYING C OMPANY |
8.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, if any person:
(a) | obtains Control of a Qualifying Company as a result of making an offer to acquire Shares which is either unconditional or is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of that Qualifying Company; |
(b) | becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares under sections 979 and 983 of the Companies Act 2006 (or in relation to RE NV becomes entitled to acquire compulsorily Shares held by minority shareholders); or |
(c) | obtains Control of a Qualifying Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the Court under section 899 of the Companies Act 2006 (or in relation to RE NV under any equivalent legislative provision in the Netherlands), |
then an unvested Award over Shares in that Qualifying Company (but not one in the other Qualifying Company) will Vest within 30 days of the relevant event subject to the relevant performance conditions as applicable. The performance conditions will be assessed based on progress made against targets as at the date of the relevant event as determined by the Committee. The number of Shares which Vest will be subject to a pro-rating reduction determined by multiplying the number of Shares under the Award by A/B where A is the number of complete calendar months between 1 January 2013 and the date of the relevant event (but not exceeding 24) and B is 24.
8.2 Any Award over Shares in that Qualifying Company which do not Vest as a result of the relevant event will lapse on the relevant event.
-Page 5
9. | C HANGE OF C ONTROL OF THE C OMPANY |
Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the provisions of Rule 8 will apply with any necessary changes in the event that any person (either alone or together with any person acting in concert with him) obtains Control of the Company and the Shares comprised in the Awards which may Vest will be Shares in both Qualifying Companies.
10. | C OMPULSORY R OLLOVER ON I NTERNAL R EORGANISATION |
10.1 Rules 8 and 9 will not apply if the purpose and effect of the change of Control or scheme of arrangement is:
(a) | to create a new holding company for the relevant Qualifying Company, such company having substantially the same Shareholders and proportionate shareholdings as those of the Qualifying Company immediately prior to the scheme of arrangement; |
(b) | to give one Qualifying Company Control (directly or indirectly) of the other Qualifying Company; |
(c) | the person obtaining Control of the Company is one of the Qualifying Companies or a company under the Control of one or both of them; or |
(d) | the Company remains under the ultimate Control of the Shareholders of the Qualifying Companies immediately prior to the relevant transaction affecting the Company. |
10.2 If Rule 10.1 applies:
(a) | the Award will not Vest on the relevant event; |
(b) | the Award will instead be exchanged for an equivalent award over such shares as the Committee determines appropriate; |
(c) | the Committee may make any modifications to the performance conditions as it determines appropriate. |
10.3 The Committee may vary the application of this Rule 10 so that it applies to an Award over Shares in both Qualifying Companies or to Shares in only one Qualifying Company.
10.4 Where Rule 10 applies, an Executive will not be treated as ceasing to be an employee of RE PLC, RE NV or a member of the Group until he ceases to be employed by a company which is either the relevant holding company or a subsidiary of the holding company (within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006).
10.5 For the avoidance of doubt, in Rules 8, 9 and 10, Committee means those people who were members of the Committee immediately before the event by virtue of which the applicable Rule applies.
-Page 6
11. | V OLUNTARY WINDING UP |
The provisions of Rule 8 will apply with such changes as may be necessary in the event that notice is duly given of a resolution for a voluntary winding up of a Qualifying Company PROVIDED THAT , all references in Rule 8 to the date of the relevant event will be treated as references to the date on which notice is given for the voluntary winding-up of a Qualifying Company.
12. | A DJUSTMENT OF AWARDS |
12.1 In the event of:
(a) | any Capital Reorganisation; or |
(b) | the implementation by a Qualifying Company of a demerger or the payment by a Qualifying Company of a super-dividend which would otherwise materially affect the value of the Award, |
the definition of Shares and the number of Shares in that Qualifying Company comprised in an Award may be adjusted in such manner as the Committee determines.
13. | S OURCE OF S HARES |
13.1 The Executives entitlement to Shares will be satisfied from purchases on a recognised stock exchange. No new Shares will be issued or Shares transferred from treasury in connection with the Award granted under this Plan.
14. | R IGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO AWARDS |
14.1 All Shares transferred upon the Vesting of the Award will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares in issue at the date of Vesting except in respect of any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of Vesting.
14.2 Any Shares acquired by the Executive following Vesting of his Award will be subject to the articles of association of the relevant Qualifying Company from time to time.
15. | A DMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT |
15.1 The decision of the Committee will be final and binding in all matters relating to the Award and this Plan including the exercise of any discretion under the rules, the interpretation of the rules and any dispute relating to any matter in connection with the rules.
15.2 Without prejudice to any provision of the Plan which provides for the lapse of an Award, the Committee may not cancel the Award unless the Executive agrees in writing to such cancellation.
-Page 7
Discretionary nature of the Plan
15.3 The rights and obligations of the Executive under the terms and conditions of his office or employment will not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right he may have to participate in the Plan.
15.4 Participation in this Plan does not imply any right to receive Awards on the same or any other basis in any other year.
15.5 The terms of the Plan do not entitle the Executive to the exercise of any discretion in his favour.
15.6 The Executive waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with any member of the Group for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise, or may arise, from his ceasing to have rights under the Plan as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights. If necessary, the Executives terms of employment will be varied accordingly.
Changes to a Qualifying Companys capital structure
15.7 The existence of any Award will not affect in any way the right or power of the Company, the Qualifying Companies or their shareholders to make or authorise any or all adjustments, recapitalisations, reorganisations or other changes in the Companys or either of the Qualifying Companys capital structure, or any merger or consolidation of the Company or Qualifying Companies, or any issue of shares, bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Shares or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or Qualifying Companies or any sale or transfer of all or any part of their assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.
No transfer of the Award
15.8 The Executive may not transfer, assign, charge or otherwise dispose of his Award, or any rights in respect of it, except on the transmission of the Award on the death of the Executive to his personal representatives or the assignment of his Award, with the prior consent of the Committee, subject to any terms and conditions the Committee imposes. Any such attempted transfer will result in the lapse of the Award.
Awards non-pensionable
15.9 The Award and Dividend Equivalents under the Plan are not pensionable.
Payment of Stamp Duty
15.10 The Company, or where the Committee so directs any member of the Group, will pay the appropriate stamp duty on behalf of Executives in respect of any transfer of Shares on the Vesting of his Award.
Data Protection
15.11 By accepting the grant of an Award, the Executive consents to the holding and processing of personal data provided by him to the Company, a Qualifying Company or any member of the Group, and any other persons for all purposes
-Page 8
related to the operation of the Plan and acknowledges that the personal information may be transferred to, and stored at, a destination outside the European Economic Area (EEA), and may also be processed by staff operating outside the EEA who work for the Company, a Qualifying Company, a member of the Group or for one of their service providers. The Company will take all steps reasonably necessary to ensure that the Executives personal data is treated securely under appropriate contractual arrangements.
Governing Law
15.12 This Plan will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of England.
-Page 9
SCHEDULE 1
Performance Conditions
General
1. Performance targets applicable to the Award will be measured after the end of the 2014 financial year of the Qualifying Companies.
2. There are three separate measures: a Relative Total Shareholder Return measure ( TSR Measure) , a Return on Invested Capital measure ( ROIC Measure ) and an Adjusted Earnings per Share measure ( EPS Measure ).
The TSR Measure
5.1 The vesting of one third of the Award is subject to the TSR ranking of Reed Elsevier measured over the five financial years of the Qualifying Companies 2010 to 2014. The portion of the Award subject to the TSR Measure is referred to as the TSR Tranche .
5.2 Three distinct comparator groups will be used - a Sterling Comparator Group, a Euro Comparator Group and a US Dollar Comparator Group. The TSR performance of RE PLC ordinary shares (based on RE PLCs London listing) will be measured against the Sterling Comparator Group, the TSR performance of RE NV ordinary shares (based on RE NVs Amsterdam listing) will be measured against the Euro Comparator Group; and the TSR performance of RE PLC ADRs and RE NV ADRs (based on the New York listing) will be measured against the US Dollar Comparator Group. The TSR performance will be measured separately against each comparator group and each ranking achieved will produce a payout, if any, in respect of one third of the TSR Tranche. The proportion of the TSR Tranche that vests will be the sum of the payouts achieved against the three comparator groups.
5.3 TSR will be measured in local currency.
5.4 Total Shareholder Return for any company shall be the percentage increase or decrease in the market value of a share over the five year performance period and shall take account of dividends and other distributions paid in the course of that period (each such dividend being deemed to be reinvested in the shares of each relevant company from the date of payment of the dividend to the last day of the relevant performance period),
5.5 Each comparator group comprises companies which were selected on the following basis: -
|
they are included in a relevant market index as at 31 December 2009FTSE100 for the Sterling Comparator Group; Euronext100 and the DAX30 for the Euro Comparator Group; and the S&P500 for the US Dollar Comparator Group; |
|
are nearest in size to Reed Elsevier in terms of market capitalisation; |
-Page 10
excluding:
|
companies with mainly domestic revenues (as they do not reflect the global nature of the Qualifying Companies customer base); |
|
those engaged in extractive industries (as they are exposed to commodity cycles); and |
|
financial services companies (as they have a different risk/reward profile). |
Relevant listed global peers operating in businesses similar to those of Reed Elsevier not otherwise included are added to the relevant comparator group.
Set out below are the comparators included in each group:
STERLING COMPARATOR GROUP |
EURO COMPARATOR GROUP |
US DOLLAR COMPARATOR GROUP |
||
AGGREKO | ACCOR | 3M | ||
ASTRAZENECA | ADIDAS | ADOBE SYSTEMS | ||
AUTONOMY CORP. | AHOLD | AGILENT TECHS. | ||
BAE SYSTEMS | AIR LIQUIDE | AIR PRDS. & CHEMS. | ||
BRITISH AIRWAYS | AKZO NOBEL | AMAZON.COM | ||
BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO | ALSTOM | ANALOG DEVICES | ||
BUNZL | ASML HOLDING | APPLIED MATS. | ||
BURBERRY GROUP | BASF | AVON PRODUCTS | ||
COBHAM | BMW | BAXTER INTL. | ||
COMPASS GROUP | CARREFOUR | BECTON DICKINSON | ||
DMGT | CHRISTIAN DIOR | CATERPILLAR | ||
DIAGEO | DAIMLER | COLGATE-PALMOLIVE | ||
EXPERIAN | DEUTSCHE POST | CORNING | ||
GLAXOSMITHKLINE | EADS | CUMMINS | ||
INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS | ESSILOR INTL. | DEERE | ||
IMPERIAL TOBACCO GROUP | HEINEKEN | DOW CHEMICAL | ||
INFORMA | HERMES INTL. | DUN & BRADSTREET | ||
INMARSAT | K + S | E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS | ||
INTERNATIONAL POWER | LAFARGE | EBAY | ||
INTERTEK GROUP | LAGARDERE GROUPE | EMERSON ELECTRIC | ||
INVENSYS | LINDE | FICO | ||
JOHNSON MATTHEY | LVMH | FORD MOTOR | ||
KINGFISHER | MAN | GENZYME | ||
NATIONAL GRID | METRO | H.J. HEINZ | ||
PEARSON | MICHELIN | ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS | ||
RECKITT BENCKISER GROUP | PERNOD-RICARD | JOHN WILEY | ||
REXAM | PHILIPS ELTN. KONINKLIJKE | JOHNSON CONTROLS | ||
ROLLS-ROYCE GROUP | PORTUGAL TELECOM SGPS | JUNIPER NETWORKS | ||
SABMILLER | PPR | LIFE TECHNOLOGIES | ||
SAGE GROUP | RENAULT | MCDONALDS | ||
SHIRE | SAINT-GOBAIN | MCGRAW-HILL | ||
SMITH & NEPHEW | SAP | MICRON TECHNOLOGY | ||
SMITHS GROUP | SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC | MOTOROLA | ||
THOMAS COOK GROUP | SUEZ ENVIRONNEMENT | NEWS CORP | ||
TUI TRAVEL | THALES | NIKE | ||
UNILEVER (LSE) | THYSSENKRUPP | NVIDIA | ||
UNITED BUSINESS MEDIA | TNT | PACCAR | ||
VODAFONE | UNILEVER (AEX) | PPG INDUSTRIES | ||
WOLSELEY | VALLOUREC | SPECTRA ENERGY | ||
WPP | VEOLIA ENVIRONNEMENT | TEXAS INSTS. | ||
VOLKSWAGEN | THOMSON REUTERS (NYSE) | |||
WOLTERS KLUWER | UNITED TECHNOLOGIES | |||
YUM! BRANDS |
-Page 11
5.6 Any changes in the comparators groups as a result of delisting or consolidation will be treated in accordance with the methodology agreed by the Committee at its sole discretion from time to time. In determining the methodology to be applied, the Committee will have due regard to market practice, ensure a consistent application of the agreed methodology and be open and transparent about the methodology applied.
5.7 The TSR ranking against the US Dollar Comparator Group will be calculated using the weighted average of the TSRs of the RE PLC ADRs and the RE NV ADRs over the relevant period of measurement.
5.8 The number of Shares in each third of the TSR Tranche which are capable of Vesting will be calculated as follows and will be added together to determine the total number of Shares, within the TSR Tranche of the Award, which are capable of Vesting:
TSR ranking within the relevant TSR comparator group |
Vesting percentage
of
each third of the TSR Tranche performance measured to the end of 2014 |
|||
Below Median |
0 | % | ||
Median |
30 | % | ||
Upper quartile (top 25 th percentile) |
100 | % |
5.9 Vesting is on a straight-line basis for ranking between median and upper quartile.
5.10 The averaging period applied for TSR measurement purposes for the Award, is the six months before the start of the 2010 financial year of the Qualifying Companies and the last six months of the financial year of the Qualifying Companies ending 31 December 2014.
The ROIC Measure
6.1 The Vesting of one third of the Award relates to the percentage return on invested capital of the combined businesses of the Qualifying Companies. The vesting of the Award is subject to the percentage ROIC of the combined businesses of the Qualifying Companies for the financial year of the Qualifying Companies ending 31 December 2014. The portion of the Award subject to the ROIC Measure is referred to as the ROIC Tranche .
6.2 The following definitions are relevant for ROIC:
(i) |
Invested capital = arithmetic average of the opening and closing capital employed stated before financing and tax balances for the combined businesses of the Qualifying Companies adjusted for major acquisition timing for the financial year with all cumulative amortisation and impairment charges for acquired intangible assets and goodwill added |
-Page 12
back and excluding the gross up to goodwill in respect of deferred tax liabilities established on the acquisition of intangible assets retranslated at the average and hedge exchange rates applicable to the financial year ended 31 December 2009. In addition, any exceptional restructuring and acquisition related charges (net of tax) over the performance period are capitalised for these purposes and the effect of changes in exchange rates and movements in the net pension deficits are excluded. |
(ii) | Return = adjusted operating profit for the combined businesses of the Qualifying Companies before amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, exceptional restructuring and acquisition related charges and grossed up to exclude the equity share of taxes in joint ventures and further adjusted to exclude movements in the net pension financing credit, after applying the effective rate of tax used for adjusted earnings calculations and using exchange rates to match those used in the calculation of invested capital. |
In order to ensure that the performance score achieved is a fair reflection of underlying business performance, the Committee retains discretion to determine the treatment of major disposals and acquisitions that require Board approval. Any significant adjustments made to the final performance score will be disclosed to shareholders.
6.3 The number of Shares comprised in the ROIC Tranche of the Award which are capable of Vesting will be determined as follows:
ROIC performance measured in respect of 2014 |
Vesting percentage of ROIC
Tranche |
|||
Below 10.7% |
0 | % | ||
10.7% |
60 | % | ||
12.7% or above |
100 | % |
6.4 Vesting is on a straight-line basis for performance between the 60% and 100% Vesting levels.
The EPS Measure
7.1 The vesting of one third of the Award is subject to Adjusted EPS over the two financial years 2013 and 2014. The portion of the Award subject to the EPS Measure is referred to as the EPS Tranche .
7.2 The following definitions apply in respect of Adjusted EPS:
(i) | Adjusted EPS Growth = the arithmetic mean of the growth in Adjusted EPS at constant currencies achieved by the Qualifying Companies over a relevant financial year; |
(ii) | Average Adjusted EPS Growth = the average of the Adjusted EPS Growth over the relevant period of measurement; |
-Page 13
(iii) | Adjusted Earnings = adjusted reported earnings. Adjustments include amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, exceptional restructuring and acquisition related charges, gains/losses on business disposals and other non-operating items, related tax effects and movements in deferred tax balances not expected to crystallise in the near term. The Committee retains discretion to adjust for changes in the net pension financing credit; |
(iv) | Adjusted Earnings Per Share = Adjusted Earnings divided by the Number of Shares |
(v) | Number of Shares = weighted average number of shares in issue excluding shares held in treasury or by the Reed Elsevier Group plc Employee Benefit Trust; and |
(vi) | Constant currencies = refers to measurement at constant rates of exchange using the prior full year average and hedge rates. |
The Committee has discretion to adjust this definition of Adjusted EPS to take account of any changes in recognised accounting standards or practice, fiscal regime or capital structure, to ensure consistent measurement and accountability.
7.3 The number of Shares in the EPS Tranche of the Award which are capable of Vesting will be determined as follows:
Average Adjusted EPS Growth performance measured in respect of 2013 and 2014 |
Vesting percentage of
EPS Tranche |
|||
Below 7% per annum |
0 | % | ||
7% per annum |
60 | % | ||
13% or above per annum |
100 | % |
7.4 Vesting is on a straight-line basis for performance between the 60% and 100% Vesting levels.
Determining satisfaction of targets
8.1 The performance period for the Award is the 2013 and 2014 financial years of the Qualifying Companies in respect of the EPS Tranche of the Award, the 2014 financial year of the Qualifying Companies in respect of the ROIC Tranche of the Award, and the five financial years ending 31 December 2014 in respect of the TSR Tranche. Performance in respect of this Award will be determined after the end of the 2014 financial year of the Qualifying Companies.
8.2 After the end of the 2014 financial year, the Committee shall:
(a) | calculate and confirm with the Auditors the Adjusted EPS and ROIC over the relevant performance periods; and |
(b) |
arrange for a reputable provider of such information to calculate and report to the Committee on the TSR performance. If at the end of the relevant performance period, any of the companies in the comparator |
-Page 14
groups have undergone a change in circumstances (such as delisting, the cessation of trading or merger with another company) the Committee may determine the appropriate treatment for such companies in accordance with its stated methodology for the purpose of determining its TSR and TSR ranking.
Adjustments
9. The Committee may make such adjustments to the performance conditions applicable to the Award prior to Vesting as it considers appropriate to take account of any factors which are relevant in the opinion of the Committee and in particular if there is an event which causes it to consider that the performance conditions are no longer a fair measure of performance. The amended performance conditions shall be at least as challenging as the one originally set.
10. The Committee has discretion to adjust the definition or method of calculation of Adjusted EPS and ROIC (or any other applicable term or measure) as set out in this Schedule to take account of any changes in recognised accounting standards or practice, fiscal regime or capital structure, to ensure consistent measurement and accountability.
11. Without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs 9, 10 and 12, the Committee may, in consultation with the Auditors, make the following adjustments in relation to the calculations to be carried out in accordance with this Schedule:
(a) | any adjustments it considers appropriate if an event occurs giving rise to an adjustment of Awards under Rule 12 of the Plan; |
(b) | any adjustments it considers appropriate to the calculation of TSR for each of the companies in the Comparator Group to take account of local market factors; and |
(c) | any adjustments it considers appropriate if there is any modification in the calculation of TSR or in relation to the relevant international accounting standard used to calculate EPS or ROIC. |
Overriding Power
12. In determining the level of vesting of the Award, the Committee will take into account the overall business performance of RE PLC, RE NV and the Group over the relevant performance period and any other factors that it considers appropriate and may modify the vesting of awards if it considers that such a modification would result in a fairer outcome.
-Page 15
SCHEDULE 2
US Executives
If the Executive is a US Executive, his Award is subject to the Rules of the Plan subject to the modifications contained in this Schedule (which applies to US Executives).
(A) | In this Schedule, terms shall have the same meaning as in Rule 1 of the Rules unless modified by this Schedule. |
(B) | Retirement . Rule 1 is revised by the addition of the following definition of Retirement for US Executives: |
Retirement means, for purposes of the Vesting of Awards under this Schedule in relation to a US Executive, circumstances which the Committee determines on a case by case basis and in its absolute discretion to constitute retirement (irrespective of whether or not applicable retirement eligible criteria have been met);
(C) | US Executive . Rule 1 is revised by the addition of the following definition of US Executive: |
US Executive means a Executive who is subject to United States taxation by reason of being a United States national, or resident in the United States for United States tax purposes;
(D) | Release of Shares. Rule 4.2 shall have the additional requirement that the Shares shall be transferred to the US Executive by 15 March of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Vesting occurs. |
(E) | Dividend Equivalent - Cash Payment. Rule 5.1 shall have the additional requirement that any cash payment to the US Executive under this Rule shall in all instances be released no later than March 15 of the year following the year in which Vesting occurs. |
(F) | Dividend Equivalent - Shares in Lieu of Cash. Rule 5.3 shall have the additional requirement that if the Committee determines that it shall satisfy an entitlement to Dividend Equivalents arising in accordance with Rule 5.1 by delivering Shares with an equivalent value, such Shares shall be transferred to the US Executive within 30 days of the relevant date of Vesting. |
(G) | Cessation of Employment (Approved Leavers Rules 6.2 and 6.3) . If Rule 6.2 or 6.3 applies to a US Executive, the Company shall procure the transfer of the pro-rated Shares deliverable to the US Executive by 15 March of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Award Vesting occurs. |
-Page 16
(H) | Cessation of Employment (Death) . If Rule 6.5 applies to a US Executive, the Company shall procure the transfer of Shares deliverable to the US Executives personal representative under Rule 6.5 no later than 15 March of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the US Executives death occurs. |
(I) | Change of Control/Voluntary Winding Up. In any instance in which Rules 8, 9 and 11 apply to a US Executive, the Company shall procure the transfer of Shares deliverable to the US Executive by 15 March of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Vesting occurs. |
(J) | Application of Code Section 409A. Although neither the Committee nor any member of the Group guarantees any particular tax treatment to a US Executive, an Award granted pursuant to this Schedule are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code under the exception for short-term deferrals set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the United States Income Tax Regulations (which requires, in the case of an employer with a fiscal year ending 31 December, that Shares in payment of an award be transferred to the US Executive no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of lapsing) and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. |
-Page 17
Exhibit 8
SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES, ASSOCIATES, JOINT VENTURES AND BUSINESS UNITS
Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV conduct their business through two jointly owned companies, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV. Refer to Item 4: Information on Reed Elsevier for further background.
The following table shows the significant subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and business units of Reed Elsevier Group plc and of Elsevier Reed Finance BV by reference to business segment and geographical location. All businesses are 100% owned unless otherwise stated.
Business |
Geographical location |
|
Reed Elsevier Group plc | United Kingdom | |
Holding companies | ||
Reed Elsevier (UK) Limited (1) | United Kingdom | |
Reed Elsevier (Holdings) Limited (6) | United Kingdom | |
Reed Elsevier (Investments) plc | United Kingdom | |
Reed Elsevier Holdings B.V. | The Netherlands | |
Reed Elsevier Nederland B.V. | The Netherlands | |
Reed Elsevier Overseas B.V. | The Netherlands | |
Reed Elsevier US Holdings Inc | USA | |
Reed Elsevier Inc. (1) | USA | |
Reed Elsevier Capital Inc. | USA | |
Elsevier STM Inc. | USA | |
Reed Elsevier Properties Inc. | USA | |
Elsevier | ||
Elsevier Limited | United Kingdom | |
Elsevier B.V. | The Netherlands | |
Elsevier Inc. | USA | |
Academic Press (2) | USA | |
Elsevier Health Sciences (2) | USA | |
Gold Standard Inc. | USA | |
Elsevier Masson SAS | France | |
LexisNexis | ||
LexisNexis Butterworths Tolley (3) | United Kingdom | |
LexisNexis (4) | USA | |
Matthew Bender and Company, Inc. | USA | |
Martindale-Hubbell (4) | USA | |
LexisNexis Risk Solutions FL Inc. | USA | |
LexisNexis Risk Assets Inc. | USA | |
LexisNexis Risk Data Management Inc | USA | |
LexisNexis SA | France | |
Butterworths Australia (5) | Australia | |
LexisNexis Canada Inc. | Canada | |
Reed Exhibitions | ||
Reed Exhibitions Limited | United Kingdom | |
Reed Exhibitions (4) | USA | |
Reed Expositions France SAS | France | |
Reed Midem SA | France | |
Reed Exhibitions Brasil Ltda | Brazil | |
Reed Exhibitions Japan KK | Japan | |
Reed Business Information | ||
Reed Business Information Limited | United Kingdom | |
Reed Business B.V. | The Netherlands | |
Reed Business Information US (4) | USA | |
Reed Construction Data LLC | USA | |
Buyerzone.com LLC | USA | |
Reed Business Information SAS | France | |
Business |
Geographical location |
|
Elsevier Reed Finance B.V. | The Netherlands | |
Elsevier Swiss Holdings SA | Switzerland | |
Elsevier Finance SA | Switzerland | |
Reed Elsevier Properties SA | Switzerland | |
Elsevier Risks SA | Switzerland |
(1) | Holding company, but also trades through one or more operating divisions |
(2) | Division of Elsevier Inc. |
(3) | Division of Reed Elsevier (UK) Limited |
(4) | Division of Reed Elsevier Inc. |
(5) | Division of Reed International Books Australia Pty Ltd |
(6) | Direct subsidiary undertaking of Reed Elsevier Group plc |
Exhibit 12.1
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, E Engstrom, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Reed Elsevier PLC;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The companys other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the companys internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the companys internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The companys other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors and the audit committee of the companys board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the companys ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the companys internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ E Engstrom | ||
Chief Executive Officer | ||
Reed Elsevier PLC | ||
Dated: March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 12.2
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, D J Palmer, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Reed Elsevier PLC;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The companys other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the companys internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the companys internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The companys other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors and the audit committee of the companys board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the companys ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the companys internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ D J Palmer | ||
Chief Financial Officer | ||
Reed Elsevier PLC | ||
Dated: March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 12.3
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, E Engstrom, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Reed Elsevier NV;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The companys other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the companys internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the companys internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The companys other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors and the audit committee of the companys board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the companys ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the companys internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ E Engstrom | ||
Chairman of the Executive Board & Chief Executive Officer | ||
Reed Elsevier NV | ||
Dated: March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 12.4
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
I, D J Palmer, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Reed Elsevier NV;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The companys other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the companys internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the companys internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The companys other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors and the audit committee of the companys board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the companys ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the companys internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ D J Palmer | ||
Member, Executive Board & Chief Financial Officer | ||
Reed Elsevier NV | ||
Dated: March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Reed Elsevier PLC (the Company) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, E Engstrom, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ E Engstrom |
Chief Executive Officer |
Reed Elsevier PLC |
Dated: March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 13.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Reed Elsevier PLC (the Company) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, D J Palmer, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ D J Palmer |
Chief Financial Officer |
Reed Elsevier PLC |
Dated: March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 13.3
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Reed Elsevier NV (the Company) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, E Engstrom, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ E Engstrom |
Chairman of the Executive Board & Chief Executive Officer |
Reed Elsevier NV |
Dated: March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 13.4
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Reed Elsevier NV (the Company) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, D J Palmer, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ D J Palmer |
Member, Executive Board & Chief Financial Officer |
Reed Elsevier NV |
Dated: March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 15.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
REED ELSEVIER COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-167058 and 333-143605 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-155717 on Form F-3 of our reports dated February 27, 2013, relating to the combined financial statements of Reed Elsevier PLC, Reed Elsevier NV, Reed Elsevier Group plc and Elsevier Reed Finance BV and their respective subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures (together the Combined Businesses) and the effectiveness of the Combined Businesses internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV for the year ended December 31, 2012.
/s/ Deloitte LLP | /s/ Deloitte Accountants B.V. | |
London, United Kingdom March 12, 2013 |
Amsterdam, The Netherlands March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 15.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
REED ELSEVIER PLC CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-167058 and 333-143605 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-155717 on Form F-3 of our reports dated February 27, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier PLC and the effectiveness of Reed Elsevier PLCs internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Reed Elsevier PLC and Reed Elsevier NV for the year ended December 31, 2012.
/s/ Deloitte LLP |
London, United Kingdom |
March 12, 2013 |
Exhibit 15.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
REED ELSEVIER NV CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-167058 and 333-143605 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-155717 on Form F-3 of our reports dated February 27, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Reed Elsevier NV and the effectiveness of Reed Elsevier NVs internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Reed Elsevier NV and Reed Elsevier PLC for the year ended December 31, 2012.
/s/ Deloitte Accountants B.V. |
Amsterdam, The Netherlands |
March 12, 2013 |